Loading...
R2019-214 2019-08-26 RESOLUTION NO. R2019-214 A Resolution of the City Council of the City of Pearland, Texas, awarding a construction services contract for the Bailey Road Water Plant Construction Project, to DN Tanks, Inc., in the amount of$1,581,785.00. BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS: Section 1. That competitive bids for construction of the Bailey Road Water Plant Construction Project have been reviewed and tabulated. Section 2. That the City Council hereby awards the bid to DN Tanks, Inc., in the amount of$1,581,785.00. Section 3. The City Manager or his designee is hereby authorized to execute a construction services contract for the Bailey Road Water Plant Construction Project. PASSED, APPROVED and ADOPTED this the 26th day of August, A.D., 2019. S‘lwwuryy t4 • " TOM REID MAYOR ATTEST: ''nnm'''' ``• MARIA RODRIGUEZ / /) INTERIM CITY SECRETARY VVV APPROVED AS TO TTOO,FORM: DARRI�KER CITY ATTORNEY Project Manual. Resolu tion No. R2019-214 for: Bailey WTP 1.0 MG PRESTRESSED CONCRETE GROUND STORAGE TANK Pt 0 e : -gam � PE D T E XA s 1_ sr. i 89 Bid No. : [0619-44] COP Project No. : [WA- 1901 ] June, 2019 Prepared By: aw, 1989-2019 Enprotec / Hibbs & Todd 402 Cedar,Abilene,Texas 79604 Phone: (325)698-5560/Fax: (325)690-3240 Website: e-ht.com PE Firm Registration No. 1151 PG Firm Registration No. 50103 RPLS Firm Registration Nos. 10011900& 10007300 r P , 1 7 Project Manual Pfor: 7 Bailey WTP 1.0 MG 7 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE P • GROUND STORAGE TANK 7 COP Project No. : [WA- 1901 ]7 Bid No. : [0619-44] PDivisions 0, 1, 2, 3, 9 13 and 15 Division 16 T , 7 -1-rph, ".. ..fk, , 01.1 .............. ..... _...,. . , •, . , rI„ez..".a i�^t s , . I�►*7 - I „•..... ... ......... ''') tii. H18®S r 'WAY �v /7 .ORL),'�:`S , ggrki NE V�fl$ • .fit. . A ft . lAviCF.golwr ,...,_.....,,,, . e_fgA 10,4.? -% V..........::..I.104.9 11,1/' Velf.K., 04.? iliz : ' 7 t%%ti R.04'..w. 1 . 's 7.. .Ata.1'9'4'? a.): 1 / Jordan S. Hibbs, P.E. Clois W. Versyp, P.E. 7 Enprotec/Hibbs & Todd, Inc. Clois W. Versyp, PLLC Firm Registration No. F-3792 L' June, 2019 7 Prepared By: 7 eaV, 1989-2019 r Enprotec / Hibbs & Todd 402 Cedar,Abilene,Texas 79604 Phone:(325)698-5560/Fax: (325)690-3240 7 Website:e-ht.com PE Firm Registration No. 1151 PG Firm Registration No.50103 RPLS Firm Registration Nos. 10011900& 10007300 7 J CITY OF PEARLAND TABLE OF CONTENTS CITY OF PEARLAND BRAZORIA COUNTY, TEXAS �• TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION TITLE ' r DIVISION 0—BIDDING AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 00100 Invitation to Bid 00200 Instructions to Bidders 00300 Bid Proposal 00500 Standard Form of Agreement 00610 Performance Bond 00611 Payment Bond 00612 One-Year Maintenance Bond 00615 Partial Waiver of Lien 00700 General Conditions of Agreement 00800 Special Conditions of Agreement 00811 Wage Scale for Engineering Construction DIVISION 1 —GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01010 Summary of Work 01039 Coordination and Meetings 01090 Standard References 01200 Measurement and Payment Procedures 01290 Change Order Procedures 01300 Submittals 01400 Quality Control ',Pm 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls J 01505 Mobilization 01561 Reinforced Filter Fabric Barrier i 01562 Waste Material Disposal 01564 Control of Ground Water and Surface Water 01580 Project Identification Signs 01600 Material and Equipment !j' 01700 Contract Closeout r"i DIVISION 2—SITE WORK 1 i 02210 Grading and Earthwork 02220 Trench and Excavation Safety Systems i J 02225 Excavation, Backfilling, and Compacting for Utilities 02630 Storm Sewers 02631 Precast Inlets, Headwalls, and Wingwalls 02665 Water Systems f' 02675 Water System Disinfection r- 02921 Hydro Mulch Seeding , i [ulli I TABLE OF CONTENTS "i I CITY OF PEARLAND ill DIVISION 3 -CONCRETE [711 03100 Concrete Formwork ,II 03200 Concrete Reinforcement 1' 03300 Cast-in-Place Concrete 03308 Concrete Materials and Proportioning El 03311 Concrete Mixing, Placing, Jointing, and Curing I 03348 Concrete Finishing and Repair of Surface Defects ', ' 03350 Testing j 03431 Precast and Prestressed Concrete FIlli .;!1 DIVISION 9 -FINISHES Ij �fl 09800 Painting ' DIVISION 11 —MECHANICALi' -j11 11411 In-Reservoir Water Circulation Equipment -'"' ' ,, �.li DIVISION 13—SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION �11 13200 Precast Wire-wound Prestressed Concrete Tank — ,;i Rii DIVISION 15 -MECHANICAL , ,„ 15060 Pipes and Pipe Fittings i l ,11 15101 Gate Valves '14 15103 Butterfly Valves ;{ I' DIVISION 16 -ELECRICAL '.i F. • • 16000 General Requirements for Electrical Work rat 1 16110 Raceways and Fittings 11 `, 16115 Underground Electrical Duct and Conduit 16120 Conductors it 711; 16195 Electrical Identification APPENDIX -�+ Geotechnical Report ; ,I PAX Mixer Proposal '!' "'11 +I END OF SECTION 1:111' '! 171 (,I r r r C BID DOCUMENTS 7 iC CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO BID 4 Section 00100 INVITATION TO BID CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS LOWEST RESPONSIBLE BIDDER Sealed Electronic Bids will be accepted for the following project, in the City's E-bid System. Electronic bids shall be submitted through the City's web site at: https://pearland.ionwave.net/Login.aspx. All interested Bidders are required to register as a "supplier" on the City's E-bid System at the above web address and clicking on "Supplier Registration". Registration provides automatic access to any changes to the Plans, Specifications L' or Bid time and date. However, submission of an E-bid requires completing a short registration questionnaire found on this web site. When prompted to add or remove commodity codes registrants must add the codes listed below: * Building Construction Services,New(Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) Li * Construction Services, General (Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, Heavy(Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, Trade (New Construction) For more information regarding registration instructions, see INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, Section 00200, included in the project bid documents viewable on the web site. Questions regarding electronic bidding should be directed to City Purchasing Officer at ebids(apearlandtx.gov. All Bids submitted electronically will remain confidential until the opening date and time when they will be opened and read into the public record. Bids, shall be submitted on the form provided in the E-bid System and submitted electronically through this system to the City Purchasing Officer, City of Pearland, City Hall Annex located at 3523 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581. Electronic bids will be accepted until 2:00 p.m1, Thursday, July 11 2019. All Bids shall reference the following project information in th+ appropriate locations in provided electronic format. All properly submitted bids shall be publicly "opened" and read aloud into the public record following the closing of the acceptance period for the construction of: BAILEY WTP 1.0 MG PRESTRESSED CONCRETE GROUND STORAGE TANK City of Pearland, Texas COP PN: WA-1901 BID NO.: 0619-44 A non-mandatory pre-bid conference will be held at the City of Pearland City Hall Annex at 3523 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581 at 10:00 a.m. on June 27, 2019. The project will entail the installation of a new 1.0 MG prestressed concrete GST at the Bailey WTP. Other project elements include minor electrical work,piping and valve installation, support systems for the tank, and site/civil improvements with all related appurtenances. Project also includes a pre-negotiated mixing system. 08-2018 00100- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO BID Upon award of a contract, the successful Bidder will be required to utilize the City's web based project management software, "Pro-Trak" for the administration of the construction project, 1 including but not limited to,all transmittals and material submittals,RFI's,RFC's,Change Orders, Applications for Payment and all project communications with the City, its Construction Manager and Engineer. This system has certain hardware, internet access and operation requirements that form the basis for all project communications,documentation and records for the project.For more information, see INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, Section 00200. Electronic Bid Documents: including Contract Documents, Plans and Technical Specifications are available for download on the City's Website at: https://pearland.ionwave.net/Login.aspx �- upon registration. The documents are NOT viewable without registration. These same documents may also available at the following locations. Amtek Plan Room (281) 376-4577 4001 Sherwood Houston, TX 77092 The Associated General Contractors of America, Inc. (713) 334-7100 2400 Augusta, Suite 350 Houston, TX 77057 Virtual Builders Exchange (832) 613-0201 7035 W. Tidwell Building J, Suite 112 Houston, TX 77092 No plan fees or deposits are required for plans and bid documents obtained through the City's E- bid System. BIDDERS MUST REGISTER AS A SUPPLIER ON THE CITY'S E-BID SYSTEM IN ORDER TO SUBMIT A BID EVEN IF BID DOCUMENTS ARE OBTAINED VIA ONE OF THE PLAN HOUSES. Bidders accept sole responsibility for downloading all of the required documents, plans, specifications bid forms and addenda required for bidding. No bid may be withdrawn or terminated for a period of ninety (90) days subsequent to the bid opening date without the consent, of the City of Pearland. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all references to "day(s)" shall mean calendar day(s). Bid Security and Bonds: Bid Security in the form of Cashier's Check, Certified Check, or Bid Bond payable to the City of Pearland in the amount of 5% of the total base bid price must accompany each proposal. Bidders submitting bids electronically through the E-bid System shall scan and up-load a copy of the sealed Bid Bond as an attachment to their bid. Original documents for Bid Security shall be requested by the City from the lowest two bidders and delivered to the City's Purchasing Officer within 48 business hours of the Bid Opening. Bid Security shall 1 be delivered to: Office of City Purchasing, Finance Department, City Hall Annex, 3523 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581. 1 08-2018 00100-2 of 3 I CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO BID The successful Bidder must furnish Performance and Payment Bonds as required by Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code or other applicable law, as amended, upon the form included in the Contract Documents, in the amount of one hundred percent(100%) of the contract price, such bonds to be executed by a corporate surety duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas and named in the current list of "Treasury Department Circular No. 570", naming the City of Pearland, Texas as Obligee. Additionally,the successful bidder shall be required to provide a one year Maintenance Bond for the improvements installed as part of this work, as provided in the Special Conditions of Agreement. Equal Opportunity: All responsible bidders will receive consideration for award of contract without regard to race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. The contractor, sub-recipient, or sub-contractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the performance of this contract. The contractor shall carry out applicable requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 in the award and administration of DOT-assisted contracts. Failure by the contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this agreement, which may result in the termination of this agreement or such other remedy as the recipient deems appropriate. Nondiscrimination: The City, in accordance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 78 $ Stat. 252, 42 U.S.C. 2000d to 2000d-4 and Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Department o Transportation, Subtitle A, Office of the Secretary, Part 21, Nondiscrimination in Federall - Assisted programs of the Department of Transportation issued pursuant to such Act, hereby notifies all bidders that it will affirmatively insure that in any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, minority business enterprises will be afforded full opportunity to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, or national origin in consideration for an award. DBE/SBE Goal: The Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) goal for this project is 0%. The Small Business Enterprise (SBE) goal for this project is 0%. DBEs and SBEs selected must bile TxDOT approved. Race neutral participation is encouraged and can be achieved through various supplier and subcontracting opportunities. Selection Criteria: The Contract is to be awarded on the basis of Lowest Responsible Bidder. In identifying this criteria the City will consider: 1) lowest total bid price for all work listed and C specifically requested, including but not limited to: Base Bid, Extra Work items and selected Alternates. The City of Pearland reserves the right to award a contract based on any combination of the above considered to be in its best interests or to reject any or all bids. A bid that has been"opened"may not be changed for the purposes of correcting an error in the bid price. Young Lorfing, TRMC City Secretary, City of Pearland First Publication date June 19, 2019 Second Publication date June 26, 2019 08-2018 00100-3 of 3 tal CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Section 00200 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (LRB) 1. Defined Terms 1.1 The term "Owner" hereinafter is defined as the City of Pearland and is used interchangeably with the term "the City". Both terms are synonymous and refer to the City of Pearland and may be used inter-changeably. 1.2 The term Bidder means one who submits a Bid Proposal directly to Owner, as distinct from a sub-bidder, who submits a bid to a Bidder. The term "Successful Bidder" means the Lowest Responsible Bidder to whom the Owner (on the basis of Owner's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award. The term "Bid Documents" includes the Invitation to Bidders,Instructions to Bidders,the Bid Proposal, and the proposed Contract Documents(plans and specifications including all Addenda issued prior to bid opening). 1.3 The term "E-bid System" refers to the City's electronic bidding system. This is a web- based system (Ion Wave) that provides all Bid Documents electronically to interested parties (potential Bidders and forms the pathway for Bidders to submit bids in response to The Invitation to Bid. The term "e-bid" and/ or "electronic bid" means the Bidders' electronic response submitted on the electronic Bid Proposal with all required attachments to the Owner by way of the E-bid System. The terms "electronic bid" or "e-bid" are used inter-changeably to describe the above bid submittal process to submit a bid to the City in response to an Invitation to Bidders. 1.4 The term "Pro-Trak" means the City's web-based contract administration land construction records management software used by the contracting parties to administer the project. This system serves as the web accessed centralized project information hub for communications and document management, pay application processing and record retention for all project documentation. Operational instructions for accessing this system will be issued to the successful Bidder at the pre-Construction Meeting. L 1.5 All other definitions set out in the Contract Documents are applicable to terms used in the Bidding Documents. 1.6 Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all references to "day(s)" shall mean consecutive calendar day(s). 1.7 The term"Alternate(s)"or"Add Alternate(s)" as used here inter-changeably are defined as an additive work item that may be selected or rejected by the Owner based on the Owner's sole acceptance or rejection of the price proposed for this item. Alternate bid prices shall include all labor, material, equipment and overhead costs to perform the work as specified, complete in place. When selected by the Owner, the costs for an Alternate work item shall be added to the Base Bid price and made a part of the Contract price. 2. Registration for E-bid System 2.1 The Owner's E-bid System is accessible via the City's web site at https://pearland.ionwave.net/Login.aspx. Bid documents can be viewed by simply selecting a specific project from the BID OPPORTUNITIES list and clicking on that project AFTER registration as a Supplier. Interested Bidders MUST REGISTER as a "Supplier" by clicking on 08-2018 00200-1 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS the Supplier Registration button and completing the registration form. When prompted to add or remove commodity codes registrants must add the codes listed below: * Building Construction Services,New(Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, General (Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, Heavy (Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, Trade (New Construction) he Bidder's location and whether that location observes Select the appropriate Time Zone for t Daylight Savings time. Complete the registration information providing all required contact information and establish password security for the E-bid System. Once complete, "suppliers" will receive emails notifying of future bid opportunities. Downloading any project bid data will automatically place the bidder's contact information on the list of plan holders and the E-bid System will automatically send any and all updates, addenda, changes or additional information associated with that project. 2.2 The electronic Bid Proposal can only be submitted through this system. The form can be printed for Bidder's use, but the Bid Proposal MUST be submitted on the electronic form within the E-bid System. 2.3 Questions regarding use of the E-bid System may be directed by email to: ebids@pearlandtx.gov. �. 3. Copies of Bidding Documents 3.1 Complete sets of "electronic" Bidding Documents are available for download to registered Bidders at No Cost from the City's E-bid System at: https://pearland.ionwave.net/Login.aspx.Interested Bidders must register as a"Supplier"on this site in order to receive the Bid Documents, and all Addenda or other notifications of changes, including communications from the Owner or Engineer. All Bid Documents are available to download and print. 3.2 The Bidder accepts sole responsibility for ensuring that he obtains a full set of these documents by completing the registration and executing a full and complete download of the project documents. Downloading of Bid Documents automatically ensures receipt of any and all subsequent communications,addenda or additional information from the City or its Engineer. E 3.3 Copies of Bidding Documents are available or may be viewed at any of the Plan Houses listed in the Invitation to Bidders. It is recommended that all interested Bidders,whether bidding directly to the Owner or Sub-bidders/Vendors providing pricing to a Bidder, register as a Supplier and download all of the project Bid Documents. 3.4 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing Bid Proposals; neither Owner nor Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents including,but not limited to all Addenda issued prior to bid. 3.5 Owner and Engineer, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms, do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bid Proposals on the Work, and do not confer a license or grant for any other use. 08-2018 00200-2 of 9 r L CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS r4. Qualifications of Bidders 4.1 In determining to whom to award a contract, the City of Pearland may consider, lin 7 addition to the other selection criteria identified in section 16 of these Instructions to Bidders, the following Qualifications of Bidder, and each Bidder must be prepared to submit within two (2) days of Owner's request any or all of such Qualifications requested. Failure to provide this [I" information within the specified time frame may be cause for rejection of the Bid. 1) A brief narrative of previous experience of the Bidder with projects of a similar nature and scope; specifically including a list of 5 representative projects completed by the Bidder of a similar nature and scope to the work covered by this proposed Contract. The references for the projects provided must include the cost of the project, Owner's name,Engineer or prime contact r and telephone number; 2) A list, including owner name and project location, of on-going projects and contracts for construction of projects of the Bidder which are not yet substantially complete including total r contract value and current percent complete by payment; 3) A list of proposed subcontractors and suppliers for the project being bid and the total value rim? of work awarded to subcontractors as shown on the Subcontractors List Bid Form; 4) A list of names, address and telephone number of references for other projects completed by Bidder; and I5)A Financial Statement of Bidder, consisting of the balance sheet and annual income statement of Bidder for the Bidder's last fiscal year end preceding the submission of the Bid Proposal, 7which has been audited or examined by an independent certified public accountant. The Financial Statement of Bidder shall be used to determine a Bidder's net working capital, which is defined as current assets less current liabilities. A Bidder's net working capital shall be 7 considered evidence of the Bidder's ability to provide sufficient financial management of he project being bid. The Bidder's Financial Statement shall be clearly and conspicuously marked as "confidential", and shall be deemed and treated as confidential and excepted from the Public C Information disclosure requirements of Texas Government Code Section 552.001 et seq., as such information, if released, would give advantage to a competitor or bidder, and/or would cause substantial competitive harm to Bidder. r. 5. Examination of Contract Documents and Site 7 5.1 It is the responsibility of each Bidder before submitting a Bid Proposal, to (a) examine the Bidding Documents thoroughly, (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may affect cost,progress,performance or furnishing of the Work, (c) consider federal, state 7 and local laws and regulations that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work, (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and (e) notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors, omissions or discrepancies in the Contract 7 Documents, (f)to recognize and plan for use of the City's"Pro-Trak" software to administer the construction process and perform the work of the project. 7 5.2 Any reports of explorations and tests of conditions at the site which have been utilized by the Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents will be made available to Bidders'for review,but such reports are not part of the Contract Documents. Bidder may not and should not r rely upon the accuracy of the data contained in such reports, interpretations or opinions L . contained therein, or the completeness thereof, for the purposes of bidding or construction. 7 08-2018 00200-3 of 9 7 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 5.3 Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to underground -11; utilities, equipment or other underground facilities at or contiguous to the site is based upon information and data furnished to Owner and Engineer by owners of such underground facilities or others, and Owner does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof. 7 5.4 Before submitting a Bid Proposal, each Bidder will, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any additional examinations,investigations,explorations,tests and studies and obtain any additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface s and underground facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work and which Bidder deems necessary to determine its Bid Proposalprices for performingand furnishingthe Work in accordance with p the Contract Time, Contract Price and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 5.5 On request in advance, Owner will provide each prospective Bidder access to the site to conduct such explorations and tests as each prospective Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid Proposal. Prospective Bidders shall fill all holes, clean up and restore the site to its il former condition upon completion of such explorations. 5.6 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by Contractor in performing the Work are I identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands, access thereto or contractual ' arrangements for use by the Contractor required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by Contractor. Easements for permanent structures orpermanent changes in structures are to be obtained andpaid for byOwner d' g existing unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 5.7 The submission of a Bid Proposal will constitute an incontrovertible representation by ' Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article 4,that without exception the Bid Proposal is premised upon performing and furnishing all of the Work required by the f Contract Documents and such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of ; .l construction as may be indicated in, required by or reasonably inferred from the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate andCl , convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. 6. Interpretations and Addenda 7 6.1 All questions about the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed to Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by Engineer in response to11 such questions will be issued by Addenda delivered or transmitted by electronic means to all registered Bidders in the City's E-bid System. Questions received less than five (5) days prior to the date for opening of Bid Proposals may not be answered. Only questions answered by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. 7 ' 6.2 Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by Owner or Engineer. Addenda will automatically be made available to all registered Bidders that have downloaded Bid Documents from the City's E-bid System. 71 rJ 08-2018 00200-4 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 7. Bid Security 7.1 Each Bid Proposal must be accompanied by bid security made payable to Owner in y-+ an amount of five percent (5%) of the Bidder's maximum Bid Proposal price, in the form of a lcertified check, cashier's check or a Bid Bond ("Bid Security"). 7.2 Bidders submitting bids through the E-bid System shall scan and up-load a copy of their Bid Security (sealed Bid Bond,Certified Check or Cashier's Check) as an attachment to their electronic bid. Original documents for Bid Security shall be requested by the City from the lowest two bidders and delivered to the City's Purchasing Officer within 48 business hours of the Bid Opening. Bid Security shall be delivered to: Office of City Purchasing, City Hall Annex, 3523 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581. 7.3 The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such time as Bidder has executed the Standard Form of Agreement,and furnished the required Performance and Payment Bonds, whereupon the Bid Security of both bidders will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Standard Form of Agreement and furnish the required performance and payment bonds within ten (10) days after the Notice of Award, Owner may annul the Notice of Award and shall be entitled to make a claim against the Bid Security. The Bid Security of other Bidders will be retained until the Contract is awarded and the Standard Form of Agreement becomes effective, or all bids are rejected, whereupon Bid Security furnished by all such Bidders will be returned. r 8. Contract Time 8.1 The number of days in which the Work is to be Substantially Completed, as set forth in the Bid Proposal form and the Standard Form of Agreement, subject to such extension of time as may be due under the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents ("Contract Time"). All references to "time" or"days" shall be interpreted as consecutive calendar days. 9. Liquidated Damages and Early Completion Bonus 9.1 Provisions for liquidated damages and early completion bonus, if any, are set forth in the Standard Form of Agreement. 10. Substitute or "Or-Equal" Items L 10.1 The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of the specified materials and equipment described in the Plans and Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "1pr- equal" items unless otherwise stated. Whenever it is indicated in the Plans or specified in the Specifications that a substitute or "or-equal" item of material or equipment may be furnished or used by the Contractor if acceptable to Engineer, application for such acceptance will not be considered by Engineer until after the Agreement becomes effective. All "or-equal" references shall be interpreted to mean "or Owner approved equal". Any substitution made by the Bidder upon which the bid is based shall be at the Bidder's sole risk. The procedure for submission of any such application by Contractor and consideration by Engineer is set forth in the Contract Documents. 08-2018 00200-5 of 9 7 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 11. Bid Form 71 11.1 The Bid Proposal form (Section 00300 — Bid Proposal) is included with the Bidding Documents when downloaded. This Document must be printed and signed, as required below, and then uploaded as an Attachment to the Bid. 11.2 All E-bids must be submitted on the City's official E-bid System Bid Proposal document. All blanks on the Bid Proposal form must be completed or filled in. The Bidder shall bid all i s Alternates, if any. Incomplete Bid Proposals may be cause for rejection. . 11.3 Bid Proposals by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice-president(or other corporate officer accompanied be evidence of authority to sign)and the corporate seal must be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary. The corporate address and state of incorporation must be shown below the signature. Once executed i the document is to be uploaded as an attachment to the Bid. '' 11.4 Bid Proposals by partnerships must be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general partner, whose title must appear under the signature, and if a corporate general partner, 11' executed as required above for corporations and the official address of the partnership must be shown below the signature. All names must be typed or printed below the signature. Once executed the document is to be uploaded as an attachment to the Bid. i 11.5 The Bidder shall acknowledge receipt of all Addenda (the number of which must be filled in on the Bid Proposal form). Failure to do so could be cause for rejection of the Bid. 7 11.6 The address and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid Proposal must be shown on the Bid Proposal form. ri/: 12. Submission of Bid Proposals 12.1 The place, date and/or time designated for opening Bid Proposals may be changed in accordance with applicable laws, codes and ordinances. Any such changes to the Bid Schedule shall be made by Addenda. 12.2 Electronic Bids shall be submitted per the requirements, instructions, terms and conditions as stated in the registration and submittal instructions of the City's E-bid System electronic bidding software. All Bidders utilizing this system MUST register as a potential7,. supplier, (Bidder). E-Bids are submitted directly via the City's Web based system located at https://pearland.ionwave.net/Login.aspx. 7 12.3 Bid Proposals submitted after the bid date and time will be rejected. Iy , 13. Modification and Withdrawal of Bid Proposals 1', 13.1 Prior to submission, E-bid Bid Proposals may be modified or withdrawn without prejudice. 13.2 Once submitted, Bid Proposals may only be modified by an appropriate document duly executed (in the manner that a Bid Proposal must be executed) and delivered to Office of City Purchasing, City Hall Annex, 3523 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581 and submitted any _1 time prior to the opening of Bid Proposals. 1 ., 08-2018 00200-6 of 9 1 .. CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 13.3 A Bidder may not modify or withdraw its Bid Proposal by facsimile or verbal means. .A withdrawn Bid Proposal may be resubmitted prior to the designated time for opening Bid Proposals. No bid may be withdrawn or terminated for a period of ninety (90) days subsequent to the bid opening date without the consent of the City of Pearland. 13.4 If, within twenty-four (24)hours after Bid Proposals are opened, any Bidder files a duly signed, written notice with Owner and promptly thereafter demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of Owner that there was a material mistake in the preparation of its Bid Proposal, that Bidder may request to withdraw its Bid Proposal and the bid security may be returned or, at the discretion of the Owner, Owner may make a claim against the bid security. Thereafter, tlat Bidder will be disqualified from further bidding on the Project to be provided under the Contract Documents. 13.5 Bid securities for unsuccessful Bidders will be returned to bidders once a successful Bidder has be identified and notified of the Owner's intent to award a contract. 14. g O enin of Bid Proposals P p 14.1 Bid Proposals will be opened and(unless obviously non-responsive)read aloud publicly. 1 . An abstract of the amounts of the base Bid Proposals and major alternates (if any) will be made available to Bidders after the opening of Bid Proposals through E-Bid. Bid Proposals, in their entirety, shall be open for public inspection after the contract is awarded, with the exceptions of any trade secrets or confidential information contained therein, provided Bidder has expressly identified any specific information contained therein as being trade secrets or confidential information. 15. Bid Proposals to Remain Subject to Acceptance 15.1 All Bid Proposals will remain subject to acceptance for ninety (90) days after the day of the Bid Proposal opening,but Owner may, in its sole discretion,release any Bid Proposal and return the bid security prior to that date. 16. Award of Contract 16.1 Owner reserves the right to reject any and all Bid Proposals, to waive any and all informalities not involving price, time or changes in the Work and to negotiate contract terlms L , with the Successful Bidder. Owner may reject a bid as non-responsive if: 1) Bidder fails to provide required Bid Security; 2) Bidder improperly or illegibly completes or fails to compete all information required by the Bidding Documents; 3) Bidder fails to sign the Bid Proposal or improperly signs the Bid Proposal; 4) Bidder qualifies its Bid Proposal; 5) Bidder tardily or otherwise improperly submits its Bid Proposal; 6) Bidder fails to submit the Qualification of Bidder as required under section 4 of these Instructions to Bidders; or 7) Bid Proposal is otherwise non-responsive. Contracts are awarded on the basis of the Lowest Responsible Bidder. 16.2 The Bidder agrees to submit to the Owner the Qualifications of Bidder, including the Financial Statement of bidder, if requested to do so. As required by the Instructions to Bidders and as a condition of Bid acceptability, the Contractor hereby agrees: 08-2018 00200-7 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS JJJ 1. That the City, as Owner and Contract Administrator, retains the right to review and approve the Contractor's and all Subcontractors' qualifications to perform the Work of the Contract and to reject any Subcontractor not meeting the City's standards, as outlined in the General Conditions, or TxDOT's and FHWA qualifications for performing the Work. 16.3 Lowest Responsible Bidder. In determining Lowest Responsible Bidder, Owner will consider: Lowest Total Bid price for all work including Base Bid, Extra Work, Add Alternates and Cash Allowances, if any, and any other cost criteria. Additional evaluation criteria may include: the Qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bid Proposals comply with the prescribed requirements, and such alternates, unit prices and other data, as may be requested in the Bid Proposal form or prior to the Notice of Award. Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of Work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between y the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. 16.4 A contract to be awarded to the Lowest Responsible Bidder may be let on either a lump sum basis or a unit cost basis dependent on the Bid Proposal format. 16.5 Acceptance of any and all bids may be conditioned on compliance with the requirement for attendance of the mandatory pre-bid meeting. I �' 16.6 In either case, Owner may conduct such investigations as Owner deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid Proposal and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and 1 financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, to Owner's satisfaction, within the Contract Time. 5' 16.7 Each Bidder agrees to waive any claim it has or may have against the Owner, the Professional/Engineer, and their respective employees, arising out of or in connection with the administration, evaluation, or recommendation of any bid. 17. Contract Security 17.1 When the Successful Bidder delivers the executed Standard Form of Agreement to Owner, it must be accompanied by the Performance, Payment, Maintenance and Surface Correction Bonds required by the Contract Documents. Bonds may be on the forms provided herein or an equal form containing no substantive changes, as determined by Owner. 18. Signing of Agreement 18.1 When Owner gives a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Standard Form of Agreement, and the required Performance and Payment Bond forms. Within ten (10) days thereafter Contractor shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Standard Form of Agreement to Owner with the required Bonds. Within ten (10) days thereafter, Owner shall deliver one fully signed counterpart to Contractor. There shall be no contract or agreement between Owner and the Successful Bidder until proper execution and attestation of the Standard Form of Agreement by authorized representatives of the Owner. 08-2018 00200-8 of 9 ,� CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS r19. Pre-bid Conference 19.1 A pre-bid conference will be held as indicated in the Invitation to Bid. 20. Retainage g 20.1 Provisions concerning retainage are set forth in the Contract Documents. END OF SECTION r r I I r 08-2018 00200-9 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND BID PROPOSAL Section 00300 BID PROPOSAL 1.1 Lowest Responsible Bid Date: July 18,2019 Bid of DN Tanks,Inc. ,an individual proprietorship/a . •.ora ..'organized and existing under the laws of the State of ri artnership consisting of N/A , for the construction of: Bailey WTP 1.0 MG Prestressed Concrete Ground Storage Tank City of Pearland,Texas COP PN: WA-1901 BID NO.: 0619-44 (Submitted in Electronic format) To: The Honorable Mayor and City Council of Pearland City of Pearland { 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, Texas 77581 Pursuant to the published Invitation to Bidders, and Instructions to Bidders, the undersigned Bidder hereby proposes to perform all the work and furnish all necessary superintendence, labor,machit ery, F equipment, tools and materials, and whatever else may be necessary to complete all the work described in or reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents for the construction of the Bailey WTP 1.0 MG Prestressed Concrete Ground Storage Tank with all related appurtenar}ces, complete, tested, and operational, in accordance with the Plans and Specifications prepared by Engineer, Enprotec/Hibbs & Todd, Inc., 402 Cedar Street, Abilene, Texas 79601, Jordan S. Hibbs, P.E., for the unit prices or applicable prices set forth in Exhibit "A", the electronic bid form as contained in the City's E-bid system, which, once fully executed and submitted shall constitute a legal and executable proposal from the Bidder. It is understood that, in the event any changes are ordered on any part of the Work, the applicable unit prices bid shall apply as additions to or deductions from the total prices for the parts of the Work so changed. The Bid Security required under the Instructions to Bidders is included and has been uploaded as an attachment within the E-bid system and, that a fully executed, signed and sealed hard copy has been delivered to the Office of City Purchasing, Finance Department, City Hall Annex 3523 Liherty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581. The Bidder agrees to submit to the Owner the Qualifications of Bidder, including the Financial Statement of Bidder, as required by the Instructions to Bidders if requested to do so as a condition of the Bid process. The Bidder binds himself, upon acceptance of his proposal, to execute the Standard Form of } Agreement and furnish an acceptable Performance and Payment Bond and Maintenance Bond, each in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the total Contract Price, according to the forms included in the Contract Documents, for performing and completing the said work within the time stated and for the prices stated in Exhibit A of this proposal along with all required insurance in the required amounts. Bidder's Initial's: 10-2017 .00300- 1 of S f, {If CITY OF PEARLAND BID PROPOSAL LThe undersigned Bidder agrees to commence work within 10 days of the date of a written Notice to Proceed. It is understood that the Work is to be Substantially Complete within one hundred eighty 7 (180) after the date of the Notice to Proceed. Time for Substantial Completion shall begin do the date established by the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor will pay liquidated damages iin the amount(s) specified in Section 00500 — Standard Form of Agreement, in the event the Work is not re, Substantially Complete within the Contract Time. The undersigned agrees that the amounts bid in this Bid Proposal will not be withdrawn or modified for ninety (90) days following date of Bid Proposal opening, or such longer period as may be agreed r; to in writing by the City of Pearland and Bidder. � It is understood that in the event the Successful Bidder fails to enter into the Standard Form of 7f Agreement and/or to furnish an acceptable Performance and Payment Bond and Maintenance'Bond if required, each in the amount of one hundred (100) percent of the Contract Price, along with all required insurance in the stated amounts within ten(10) days of the Notice of Award, the Successful L Bidder will forfeit the Bid Security as provided in the Instructions to Bidders. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all references to"day(s)" shall mean calendar day ,$). 7 The Bidder kn 1 ac ow edges that the following Addenda have been received. The modifications to the Bidding Documents noted therein have been considered and all costs thereto are included in the Bid 7 Proposal prices. Addendum No.: 1 Date: 7/2/2019 Addendum No.: Date: Addendum No.: Date: Addendum No.: Date:. 7 Bidder hereby represents that the only person or parties interested in this offer as principals are those named. Bidder has not directly or indirectly entered into any agreement, participated i any L collusion, or otherwise taken any action in restraint of free competitive bidding. Firm Na DN anks Inc. 7 By: jt Kyle Leininger •' •r' Title: S .Reg onal anager . . 7 Address: 11 Teal Rd,Wakefield,MA 01880 - State of Incorporation:Delaware . ' Phone No: (972) 823-3302 7 ATTEST: ' JoAnn C. Caster,Assistant Secretary (Seal,if Bidder is a Corpoi'ati.n) (Typed or Printed Name) 7 4 dfrz,f4 4, .i. Signatt4/e L` Date:- July 18,2019 7 aBidder's Initial's: [1: r�v 10-2017 00300!2 of r {71, CITY OF PEARLAND BID PROPOSAL L6 ITEM ESTIMATED DESCRIPTION AND UNIT PRICE UNIT TOTAL NO QUANTITY (Price to be written in words) PRICE PRICE 1 I 1 LS Mobilization, bonds, and insurance (not to exceed 3%of total base bid)for twenty thousand nine hundred eighty N/A 7 Dollars and zero Cents per lump sum. $ 20,980.00 2 325 LF Prepare, Obtain applicable approval(s) for, and Implement Trench and Excavation Safety Plan and related work, as specified, for seven Dollars and [11 eighty Cents per li . $ 7.80 ayay $ 2,535.00 3 1 LS Furnish and install 1.0 MG GSTnear withfoot all related appurtenances, as shown and as 7 specified,for one million four hundred N/A seventy-three thousand Dollars and zero Cents per lump sum. _ $ 1,473,000.00 7 4 1 LS Furnish and install electrical work and all related appurtenances, as shown and as specified,for fourty-three thousand N/A one hundred Dollars and 11 zero Cents per lump sum. $ 43,100.00 5 1 LS Furnish and install tank mixer per specification 11411 and the proposal 7 included in the Appendix for Forty-two N/A thousand one hundred seventy Dollars and Zero Cents per lump sum. $ 42.170, 7 i TOTAL BASE BID(Items 1 thru 5) $ 1,581,785.00 7 END OF SECTION a • a 7 a 5 Bidder's Initial's: ' 10-2017 00300-3 of a f i CONTRACT DOCUMENTS rr, 5 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT fl Section 00500 ' l' STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT t? THIS AGREEMENT is by and between City of Pearland (hereinafter called OWNER or City) and DN Tanks, Inc. (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR). r,; ` OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: ' Article 1. WORK fl CONTRACTOR shall complete all work as specified or indicated in or reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents (hereinafter the "Work"). The Work is generally described as follows: 7 Bailey WTP 1.0 MG Prestressed Concrete Ground Storage Tank ,r' City of Pearland, Texas COP PN: [WA-1901] i; BID NO.: [0619-44] Article 2. ENGINEER '� The Work has been designed by Jordan S. Hibbs, P.E. with Enprotec / Hibbs & Todd, Inc., i;. 402 Cedar Street, Abilene, Texas 79601 who is hereinafter called ENGINEER and who is to assume all duties and responsibilities and have the rights and authority assigned to ,,r, ENGINEER in the Contract Documents in connection with completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Article 3. CONTRACT TIME i;; 3.1 The Work will be Substantially Complete (as defined in Article 1 of the General 1 Conditions) within one hundred eighty (180) days (including weekends and holidays) from the date when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in ;7 paragraph 5.01 of the General Conditions (as revised in the Special Conditions if j applicable), and completed and ready for Final Payment within two hundred forty , (240) days from the date when the Contract Time commences to run. No work will II be allowed on Sundays. .3 3.2 Liquidated Damages. OWNER and CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of the r essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the Work is i not completed within the times specified in paragraph 3.1 above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 5 of the General Conditions. OWNER and CONTRACTOR also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties -.� involved in proving in a legal or arbitration preceding the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring )` any such proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as liquidated damages for i -1 delay (but not as a penalty) CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER one thousand 74-2015 00500- 1 of 7 di .I j CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT di dollars ($1,000.00) for each day that expires after the time specified in paragraph GI 3.1 for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. After ;iI Substantial Completion, if CONTRACTOR shall neglect, refuse or fail to complete it the remaining Work within the time set out in the Certificate of Substantial (1i Completion or any proper extension thereof granted by OWNER, CONTRACTOR 1 (i` shall pay OWNER one thousand dollars ($1,000.00) for each day that expires after [.:1ff the time specified in the Certificate of Substantial Completion for completion and ;;i readiness for Final Payment. `I! lI 3.3 Inspection Time. Working hours for the Pearland Inspection personnel are from ,,!I 7:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding City approved holidays. li The Contractor shall notify the OWNER of any required inspection overtime work -fnII at least 48 hours in advance and shall pay the overtime wages for the required City ,,; inspections. ` r47'I Article 4. CONTRACT PRICE L' ' ,I 4.1 OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in strict fll accordance with the Contract Documents in current funds $1,581,785.00 (the 1,11 I�"Contract Price"). ' The Contract Price includes the Base Bid as shown in Document 00300 Bid 17' Proposal. I Article 5. PAYMENT PROCEDURES )1' CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Section 6.0 i 1),II "Measurement and Payment" of the General Conditions. Application for Payment will be 1. processed by ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions. ,..1,1 Li r '11 5.1 ProgressPayments.Pa ments. OWNER shall make progress payments on account of the a?IE Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR's Application for Payment as ;i recommended by ENGINEER as provided below. All progress payments will be F.l i on the basis of the progress of the Work and actual quantity of Work completed, in ;;', accordance with Article 6 "Measurement and Payment" of the General Conditions. -.4 5.1.1 Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be made in an L`' amount equal to the percentage or actual quantity of Work complete, but, in ,-.1 each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such 1 amounts as ENGINEER shall determine, or OWNER may withhold, in cc- ;i accordance with the General Conditions. The OWNER shall make payment I within 30 days of receipt of application for payment by the ENGINEER. IT 5.1.2 Each progress payment shall be less retainage as specified in Paragraph 6.06 of the General Conditions, and further less all previous payments and all Ly further sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement. It is understood, however, that in case the whole work be near -1 to completion and some unexpected and unusual delay occurs due to no L fault or neglect on the part of the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may upon 4-2015 00500-2 of 7 n 1,; ,, CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT 'F`, written recommendation of the ENGINEER pay a reasonable and equitable portion of the retained percentage to the CONTRACTOR, or the 1, CONTRACTOR at the OWNER's option, may be relieved of the obligation fl to fully complete the Work and, thereupon, the CONTRACTOR shall receive payment of the balance due him under the contract subject only to the conditions stated under"Final Payment." i. !``` 5.2 Final .Pa ment Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance Y p p p ,, with paragraph 6.09 of the General Conditions, OWNER shall pay the remainder of 1`1 the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER as provided in said paragraph 6.09. flArticle 6. INTEREST '' Interest on any overdue payment from OWNER to CONTRACTOR shall be paid in :1 accordance with the provisions of Chapter 2251.025 of the Texas Government Code, as amended. ,f1 Article 7. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement CONTRACTOR makes the �1 following representations: 7.1 CONTRACTOR has familiarized himself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, Work, site, locality, and all local conditions and Laws and Regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress, performance, or furnishing of the i. Work. i 7.2 CONTRACTOR has studied carefully all available surveys, assessments, reports of ',r. explorations, investigations, and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of , physical conditions of the site. Such technical reports and drawings are not Contract Documents, and Owner makes no representations or warranties as to the �, accuracy of such documents or information, or to whether or not they are complete, , 4 comprehensive, or all-inclusive. ':Fll 7.3 CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for S obtaining and carefully studying) all such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies (in addition to or to supplement those ;f, referred to in paragraphs 7.2 above) which pertain to the subsurface or physical IL� conditions at or contiguous to the site or otherwise may affect the cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work, and CONTRACTOR assumes the risk of 7 such subsurface and physical conditions, and shall furnish the Work at the Contract �_' Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and . conditions of the Contract Documents; and no additional examinations, ;, 1 investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies or similar information or data ' are or will be required by CONTRACTOR for such purposes. •l 7.4 CONTRACTOR has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or a indicated on the Contract documents with respect to existing underground facilities 4-2015 00500-3 of 7 i,1 i1i L1r CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT 1,11 at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of Lg P y 'd L!! said underground facilities. No additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data in respect of said r,t1 underground facilities are or will be required by CONTRACTOR in order to s{t perform and finish the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in d accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. ,- ';f th 7.5 CONTRACTOR has correlated the results of all such observations, examinations, ` investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies with the terms and conditions , of the Contract Documents. )11 'r 7.6 CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors or !--1!1 discrepancies in the Contract Documents of which Contractor knew or should have L.;'1 known, and CONTRACTOR shall perform the Work at the Contract Price, within '! the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the 7,, Contract Documents, including any written resolution of any such conflict, error or i1 discrepancy by ENGINEER. In the event of a conflict that was not brought to the f OWNER's or ENGINEER's attention prior to the bid, the CONTRACTOR is nil assumed to have bid the most expensive alternative. `+ IL Article 8. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS '"' L)11 The Contract Documents, which comprise the entire agreement between OWNER and th CONTRACTOR concerning the Work, consist of the following, each of which are . incorporated herein by reference: „ „, 8.1 Standard Form of Agreement (Section 00500). El 8.2 Performance, Payment, and/or Maintenance Bonds (Sections 00610, 00611, and ,�it 00612). L ,, ii 8.3 General Conditions of Agreement (Section 00700), including Attachment No. 1 Workers' Compensation Insurance Coverage, Attachment No. 2 Agreement for ,!11 Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release, and Attachment No. 3 Owner's 'i' Insurance Requirements of Contractor. d 8.4 Special Conditions of Agreement(Section 00800). Ft,,1 I, 8.5 Plans, consisting of sheets numbered 1 through 6 inclusive with attachments with '" each sheet bearing the following general title: Bailey WTP 1.0 MG Prestressed "- 'k Concrete Ground Storage Tank in ! 8.6 Instructions to Bidders and CONTRACTOR's Bid Proposal, including any '.il P ,+ Addenda referenced therein. 'it [c,i i ;t1 8.7 Technical Specifications for the Work. , [1:!, 1 4-2015 00500-4 of 7 [711 1i1 „I `I ;1,,, CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT I i c i 8.8 The following, which may be delivered or issued after this Agreement becomes ,� ( effective: Any Change Orders or other documents amending, modifying, or I, _ supplementing the Contract Documents in accordance with the General Conditions. ;,�. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article 8. The I. i: Contract Documents may only be amended, modified or supplemented as provided in the General Conditions. `' Article 9. MISCELLANEOUS l il 9.1 Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Section "D efinitions 1, and ' !, Interpretations" of the General Conditions will have the meanings indicated in the flGeneral Conditions. 9.2 No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract ; � Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and specifically but without limitation moneys that ,7 may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such . consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an I f assignment, no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or it j responsibility under the Contract Documents. I. 7 9.3 OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns li and legal representative to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives in respect of all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. S 9.4 CONTRACTOR agrees to warranty the Work for a period of one (1) year from r, Substantial Completion against defects in materials and workmanship. 1,'It ; CONTRACTOR agrees to repair or replace any defective work within this warranty period immediately unless such repairs require long lead time materials and equipment in which case CONTRACTOR shall provide an agreeable schedule for � repairs at no additional cost to OWNER. 9.5 The Work will be completed according to the Contract Documents and in Laccordance with codes, ordinances, and construction standards of the City of '; Pearland, and all applicable laws, codes and regulations of governmental 'I 7 authorities. 9.6 In the event any notice period required under the Contract Documents is found to �.',f.I be shorter than any minimum period prescribed by applicable law, the notice period 't required shall be construed to be the minimum period prescribed by applicable law. 9.7 This Contract and the Contract Documents, insofar as they relate in any part or in any way to the Work undertaken therein, constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto, and it is expressly understood and agreed that there are no i�'ti agreements or promises by and between said parties, except as aforesaid, and that any additions thereto or changes shall be in writing. r, 4-2015 00500-5 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT 9.8 The provisions of this Contract shall be applied and interpreted in a manner consistent with each other so as to carry out the purposes and the intent of the i parties, but if for any reason any provision is unenforceable or invalid, such ,1 provisions shall be deemed severed from this Contract and the remaining provisions shall be carried out with the same force and effect as if the severed , provision had not been part of this Contract. ;.I 9.9 The headings of the paragraphs are included solely for the convenience of reference `"� and if there is any conflict between the headings and the text of this Contract, the L`11 Contract text shall control. 9.10 The waiver of any breach hereof shall not constitute a waiver of any subsequent L i breach of the same or any other provision hereof. Failure by the OWNER in any instance to insist upon observance or performance by CONTRACTOR shall not be fib deemed a waiver by CONTRACTOR of any such observance or performance. No ; waiver will be binding upon OWNER unless in writing and then will be for the particular instance only. Payment of any sum by OWNER to CONTRACTOR with knowledge of any breach or default will not be deemed a waiver of such breach or default or any other breach or default. -, IF 9.11 The CONTRACTOR acknowledges that the OWNER(through its employee L;,, handbook) considers the following to be misconduct that is grounds for termination of an employee of the OWNER: Any fraud, forgery, misappropriation of funds, fli receiving payment for services not performed or for hours not worked, mishandling or untruthful reporting of money transactions, destruction of assets, embezzlement, accepting materials of value from vendors, or consultants, and/or collecting reimbursement of expenses made for the benefit of the OWNER. The CONTRACTOR agrees that it will not, directly or indirectly; cause an employee of the OWNER to engage in such misconduct. L' ' 1f 9.12 The CONTRACTOR agrees to comply with Appendix A(attached) of the City of Pearland's Title VI Nondiscrimination Plan Assurances. C L , , 4-2015 00500-6 of 7 ?I. +I, f!l,( CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT ii IN WITNESS WHEREOF, OWNER and CONTRACTOR have signed this Agreement in l duplicate. One counterpart each has been delivered to OWNER and one to CONTRACTOR. ' i This Agreement will be effective upon execution and attestation by authorized representatives of i, the Cit1:0, y of Pearland and upon the following date: August 26, 2019. — '.'' OWNER: CONTRACTOR: ' CITY OF P D DN Tank. Inc. -#. 4/--/- / /9/2 Y• By:-'Steph P. Boyle 'r; Title: ' 1,. 0-,.� -,r Title: Senior Vice PresidepZstimating Date: (Z„ ., Z'. , ZA% I' Date: September 5, 2019 { ill- dl_, Ii.�" (co brateISea1)_ /f; /" �/, r' ATTEST ATTEST CL. :zd' ,, 17 Donna O'Donnell, Secretary Address for giving notices !'.r'. 11 Teal Road Li Wakefield, MA 01880 i rl Li 'f` Phone: (781) 246-1133 !. Fax: (781) 224-5196 1. ,.'t Agent for service of process: I:ifl National Registered Agents, Inc. , 1999 Bryan Street, Suite 900 ' .Pi Dallas, TX 75201-3136 rrj ' END OF SECTION f 4-2015 00500 7 of 7 , ry 1 ;'jam, , �� r, l ' Title VI Nondiscrimination Assurances APPENDIX A Ti During the performance of this contract, the contractor, for itself, its assignees and successors in interest (hereinafter referred to as the "contractor") agrees as follows: i.5 (1) Compliance with Regulations: The contractor shall comply with the Regulations qmri relative to nondiscrimination in Federally-Assisted programs of the Department of Transportation (hereinafter, "DOT") Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 21, as they may be amended from time to time, (hereinafter referred to as the ',�7 Regulations), which are herein incorporated by reference and made a part of this 1 contract. (2) Nondiscrimination: The contractor, with regard to the workperformed byit during � J `L Ji the contract, shall not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, or national origin li in the selection and retention of subcontractors, including procurements of :; materials and leases of equipment. The contractor shall not participate either +; directly or indirectly in the discrimination prohibited by Section 21.5 of the Regulations, including employment practices when the contract covers a program ,I , set forth in Appendix B of the Regulations. l;t 1 (3) Solicitations for Subcontracts, including Procurements of Materials and Equipment: ',� In all solicitations either by competitive bidding or negotiation made by the 1 contractor for work to be performed under a subcontract, including procurements ;; of materials or leases of equipment, each potential subcontractor or supplier shall 'I' be notified by the contractor of the contractor's obligations under this contract and ,' i the Regulations relative to nondiscrimination on the grounds of race, color, or 1 national origin. l.; f) (4) Information and Reports: The contractor shall provide all information and reports 'I required by the Regulations or directives issued pursuant thereto, and shall permit access to its books, records, accounts, other sources of information, and its facilities i as may be determined by the Sub-Recipient or the Federal Highway Administration to be pertinent to ascertain compliance with such Regulations, orders and instructions. Where any information required of a contractor is i ,� n the exclusive I,t possession of another who fails or refuses to furnish this information the contractor shall so certify to the Sub-Recipient, or the Federal Highway Administration as i , 7 appropriate, and shall set forth what efforts it has made to obtain the information. (5) Sanctions for Noncompliance: In the event of the contractor's noncompliance with p� the nondiscrimination provisions of this contract, the Sub-Recipient shall impose such ' f !l t contract sanctions as it or the Federal Highway Administration may determine to be appropriate, including, but not limited to: I.{ (a) withholdingof payments to the contractor under the contract until the L) P Y contractor complies, and/or ` ,n (b) cancellation, termination or suspension of the contract, in whole or in part. i , ti ( III' 4+l �+l it 111 I! (6) Incorporation of Provisions:The contractor shall include the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (6) in everysubcontract, includingprocurements of materials and leases A' ' 9 � of equipment, unless exempt by the Regulations, or directives issued pursuant thereto. The contractor shall take such action with respect to any subcontract or procurement as '';! the Sub-Recipient or the Federal Highway Administration may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for non-compliance. Provided, however, 011that, in the event a contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or supplier as a result of such direction, the contractor may request the Sub-Recipient to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the Sub-Recipient, f jl and, in addition, the contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation �" It to protect the interests of the United States. L-1•;71, [-"7 ~if C f ' + ,II ,, STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT CITY OF PEARLAND APPENDIX B fl House Bill 89 Verification 1 ! � I, Stephen P. Boyle (Person name), the undersigned 1,, representative (hereafter referred to as "Representative") of DN Tanks, Inc. 1 in (company or business name, hereafter referred to as "Business Entity"), being an adult over the age ,fl of eighteen (18) years of age, after being duly sworn by the undersigned notary, do hereby depose and affirm the following: 1. That Representative is authorized to execute this verification on behalf of Business Entity; 2. That Business Entity does not boycott Israel and will not boycott Israel during the II, term of any contract that will be entered into between Business Entity and the City of Pearland; and .' 3. That Representative understands that the term "boycott Israel" is defined by Texas it Government Code Section 2270.001 to mean refusing to deal with, terminating business activities with, or otherwise taking any action that is intended to penalize, inflict economic harm on, or limit commercial relations specifically with Israel, or with a person or entity 1fl doing business in Israel or in an Israeli-controlled territory, but does not include an action made for ordinarybusiness purposes. oses. p p iy , f.,,,, .,--- „7"- -7 / 1 'SIGNATURE OFREPRESTATIVE Stephen P. Boyle, Senia Vice President-Estimating , '' SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this ,,, 5th day of September , 20 19 El f, , [..,, (4,, , ,,, \A ,,- ,_- Notary Public- Christina Ganey I FL) CHRISTINA M. GANEY (li Notary Public ' COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS My Commission Expires On October 03,2019 0 , s I 1 d:V r, CITY OF PEARLAND PERFORMANCE BOND Section 00610 Bond No 30081203 PERFORMANCE BOND STATE OF TEXAS ) COUNTY OF BRAZORIA § r— KNOW ALL MEN BY TI-IESE PRESENTS: That DN Tanks, Inc. of the City of Wakefield , County of Middlesex , and State of TeinArri)rincipal, and 7 Continental Casual ty Company authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland as Obligee (Owner), in the penal sum of$1,581,785.00 for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and j assigns,jointly and severally, by these presents: ' WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, effective as of the 26th day of August , 2019 , (the "Contract") to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: fl Bailey WTP 1.0 MG Prestressed Concrete Ground Storage Tank City of Pearland,Texas fl COP PN: WA-1901 BID NO.: 0619-44 which Contract, including the Contract Documents as defined therein, is hereby referred to and J made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF TI-IIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully perform said Contract Work and shall in all respects duly and faithfully observe and perform all and singular the covenants, conditions, and agreements in and by said Contract agreed and covenanted by the Principal to be observed and performed, and according to the true intent and meaning of said Contract and Contract Documents, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in r•I accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. r— Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or J addition to the terms of the contract, or to the Work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications, or drawings accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition r— to the terms of the Contract, or to the Work to be performed thereunder. r-1 12/2007 00610- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARI4,VL3 PERFORMANCE BOND IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument ' j this 26th day o , August ,2019 . JPrincipal: Surety: ! . DN Tanks, Inc. Continental G�311a1ty Compny r By: r y%'4 7 s' ,3„r f .., i .. _ .. By ,4 Stepti P. Boyle f a fi " � I Tide: Senior Vice President Estimating Title Donna M. Robie, Attorney-in- act Address Address: I 11 Teal Road CNA Surety �.. Continental Casualty Company `I Wakefield, MA 01880 53 State Street, Boston, MA 02109 Telephoner 781-246-1133 Telephone: 800-972-5550 i Fax 781-224-5196 Fax: 617-994-4389 I.- NOTICE: THE ADDRESS OF THE SURETY COMPANY TO WHICH ANY NOTICE I OF CLAIM SHOULD BE SENT MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE BY CALLING ITS TOLL-FREE TELEPHONE NUMBER; 1-800-252-3439. END OF SECTION r.. 3 1212007 00610-2of2 i — CITY OF REARL"/1 ND PAYMENT BOND Section 00611 Bond No 30081203 PAYMENT BOND (" STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF BRAAZORIA § KNOW ALL MEN BY Tl[ESE PRESENTS: That [)N Trunks. Inc. of the City of_Wakefield _ , County of _Middlesex_ , and State of T-xaa, as;'principal, and Continental Casual ty Company authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland as Obligee (Owner), in the penal sum of$1,581,785.00 for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and assigns,jointly and severally, by these presents; WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, effective as of the 26th day of Aug st , 2019, (the "Contract") to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: Bailey WTP 1.0 MG Prestressed Concrete Ground Storage Tank City of Pearland,Texas COP PN: WA-1901 J BID NO.: 0619-44 which Contract, including the Contract Documents as defined therein, is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall pay all claimants supplying labor or material to him or a subcontractor in the prosecution of the Work provided for in said Contract, then, this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. JSurety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the Work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications, or drawings accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the Work to be performed thereunder, 1 07/2006 00611 - t of 2 aI 1 n CITY OF PEARLAND PAYMENT BOND IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed rind sealed tliis instrument this 2,'i lz day of iltgt t 20j2,. Principal: Surety: DN Tanks, Inc. tinta,.1 � aa -Gaatpyay p , , f,( ?' �k ; B. ° i7� tty Ek , y E h P. Boyle — Y Donna M. Robie, Attorney-in-Fact 4 Tale:, Senior Vice President-Estimating Title: Address: Address: CNA Surety r_ 11 Teal Road Cont_ia e.cat ,l-.-C a- r- Wakefield, MA 01880 53 State Street, Boston, MA 02109 Telephone: 781-24 6-1133 Telephone: 800-972-5550 Fax: 781-224-.5196' Fax: 617-994-4389 NOTICE:THE ADDRESS OF THE SURETY COMPANY TO WHICH ANY NOTICE OF CLAIM SHOULD BE SENT MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE BY CALLING ITS TOLL-FREE TELEPHONE NUMBER; 1..800-252-3439. . J END OF SECTION S�{ l 07/2006 00611 -2 of 2 4 Li CITY OF PEARLAND ONE-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND rst Section 00612 Bond No 30081203 ONE-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND 7 - STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF BRAZORIA § KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS; That ON anks. Inc. of the City of Wakefield , County of Middlesex , and State of TeWW,`ITY5rincipal, and Continental Casualty Company -authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland as Obligee (Owner), in the penal sum of$1,581,785.00 for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and assigns,jointly and severally, by these presents: WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, effective as of the_2_61 day of August , 20 19, (the "Contract") to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: 7 • Bailey WTP 1.0 MG Prestressed Concrete Ground Storage Tank City of Pearland,Texas COP PN: WA-1901 • BID NO.: 0619-44 which Contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCI-I, that if the said 1 Principal shall faithfully correct all :such work not in accordance with the Contract Documents discovered within the one-year period from the date of substantial completion, then this obligation 1.4 shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 7 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications, or drawings accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder. 07/2006 00612 - 1 of 2 1_1 flCITY OF PEARLA ONE-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this_26th day of A1,1gut ,20 19. Principal: Surety: ON Tanks, Inc. _Clantimeatal_Easualty_eompaRy By By: , 4 Stephrtfrft P. Boyle :r"'• Title:Senior Vice President-Estimating Title: Donna M, Roble, Attormv-in-Fact ,Address: Address: r-i 11 Itaiload CNA Surety Continental Casualty Company '71) Wakefield, MA 01880 5.1..ang_atraet„jaasiarLIVLQ2_10._ Telephone: 781-246-J133 Telephone; 800-972-5550 Fax: 781-224-5196 Fax: 617-994-4389 4.• , I NOTICE: THE ADDRESS OF THE SURETY COMPANY TO WHICH ANY NOTICE OF CLAIM SHOULD BE SENT MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE BY CALLING ITS TOLL-FREE TELEPHONE NUMBER; 1-800-252-3439. END OF SECTION Ti Ti Ti 07/2006 00612-2 of 2 r r State of Texas Claim Notice Endorsement To be attached to and form a part of Bond No 30081203 In accordance with Section 2253.021(f) of the Texas Government Code and Section 53.202(6) of the Texas Property Code any notice of claim to the named surety under this bond(s) should be sent to: CNA Surety 333 South Wabash Chicago, IL 60604 Telephone: (312) 822-5000 71 r Form F6944 POWER OF ATTORNEY APPOINTING INDIVIDUAL ATTORNEY-IN-FACT I Know All Men By These Presents,That Continental Casualty Company,an Illinois insurance company,National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford,an Illinois insurance company,and American Casualty Company of Reading,Pennsylvania,a Pennsylvania insurance company(herein called "the CNA Companies"),are duly organized and existing insurance companies having their principal offices in the City of Chicago,and State of Illinois, and that they do by virtue of the signatures and seals herein affixed hereby make,constitute and appoint Frank J Smith, Donna M Robie, Ellen J Young, Ruth Ann Silverman, Ginette R Tentindo, Mark L Kingston, John r F Koegel,Individually 7 of Natick,MA,their true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact with full power and authority hereby conferred to sign,seal and execute for and on their behalf bonds,undertakings and other obligatory instruments of similar nature 7 -In Unlimited Amounts- 7 and to bind them thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such instruments were signed by a duly authorized officer of their insurance companies and all the acts of said Attorney,pursuant to the authority hereby given is hereby ratified and confirmed. This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the By-Law and Resolutions,printed on the reverse hereof,duly 7 adopted,as indicated,by the Boards of Directors of the insurance companies. �' In Witness Whereof,the CNA Companies have caused these presents to be signed by their Vice President and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed on this 30th day of July,2019. 7 GASUg4T ptst, �ODPNVO Continental Casualty Company w��� • �, 04. 00' ��� moo, National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford $ coavo+aarE 0C a c 5`N,ORPOR4 s.. American Casualty Company of Reading,Pennsyl ania 7 i 4 3 2 oU SEAL v d JUI902LY 1 c, d / s 7897 • y OA HARI*O� N. • 40 /40:7:21104 7 Paul T.Bruflat Vice President 7State of South Dakota,County of Minnehaha,ss: On this 30th day of July,2019,before me personally came Paul T.Bruflat to me known,who,being by me duly sworn,did depose an say: that he resides in the City of Sioux Falls,State of South Dakota;that he is a Vice President of Continental Casualty Company,an Illinois insurancgi company, National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford,an Illinois insurance company,and American Casualty Company of Reading,Pennsylvania,1 a Pennsylvania insurance company described in and which executed the above instrument;that he knows the seals of said insurance companies;that the 7 seals affixed to the said instrument are such corporate seals;that they were so affixed pursuant to authority given by the Boards of Directors of said insurance companies and that he signed his name thereto pursuant to like authority,and acknowledges same to be the act and deed of said insurance companies. J.MOHR C o NOTANYPU2LI S �pJ SOUiFi OAKOTA�7 i 7Y)A11/L i(—;;Ls My Commission Expires June 23,2021 J.Mohr Notary P blic 7 CERTIFICATE I,D.Johnson,Assistant Secretary of Continental Casualty Company,an Illinois insurance company,National Fire Insurance Compa y of Hartford, 7 an Illinois insurance company,and American Casualty Company of Reading,Pennsylvania,a Pennsylvania insurance company do hereby certify that the Power of Attorney herein above set forth is still in force,and further certify that the By-Law and Resolution of the Board of Directors oft e insurance companies printed on the reverse hereof is still in force. In testimony whereof I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the seal o'the said insurance companies this 2 6 th day of August , 2019 . L P�GASU.4 %SUN.,, `o�,901OADes Continental Casualty Company � O 4�e er ,�a 90,E National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford 2� pORPORgTf % `NCORPORgtto c American Casualty Company of Reading,Pennsy vania 7 r= v Z 343 Z D o $I JULY 71. z • Ov SEAL s < 1902 r (.....".0 1897 HARM" b • • ) 413‘11Ale4 D.Johnson Assistant Secr 'tary 7 Form F6853-4/2012 Go to www.cnasuretv.com>Owner/Obligee Services>Validate Bond Coverage,if you want to verify bond authenticity. Authorizing By-Laws and Resolutions ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF CONTINENTAL CASUALTY COMPANY: This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company at a meeting held on May 12, 1995: "RESOLVED: That any Senior or Group Vice President may authorize an officer to sign specific documents,agreements and instruments on behalf of J the Company provided that the name of such authorized officer and a description of the documents,agreements or instruments that such officer may sign will be provided in writing by the Senior or Group Vice President to the Secretary of the Company prior to such execution becoming effective." 7 This Power of Attorney is signed by Paul T. Bruflat, Vice President, who has been authorized pursuant to the above resolution to execute power of attorneys on behalf of Continental Casualty Company. This Power of Attorney is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company by unanimous written consent dated the 25th day of April,2012: "Whereas, the bylaws of the Company or specific resolution of the Board of Directors has authorized various officers (the"Authorized Officers") to execute various policies,bonds,undertakings and other obligatory instruments of like nature;and 7 Whereas,from time to time,the signature of the Authorized Officers,in addition to being provided in original,hard copy format, may be provided via facsimile or otherwise in an electronic format(collectively,"Electronic Signatures");Now therefore be it resolved: that the Electronic Signature of any Authorized Officer shall be valid and binding on the Company." r°-j ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF NATIONAL FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY OF HARTFORD: JJ This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company by unanimous written consent dated May 10, 1995: r "RESOLVED: That any Senior or Group Vice President may authorize an officer to sign specific documents,agreements and instruments on behalf of the Company provided that the name of such authorized officer and a description of the documents,agreements or instruments that such officer may sign will be provided in writing by the Senior or Group Vice President to the Secretary of the Company prior to such execution becoming effective." This Power of Attorney is signed by Paul T. Bruflat, Vice President, who has been authorized pursuant to the above resolution to execute power of attorneys on behalf of National fire Insurance Company of Hartford. This Power of Attorney is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the _ Company by unanimous written consent dated the 25`h day of April,2012: "Whereas, the bylaws of the Company or specific resolution of the Board of Directors has authorized various officers (the"Authorized Officers") to execute various policies,bonds,undertakings and other obligatory instruments of like nature;and Whereas,from time to time,the signature of the Authorized Officers,in addition to being provided in original,hard copy format,may be provided via facsimile or otherwise in an electronic format(collectively,"Electronic Signatures");Now therefore be it resolved: that the Electronic Signature of any Authorized Officer shall be valid and binding on the Company." ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF AMERICAN CASUALTY COMPANY OF READING,PENNSYLVANIA: This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the 1 Company by unanimous written consent dated May 10, 1995: "RESOLVED: That any Senior or Group Vice President may authorize an officer to sign specific documents,agreements and instruments on behalf of the Company provided that the name of such authorized officer and a description of the documents,agreements or instruments that such officer may sign will be provided in writing by the Senior or Group Vice President to the Secretary of the Company prior to such execution becoming effective." This Power of Attorney is signed by Paul T. Bruflat, Vice President, who has been authorized pursuant to the above resolution to execute power of attorneys on behalf of American Casualty Company of Reading,Pennsylvania. This Power of Attorney is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company by unanimous written consent dated the 25th day of April,2012: "Whereas,the bylaws of the Company or specific resolution of the Board of Directors has authorized various officers (the"Authorized Officers") to 7 execute various policies,bonds,undertakings and other obligatory instruments of like nature;and Whereas,from time to time,the signature of the Authorized Officers,in addition to being provided in original,hard copy format, may be provided via facsimile or otherwise in an electronic format(collectively,"Electronic Signatures");Now therefore be it resolved: that the Electronic Signature of any Authorized Officer shall be valid and binding on the Company." 1 1 7 Client#:424896 DNTANKS ACORDT. CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE(MMIDD/YYYY)9/09/20j19 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.THIS 1111 CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND,EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW.THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S),AUTHORIZED I, REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT:If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED,the policy(ies)must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. ll If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED,subject to the terms and conditions of the policy,certain policies may require an endorsement.A statemen on this certificate does not confer any rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT NAME: 7 Marsh&McLennan Agency LLC PHONE FAX (A/C,No,Ext): (NC,No): Marsh&McLennan Ins.Agency LLC ADDRESS: constructioncerts@marshmma.com PO Box 85638 INSURER(S)AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# 7 San Diego,CA 92186 INSURER A:Zurich American Insurance Company 15535 INSURED INSURER B:American Guarantee and Liability Ins Co 26247 DN Tanks,Inc. INSURER C: ' P.O. Box 696 7 El Cajon,CA 92022-0696 INSURER D: INSURER E: INSURER F: COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: REVISION NUMBER: 1 7iTHIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE (TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR ADDL SUER POLICY EFF POLICY EXP rf? LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE INSR WVD POLICY NUMBER (MM/DD/YYYY) (MMIDD/YYYY) • LIMITS A X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY X X GL0933673508 05/01/2019 05/01/202 EACH OCCURRENCE $2,0001000 D CLAIMS-MADE X OCCUR PREMISESO(Ea occurrence) $5OO,OQO MED EXP(Any one person) $10,000 PERSONAL&ADV INJURY $2,000 000 7 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $4,000`000 7POLICY X CT LOC PRODUCTS-COMP/OPAGG $4,000�000 OTHER: $ AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT 1 A X X BAP933673608 05/01/2019 05/01/2020(Eaaccident) $ ,000,000 X ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY(Per person) $ — OWNED SCHEDULED BODILY INJURY(Per accident) $ AUTOS ONLY AUTOS 7 _ — HIRED NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE AUTOS ONLY ^AUTOS ONLY (Per accident) $ B X UMBRELLA LIAB X OCCUR AUC933680408 05/01/2019 05/01/2020 EACH OCCURRENCE $5,000,,000 EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE $5,000,000 7 DED RETENTIONS $ �,. A WORKERS COMPENSATION X WC012497604 05/01/2019 05/01/2020 X STATUTE EORH AND EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE Y/N E.L.EACH ACCIDENT $1,000,000 OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? N N/A (Mandatory in NH) E.L.DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $1,000,000 If yes,describe under i DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L.DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $1,000,000 A Builders Risk CRT695977600 10/01/2019 05/28/2020 Completed Value Form 7 Contract Cost$1,581,785 Deductible$5,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES(ACORD 101,Additional Remarks Schedule,may be attached If more space is required) *BUILDERS RISK COVERAGE INFORMATION* 7 Transit Coverage$1,000,000 Limit$5,000 Deductible Temporary Locations$1,000,000 Limit$5,000 Deductible Covered Peril: Risk of Direct Physical Loss Damage Replacement Cost Value 7 (See Attached Descriptions) CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION 1 Cityof Pearland,Texas SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN 7 3523 Liberty Drive ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. Pearland,TX 77581 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE 7 1 ©1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION.All rig(is reserved. 7 ACORD 25(2016/03) 1 of 2 The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD #S4345003/M4344956 WSJLV 7 DESCRIPTIONS (Continued from Page 1) i Water Damage$1,581,785 Limit$50,000 Deductible Earthquake$1,581,785 Limit$25,000 Deductible Flood$1,581,785 Limit$25,000 Deductible 7 Re: Bid No.0619-44-Bailey WTP 1.0 MG Prestressed Concrete Ground Storage Tank-City of Pearland,Texas COP PN:WA-1901 -3928 Wells Drive,Pearland,TX 77584.Estimated Cost:$1,581,785.00. City of Pearland,its successors and assigns,and the Engineers,any officers,employees,or agents of such Lpersons or entities,and others required by the Contract Documents are included as additional insured with respect to General Liability and Auto Liability per the attached endorsement.Waiver of Subrogation applies to General Liability,Auto Liability and Workers Compensation per the attached endorsement.Coverage is Primary and Non-Contributory per the attached endorsement. ApaR 7 r 7 7 • 7 7 7 rt. C 7 7 7 1 SAGITTA 25.3(2016/03) 2 of 2 7 #S4345003/M4344956 7 7INSURED: DN Tanks,Inc. POLICY#: GL0933673508 POLICY PERIOD: 05/01/2019 TO 05/01/2020 7 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 25 03 05 09 7 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. DESIGNATED CONSTRUCTION PROJECT(S) r GENERAL AGGREGATE LIMIT 7 This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: . COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART 7 SCHEDULE -Designated Construction Project(s): A GENERAL AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES TO EACH CONSTRUCTION PROJECT WHERE 7 THE NAMED INSURED IS PERFORMING OPERATIONS, HOWEVER, A GENERAL AGGREGATE LIMIT DOES NOT APPLY TO ANY CONSTRUCTION PROJECT WHERE THE NAMED INSURED IS PERFORMING OPERATIONS THAT ARE INSURED UNDER A WRAP r UP OR ANY OTHER CONSOLIDATED OR SIMILAR INSURANCE PROGRAM. Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above,will be shown in the Declarations. 7, A. For all sums which the insured becomes legally 3. Any payments made under Coverage A for obligated to pay as damages caused by damages or under Coverage C for medical 7 "occurrences"under Section I—Coverage A,and expenses shalt reduce the Designated for all medical expenses caused by accidents Construction Project General Aggregate Limit under Section.)—Coverage C,which can be for that designated construction project. Such attributed only to ongoing operations at a single payments shall not reduce the General designated construction project shown in the Aggregate Limit shown in the Declarations nor 7 Schedule above: shall they reduce any other Designated 1. A separate Designated Construction Project Construction Project General Aggregate Limit General Aggregate Limit applies to each for any other designated construction project designated construction project,and that limit shown in the Schedule above. 7 is-equal to the amount of the General Aggregate Limit shown in the Declarations. 4. The limits shown in the Declarations for Each . Occurrence, Damage To Premises Rented To 2. The Designated Construction Project General You and Medical Expense continue to apply. 7 Aggregate Limit Is the most we will pay for the However, instead of being subject to the sum of all damages under Coverage A,except General Aggregate Limit shown in the damages because of'bodily injury"or Declarations,such limits will be subject to the "property damage"included in the"products- applicable Designated Construction Project completed operations hazard",and for General Aggregate limit. r medical expenses under Coverage C regardless of the number of: a. Insureds; b. Claims made or"suits"brought;or 7 c. Persons or organizations making claims or bringing"suits". 7 CG 25 03 0509 Q Insurance Services Office, Inc.,2008 Page 1 of 2 7 7 B. For all sums which the insured becomes legally C. When coverage for liability arising out of the obligated to pay as damages caused by "products-completed operations hazard"is "occurrences"under Section I—Coverage A,and provided,any payments for damages because of for all medical expenses caused by accidents "bodily injury"or"property damage"included in under Section I--Coverage C,which cannot be the"products completed operations hazard"will attributed only to ongoing operations at a single reduce the Products-completed Operations designated construction project shown in the Aggregate Limit,and not reduce the General Schedule above: Aggregate Limit nor the Designated Construction 1. Any payments made under Coverage A for Project General Aggregate Limit. damages or under Coverage C for medical D. If the applicable designated construction project expenses shall reduce the amount available has been abandoned,delayed, or abandoned under the General Aggregate Limit or the and then restarted,or if the authorized Products-completed Operations Aggregate contracting parties deviate from plans, blueprints, Limit,whichever is applicable;and designs, specifications or timetables,the project 2. Such payments shall not reduce any will still be deemed to be the same construction Designated Construction Project General project. Aggregate Limit. E. The provisions of Section III—Limits Of Insurance not otherwise modified by this endorsement shall continue to apply as stipulated. • • • r r r r Page 2 of 2 V Insurance Services Office, Inc.,2008 CG 25 03 05 09 r • INSURED: DN Tanks,Inc. 7 POLICY#: GL0933673508 POLICY PERIOD: 05/01/2019 TO 05/01/2020 r COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG24040509 WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Person Or Organization:Where required by written contract r 'Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above,will be shown in the Declarations. The following is added to Paragraph 8.Transfer Of f� Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us of Section IV—Conditions: We waive any right of recovery we may have • against the person or organization shown in the Schedule above because of payments we make for injury or damage arising out of your ongoing operations or"your work"done under a contract with that person or organization and included in the "products-completed operations hazard". This waiver applies only to the person or organization shown in the Schedule above. • r CG 24 04 05 09 ©Insurance Services Office, Inc.,2008 Page 1 of 1 r r INSURED: DN Tanks,inc. POLICY#: GL0933673508 POLICY PERIOD: 05/01/2019 TO 05/01/2020 r Additional Insured—Automatic — Owners, Lessees Or ZUItICH A Contractors • THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. Named Insured: Blanket Endorsement.As Required By Written Contract Address(including ZIP Code): r This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the: Commercial General Liability Coverage Part A. Section II—Who Is An Insured is amended ry c deE©i r1n -o o i s ed i o- -o 0,1, f _lam eouir.dm tni cootC7n£IItnt�t'�1t ainaallcl,vfit�- @Ta ilC�Tf♦1x rct ttet a• Such person or organization is an additional insured only with respect to liability for"bodily injury", "property damage"or"personal and advertising injury"caused, in whole or in part, by: 1. Your acts or omissions;or 2. The acts or omissions of those acting on your behalf, in the performance of your ongoing operations or "your work" as included in the "products-completed operations hazard",which is the subject of the written contract or written agreement. However,the insurance afforded to such additional insured: 1. Only applies to the extent permitted by law;and 2. Will not be broader than that which you are required by the written contract or written agreement to provide for such additional insured. B. With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds,the following additional exclusion applies: This insurance does not apply to: "Bodily injury","property damage"or"personal and advertising injury"arising out of the rendering of, or failure to render,any professional architectural,engineering or surveying services including: a. The preparing, approving or failing to prepare or approve maps, shop drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, field orders,change orders or drawings and specifications;or b. Supervisory, inspection, architectural or engineering activities. This exclusion applies even if the claims against any insured allege negligence or other wrongdoing in the supervision, hiring, employment,training or monitoring of others by that insured, if the"occurrence"which caused the "bodily injury"or"property damage", or the offense which caused the"personal and advertising injury", involved the rendering of or the failure to render any professional architectural,engineering or surveying services. C. The following is added to Paragraph 2. Duties In The Event Of Occurrence, Offense, Claim Or Suit of Section IV— Commercial General Liability Conditions: U-GL-1175-F CW(04/13) Page 1 of 2 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office,Inc.,with its permission. r 7 The additional insured must see to it that: 1. We are notified as soon as practicable of an"occurrence"or offense that may result in a claim; 2. We receive written notice of a claim or"suit"as soon as practicable;and 3. A request for defense and indemnity of the claim or"suit"will promptly be brought against any policy issued by [1.4 another insurer under which the additional insured may be an insured in any capacity. This provision does not apply to insurance on which the additional insured is a Named Insured if the written contract or written agreement requires that this coverage be primary and non-contributory. D. For the purposes of the coverage provided by this endorsement: 1. The following is added to the Other Insurance Condition of Section IV — Commercial General Liability Conditions: �3rimary andliVoncontiibu a4y insuranc This insurance is primary to and will not seek contribution from any other insurance available to an additional insured provided that: a. The additional insured is a Named Insured under such other insurance;and b. Uo requir-o by writ en'cont.c co w iften <gree ent a th s a oe ar tan MI ii see" - e itr" ton f om i 1/d r3 ins ranee available i b add'Tonal fbigE1W-- 2. The following paragraph is added to Paragraph 4.b.of the Other Insurance Condition of Section IV—Commercial General Liability Conditions: This insurance is excess over: Any of the other insurance, whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis, available to an additional insured, in which the additional insured on our policy is also covered as an additional insured on another policy providing coverage for the same"occurrence",offense,claim or"suit". This provision does not apply to any policy in which the additional insured is a Named Insured on such other policy and where our policy is required by a written contract or written agreement to provide coverage to the additional insured on a primary and non- contributory basis. E. This endorsement does not apply to an additional insured which has been added to this policy by an endorsement showing the additional insured in a Schedule of additional insureds, and which endorsement applies specifically to that identified additional insured. F. With respect to the insurance afforded to the additional insureds under this endorsement, the following is added to Section III—Limits Of Insurance: The most we will pay on behalf of the additional insured is the amount of insurance: 1. Required by the written contract or written agreement referenced in Paragraph A.of this endorsement;or 2. Available under the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations, whichever is less. pprr�� This endorsement shall not increase the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations. All other terms and conditions of this policy remain unchanged. r U-GL-1175-F CW(04113) Page 2 of 2 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office,Inc.,with its permission. r r INSURED: DN Tanks,Inc. 7 POLICY#: GL0933673508 POLICY PERIOD: 05/01/2019 TO 05/01/2020 ZURICH Other Insurance Amendment - Primary And Non-Contributory V -iIry K2. -zp, Dale of 6a]_ Eft. Late of End. Age-nor No. Addl. Prcm. Return Prom. GL0933673508 05/01/2019 05/01/2020 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. Named Insured: DN Tanks,Inc. Address(including ZIP Coda); Pr This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the: Commercial General Liability Coverage Part SECTION IV. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS, 4. Other Insurance. is amended per the following; 1, Thu Ibllowin_ paragraph is added tinder rt.Primary Insurance: This insurance is primary insurance as respects our coverage to an additional insut'eil pemon or orga zation. where the written contract or written agreement requires that this insurance be primary nd non-caritribuiorv, In that event,we will not seek contribution from any other insurance policy availa to Ici the:additional instred on which the additional insured person or organization is a Named Insured. 2. The following paragraph is added tinder h.Excess Insurance: This insurance is excess aver: Any of the other insurance, whether primacy.excess, conlinpcnt or on any Other basis,available to an additional insured, in which the additional insured on our policy is also covered as an additional in- sured by attachment of an endorsement to another policy providing coverage for the same"accurrcncs, claim or"suit", This provision does not apply to any policy in which the additional insured is a N'ared lnsu trd art AttCh L1.th r policy :end where our policy is roquired by wriunn cvs+tract or-e.Tlttcrt rgcccnld„. to provide coverage to the additional insured on a priniary and non-contributory basis. Any provisions in this Coverage Part not changed by the terms and conditions of this endorsement continue to aptly as 'written. Ri GL.1:i2i-A CW t31.: ITi Page I •f l till INSURED: DN Tanks,Inc. 7 POLICY#: BAP933673608 POLICY PERIOD: 05/01/2019 TO: 05/01/2020 4. Loss Payment—Physical Damage 5. Other Insurance Coverages a. For any covered "auto" you own, his 7 At our option, we may: Coverage Form provides prim ry a. Pay for, repair or replace damaged or insurance. For any covered"auto"you d n't stolen property; own, the insurance provided by his 7 b. Return the stolen property, at our expense. Coverage Form is excess over any of er collectible insurance. However, while a We will pay for any damage that results to covered "auto" which is a "trailer" is the"auto"from the theft; or connected to another vehicle, the Cove ed 7 c. Take all or any part of the damaged or Autos Liability Coverage this Coverage stolen property at an agreed or appraised Form provides for the "trailer"is: value. If we payfor the "loss", our (1) Excess while it is connected to a m for payment will vehicle you do not own; or 7 include the applicable sales tax for the (2) Primary while it is connected to a damaged or stolen property. covered"auto"you own. 5. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against b. For Hired Auto Physical Damage Coverage, 7' _ Others To Us any covered "auto" you lease, hire, rent or If any person or organization to or for whom we borrow is deemed to be a covered "alto" make payment under this Coverage Form has you own. However, any "auto" that is rights to recover damages from another, those leased, hired, rented or borrowed with a r rights are transferred to us. That person or driver is not a covered"auto". organization must do everything necessary to ' secure our rights must do nothing after .c.: Regardless of the provisions of, Paragraph -I secure or or rights andt impair them. . - a.- above, this Coverage Form's Covered Autos Liability Coverage is primary for any- 7 B. General Conditions 1 liability assumed under, an `insured 1. Bankruptcy contract - ' Bankruptcy or insolvency of the"insured"or the d. When this Coverage Form and any other 7 "insured's" estate will not relieve us of any Coverage Form or policy covers on the obligations under this Coverage Form. same basis, either excess or primary, we 2. Concealment, Misrepresentation Or Fraud will pay only our share. Our share is the 7 This Coverage Form is void in any case of proportion that the Limit of Insurance of our fraud by you at any time as it relates to this Coverage Form bears to the total of the Coverage Form. It is also void if you or any limits of all the Coverage Forms and other "insured", at any time, intentionally policies covering on the same basis. conceals or misrepresents a material fact 6. Premium Audit 7 concerning: a. The estimated premium for this Cover ge a. This Coverage Form; Form is based on the exposures you told us b. The covered"auto"; you would have when this policy began.We will compute the final premium due whe7 n. c. Your interest in the covered"auto";or we determine your actual exposures. The d. A claim under this Coverage Form. estimated total premium will be credited 7 3. Liberalization against the final premium due and thefirst Named Insured will be billed for the If we revise this Coverage Form to provide balance, if any. The due date for the nal more coverage without additional premium premium or retrospective premium is the charge, your policy will automatically provide date shown as the due date on the bill. If r the additional coverage as of the day the the estimated total premium exceeds the revision is effective in your state. final premium due, the first Named Insured 4. No Benefit To Bailee—Physical Damage will get a refund. 7 Coverages b. If this policy is issued for more than one We will not recognize any assignment or grant year, the premium for this Coverage Form any coverage for the benefit of any person or will be computed annually based on our organization holding, storing or transporting rates or premiums in effect at the beginning 7 property for a fee regardless of any other of each year of the policy. provision of this Coverage Form. 7 CA 00 01 10 13 ©Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2011 Page 9 of 12 7 INSURED: DN Tanks,Inc. • 7 POLICY#: BAP933673608 POLICY PERIOD: 05/01/2019 TO 05/01/2020 r COMMERCIAL AUTO CA 04 44 03 10 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US (WAIVER OF SUBROGATION) This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM BUSINESS AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE FORM GARAGE COVERAGE FORM MOTOR CARRIER COVERAGE FORM TRUCKERS COVERAGE FORM ro, With respect to coverage provided by this endorsement, the provisions of the Coverage Form apply unless modi- fied by the endorsement. This endorsement changes the policy effective on the inception date of the policy unless another date is indicated below. r SCHEDULE Name(s)Of Person(s)Or Organization(s): ALL PERSONS AND/OR ORGANIZATIONS THAT ARE REQUIRED BY WRITTEN CONTRACT OR AGREEMENT WITH THE INSURED,EXECUTED PRIOR TO THE ACCIDENT OR LOSS,THAT WAIVER OF SUBROGATION BE PROVIDED UNDER THIS POLICY • Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above,will be shown in the Declarations. The Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Oth- ers To Us Condition does not apply to the person(s) or organization(s) shown in the Schedule, but only to the extent that subrogation is waived prior to the"ao- cident"or the"loss"under a contract with that person or organization. CA 04 44 0310 ©Insurance Services Office, Inc.,2009 Page 1 of 1 CWolters Kluwer Financial Services I Uniform Forms'' INSURED: ON Tanks,Inc. POLICY#: BAP933673608 POLICY PERIOD: 05/01/2019 TO 05/01/2020 r COMMERCIAL AUTO CA 20 48 02 99 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. DESIGNATED INSURED This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM GARAGE COVERAGE FORM MOTOR CARRIER COVERAGE FORM TRUCKERS COVERAGE FORM With respect to coverage provided by this endorsement,the provisions of the Coverage Form apply unless modified by this endorsement. - This endorsement identifies person(s)or organization(s)who are"insureds"under the Who Is An Insured Provision of the Coverage Form.This endorsement does not alter coverage provided in the Coverage Form. This endorsement changes the policy effective on the inception date of the policy unless another date is indicated below. Countersigned By: BARNEY&BARNEY, LLC (Authorized• Representative) resentative)P SCHEDULE Name of Person(s)or Organization(s) : Any person or organization where the named insured has agreed by written contract executed prior to the date of the accident,to provide additional insured status to such person or organization. (If no entry appears above,information required to complete this endorsement will be shown in the Declarations as applicable to the endorsement. ) Each person or organization shown in the Schedule is an"insured"for Liability Coverage,but only to the extent that person or organization qualifies as an"insured"under the Who Is An Insured Provision contained in Section II of the Coverage Form. CA 20 48 02 99 © Insurance Services Office,Inc.,1998 C INSURED:DN Tanks,Inc. EPOLICY#:WC012497604 POLICY PERIOD:05/01/2019 TO 05/01/2020 7 WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS LIABILITY INSURANCE POLICY WC 00 0313 7 (Ed. 4-8,9 7 WAIVER OF OUR RIGHT TO RECOVER FROM OTHERS ENDORSEMENT We have the right to recover our payments from anyone liable for an injury covered by this policy. We will not enf rce our right against the person or organization named in the Schedule. (This agreement applies only to the extent that you perform 7 work under a written contract that requires you to obtain this agreement from us.) This agreement shall not operate directly or indirectly to benefit anyone not named in the Schedule. Schedule 7 ALL PERSONS AND/OR ORGANIZATIONS THAT ARE REQUIRED BY WRITTEN CONTRACT OR AGREEMENT WITH THE INSURED, EXECUTED PRIOR TO THE ACCIDENT OR LOSS, THAT WAIVER OF SUBROGATION BE PROVIDED UNDER THIS POLICY FOR WORK 7 PERFORMED BY YOU FOR THAT PERSON AND/OR ORGANIZATION 7 7 7 C C 7 C This endorsement changes the policy to which it is attached and is effective on the date issued unless otherwise stated. 7 (The information below is required only when this endorsement is issued subsequent to preparation of the policy.) Endorsement Effective Policy No. Endorsement No. CInsured Premium$ Insurance Company Countersigned By 7 WC 00 03 13 (Ed. 4-84) Copyright 1983 National Council on Compensation Insurance 7 CITY OF PEARLAND PARTIAL WAIVER OF LIEN Section 00615 PARTIAL WAIVER OF LIEN AND PAYMENT AFFIDAVIT rJ The undersigned contracted with City of Pearland to furnish in connection with certain improvements to real property located in the City of Pearland, TX and owned by the City of Pearland which improvements are described as follows: ro, �' In consideration of Pay Estimate No. in the amount of$ j j the undersigned, on oath, states that all persons and firms who supplied labor and materials to the undersigned in connection with said Project will be fully paid within 30 days of the date of this document by the undersigned for such work through In consideration of the payment herewith made,the undersigned does fully and jfinally release and hold harmless the City of Pearland and its surety, if any, through the above date from any and all claims, liens,or right to claim or lien,arising out of this Project under any applicable bond, law or statue. It is understood that this affidavit is submitted to induce payment of the above sum and for use by the City of Pearland in assuring the Owner and others that all liens and claims relating to the said Project furnished by the undersigned are paid. Signature Printed Name&Title Pm ' r,I Company Name State of raj County of r.� Subscribed and sworn to, before me, this day of , 20 . 4 j ;r" My Commission Expires: Notary Public . i 5-12-12 ri CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Section 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT TABLE OF CONTENTS Page j No. I� 1.0 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 1.01 Owner, Contractor and Engineer 1.02 Contract Documents 1.03 Subcontractor 1.04 Written Notice • 1.05 Work 1.06 Extra Work 1.07 Work Day IC 1.07-1 Rain Day 1.07-2 Impact Day 1.08 Calendar Day j C 1.09 Substantially Completed 1.10 Interpretation of Words and Phrases 1.11 Referenced Standards 1.12 Contract Time 1.13 Construction Inspector 1.14 Balancing Change Order 2.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE OWNER 4 r2.01 No Warranty of Design 2 Right of Entry g C2.03 Ownership of Plans 7 10-2012 00700-i i CITY OF PEARLAIVD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 2.04 Changes and Alterations 2.05 Damages 3.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ENGINEER 6 3.01 Owner-Engineer Relationship P 3.02 Keeping of Plans and Specifications Accessible 3.03 Preliminary Approval 3.04 Inspection by Engineer P � 3.05 Determination of Questions and Disputes fl , 3.06 Recommendation of Payment 4.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 8 4.01 Independent Contractor 4.02 Contractor's Understanding !! 4.03 Laws and Ordinances 4.04 Assignment and Subletting 4.05 Performance and Payment Bonds [and Maintenance Bond] 4.06 Insurance 4.07 Permits and Fees {� 4.08 Texas State Sales Tax 4.09 Contractor's Duty and Superintendence 4.10 Character of Workers f 4.11 Labor, Equipment, Materials, Construction Plant and Buildings 4.12 Sanitation 4.13 Cleaning and Maintenance 4.14 Performance of Work 4.15 Right of Owner to Accelerate the Work 10-2012 00700-ii CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT !7 4.16 Layout of Work 4.17 Shop Drawings 4.18 Engineer-Contractor Relationship; Observations 4.19 Observation and Testing 4.20 Defects and Their Remedies '17 4.21 Liability for Proper Performance ;. 4.22 Protection Against Accident To Employees and the Public 4.23 Protection of Adjoining Property 4.24 Protection against Claims of Subcontractors, Laborers, Materialmen, !. t and Furnishers of Equipment, Machinery and Supplies I1 Il 4.25 Protection Against Royalties or Patented Invention � 4.26 Indemnification hl 4.27 Losses From Natural Causes . 4.28 Guarantee !t 5.0 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 18 5.01 Time and Order of Completion 5.02 Extension of Time 5.03 Hindrances and Delays 5.04 Suspension of Work 5.05 Liquidated Damages for Delay 5.06 Change of Contract Time i' ',,7 5.07 Delays Beyond Owner's and Contractor's Control 6.0 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 21 6.01 Discrepancies and Omissions i'l 6.02 Quantities and Measurements 10-2012 00700- �L. CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 6.03 Estimated Quantities 7, 6.04 Price of Work 6.05 Payments II , 6.06 Partial Payments l� 6.07 Use of Completed Portions &Punchlist ) l_ 6.08 Substantial Completion 6.08-1 6.09 Final Payment 6.10 Correction of Work Before Final Payment 6.11 Correction of Work After Final Payment J' 6.12 Payments Withheld �fl{ 6.13 Delayed Payments 7.0 EXTRA WORK AND CLAIMS 27 7.01 Differing Site Conditions 7.02 Change Orders 7.03 Change a ge Orders 7.04 Request for Work Approval for Work on Non-Work Days 7.05 Minor Changes 7.06 Extra Work 7.07 Time of Filing Claims f 8.0 DEFAULT 30 8.01 Default by Contractor 8.02 Supplementation of Contractor Forces fl 8.03 Cumulative Remedies &Specific Performance y I� 8.04 Cross-Default 10-2012 00700-iv 7 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 8.05 Insolvency 8.06 Contingent Assignment 8.07 Waiver of Consequential Damages 8.08 Termination for Convenience 8.09 Default by Owner 9.0 DISPUTE RESOLUTION 35 ATTACHMENT NO. 1: WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE COVERAGE Al Ll 'I ATTACHMENT NO. 2: AGREEMENT FOR FINAL PAYMENT AND CONTRACTOR'S E. SWORN RELEASE B1 ATTACHMENT NO. 3: OWNER'S INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACTOR Cl 11 j!I 1;I c, ,[" li 1,1 10-2012 00700-v L il 7CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 1 CSection 00700 1 1 r„, GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 1 1.0 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS L1.01 OWNER, CONTRACTOR AND ENGINEER. The OWNER, the CONTRACTOR and the ENGINEER are those persons or organizations identified as such in the Agreement. The term ENGINEER as used in these General Conditions shall refer to the Engineer 7 or Architect identified in the Agreement, as applicable, and means a person authorized to act as a representative of the entity designated by the OWNER to provide professional services required in connection with the preparation of plans and specifications of this Contract. The term ";L CONSTRUCTION MANAGER as used in these General Conditions shall refer to the Construction Manager identified in the Agreement, as applicable, and means a person authorized 7 to act as representative of the entity designated by the OWNER to provide professional services required in connection with the performance of the work of this Contract. The Owner's representative on the project site shall be the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER or ENGINEER as '� designated. 1 1 1.02 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The Contract Documents shall consist of all of the documents identified in Article 8 of the Standard Form of Agreement, which documents, � excluding such documents as may be delivered or issued after the Effective Date of the �� Agreement, as referenced in Article 8, shall be bound together in a Project Manual for the Work. I All references to the "Contract" or the "Agreement" in these General Conditions of Agreement shall include the Contract Documents. I, � The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by one shall be binding as if required by all. In the event of any conflict among the Contract Documents, the Contract Hi Documents shall govern in the following order: '' (1) Modifications in writing and signed by both parties, including any Change Orders; , E (2) Standard Form of Agreement; • I,1 I I (3) Special Conditions of Agreement; a , (4) General Conditions of Agreement, including Attachment No. 1 — Workers' Compensation Insurance Coverage, Attachment No. 2 — Agreement for Final Payment and CONTRACTOR'S Sworn Release, and Attachment No. 3 — Owner's 1 Insurance Requirements of Contractor; ;',7 (5) Addenda, if any; ''1 (6) Plans and Specifications referenced or included in the Project Manual; „c I„ (7) Instructions to Bidders; . (8) Bid Proposal; and ill i' 10-2012 00700- 1 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (9) Exhibits: The following Exhibits, if any, attached hereto, are incorporated herein, fl and are a part of this Contract: In the event a conflict or inconsistency remains between or within the Contract Documents, or the J� Contract Documents and applicable standards, codes and ordinances, CONTRACTOR shall provide the greater quantity or better quality, or CONTRACTOR shall comply with the more stringent requirements, as determined by ENGINEER. l Terms or phrases used in the Contract Documents with a well-known technical or construction industry meaning shall have such recognized meanings. References to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the laws or regulations of any governmental authority, shall mean the latest in effect on the effective date of the Contract, unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents. ` 1 .03 SUBCONTRACTOR. The term "subcontractor", as employed herein, includes those entities having a contract with the CONTRACTOR or a subcontractor for performance of 7` work on the Project. OWNER shall have no responsibility to any subcontractor for performance of work on the Project contemplated by these Contract Documents, and any such subcontractor shall look exclusively to CONTRACTOR for any payments due subcontractor. 1.04 WRITTEN NOTICE. Written Notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in personby or electronic means through the Pro-Trak to the individual or to a partner of fl the partnership or joint venture, or to an officer of the corporation or company for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent by Certified Mail, Return Receipt Requested, to the last known f business address or registered office of such individual, partnership, joint venture or corporation or g P pJ company, or to the address for giving notices listed in the Standard Form of Agreement. otherwise stipulated, the CONTRACTOR shallprovide and - a 1.05 WORK. Unless p pay for all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, services, insurance, and all water, light, power, fuel, transportation and all other facilities or services of any nature whatsoever necessary for the execution and completion of the Work described in the Standard Form of Agreement. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be new, and both workmanship and materials shall be of good quality. The CONTRACTOR shall, if required by the ENGINEER as representative of the OWNER, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. Materials or work described in words which so applied have well-known, technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer to such recognized standards. All work shall be done and all materials shall be furnished in strict conformity with the Contract Documents. 1.06 EXTRA WORK. The term "Extra Work", as used in this Contract, shall be 1l understood to mean and include all work that may be required by the ENGINEER as representative of the OWNER, to be performed by the CONTRACTOR to accomplish any change, alteration or addition to the work shown in the plans. Extra work shall be authorized in writing by IJ the ENGINEER prior to commencement. Extra Work items are paid for on an as needed, as authorized basis only. I_J 1.07 WORK DAY: As used herein, a "Work Day" is defined as any Monday through Friday, not a legal holiday, and any Saturday or Sunday specifically approved by the OWNER, in which the CONTRACTOR can perform six or more hours of work per the current construction schedule. CONTRACTOR agrees to request specific approval from the Construction Manager or 10-2012 00700-2 of 36 {l , 7 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT I 7 Owner, in advance, to perform work on Saturdays or Sundays and in so doing agrees to pay all charges and costs for Inspection and or Construction Management services required during the I performance of any such approved work. Refer to paragraph 7.05 for procedure to determine cost 7 for Construction Management and Inspection Services for work on non-work days. 1.07-1 RAIN DAY: As used herein, is defined as any WORK DAY during which weather E related conditions prevent the CONTRACTOR from performing four (4) or more consecutive hours of work on critical path items as identified in the current construction schedule. 7 CONTRACTOR shall record Rain Days on the Pay Application each month for the review and possible approval by the OWNER. The approved Rain Day is then added to the Contract Time. (See 1.12 Contract Time below) 7 1.07-2 IMPACT DAY: As used herein, is a day that is added to the CONTRACT TIME by the OWNER by Change Order to extend the Contract Time by one full Work Day. (See 1.12 ,' Contract Time below) Impact Days, once approved by the OWNER, shall extend the Contract 7 Time on a one-to-one basis to replace a Work Day lost to conditions that prevented the CONTRACTOR from performing four (4) or more consecutive hours of work on critical path 7 items. Impact Days are added to the Contract Time by Change Order only at the end of the work � and then only if, in the opinion of the OWNER, a time extension is warranted due to delays i; beyond the control of the Contractor and required to complete the work within the Contract Time. L'" 1.08 CALENDAR DAY. A "calendar day" is any day of the week, month or year no 1,1 days being excepted. Unless otherwise expressly provided, all references to "day(s)" shall mean II Ir calendar day(s). ! 1 .09 SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETED: The terms "Substantially Completed", or „,7 "Substantially Complete" or "Substantial Completion" as used in this Contract, shall mean that all major process components of the facility or work have been made suitable for use or occupancy, including appropriate documentation from the equipment suppliers that all of the individual 7 components have been installed in accordance with the specifications and manufacturer's recommendations, the installations have been approved by the ENGINEER and the items have met j the start-up and testing requirements of the contract documents or is deemed to be in a condition to ir serve its intended purpose or requires only minor miscellaneous work and adjustment to achieve � Final Completion and Acceptance as determined by the ENGINEER. Upon compliance with the ' I,: above referenced criteria, ENGINEER shall issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion. L PARTIAL SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: designation will be given on components of ;; the Work that must be placed into service prior to the completion of the entire Work. The contractor's One Year Warranty period for these items shall begin on the date of Partial I, Substantial Completion as designated by the ENGINEER. The ENGINEER shall determine and I,, , make all such designations. [.' ,„ 1.10 INTERPRETATION OF WORDS AND PHRASES. Whenever the words II I "directed", "permitted", "designated", "required", "ordered", "considered necessary", "prescribed" or words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission, ,IF N I order, opinion designation or prescription of the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative is 1i intended. Similarly, the words "approved", "acceptable", "satisfactory" or words of like import shall mean that no exception is taken by ENGINEER, but does not relieve CONTRACTOR of P,1 responsibility for compliance with the Contract Documents. I,. 10-2012 00700-3 of 36 r�' CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Whenever in the Specifications or Plans of the Contract Documents, the terms of description of various qualities relative to finish, workmanship or other qualities of similar kind which cannot, from their nature, be specifically and clearly described and specified, but are necessarily described in general terms, the fulfillment of which must depend on individual judgment, then, in all such cases, any question of the fulfillment of said Specifications shall be decided by the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative, and said work shall be done in accordance with his interpretations of the meaning of the words, terms or clauses defining the character of the work. 1.11 REFERENCED STANDARDS. No provision of any referenced standard specification, or manual shall be effective to change the duties and responsibilities of the Owner, Engineer, Contractor, or their consultants, employees, or representatives from those set forth in the Contract Documents, nor shall it be effective to assign to the Engineer or its consultants, employees,, or representatives any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibilities contrary to provisions of the Contract Documents. 1.12 CONTRACT TIME The term Contract Time as used herein, refers to the number of Calendar days provided to complete the work or the date, stated in the Agreement: (i) to achieve Substantial Completion, and (ii) to complete the Work so that it is ready for final payment as evidenced by ENGINEER's written recommendation of final payment in accordance with Paragraph 6.09 and as modified as a result of any authorized Extensions.The established Contract Time includes 40 Rain Days per year, based on the average number of rain days per year for the period of June 1898 to December 1996 as recorded by the Alvin Weather Center Record. The Contract Time shall only be extended by (a) the addition of Rain Days equal to the number of actual Rain Days in excess of 40 days per year and (b) the number of Impact Days granted for delays, in the opinion of the Owner, beyond the_control of the Contractor. The extension of the Contract Time shall be the CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for delays. 1.13 CONSTRUCTION INSPECTOR The term "Construction Inspector" here in includes those professionals engaged by the OWNER to ensure CONTRACT work's compliance with the specifications and any applicable statutory requirements. 1.14 BALANCING CHANGE ORDER is a change order executed during the close-out process that may add/remove pay items, or adjust quantities of existing items or remove unused pay items or quantities Balancing Change Orders are used to reconcile the unit cost of the work .,. performed or installed by the Contractor. 2.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE OWNER ., 2.01 NO WARRANTY OF DESIGN. It is understood that the OWNER MAKES NO WARRANTY OF THE ADEQUACY, ACCURACY OR SUFFICIENCY OF THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS OR ANY OTHER DESIGN DOCUMENTS, AND OWNER HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY SUCH WARRANTY, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED. Prior to commencing each portion of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the relevant Contract Documents, shall observe conditions at the site affecting.the Work, and shall take field measurements of existing conditions related to the Work. Any errors, omissions or 10-2012 00700-4 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT inconsistencies in the Contract Documents noted by the CONTRACTOR, and/or any variance between the Contract Documents and applicable codes, standards or ordinances, shall be promptly reported by CONTRACTOR to ENGINEER in writing as a Request for Information. Work performed prior to a Request for Information shall be at the Contractor's risk. If CONTRACTOR fails to perform its obligations under this paragraph, CONTRACTOR shall pay such costs and damages to OWNER as would have been avoided if CONTRACTOR had reported any errors, omissions, inconsistencies or variances in the Contract Documents noted by CONTRACTOR or which should have been noted by a careful study of the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall comply with the Contract Documents, all approved modifications thereof and additions and alterations thereto approved in writing by the OWNER. The burden of proof of such compliance shall be upon the CONTRACTOR to show that he has complied with the requirements of the Contract Documents and approved modifications thereof and all approved additions and i� alterations, thereto, as the same shall have been interpreted by the ENGINEER. (�+ 2.02 RIGHT OF ENTRY. The OWNER reserves the right to enter the property or L location on which the work herein contracted for is to be performed, constructed or installed, for itself or such agent or agents as it may select, for the purpose of inspecting the work, or for the purpose of performing, constructing or installing such collateral work as the OWNER may desire. L The OWNER shall have the right to make inspections at all reasonable times, and the CONTRACTOR hereby waives any claims for extension of time and/or compensation for any loss or damage if his work shall be delayed by reason of such inspection, performance, construction or installation of collateral work. 2.03 OWNERSHIP OF PLANS. All plans, specifications and copies thereof furnished by the OWNER shall not be reused on other work and, with the exception of the sets forming the part of the signed Contract Documents, are to be returned to the OWNER on request at the completion of the Work. All plans and models are the property of the OWNER. 2.04 CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS. The CONTRACTOR further agrees that the rOwner may make such changes and alterations, additions and deletions as the OWNER may see fit, in the Work, including but not limited to changes in line, grade, form, dimensions, plans or specifications for the Work herein contemplated, or any part thereof, either before or after the beginning of construction, without affecting the validity of this Contract and the corresponding Performance and Payment Bonds. If such changes or alterations or deletions diminish the quantity or the value of the Work to be done, they shall not constitute the basis for a claim for compensation or damages, including lost or anticipated profits on the Work that may be affected. If the amount of Work is increased and the work can fairly be classified under the specifications, such increase shall be paid for according to the quantity actually done and at the unit price, if any, established for such work under this Contract, otherwise, such additional work shall be paid for as provided under Article 7 hereof for Extra Work. In case the OWNER shall make such changes or alterations as shall make useless any Work already done or material already furnished or used in said Work, then the OWNER shall compensate the CONTRACTOR for any material or labor so used and for any actual loss occasioned by such change due to actual expenses incurred in preparation for the Work as originally planned. 2.05 DAMAGES. In the event the OWNER is damaged in the course of the work by the act, negligence, omission, mistake or default of the CONTRACTOR, or should the 10-2012 00700-5 of 36 L CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT CONTRACTOR unreasonably delay the progress of the work being done by others on the job so as to cause loss for which the OWNER becomes liable, then the CONTRACTOR shall reimburse the OWNER for such loss. 3.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ENGINEER 3.01 OWNER-ENGINEER RELATIONSHIP. The ENGINEER shall serve as the �f OWNER'S representative during construction. The duties, responsibilities and limitations on the authority of the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents; and the ENGINEER shall not have authority to extend the OWNER's liability or to bind the OWNER for any additional liability of any nature whatsoever without the written consent of the OWNER. Any communications by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR 17, regarding the Work shall be issued through the ENGINEER. , It is the intent of this Agreement that there shall be no delay in the execution of the Work; i therefore, written decisions or directions rendered by the ENGINEER as the OWNER's i J representative shall be promptly carried out, and any claim arising therefrom shall be resolved as provided in Article 7. Unless otherwise specified, it is mutually agreed between the parties to this Agreement that the OWNER'S representative shall have the authority to issue written stop work orders whenever such stoppage may be necessary to insure the performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. f 3.02 KEEPING OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ACCESSIBLE. The ENGINEER shall furnish the CONTRACTOR with four (4) copies of all Plans and Specifications without expense to the CONTRACTOR, and the CONTRACTOR shall keep one full size copy of the same constantly accessible on the job site, with the latest revisions noted thereon. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for preserving the Plans and Specifications, timely and IE accurately updated, for reference and review by the OWNER or the ENGINEER and submittal of ff redlines during closeout. 3.03 PRELIMINARY APPROVAL. The ENGINEER shall not have the power to waive the obligations imposed under this Contract for the furnishing by the CONTRACTOR of new material of good quality, and for good and workmanlike performance of the Work as herein 3 described, and in full accordance with the Contract Documents, without alteration, deletion or change. No failure or omission of the OWNER'S representative to discover, object to or condemn any non-conforming or defective work or material, or to stop work, shall release the CONTRACTOR from the obligation to fully and properly perform the Contract, including without limitation, the obligation to at once remove and properly replace any defective work or material at any time prior to final acceptance, upon discovery of such non-conforming or defective work or 1j 1 material. Any questioned Work may be ordered taken up or removed for inspection by the ENGINEER f, prior to final acceptance, and if found not to be in accordance with the Contract Documents, all - expense of removing, inspection and repair or replacement shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR; otherwise the expense thus incurred shall be allowed as Extra Work and shall be paid for by the �) OWNER, provided that where inspection or approval is specifically required by the Specifications prior to performance of certain work, should the CONTRACTOR proceed with such work without requesting prior inspection or approval, he shall bear all expense of taking up, removing and l j replacing this work if so directed by the ENGINEER. 10-2012 00700-6 of 36 ' I' , r CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL r'i� N CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT; W 3.04 I INSPECTION BY ENGINEER. The ENGINEER will make periodic visits to the site to observe the progress and quality of the executed Work and to determine if such Work L generally meets the essential performance and design features and the technical, functional /or engineering requirements of the Contract Documents, and is in all other respects being performed F.1 in compliance with the Contract Documents. However, the ENGINEER shall not be responsible for making any detailed, exhaustive, comprehensive or continuous on-site inspections to check the 'I quality and/or quantity of the work, nor shall the ENGINEER be in any way responsible, directly or indirectly, for the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, quality, procedures, programs, safety precautions or lack of same incident to the Work being performed or any part thereof. The ENGINEER shall use reasonable care to prevent deviation from the intent and gi ,: substance of the Contract Documents by the CONTRACTOR in the performance of the Work and any part thereof and, on the basis of such on-site observations, will keep the OWNER informed of !1 , the progress of the work and will endeavor to guard the OWNER against defects and deficiencies : r in the Work of the CONTRACTOR. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Contract Document, the ENGINEER shall not be in any way responsible or liable for i any acts, errors, omissions or negligence of the CONTRACTOR, any subcontractors, agents, servants or employees or any other person, firm or corporation performing or attempting to perform any of the Work. i r 3.05 DETERMINATION OF QUESTIONS AND DISPUTES. In order to prevent ;T delays and disputes and to discourage litigation, it is agreed that the ENGINEER shall, in all cases, i. determine the quantities and qualities of the several kinds of Work, which are to be paid for under this Contract. The ENGINEER shall address all questions in relation to said Work and the - construction thereof, as well as all claims, disputes and other matters in question between the .; CONTRACTOR and the OWNER relating to the execution or progress of the Work or the interpretation of the Contract Documents. In the event the ENGINEER shall become aware of or shall receive information that there is a dispute or a possible dispute as to the reasonable ''! interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, or any other dispute or fl question, the ENGINEER shall, within a reasonable time, provide a written interpretation of the l Contract Documents or a written decision on all questions arising relative to the execution of the ti d, Work, copies of which shall be delivered to all parties to the Contract. If the CONTRACTOR or ` OWNER desires to take exception to any directions, order, interpretation or instructions of the :7 ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR or OWNER shall present any such claim to the ENGINEER in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.04. ,,7, 3.06 RECOMMENDATION OF PAYMENT. The ENGINEER shall review the ! CONTRACTOR's application for payment and supporting documents, shall determine the amount u owed to the CONTRACTOR and shall provide written recommendation to the OWNER for 7: 4; payment to the CONTRACTOR in such amount. Such recommendation of payment to CONTRACTOR shall constitute a representation to the OWNER of the ENGINEER's judgment a [II that the work has progressed to the point indicated, to the best of his knowledge, information and belief; however, such recommendation of an application for payment to CONTRACTOR shall not 1, be deemed an acceptance of any defective or non-conforming Work. Any recommendation of g' payment by the ENGINEER shall be subject to OWNER's rights to withhold payment under Section 6.11 and as otherwise provided in the Contract. r 11L 10-2012 00700-7 of 36 IL CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT a 4.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 4.01 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR is, and shall remain, an independent contractor, solely responsible for the manner and method of completing the Work under this Contract, with full and exclusive power and authority to direct, supervise and control his own employees and to determine the means, method and manner of performing such Work, so long as such methods comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents, and do not adversely affect the completed improvements or any other property abutting or adjoining the Work area, the OWNER and ENGINEER being interested only in the result obtained and conformity of such completed improvements to the Plans, Specifications and Contract Documents. The fact that the OWNER or ENGINEER as the Owner's representative shall have the right to observe CONTRACTOR's work during his performance and to carry out the other prerogatives which are expressly reserved to and vested in the OWNER and the ENGINEER hereunder, is not intended to and shall not at any time change or affect the status of the CONTRACTOR as an independent contractor with respect to either the OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative or to the CONTRACTOR's own employees or to any other person, firm or corporation. 4.02 CONTRACTOR'S UNDERSTANDING. It is understood and agreed that the ?" CONTRACTOR has, by careful examination, satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the �,- Work, the conformation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of the materials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the fl prosecution of the Work, the general and local conditions, including but not limited to weather, access, lay down and storage areas, and all other matters which in any way affect the Work under this Contract. It is further understood that the CONTRACTOR has satisfied himself as to the terms, meaning, intent and requirements of all of the Contract Documents, and applicable laws, codes, regulations and ordinances. CONTRACTOR hereby warrants and represents that it has taken into consideration all of the foregoing factors, and CONTRACTOR shall perform the Work for the Contract Price and within the Contract Time. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, agent or employee of the OWNER or the ENGINEER, either before or after the execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. I 1 4.03 LAWS AND ORDINANCES. The CONTRACTOR shall at all times observe and comply with all federal, state or local laws, codes, ordinances,permits and regulations, regardless )j of whether the same are adopted before or after the execution of this Contract, which in any manner affect the Contract or the work, and shall indemnify, save and hold harmless the OWNER and the ENGINEER against any claim arising out of the violation of any such laws, ordinances J and regulations, whether by the CONTRACTOR or his agents, employees, subcontractors or vendors. If the CONTRACTOR observes that the Plans and Specifications are at variance with federal or state laws or codes or the ordinances or regulations of the City, he shall promptly notify the ENGINEER in writing, and any necessary changes shall be made as provided in the Contract for changes in the work. If the CONTRACTOR performs any work knowing it to be contrary to such laws, codes, ordinances, rules or regulations, or if CONTRACTOR reasonably should have known of any such violation, and without such notice to the ENGINEER CONTRACTOR shall bear all costs arising therefrom. The OWNER is a Political Subdivision of the State of Texas, and the law from which it derives its powers, insofar as the same regulates the objects for which, or the manner in which, or the conditions under which the OWNER may enter into contracts, shall be controlling and shall be j considered as part of this Contract to the same effect as though embodied herein. Neither the act 10-2012 00700-8 of 36 I ` I CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT r7 of OWNER entering into this Contract, nor OWNER's performance hereunder, shall constitute a waiver of any immunity from suit enjoyed by OWNER under applicable law, all such rights and defenses being hereby expressly reserved, notwithstanding any term or provision herein to the 7 contrary. The Code of Ordinances and other applicable regulations of the OWNER shall be deemed to be embodied in this Contract. rThe prevailing wage rates applicable to this Project shall be either Document 00811 —Wage Scale for Engineering Construction, or Document 00813 —Wage Scale for Building Construction, or both, as set out in the Project Manual. 7 . 4.04 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING. The.CONTRACTOR further agrees that he _ g will retain personal control and will give his personal attention to the fulfillment of this Contract � and that he will not assign, by power of attorney or otherwise, or sublet said Contract, or any rights, duties or obligations arising thereunder, in whole or in part, without the prior written ri consent of the OWNER, and that no part or feature of the Work will be sublet to anyone objectionable to the ENGINEER or the OWNER. In addition, the OWNER reserves the right to { disapprove the subletting of this Contract or any portion hereof on any basis whatsoever. The 1.4 CONTRACTOR further agrees that the subletting of any portion or feature of the Work or materials required in the performance of this Contract shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from his obligations to the OWNER, as provided for by this Agreement. 7 4.05 PERFORMANCE, PAYMENT AND MAINTENANCE BONDS. In the event the Contract Price shall be in excess of $25,000.00, the CONTRACTOR shall execute separate 7 Performance, Payment and Maintenance Bonds, each in the sum of one hundred percent(100%) of the Contract Price, and each in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code. If the Contract Price does not exceed $25,000.00, the statutory bonds will not be required. All required Bonds shall be payable to OWNER and on forms approved by the i". OWNER, and shall be executed by a corporate surety in accordance with Article 7.19-1 of the Texas Insurance Code. It is agreed that the Contract shall not be in effect until such original Performance, Payment and Maintenance Bonds are delivered to and approved by the OWNER. The cost of the premium for the Performance, Payment and Maintenance Bonds, should Maintenance Bonds be required, shall be included in the CONTRACTOR'S Bid Proposal. All rbonds shall be issued by Texas Department of Insurance approved surety companies. 4.06 INSURANCE. The CONTRACTOR, at his own expense, shall procure, maintain and keep in force throughout the duration of the Work, and throughout the Guarantee Period, i insurance as specified in Attachment No. 1 hereto with regard to Workers' Compensation 117 Insurance, and as specified in Attachment No. 3 hereto with regard to all other Insurance. Such 7 insurance shall be carried with an insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas and shall cover all operations in connection with this Contract, whether performed by the CONTRACTOR or a subcontractor, or others for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible. [. 4.07 PERMITS AND FEES.Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the I Contractor shall secure and pay for all permits, licenses, and inspections necessary for proper '7 execution and completion of the Work, and which are legally required at the time bids are received. Permits required by the City of Pearland will be issued as a NO FEE permit. 1 4.08 TEXAS STATE SALES TAX. Materials incorporated into this project are exempt from State Sales according to provisions of the Texas Tax Code, Chapter 151, Subsection H. 1 10-2012 00700-9 of 36 7 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT The Contractor must obtain a limited sales, excise and use tax permit or exemption certificate which shall enable him to buy the materials to be incorporated into the Work without paying tax at due time of purchase. 4.09 CONTRACTOR'S DUTY AND SUPERINTENDENCE. The CONTRACTOR shall give adequate attention to the faithful prosecution and completion of this Contract and shall keep on the work, during its progress, a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants, all satisfactory to the ENGINEER as the OWNER'S representative. The superintendent shall represent the CONTRACTOR in his absence and shall act as the agent of the CONTRACTOR, ! and all directions given to him shall be binding as if given to the CONTRACTOR. Adequate supervision by competent and reasonable representatives of the CONTRACTOR is essential to the {{ proper performance of the Work, and lack of such supervision shall be an act of default, and grounds for suspending operations of the CONTRACTOR. The Superintendent cannot be removed from the project without the consent of the Owner; the Superintendent must speak and understand the English language; the Superintendent must be on site when any work on the project �. is being done, even when a subcontractor is performing the work. The Work, from its commencement to completion, shall be under the exclusive charge and control of the CONTRACTOR, and all risk in connection therewith shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR. ! Neither the OWNER nor the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative will be responsible for the acts or omissions of the CONTRACTOR, its subcontractors or any of its agents or employees, j or any other persons performing any of the Work. 4.10 CHARACTER OF WORKERS. The CONTRACTOR agrees to employ only orderly and competent workers, skillful in the performance of the type of work required under this Contract, to do the Work, and agrees that whenever the ENGINEER shall inform him in writing that any worker or workers on the Work are, in his opinion, incompetent, unfaithful or disorderly, or in the ENGINEER's opinion, are not using their best efforts for the progress of the Work, such worker or workers shall be discharged from the Work and shall not again be employed on the Work without the ENGINEER's written consent. OWNER reserves the right to bar any person, subcontractor, or supplier found to be incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or not using their best efforts to progress work or considered to be a threat to the health, safety and welfare to the project or workforce. 4.11 LABOR, EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, CONSTRUCTION PLANT, AND BUILDINGS. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, services, tools, equipment, machinery, supplies, facilities, utilities and materials necessary in the prosecution and completion of this Contract where it is not otherwise specifically provided that the OWNER shall furnish same; and further, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the care, preservation, conservation and I protection of all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment,tools, apparatus, accessories, facilities, all means of construction and any and all parts of the Work, whether the CONTRACTOR has been paid, partially paid or not paid for such Work, until the entire Work is completed and accepted. The building or placement of structures for housing workers or offices, or the erection of tents or other forms of protection, will be permitted only with the ENGINEER's written permission, and at 10-2012 00700- 10 of 36 I i CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 7 , such places as the ENGINEER shall direct, and the sanitary conditions of the grounds in or about such structures shall at all times be maintained in a manner satisfactory to the ENGINEER. Any structures of any nature constructed, placed or erected by the CONTRACTOR for the purposes L herein set out, shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR as to the proper erection, placement or construction thereof; and the CONTRACTOR agrees to indemnify and hold the ENGINEER or OWNER harmless from any claims of any nature whatsoever brought against 7 either of them for damages allegedly sustained by anyone by reason of the erection, placement, construction or maintenance of CONTRACTOR's buildings or structures. 7 4.12 SANITATION. Necessary sanitary conveniences for the use of laborers and others on the Work site, properly secluded from public observation, shall be constructed and maintained by the CONTRACTOR in such manner and at such points as shall be approved by the r ENGINEER, and their use shall be strictly enforced. Any structures of any nature constructed or erected by the CONTRACTOR for the purposes herein set out, shall be the sole responsibility of 7 the CONTRACTOR as to the proper erection or construction'thereof, and the CONTRACTOR agrees to indemnify and hold the ENGINEER and OWNER harmless from any claims of any nature whatsoever brought against either of them for damages allegedly sustained by anyone by 7 reason of the erection, construction or maintenance of CONTRACTOR's buildings. 4.13 CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE. The CONTRACTOR shall at all times keep 7 and .maintain the premises free from accumulation of debris, trash and waste. The CONTRACTOR shall remove waste, debris and trash at the end of each work day. CONTRACTOR shall remove all such debris, trash and waste, tools, scaffolding and surplus materials, and shall leave the Work broom-clean or its equivalent, upon completion of the Work. The Work shall be left in good order and condition. In case of dispute, the OWNER may remove the debris, trash, waste and surplus materials, and charge the cost to the CONTRACTOR. L 4.14 PERFORMANCE OF WORK. It is further agreed that it is the intent of this Contract that all Work must be done and all material must be furnished in accordance with the generally accepted practice for such materials furnished or work completed, unless otherwise 7 provided in the Contract Documents. 7 4.15 RIGHT OF OWNER TO ACCELERATE THE WORK. If at any time the methods or equipment used by the CONTRACTOR, or the work force supplied are found to be inadequate to achieve the progress required to Substantially Complete the Work within the Contract Time, the OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative, may order the CONTRACTOR in writing to supplement its forces and/or equipment, or work shifts or overtime, or otherwise improve its efficiency and rate of progress to achieve Substantial Completion of the Work within the Contract Time, and the CONTRACTOR shall comply with such order, at its own cost and expense. 4.16 LAYOUT OF WORK. Except as specifically provided herein, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying out work by means of construction surveying and 4R shall accomplish this work in a manner acceptable to the ENGINEER and in conformance with the Contract Documents. 1. 4.17 SHOP DRAWINGS. The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER, with such promptness as to cause no delay in his own Work or in that of any other contractor, six (6) Ti - checked copies, unless otherwise specified, of all shop and/or setting drawings and schedules 10-2012 00700- 11 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT required for.the work of the various trades. Contractor will check and approve shop drawings for ,7. . , compliance with requirements of Contract Documents and will so certify by stamp on each drawing prior to submittal to ENGINEER. Any drawings submitted without Contractor's stamp of approval will not be considered and will be returned to him for proper submission. The ) ENGINEER shall pass upon them with reasonable promptness, indicating desired corrections. 1:i The CONTRACTOR shall make any corrections required by the ENGINEER, file with him two (2) corrected copies and furnish such other copies as may be needed. The ENGINEER's approval of such drawings or schedules shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from responsibility for deviations from the Contract Documents, unless he has, in writing, called the ENGINEER's )1 attention to such deviations at the time of the submission, and the ENGINEER has acknowledged and accepted such deviations in writing, nor shall it relieve him from responsibility for errors of 71 any sort in shop drawings or schedules. It shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to fully and completely review all shop drawings to ascertain their effect on his ability to perform the required Contract Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, and within the Contract I Time. ( ; Such review by the ENGINEER shall be for the sole purpose of determining the apparent 1 sufficiencyof said drawings or schedules to result in finished improvements in conformity with i , g p the Contract Documents, and shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of his duty as an independent contractor as previously set forth, it being expressly understood and agreed that the ENGINEER f duty pass upon 7 does not assume anyto the propriety or adequacy of such drawings or schedules, ! , or any means or methods reflected thereby, in relation to the safety of either person or property i during CONTRACTOR's performance hereunder, and any action taken by the ENGINEER shall II not relieve the CONTRACTOR of his responsibility and liability to comply with the Contract Documents. and CONTRACTOR shall make all 1 4 OWNER, CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, ENGINEER, submittals, review comments, notes, corrections, schedules and updates, testing results, payment applications, instructions and other communications by means of the OWNER'S Pro-Trak. The OWNER,ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR shall each retain such hard copies form this system as '=- • are required for their specific record keeping requirements. No documents shall be removed from this system or destroyed except those being replaced by the systems protocols as a latest version I document. I i All requirements for written communications, submittals, comments, instructions or other 7 documents processed by means of this system shall have the same legal or time sensitive status as H :�, if they had been hand delivered in hard copy to their intended addressee. 4.18 ENGINEER-CONTRACTOR RELATIONSHIP; OBSERVATIONS. It is agreed H by the CONTRACTOR that the ENGINEER, as the OWNER's representative, shall be and is hereby authorized to appoint such subordinate engineers, representatives or observers as the said. 7. ENGINEER may from time to time deem proper to observe the materials furnished and the Work done under this Agreement. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all reasonable aid and assistance required by the subordinate engineers, representatives or observers for the proper observation and 7 examination of the work. The CONTRACTOR shall regard and obey the directions and instructions of any subordinate engineers, representatives or observers so appointed, when such directions and instructions are consistent with the obligations of this Agreement and the Contract Documents, provided, however, should the CONTRACTOR object to any orders by any 10-2012 00700- 12 of 36 , F . b, CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT , 7 subordinate engineer, representative or observer, the CONTRACTOR may, within three (3) days, make written appeal to the ENGINEER for his decision. E4.19 OBSERVATION AND TESTING. The OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative shall have the right at all reasonable times to observe, inspect and test ,,T the Work. The CONTRACTOR shall make all necessary arrangements and provide proper Lfacilities and access for such observation, inspection and testing at any location wherever Work is in preparation or progress. The CONTRACTOR shall ascertain the scope of any observation, inspection or testing which may be contemplated by the OWNER or the ENGINEER and shall a7 give ample notice as to the time each part of the Work will be ready for such observation, inspection or testing. The OWNER or the ENGINEER may reject any Work found to be defective or not in accordance with the Contract Documents, regardless of the stage of its completion or the 7 time or place of discovery of such deficiencies, and regardless of whether the ENGINEER has '., - previously accepted the Work through oversight or otherwise. If any Work is covered without 1 approval or consent of the OWNER, it must, if requested by the OWNER or the ENGINEER, be IL uncovered for examination, at the sole expense of the CONTRACTOR. In the event that any part I; of the Work is being fabricated or manufactured at a location where it is not convenient for the OWNER or the ENGINEER to make observations of such Work or require testing of said Work, then in such event, the OWNER or the ENGINEER may require the CONTRACTOR to furnish !; the OWNER or the ENGINEER with certificates of inspection, testing or approval made by independent persons competent to perform such tasks at the location where that part of the work is �. being manufactured or fabricated. All such tests will be in accordance with the methods prescribed i;; by the American Society for Testing and Materials or such other applicable organization as may be required by law or the Contract Documents. q 1 If any Work, which is required to be inspected, tested or approved, is covered up without written r approval or consent of the OWNER or the ENGINEER, it must, if requested by the OWNER or the ENGINEER, be uncovered for observation and testing, at the sole expense of the ',i CONTRACTOR. The cost of all such inspections, tests and approvals shall be borne by the �;�` CONTRACTOR unless otherwise provided herein. Any Work which fails to meet the 1 requirements of such tests, inspections or approval, and any Work which meets the requirements of any such tests or approval but does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents shall I . be considered defective. Such defective Work and any other work affected thereby shall be i, corrected at the CONTRACTOR'S expense. 1,1 ii Neither observations by the OWNER or by the ENGINEER, nor inspections, certifications, tests 'Iiapprovals made bythe OWNER, the ENGINEER or other persons authorized under this ';�L. or a PP Agreement to make such inspections, tests or approvals, shall relieve the CONTRACTOR from ';�� his obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract i -- Documents. '., 7 4.20 DEFECTS AND THEIR REMEDIES. It is further agreed that if the Work or any part thereof or any material brought on the site of the Work for use in the Work or selected for the h 1 same, shall be deemed by the ENGINEER as unsuitable or not in conformity with the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall, after receipt of written notice thereof from the I�` ENGINEER, forthwith remove such material and rebuild or otherwise remedy such Work so that i it shall be in full accordance with this Contract, It is further agreed that any such remedial action W. contemplated herein shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense. 10-2012 00700- 13 of 36 r I CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT _1 4.21 LIABILITY FOR PROPER PERFORMANCE. Engineering construction 1' drawings and specifications, as well as any additional instructions and information concerning the ; Work to be performed, passing from or through the ENGINEER, shall not be interpreted as 1'71 requiring or allowing the CONTRACTOR to deviate from the Contract Documents, the intent of i such drawings, specifications and any other such instructions being to define with particularity the agreement of the parties as to Work the CONTRACTOR is to perform. CONTRACTOR shall be fully and completely liable and contractually bound, at his own expense, for design, construction, 1 installation and use or non-use of all items and methods incident to the performance of the Contract, including, without limitation, the adequacy of all temporary supports, shoring, bracing, ^1 scaffolding, machinery or equipment, safety precautions or devices, similar items or devices used i j by him during construction, and work performed either directly or incident to construction, and for all loss, damage or injury incident thereto, either to person or property, whether such damage be suffered by the ENGINEER, the OWNER or any other person not a party to this Contract. �)1 Any review of Work in progress or any visit or observation during construction, or any n clarification of Contract Documents by the ENGINEER or OWNER, or any agent, employee or representative of either of them, whether through personal observation on the Project site or by means of approval of shop drawings for construction or construction processes, or by other means or methods, is agreed by the CONTRACTOR to be for the purpose of observing the extent and , nature of Work completed or being performed, as measured against the Contract Documents, or for the purpose of enabling the CONTRACTOR to more fully understand the Contract Documents 71 so that the completed construction Work will conform thereto, and shall in no way relieve the 1 , CONTRACTOR from full and complete responsibility for proper performance of his Work on the Project, including, without limitation, the propriety of means and methods of the CONTRACTOR i in performing said Contract, and the adequacy of any designs, plans or other facilities for accomplishing such performance. Any action by the ENGINEER or the OWNER in visiting or I observing during construction, or any clarification of Contract Documents shall not constitute a waiver of CONTRACTOR'S liability for damages as herein set out. Deviation bythe � 1 CONTRACTOR from Contract Documents, whether called to the CONTRACTOR's attention or not, shall in no way relieve CONTRACTOR from his responsibility to complete all work in accordance with said Contract Documents, and further shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of his fl'iI liability for loss, damage or injury as herein set out. 4.22 PROTECTION AGAINST ACCIDENT TO EMPLOYEES AND THE PUBLIC. �! The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the safety of himself, his employees and persons entering the project site, as well as for the protection of the improvements being erected 1 l and the property of himself or any other person, as a result of his operations hereunder. The CONTRACTOR shall take out and procure a policy or policies of Workers' Compensation Insurance with an insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas, which ) i 1 policy shall comply with the Workers' Compensation laws of the State of Texas. The P Y PY P CONTRACTOR shall at all times exercise reasonable precautions for the safety of employees and .' others on or near the Work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of federal, state and municipal laws and building and construction codes. All machinery and equipment and other physical hazards shall be guarded, as a minimum, in accordance with the "Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction" of the Associated General Contractors of America, except where 1� incompatible with federal, state or municipal laws or regulations. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all necessary machinery guards, safe walkways, ladders, bridges, gangplanks, barricades, fences, traffic control, warning signs and other safety devices. 1 10-2012 00700- 14 of 36 +7 l � CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT G EMENT No alcoholic beverages, non-prescription drugs, or unsafe practices shall be allowed on the Work site. CONTRACTOR shall dismiss anyone participating in any of the above from the Work site for the duration of the Project. Only prescription drug uses with a doctor's authorization to Iperform construction activities shall be allowed on the Work site. Violation of this provision is a default under the Contract. The use, possession, sale, transfer, purchase or being under the influence of alcohol, drugs or any other illegal or unlawful substance by CONTRACTOR or CONTRACTOR's employees, or CONTRACTOR's subcontractors and employees at any time at the Work site or while on company business is prohibited. CONTRACTOR shall institute and enforce appropriate drug testing guidelines and program. All accidents or injuries to CONTRACTOR s employees working on the job site must be reported verbally and in writing to the ENGINEER immediately, and within no more than eight(8) hours. The safety precautions actually taken and their adequacy shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR, in his sole discretion as an independent contractor. Inclusion of this paragraph in the Agreement, as well as any notice which may be given by the OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative concerning omissions under thus paragraph as the Work progresses, are intended as reminders to the CONTRACTOR of his duty and shall not be construed as any assumption of duty by ENGINEER, or OWNER's representative to supervise safety precautions by either the CONTRACTOR or any of his subcontractors. 4.23 PROTECTION OF ADJOINING PROPERTY. The CONTRACTOR shall employ proper means to protect the adjacent or adjoining property or properties in any way encountered, which might be injured or seriously affected by any process of construction to be undertaken under this Agreement, from any damage or injury by reason of said process of construction; and he shall be liable for any and all claims for such damage on account of his failure to fully protect all adjacent or adjoining property. THE CONTRACTOR AGREES TO INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, SAVE AND HOLD HARMLESS THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, OWNER AND ENGINEER AGAINST ANY CLAIM OR CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES, LOSS, COSTS OR EXPENSES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ATTORNEY'S FEES, DUE TO ANY INJURY TO ANY ADJACENT OR ADJOINING PROPERTY, ARISING OR GROWING OUT OF THE PERFORMANCE OF THE CONTRACT, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT SUCH DAMAGE, LOSS, COST OR EXPENSE IS CAUSED IN PART BY THE NEGLIGENCE, GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY OF OWNER AND/OR ENGINEER. 4.24 PROTECTION AGAINST CLAIMS OF SUBCONTRACTORS, LABORERS, MATERIALMEN AND FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES. THE CONTRACTOR AGREES THAT HE WILL PROMPTLY PAY WHEN DUE, AND WILL. INDEMNIFY, SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER HARMLESS FROM ALL CLAIMS GROWING OUT OF THE DEMANDS OF SUBCONTRACTORS, LABORERS, WORKERS, MECHANICS, MATERIALMEN AND FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY AND PARTS THEREOF, EQUIPMENT, POWER TOOLS AND ALL SUPPLIES, INCLUDING { COMMISSARY, INCURRED IN THE FURTHERANCE OF THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS CONTRACT. When so desired by the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged or waived. If the CONTRACTOR fails to do so, then the OWNER may, at the option of the OWNER, either pay directly any unpaid bills of which the OWNER has written notice, or withhold from the CONTRACTOR's unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably 10-2012 00700- 15 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT p sufficient to liquidate any and all such claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all 11 liabilities have been fully discharged, whereupon payments to the CONTRACTOR shall be resumed in full, in accordance with the terms of this Contract. Any and all communications between any parties under this paragraph shall be in writing. Nothing contained in this paragraph or this Agreement shall create, establish or impose any relationship, contractual or otherwise, between OWNER and any subcontractor, laborer or supplier I of CONTRACTOR, nor shall it create, establish or impose any duty upon OWNER to pay or to see to the payment of any subcontractor, laborer or supplier of CONTRACTOR. 4.25 PROTECTION AGAINST ROYALTIES OR PATENTED INVENTION. The CONTRACTOR shall pay all royalties and license fees and shall provide for the use of any ! . design, device, material or process covered by letters patent or copyright, by suitable legal agreement with the patentee or owner thereof THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DEFEND ALL SUITS OR CLAIMS FOR INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENT OR COPYRIGHT AND SHALL INDEMNIFY, SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER HARMLESS FROM ANY LOSS OR LIABILITY ON ACCOUNT THEREOF, EXCEPT SUCH SUITS AND �7 CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF A PARTICULAR DESIGN, DEVICE, MATERIAL OR PROCESS I. OR THE PRODUCT OF A PARTICULAR MANUFACTURER OR MANUFACTURERS SPECIFIED OR REQUIRED BY THE OWNER; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, IF CHOICE OF 7' ALTERNATE DESIGN, DEVICE, MATERIAL OR PROCESS IS ALLOWED TO THE 1_ CONTRACTOR, OR IF CONTRACTOR KNEW OR SHOULD HAVE KNOWN OF THE PATENT OR COPYRIGHT AND FAILED TO PROMPTLY NOTIFY OWNER IN WRITING, fl THEN THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER HARMLESS FROM ANY LOSS OR LIABILITY ON ACCOUNT THEREOF. 4.26 INDEMNIFICATION. THE CONTRACTOR AGREES TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE ENGINEER AND THE OWNER HARMLESS FROM ANY CLAIMS OR DEMANDS OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER MADE BY ANY EMPLOYEE, 7 EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR SUBCONTRACTORS OF CONTRACTOR, OR BY ANY UNION, TRADE ASSOCIATION, WORKER'S ASSOCIATION OR OTHER GROUPS, ASSOCIATIONS OR INDIVIDUALS, ALLEGEDLY REPRESENTING EMPLOYEES OF THE 7 CONTRACTOR, IN ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS EMPLOYEES, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY INVOLVING, GROWING OUT OF OR ARISING FROM CLAIMS BY SUCH EMPLOYEES FOR WAGES, SALARY, 7, COMPENSATION, BENEFITS, WORKING CONDITIONS OR ANY OTHER SIMILAR COMPLAINT OR CLAIM WHICH MAY BE MADE. fl THE CONTRACTOR, HIS SURETIES AND INSURANCE CARRIERS SHALL DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER AND THEIR 7; RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS AND EMPLOYEES FROM AND- ) 11 AGAINST ALL DAMAGES, CLAIMS, LOSSES, DEMANDS, SUITS, LIABILITIES, JUDGMENTS AND COSTS OF ANY CHARACTER WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING REASONABLE ATTORNEY'S FEES AND EXPENSES, AND SHALL BE REQUIRED TO PAY ANY JUDGMENT THEREFOR, WITH COSTS, WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AGAINST THE OWNER AND/OR THE ENGINEER OR ANY OF THEIR OFFICERS, REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES, ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING 11 FROM OR ALLEGEDLY ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM THE PERFORMANCE 10-2012 00700- 16 of 36 7 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 7., OF THE WORK, PROVIDED THAT ANY SUCH DAMAGES, CLAIM, LOSS, DEMAND, SUIT, LIABILITY, JUDGMENT, COST OR EXPENSE: !, t (A) ARISES OUT OF OR RESULTS FROM IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR ALLEGEDLY ARISES OUT OF OR RESULTS FROM IN WHOLE OR IN ' PART, ANY BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT OR BREACH OF WARRANTY BY CONTRACTOR; OR 1 (B) IS ATTRIBUTABLE TO BODILY INJURY, SICKNESS, DISEASE OR . DEATH OR INJURY TO OR DESTRUCTION OF TANGIBLE PROPERTY, INCLUDING THE LOSS OF USE RESULTING THEREFROM; AND IS CAUSED IN WHOLE OR IN PART OR IS ALLEGEDLY CAUSED IN . r WHOLE OR IN PART BY ANY NEGLIGENT ACT OR OMISSION OF THE ' 11 CONTRACTOR, ANY SUBCONTRACTOR, THEIR AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES OR ANYONE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY EMPLOYED BY , 7 , i ANY ONE OF THEM OR ANYONE FOR WHOSE ACTS ANY OF THEM r' MAY BE LIABLE, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT IT IS CAUSED 0 . IN PART OR ALLEGEDLY CAUSED IN PART BY THE NEGLIGENCE, l' :7GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY OF OWNER, ENGINEER • 1; AND/OR A PARTY INDEMNIFIED HEREUNDER. r- . Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in the Agreement to the contrary, in accordance with ! 1 the provisions of Section 130.002 of the Texas Civil Practice and Remedies Code, 1 TCONTRACTOR shall not be obligated to indemnify or hold harmless the ENGINEER, his agents, servants or employees, from liability for damage that is caused by or results from defects in plans, ' )1 designs or specifications prepared, approved or used by the ENGINEER, or negligence of the 1' ENGINEER in the rendition or conduct of professional duties called_for or arising out of any �� i - construction contract and the plans, designs or specifications that are a part of the construction contract, and arises from personal injury or death, property injury, or any other expense that arises ' from personal injury, death, or property injury. I1I�. • ! This indemnity agreement is a continuing obligation, and shall survive notwithstanding !!I 7 completion of the Work, Final Payment, expiration of the warranty period, termination of the Contract, and abandonment or takeover of the Work. iI 7 CONTRACTOR's indemnification obligations hereunder shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the CONTRACTOR or a subcontractor under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit 7 acts, and shall not be limited by any limitation on amounts or coverage of insurance provided or to be provided under this Contract. 1. r 4.27 LOSSES FROM NATURAL CAUSES. All loss, cost, expense or damage to the kl " CONTRACTOR arising out of the nature of the Work to be done or from any unforeseen icircumstances in the prosecution of the same, or from the action of the elements, or from unusual .j L obstructions or difficulties which may be encountered in the prosecution of the Work, shall be sustained and borne by the CONTRACTOR at his own cost and expense. 1 r 10-2012 00700- 17 of 36 rii CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.28 GUARANTEE. The CONTRACTOR hereby guarantees all the Work under the Contract to be free from defects or deficiencies in material in every particular and free from defects or deficiencies in workmanship; and against unusual damage from proper and usual use; and agrees to replace or to re-execute without cost to the OWNER such Work as may be found to be defective, deficient or otherwise not in conformance with the Contract Documents, and to make good all damages caused to other work or material, due to such defective Work or due to its required replacement or re-execution. This guarantee shall cover a period of one year from the date of Substantial Completion or Partial Substantial Completion of Work under the Contract, as evidenced by the Certificate of Substantial Completion. Neither the Certificate of Substantial i Completion, Final Payment, nor any provision in the Contract Documents shall relieve the CONTRACTOR of the responsibility for defective, deficient or non-conforming material or ,""I i workmanship during the period covered by the guarantee. The one-year period of guarantee will not limit the OWNER'S other rights under common law with respect to any defects, deficiencies or non-conforming Work discovered after one year. If this one-year guarantee conflicts with other warranties or guarantees, the longer period of warranty or guarantee will govern. 5.0 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 5.01 TIME AND ORDER OF COMPLETION. It is the meaning and intent of this Contract, unless otherwise herein specifically provided, that the CONTRACTOR shall be allowed I to prosecute his Work at such times and seasons, in such order of precedence, and in such manner • i as shall be most conducive to economy of construction; provided, however, that the order and the time of prosecution shall be such that the Work shall be Substantially Completed as a whole and in , part, in accordance with this Contract and the Contract Time; provided, also, that when the ( ' OWNER is having other work done, either by contract or by his own forces, the ENGINEER may direct the time and manner of constructing the Work done under this Contract, so that conflict willFT' be avoided and the construction of the various works being done for the OWNER shall be harmonized, and the CONTRACTOR shall fully cooperate and coordinate its Work with OWNER or such other contractors. The CONTRACTOR shall submit, an updated schedule with every pay estimate for review by the ENGINEER, schedules which shall show the order in which the CONTRACTOR proposes to 1 ul carry on the Work, with dates on which the CONTRACTOR will start the several parts of the work, and estimated dates of completion of the several parts. Such schedules shall show completion of the Work within the Contract Time, and/or shall show such recovery efforts as CONTRACTOR intends to undertake in the event Substantial Completion of the Work is delayed. 1- 5.02 EXTENSION OF TIME. The CONTRACTOR agrees that he has submitted his Bid Proposal in full recognition of the time required for the completion of this Project, taking into -�' '" consideration the average climatic range and industrial conditions prevailing in this locality, and has considered the liquidated damage provisions as hereinafter set forth, and that he shall not be entitled to, nor will he request, an extension of time on this Contract, except when Substantial Completion of the Work has been delayed solely by strikes, lockouts, fires, Acts of God, or by any other cause which the ENGINEER shall decide justifies the delay. The CONTRACTOR shall give I l the ENGINEER prompt notice, in writing and within three (3) days of the start of any such delay, of the cause of any such delay, and its estimated effect on the Work and the schedule for completion of the Work. Upon receipt of a written request for an extension of the Contract Time ) from the CONTRACTOR, supported by relevant and all requested documentation, the 10-2012 00700- 18 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT ENGINEER shall submit such written request, together with his written recommendation, to the OWNER for consideration. If the delay is not attributable in whole or in part to any act or omission of CONTRACTOR, its subcontractors or suppliers, and if the OWNER determines that CCONTRACTOR is entitled to an extension of time under the terms of the Contract, the OWNER shall grant an extension of time for Substantial Completion of the Work, sufficient to compensate for the delay, and such extension of time shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy, Cexcept as may be otherwise provided herein. No extensions of Contract Time shall be made for delays occurring prior to the Contractor's mobilization as defined in Section 01505 MOBILIZATION. The Contract Time as defined in the Bid Proposal and other sections herein incorporates 40 Rain Days per calendar year or an average of 3.33 days per calendar month. The CONTRACTOR is required to keep record of all weather related delays and to submit the monthly count on each Pay Application. The Owner's Representative shall review and sign off on this record as a part of the Pay Application approval process every month. If, during preparation of the Balancing Change Order, the status of the work progress requires an extension of the Contract Time, Impact Days shall be added to the Completion Date equal to the total number of Weather or Impact Days approved less the original 40 days resident in the original Contract Time. The Addition of Weather or Impact Days will only alter the Contract Time when added by Change [m. Order. If the Work is completed prior to the Completion Date, No Days will be added. The addition of Weather or Impact Days shall be the CONTRACTOR's sole remedy for delays to the completion of the Work and their addition to the Contract Time shall not affect the Contract Price through any "per diem" adjustment to the General Conditions costs, Temporary Facilities costs or any other costs associated with the extension of the Contract Time. 5.03 HINDRANCES AND DELAYS. In executing the Contract, the CONTRACTOR agrees that in undertaking to complete the Work within the time herein fixed, he has taken into consideration and made allowances for all interference, disruption, hindrances and delays incident to such Work, whether growing out of delays in securing material, workmen or otherwise. No claim shall be made by the CONTRACTOR for damages, loss, costs or expense resulting from interference, disruption, hindrances or delays from any cause during the progress of any portion of the Work embraced in this Contract, except where the Work is stopped or suspended by order of the OWNER's representative and such stoppage or suspension is not attributable to any act or omission of CONTRACTOR 5.04 SUSPENSION OF WORK. OWNER may, without cause, order the CONTRACTOR in writing to suspend the Work, in whole or in part, for such period of time as OWNER may request. The Contract Price and/or Contract Time shall be adjusted for any increase in the cost of or the time required for performance of the Work caused by such suspension. No adjustment shall be made to the extent performance was or would have been suspended by a cause for which CONTRACTOR is responsible, or to the extent an adjustment is made or denied under another provision of the Contract Documents. 5.05 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR DELAY: It is understood and agreed that time is of the essence, and that the CONTRACTOR will commence the Work on the date specified herein or in any Notice to Proceed, and will Substantially Complete the Work within the Contract Time. It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER, that the time for the Substantial Completion of the Work described herein is reasonable time for the completion of the same, taking into consideration the average climatic range and conditions and usual industrial conditions prevailing in this locality. The CONTRACTOR further 10-2012 00700- 19 of 36 71.1 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT agrees that a failure to complete on time will cause damage to the OWNER and that such damages cannot be accurately measured or that ascertainment will be difficult. Therefore, the parties agree that for each and every calendar day the Work or any portion thereof shall remain uncompleted after the expiration of the Contract Time, the CONTRACTOR shall pay, as liquidated damages and as a reasonable estimate of OWNER's damages, and not as a penalty, the amount set out in the Standard Form of Agreement. However, the foregoing agreement as to liquidated damages constitutes only an agreement by the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR as to the amount of damages which the OWNER will sustain by reason of the CONTRACTOR'S failure to complete the work within the Contract Time. Should , the OWNER suffer damage by reason of any other breach by CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may recover such actual damages in addition to any liquidated damages due. 71, The OWNER shall have the right to deduct and withhold the amount of any and all such damages whether it be the minimum amount stipulated above or otherwise,,from any monies owing by it to said CONTRACTOR, or the OWNER may recover such amount from the CONTRACTOR and i 3 the sureties of his bond; all of such remedies shall be cumulative and the OWNER shall not be required to elect any one nor be deemed to have made an election by proceeding to enforce any 1 one remedy. 5.06 CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME: The Contract Time may only be changed by a Change Order. Any claim for an adjustment of Contract Time shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making such claim to the other party and to the ENGINEER promptly, but in no event later than ten (10) days after the event-giving rise to the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim, along with supporting data, shall be delivered within thirty (30) days of the occurrence and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written representation that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in Contract Time shall be determined by the ENGINEER in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph. Contractor shall submit, as a minimum, the following data: A. Information showingthat the time requested is not included in the existing q Contract and in addition to the Contract. B. Information documenting that the number of days requested is accurate for the !l event. C. Revised, current construction schedule showing that the time requested affects the project's critical path. 5.07 DELAYS BEYOND OWNER'S AND CONTRACTOR'S CONTROL: Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Time due �fl to delays beyond the control of the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR, including, but not limited to, interference by utility owners or other contractors performing other work, Contractor shall be ..� entitled to an extension of the Contract Time in an amount equal to the time lost. CONTRACTOR jj shall not be entitled to any increase in Contract Price as a result of such delays. IN NO EVENT SHALL OWNER BE LIABLE TO CONTRACTOR FOR DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF ORfl RESULTING FROM (i) Delays caused by, or within the control of, the CONTRACTOR, or (ii) Delays beyond the control of both parties including, but not limited to, interference by utility owners or other contractors performing other work, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God, even if such delays are due in part to the negligence, other fault, breach of L S contract or warranty, violation of the Texas Deceptive Trade Act, or strict liability without regard 10-2012 00700-20 of 36 1 ,, r CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 11 to fault of OWNER. An extension of Contract time shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for any such delays. Delays attributed to, and within the control of, a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be I C . deemed to be delays within the control of the CONTRACTOR. I'i`. ` 6.0 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 'ili� 6.01 DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS. If the CONTRACTOR knows or SI reasonably should have known of any discrepancies or omissions in the Contract Documents, he shall notify the ENGINEER and obtain a clarification by Addendum before the bids are received, and if no such request is received by the ENGINEER prior to the opening of bids, then it shall be considered that the CONTRACTOR fully understands the Work to be performed and has provided j sufficient sums in his Bid Proposal to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract I, Documents. It is further understood that any request for clarification must be submitted no later ,1 than five (5) days prior to the opening of bids. I 6.02 QUANTITIES AND MEASUREMENTS. No extra or customary measurements of any kind will be allowed, but the actual measured and/or computed length, area, volume, rnumber and weight only shall be considered,unless otherwise specifically provided. ',I 6.03 ESTIMATED QUANTITIES. This Agreement, including the Contract ,r Documents, and including any estimates contained therein, is intended to convey all Work to be done and material to be furnished hereunder. Where the estimated quantities are shown for the various classes of Work to be done and material to be furnished under this Contract, they are ,r approximate and are to be used only as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the Work and ti . for comparing the Bid Proposals offered for the Work. It is understood and agreed that the actual 1 amount of Work to be done and the materials to be furnished under this Contract may differ from °'", the estimates and that the items listed or estimated quantities stated, and/or any difference between estimated and actual Work, shall not give rise to a claim by the CONTRACTOR against the i OWNER for loss, cost, expense, damages, unit price adjustment, quantity differences,unrecovered i; ., overhead or lost or anticipated profits, or other compensation. , ' 6.04 PRICE OF WORK. It is agreed that it is the intent of this Contract that all Work Fr described in the Bid Proposal, and Contract Documents, is to be done for the prices bid by the CONTRACTOR and that such prices shall include all appurtenances necessary to complete the !!; Work in accordance with the intent of these Contract Documents as interpreted by the IF ENGINEER, and all costs, expenses, bond and insurance premiums, taxes, overhead, and profit. In consideration of the furnishing of all the necessary labor, equipment and material and the 1 completion of all Work by the CONTRACTOR, and upon the completion of all Work and the ,E delivery of all materials embraced in this Contract in full conformity with the Contract Documents, the OWNER agrees to pay to the CONTRACTOR the prices set forth in the Standard �' 1 . Form of Agreement, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that the Contract is a unit cost agreement, unless stated otherwise, and that the final Contract amount is equal to the unit cost L. multiplied by the number of units authorized, installed and approved by the Owner. The OWNER does not assume any obligation to pay for any services or material not actually authorized and used. The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to receive such prices as ' payment in full for furnishing all materials and all labor required for the aforesaid Work, and for 10-2012 00700-21 of 36 , 4 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT J• all expenses incurred by him, and for full performance of the Work and the whole thereof in the manner and according to this Agreement, Contract Documents, and the requirements of the ENGINEER. ` I . .•I 6.05 PAYMENTS. No payments made or approvals or certificates given shall be considered as conclusive evidence of the performance of the Contract, either in whole or in part, nor shall any certificate, approval or payment be considered as acceptance of defective, deficient or non-conforming Work. CONTRACTOR shall, at any time requested during the progress of the Work, furnish the OWNER or the ENGINEER with an affidavit showing the CONTRACTOR's total outstanding indebtedness in connection with the Work. Before Final Payment is made, the ! .I CONTRACTOR shall satisfy the OWNER, by affidavit or otherwise, that there are no unpaid claims due subcontractors, suppliers or laborers by reason of any Work under the Contract. (�3 Acceptance by CONTRACTOR of Final Payment shall constitute a waiver of any and all claims of whatsoever nature against OWNER, arising out of or related to the Contract, or the Work, or any acts or omissions of OWNER or ENGINEER, which have not theretofore been timely filed as f provided in this Contract. 6.06. PARTIAL PAYMENTS. When the Contract Price is a lump sum amount, prior to i the first Application for Payment, CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review and approval a Schedule of Values, which shall fairly allocate the entire Contract Price among the various portions of the Work and shall be prepared in such form and supported by such data to f I� substantiate its accuracy as the ENGINEER may reasonably require. The Schedule of Values shall follow the trade divisions of the Specifications so far as practicable. Upon approval, this Schedule of Values shall be used by ENGINEER as the basis for reviewing the Contractor's Application for Payment. Applications for Payment shall indicate the percentage of completion of each portion of the Work as of the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment. • On or before the tenth dayof each month, the CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit to the ! P P ENGINEER, for approval or correction, an application for partial payment, being a statement showing as completely as practicable, the agreed unit quantities and extended total value of the Work done by the CONTRACTOR up to and including the twenty-fifth day of the preceding month; said statement shall also include the value of all conforming materials to be fabricated into the Work and stored in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and as approved by the OWNER or ENGINEER at the Work site only. No payment will be made for materials stored until OWNER has approved in writing storage at the Work site. The ENGINEER shall then review such statement of unit quantities and application for partial payment and the progress of the Work I made by the CONTRACTOR and, within ten days after the date ENGINEER receives CONTRACTOR's application for payment, if the application is found to be accurate and correct and the WORK conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents, the ENGINEER shall ?.w certify the application for partial payment and shall deliver his preliminary certification for payment to the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR; or, if the ENGINEER finds that ..� CONTRACTOR's application for payment contains an error or is otherwise disputed, he shall j I` notify CONTRACTOR of such error or dispute, and shall prepare a preliminary certificate for partial payment for the undisputed amount of the application for payment due CONTRACTOR, ema and deliver it to the OWNER and CONTRACTOR. ENGINEER'S notice to CONTRACTOR that a bona fide dispute for payment exists shall include a list of the specific reasons for nonpayment. All payment applications made by CONTRACTOR and delivered to ENGINEER and all verifications and certification of such applications shall be made and transmitted within the Pro- ; j Trak system and signed with the appropriate electronic signatures as provided for in the software. 10-2012 00700-22 of 36 !.'t CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT .1 ' !'�4 Such applications for payment shall not be considered complete unless accompanied by the •i CONTRACTOR'S Partial Waiver of Lien and Payment Affidavit, Section 00615, duly executed by an authorized representative of the CONTRACTOR and reflecting the correct corresponding amount of the payment application. ' The OWNER shall then pay the CONTRACTOR, within thirty (30) days of the date of EENGINEER's receipt of the application for payment, the undisputed balance due, less applicable retainage, and further less all previous payments and all further sums that may be retained or '• ' withheld by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement. CONTRACTOR may submit a corrected application for payment after its receipt of the ENGINEER's notice of error or dispute, r, and such corrected application for payment shall be reviewed by the ENGINEER and disputed or $1 paid under the same procedure and within the same time limits set out above. i As a condition of any progress payment under this Agreement, CONTRACTOR shall execute and '! :,! deliver to ENGINEER and OWNER a full release of all claims, direct or indirect, at law or in ' equity, arising out of or related to the Work to date, excluding retainage or any claims previously submitted as required under the terms of the Contract, and specifically identified and excluded by CONTRACTOR in the release. ft_ OWNER shall be entitled to retain from each progress payment five percent (5%) of the amount ' `i thereof. Such retainage shall be retained until Final Completion and satisfaction of all conditions .:Ir. for Final Payment. It is understood, however, that in case the whole Work be near to completion, as certified by the ENGINEER, and some unexpected or unusual delay occurs, through no neglect or fault on the part of the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may, upon written recommendation of 1' the ENGINEER, pay a reasonable and equitable portion of the retained percentage to the 7 CONTRACTOR, or the CONTRACTOR, at the OWNER'S option, may be relieved of the $1 obligation to fully complete the Work, and thereupon, the CONTRACTOR shall receive, at the ITOWNER'S option, payment of the balance due him under the Contract for Work completed in accordance with the Contract Documents, subject to OWNER's rights to otherwise withhold or I retain payments, and subject to the conditions set forth under"6.08 FINAL PAYMENT." I' �1,i The Owner at its option and in compliance with Texas law may reduce retainage to less than the above-stated percentages. • 6.07 USE OF COMPLETED PORTIONS & PUNCHLIST. The OWNER shall have 1 the right to take possession of and use any completed or partially completed portions of the Work, ; notwithstanding that the time for completing the entire work or such portions may not have L. expired; but such taking possession and use shall not be deemed an acceptance of any work not 'I completed in accordance with the Contract Documents. If such prior use increases the cost of or delays the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly and within three (3) days of OWNER's Ii L taking possession, give OWNER written notice of same, and CONTRACTOR may be entitled to ', such extra compensation or extension of time, or both, as may be determined in accordance with i the provisions of this Agreement. 7 6.08 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER ,r!, 7 AND ENGINEER, by letter executed by a duly qualified officer of CONTRACTOR, that in CONTRACTOR's opinion, the Work of the Contract, or an agreed portion thereof, is "Substantially Complete". Such notification shall include a list of all outstanding or incomplete items. Upon receipt, and within a reasonable time thereafter, of such notice, the ENGINEER and '1 E the CONTRACTOR shall jointly perform a walk-through and inspection of the Work to determine 1 10-2012 00700-23 of 36 1 I 7 t � CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT the status of all or the identified portion of the work, and the ENGINEER shall prepare a detailed , list of unfinished, incomplete, defective and/or non-conforming Work ("Punchlist"). If the L. ENGINEER determines that the Work is Substantially Complete in accordance with the Contract Documents, the ENGINEER shall issue to the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR a Certificate of Substantial Completion. OWNER shall have seven (7) days after receipt of Certificate to make written objection to the ENGINEER as to any provision of the Certificate or the attached list of non-conforming work. If ENGINEER concludes that the Work is not Substantially Complete, ENGINEER will, within fourteen (14) days, notify CONTRACTOR of the reason he believes the Work is not Substantially Complete. Upon Substantial Completion of the Work, ENGINEER will deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a written recommendation as to division of ' ' responsibilities, pending final payment and acceptance, with respect to security, maintenance, utilities and damage to the Work, except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial ^p Completion. NEITHER THE SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF THE WORK, NOR THE LI OMISSION OF AN ITEM FROM THE PUNCHLIST, SHALL EXCUSE THE CONTRACTOR FROM PERFORMING ALL OF THE WORK UNDERTAKEN, WHETHER OF A MINOR OR 'MAJOR NATURE, AND THEREBY COMPLETING THE WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall establish the time period within which CONTRACTOR shall complete the Work for Final Acceptance by the Owner and ENGINEER. i �` 6.08-1 OWNER shall have the right to exclude CONTRACTOR from the Work after the date of Substantial Completion, for security requirement reasons. OWNER may establish an access procedure to facilitate CONTRACTOR's uninterrupted access to the Work for the purposes of completing and correcting all items on the Punchlist in an expeditious manner. 6.09 FINAL PAYMENT. Final payment of the Retainage withheld from the Contract Price shall be made by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR at such time as: I (a) the Work, including all Change Orders and including all Punchlist work, has been fully completed in strict accordance with the Contract Documents; Ili (b) the Contract has been fully performed except for the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to correct nonconforming Work during the warranty period set forth , in the Contract Documents, and to satisfy other requirements, if any, which ' 'G necessarily survive final payment; i • (c) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect and will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to OWNER; (d) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a Consent of Surety, if any, to final payment; • (e) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a complete set of As-Built Drawings, reflecting all deviations from the Plans, Specifications and approved shop drawings in the Work actually constructed, and delivers all maintenance and operating manuals and/or instructions; .� 10-2012 _ 00700-24 of 36 4 7,., CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT I (f) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER all building certificates required prior to 1 occupancy and all other required inspections/approvals/acceptances by city, 7 county, state governmental entities or other authorities having jurisdiction; (g) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER assignments of all guarantees and warranties from subcontractors, vendors, suppliers or manufacturers, as well as names, 'r addresses and telephone numbers of contacts for each subcontractor, vendor, supplier or manufacturer; (h) CONTRACTOR removes all equipment materials and , tools, temporary facilities, surplus rubbish from the site, and final cleans the site to OWNER's 1 satisfaction; 7 (i) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a Full and Final Release and Affidavit of ''' Bills Paid in the form attached hereto as Attachment No. 2, executed by 7 CONTRACTOR; . CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER all other documentation required to be i ; submitted to OWNER pursuant to the Contract Documents, including but not limited to any special guarantees or warranties, operation and maintenance manuals, etc'. in each case in a form satisfactory to OWNER as determined in OWNER's sole discretion; and E'' (k) the Final Application for Payment has been approved by the ENGINEER and OWNER. Acceptance of Final Payment by the CONTRACTOR shall constitute a waiver of all claims by ' I' CONTRACTOR against OWNER other than any claims previously made. in writing by i.�� g j CONTRACTOR against OWNER, and still unsettled, and except for claims arising out of third '" party actions, cross-claims and counterclaims. No interest shall be due or payable by OWNER to ;1 CONTRACTOR on any sums retained or withheld by OWNER pursuant to the terms or :IT!: provisions of the Contract Documents, except as otherwise provided by applicable law. Neither !!..ir the Certificate of Substantial Completion nor the Final Payment nor possession or acceptance of ,-, the Work shall relieve the CONTRACTOR of its obligation for correction of defective or non- '``' conforming Work, or for fulfillment of any warranty, which may be required by law or by the '�' Contract Documents. 4 1!i 6.10 CORRECTION OF WORK BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT. The CONTRACTOR shall promptly remove from OWNER's premises all materials, equipment or Work which is ;; defective or otherwise not in conformance with the Contract Documents, whether actually 1.,i incorporated in the Work or not, and CONTRACTOR shall, at his own expense, promptly replace 1 such materials, equipment or Work with other materials conforming to the requirements of the >-'; Contract. The CONTRACTOR shall also bear the expense of restoring all work of ; h CONTRACTOR or other contractors damaged by any such removal or replacement. If ,i CONTRACTOR does not remove and replace any such unsuitable Work within ten (10) business days after receipt of a written notice from the OWNER or the ENGINEER, the OWNER may 4 remove, replace and remedy such work at CONTRACTOR'S expense. i ,i I1;i 00700-25 of 36 ` 10-2012 ,�1 + u. CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 6.11 CORRECTION OF WORK AFTER FINAL PAYMENT. If within one (1) year from the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by law I or by the terms of any applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents, any of the . Work is found to be defective or not in accordance with the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR11 shall, at its sole cost, correct it and any other work affected thereby promptly after receipt of a 1 written notice from OWNER to do so. In addition, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for any damage to building contents, when such damage results from the CONTRACTOR's use of faultyF.1 materials or defective workmanship; to the extent such damage is not covered by OWNER's 1 insurance. This warranty period shall renew and recommence for each corrected item of Work upon completion of the remedial work. This time period for correction by CONTRACTOR is in i_ addition to, and not in lieu of, all warranties or remedies, which exist at common law or by statute. These warranty obligations shall survive the termination of this Contract, and shall be enforceable by a decree of specific performance, in addition to such other rights and remedies available to I I OWNER at law or in equity. 1 6.12 PAYMENTS WITHHELD. The OWNER may withhold, or on account of 7 subsequently discovered evidence nullify and demand immediate repayment of, the whole or part of any certificate for payment or payment, to such extent as may be necessary to protect OWNER ''", from loss on account of: (a) Defective or non-conforming Work not remedied; ^� , J (b) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of claims; (c) Failure of the CONTRACTOR to make payments promptly to subcontractors or for material or labor; • 1 (d) Damage to another contractor, OWNER, existing improvements on the site, or to T adjacent or adjoining property; i' 1 (e) Reasonable doubt that the Work can be completed for the unpaid balance of the ,l', Contract amount; (0 Reasonable indication that the Work will not be completed within the Contract f I'., Time; (g) Failure on the part of the CONTRACTOR to execute anyand all documents, I,I releases or other documents presented to the CONTRACTOR for execution, as provided for herein or otherwise; (h) Liquidated or other damages due to late completion; and/or 11 (i) Any breach by CONTRACTOR of this Contract or any other agreement between :r r I� OWNER and CONTRACTOR. When the above grounds are removed to OWNER's satisfaction, the withheld payment shall be 1 made promptly. If the said causes are not so remedied, OWNER may remedy the same for i, CONTRACTOR's account, charge the entire cost thereof to CONTRACTOR and deduct such cost 1 l' ' 10-2012 . 00700-26 of 36 ,i'1 iE u1 I T CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT !' from the Contract Sum or from any payments due or to become due under any other agreement .1 ;I between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. E 6.13 DELAYED PAYMENTS. Should the OWNER fail to make payment to the . ' CONTRACTOR when payment is due in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents, 7 any interest due CONTRACTOR for late payments shall accrue and be paid in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 2251 of the Texas Government Code, as amended, and payment of such interest shall fully liquidate and compensate any injury to the CONTRACTOR growing out of i. ri- such delay in payment. Should OWNER fail to pay CONTRACTOR an undisputed amount due i within the time limits provided in the Contract or applicable law, CONTRACTOR shall give the notice required and comply with the provisions of Section 2251.051 of the Texas Government :cr . Code, and shall thereupon be entitled to the rights and remedies provided therein. .I , ';;[. 7.0 EXTRA WORK AND CLAIMS 7.01 DIFFERING SITE CONDITIONS. During the progress of the work, if subsurface, latent a physical conditions or unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature are encountered at the ., site that differ materially from those indicated in the contract or from those ordinarily encountered ;,, and generally recognized as inherent in the work provided for in the contract, the CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER's Representative in writing within three (3) calendar days of the specific j differing conditions before the site is disturbed and before the affected work is performed. ,, I7 (a) Upon written notification, the ENGINEER will investigate the conditions, and if it is I determined that the conditions materially differ and cause an increase or decrease in the i'i cost or time required for the performance of any work under the contract, an adjustment, L excluding anticipated profits, will be made and the contract modified in writing 1 accordingly. The ENGINEER will notify the CONTRACTOR in writing of the 1 i E determination whether or not an adjustment of the contract is warranted. I :.1 (b) No contract adjustment which results in a benefit to the CONTRACTOR will be allowed unless the CONTRACTOR has provided the required written notice. 'r, (c) No contract adjustment will be allowed under this clause for any effects caused on ';E unchanged work. ,, I 7.02 SUSPENSIONS OF WORK ORDERED BY THE ENGINEER. If the performance of all !', 7 or any portion of the work is suspended by the ENGINEER in writing for seven (7) calendar days I and the CONTRACTOR believes that additional compensation and/or contract time is due as a 4 result of such suspension, the CONTRACTOR shall submit a written request for adjustment to the ti ENGINEER within seven (7) calendar days of receipt of the notice to resume work. The request shall set forth the reasons and support for such adjustment. ,;;,„ r ,, (a) Upon receipt, the ENGINEER will evaluate the CONTRACTOR'S request. If the ENGINEER agrees that the cost and/or time required for the performance of the contract i has increased as a result of such suspension and the suspension was caused by conditions r, beyond the control of and not the fault of the CONTRACTOR, its suppliers, or subcontractors at any approved tier, and not caused by weather, the ENGINEER will make r 10-2012 00700-27 of 36 I I CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT an adjustment (excluding profit) and modify the contract in writing accordingly. The CONTRACTOR will be notified of the ENGINEER's determination, in writing, whether or not an adjustment of the contract is warranted. I: i_L (b) No contract adjustment will be allowed unless the CONTRACTOR has submitted the request for adjustment within the time prescribed. (c) No contract adjustment will be allowed under this clause to the extent that performance would have been suspended by any other cause, or for which an adjustment is provided or excluded under any other term or condition of this contract. I , 7.03 CHANGE ORDERS. Without invalidating this Agreement, the OWNER may, at 't any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions to the Work; such changes will be authorized by Change Order to be prepared by the ENGINEER for execution by the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR. The Change Order shall set forth the basis for any change in � 4' Contract Price, as hereinafter set forth for Extra Work, and any change in Contract Time, which may result from the change. f 7.04 In accordance with paragraph 1.07 CONTRACTOR'S request to work weekends, the Owner's Construction Manager shall, upon receipt of written notice by the CONTRACTOR of the need to conduct work on otherwise non-Work Days, prepare a cost estimate for providing Construction Management and Inspection services during the requested period and submit this to both OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If approved by both parties the Construction Manager shall 711 prepare a Deductive Change Order in the amount stated in the estimate for the signature of the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER for inclusion in the next Pay Application. The Deductive Change Order must be signed and executed by both the OWNER and CONTRACTOR prior to start of work on any non-Work Day. ) ' 7.05 MINOR CHANGES. The ENGINEER may authorize minor changes in the Work flnot inconsistent with the overall intent of the Contract Documents and not involving an increase in , Contract Price or time. If the CONTRACTOR believes that any minor changes authorized by the ENGINEER involves Extra Work or entitles him to an increase in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, the CONTRACTOR shall give notice of same by written request to the ENGINEER for a written Work Order, with a copy to OWNER. Any such notice and request by the CONTRACTOR shall be given prior to beginning the changed work. CONTRACTOR's commencement of any minor change in the Work prior to such written notice and request shall constitute a waiver of any and all claims for an increase in the Contract Price or the Contract Time arising out of or related to such changed work. 7.06 EXTRA WORK. It is agreed that the CONTRACTOR shall perform all work when presented with a written Change Order, Work Change Directive or Work Order signed by the ENGINEER, subject, however, to the right of the CONTRACTOR to require written confirmation of such Change Order, Work Change Directive or Work Order by the OWNER. It is agreed that the basis of compensation or adjustment to the CONTRACTOR for work either altered, added or deleted by a Change Order or Work Change Directive, or for which a claim for Extra Work is made, shall be determined by one or more of the following methods: Method(A) --By Contract unit prices applicable to the work, if any; or 10-2012 00700-28 of 36 l L CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 1 E, Method (B) --By agreed unit prices or agreed stipulated lump sum price; or i 7 Method (C) --If neither Method (A) nor Method (B) can be agreed upon before the Extra Work is commenced, then the CONTRACTOR shall be paid the "Actual Field Cost" of jthe work plus: ,C a) For subcontractors performing work mark-up shall be limited to fifteen percent, ten (10%) for the subcontractor plus five (5%) for the General Contractor or rr b) For the General Contractor alone, self-performing the extra work, without subcontractor, the mark-up shall not exceed ten percent (10%), as full and final compensation for the Extra Work and all costs and expenses, direct or indirect, I 7 arising out of or related thereto. In the event said Extra Work or Change Order or Work Change Directive work is performed and paid for under Method (C), then the provisions of this paragraph shall apply and the "Actual Field C Cost" is hereby defined as the cost to the CONTRACTOR of all workers, such as foremen, II timekeepers, mechanics and laborers, and materials, supplies, trucks, rentals of machinery and 7 equipment, for the time actually employed or used on such Extra Work or Change Order or Work Change Directive work, plus actual transportation charges necessarily incurred together with all power, fuel, lubricants, water and similar operating expenses, plus all necessary incidental expenses incurred directly on account of such Extra Work, including Social Security, Old Age 7, Benefits and other payroll taxes, and a rateable proportion of premiums on Performance and Payment Bonds and Maintenance Bonds, Public Liability and Property Damage and Workers' Compensation, and all other insurance as may be required by law or ordinance, or the Contract ,7 Documents, plus all payments to subcontractors for such work. The ENGINEER may direct the form in which accounts of the "Actual Field Cost" shall be kept 1 7 and the records of these accounts shall be made available to the ENGINEER. The ENGINEER or OWNER may also specify in writing, before the work commences, the method of doing the work r and the type and kind of machinery and equipment to be used; otherwise these matters shall be i L determined by the CONTRACTOR. Unless otherwise agreed upon, the prices for the use of I machinery and equipment shall be determined by using one hundred percent (100%), unless 7otherwise specified, of the latest schedule of Equipment Ownership Expense adopted by the j Associated General Contractors of America where practicable. The mark-up of the "Actual Field Cost" to be paid to the CONTRACTOR, shall cover and compensate him for his profit, overhead, �` and all other elements of cost and expense not embraced within the "Actual Field Cost" as herein I defined, save that where the CONTRACTOR's field office must be maintained solely on account of such Extra Work, then the cost to maintain and operate the same shall be included in the 7 "Actual Field Cost." 7 No claim for Extra Work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered by the ENGINEER in a written Work Order. In case any orders or instructions, either oral or written, appear to the CONTRACTOR to involve Extra Work for which he should receive compensation or an adjustment in the Contract Time, he shall make written request to the ENGINEER for a written L Work Order authorizing such Extra Work within ten (10) days of ENGINEER's orders or instructions, otherwise the orders or instructions will be considered minor changes. The issuance 10-2012 00700-29 of 36 7 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT of a Work Order by the ENGINEER shall not constitute or be construed as an agreement or acknowledgement by the ENGINEER that the work which is the subject of the Work Order is Extra Work outside the scope of the Contract Work, but shall merely constitute a direction to the CONTRACTOR to perform the work, and the CONTRACTOR shall proceed with the work, and shall keep an accurate account of the "Actual Field Cost" thereof, as provided under Method (C). Upon completion of the alleged Extra Work, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly and within ten �. (10) days submit his claim to the ENGINEER by proper certification and attestation, on forms provided by the ENGINEER. The ENGINEER shall render a written decision on CONTRACTOR's claim within ten (10) days. It is mutually agreed between the parties that the Imo" ENGINEER's decision on all claims or questions in relation to the Work, CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work, any changes in the Work or Extra Work, the Contract Price and/or the Contract Time, shall be final and conclusive and binding upon the parties. If the ENGINEER shall fail to respond in writing to CONTRACTOR's claim within thirty (30) days of the date of 1 _ submission, or if CONTRACTOR shall dispute or object to ENGINEER's decision on any claim, and CONTRACTOR fails to file a Request for Mediation of such claim in accordance with the provisions of Article 9.0, within sixty (60) days after the date of submission to the ENGINEER, or such longer period as the parties may agree to in writing, the CONTRACTOR shall lose and forfeit his right to make such claim for Extra Work at any later date, and all such claims held by the CONTRACTOR shall be deemed waived, forfeited and forever barred. CONTRACTOR shall 1_ continue to diligently prosecute the Work notwithstanding any pending claim, dispute, or dispute resolution process between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. 7 7.07 TIME OF FILING CLAIMS. Except as otherwise provided herein, all questions of dispute or adjustment shall be made within the Pro-Trak system and filed with the ENGINEER fl within three (3) days after the ENGINEER has given any directions, order or instruction to which the CONTRACTOR desires to take exception. The ENGINEER shall reply within thirty (30) days to such written exceptions, and render his final decision in writing. It is mutually agreed between ,l the parties that the ENGINEER's decision on all claims or questions in relation to the Work, CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work, any changes in the Work or Extra Work, the Contract Price and/or the Contract Time, shall be final and conclusive and binding upon the ' l parties. In case the CONTRACTOR should desire to appeal from the ENGINEER's decision, the I S CONTRACTOR may request a meeting between representatives of the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR for the purposes of appealing the ENGINEER's decision directly to the OWNER, such meeting to occur within ten (10) days after the date of the CONTRACTOR's request, or such longer period as may be agreed to by the parties in writing. If the CONTRACTOR shall still be aggrieved after a meeting with the OWNER and/or his representative, the CONTRACTOR shall have sixty (60) days after the date of the meeting, or such longer period as the parties may agree to in writing, to file a Request for Mediation of such claim in accordance with the provisions of Article 9.0. In the event the CONTRACTOR shall fail, ' 1 for any reason, to timely file a Request for Mediation, the OWNER shall be released of any and all liability, and the CONTRACTOR's failure to timely file a Request for Mediation shall constitute a waiver, forfeit and final bar of all such claims held by the CONTRACTOR against the OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall continue to diligently prosecute the Work notwithstanding any pending claim, dispute, or dispute resolution process between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. n 10-2012 00700-30 of 36 I CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 8.0 DEFAULT 8.01 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR. In case the CONTRACTOR should abandon and fail or refuse to resume Work within five (5) days after written notification from the OWNER or the ENGINEER, or if the CONTRACTOR fails to comply with the orders of the ENGINEER when such orders are consistent with the Contract Documents, or if the CONTRACTOR otherwise defaults on its obligations under the Contract, OWNER shall have the right, if it so elects and without prejudice to any other rights it may have, after giving five (5) days written notice of default to CONTRACTOR and any surety, to terminate the Contract or any part thereof and/or to take over or cause others to take over the Work or any part thereof, and to complete such Work for the account of CONTRACTOR. Where Performance and Payment Bonds exist, the sureties on these bonds shall be directed to complete the Work in conjunction with the notice of default, and a copy of said notice shall be delivered to the CONTRACTOR. After receiving said notice of default, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly and within no more than three (3) days, remove from the Work any machinery, equipment, or tools then on the job, not C intended for incorporation into the Work. Should CONTRACTOR fail to promptly remove such machinery, equipment or tools, OWNER may remove such machinery, equipment or tools and store same at CONTRACTOR's expense; return such machinery, equipment or tools to their purported owner; or otherwise dispose of such machinery, equipment or tools as OWNER sees fit. Any materials, supplies and/or equipment delivered for use in the Work, may be used in the completion of the Work by the OWNER or the surety on the Performance Bond, or another contractor in completion of the Work; it being understood that the use of such equipment, supplies and materials will ultimately reduce the cost to complete the Work and be reflected in the final settlement. Where there is no Performance Bond or in case the surety should fail to commence compliance with the notice for completion hereinabove provided for within ten (10) days after the service of such notice, then the OWNER may provide for completion of the Work in either of the following elective manners: (a) The OWNER may thereupon employ such force of workers and use such machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies as the OWNER may deem necessary to expeditiously complete the Work, and charge the expense of such labor, machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies to said CONTRACTOR, and expense so charged shall be deducted and paid by the OWNER out of such monies as may be due or that may thereafter at any time become due to the CONTRACTOR under and by virtue of this Agreement or any other agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. In case such expense is less than the sum which would have been payable under this Contract if the same had been completed by the CONTRACTOR, then said CONTRACTOR shall be credited with the difference. In case such expense is greater than the sum which would have been payable under this Contract if the same had been completed by such CONTRACTOR, then the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall promptly pay the amount of such excess to the OWNER upon demand; or 10-2012 00700-31 of 36 1 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (b) The OWNER, under sealed bids, under the times and procedures provided for by l l law, may let the contract for completion of the Work under substantially the same terms and conditions which are provided in this Contract. In case of any increase in cost to the OWNER under the completion contract, as compared to what would iL have been the cost under this Contract, such increase shall be charged to the CONTRACTOR, and the amount of such increase may be deducted by the OWNER out of such monies as may be due or that may thereafter at any time become due to the CONTRACTOR under and by virtue of this Agreement or any other agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR, or the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall promptly pay the amount of such increase to the OWNER upon demand. However, should the cost to complete any such completion contract prove to be less than what would have been the cost to complete under this Contract, the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall be credited therewith. 'J In the event of a default by CONTRACTOR, no further payments shall be made to CONTRACTOR under the Contract until the Work is Finally Completed. When the Work shall L have been Finally Completed, the CONTRACTOR and his surety shall be so notified. A complete itemized statement of the Contract accounts, certified by the ENGINEER as being correct, shall then be prepared and delivered to the CONTRACTOR and his surety, whereupon the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall pay the balance due as reflected by said statement. The OWNER, prior to incurring an obligation to make payment hereunder, shall have such statement fl of completion attested to by the CONTRACTOR and the surety as accurate, and in exchange for payment of the sum stated therein, the OWNER shall be entitled to a full and final release of any claims or demands by the CONTRACTOR or the surety. f In the event the statement of accounts shows that the cost to complete the work is less than that which would have been the cost to the OWNER had the work been completed by the CONTRACTOR under the terms of this Contract, or when the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall pay the balance shown to be due by them to the OWNER, then all machinery, equipment, tools or supplies left on the site of the Work shall be turned over to the CONTRACTOR and/or his ' S surety. Should the cost to complete the Work exceed the Contract Price, and the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety fail to pay the amount due the OWNER within the time designated above, and there remains any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies which are the property of fl CONTRACTOR on the site of the Work, notice thereof, together with an itemized list of such equipment and materials, shall be mailed to the CONTRACTOR and his surety at the respective addresses designated in the Contract, provided, however, that actual written notice given in any j manner will satisfy this condition. After mailing or other giving of such notice, such property shall be held at the risk of the CONTRACTOR and his surety, subject only to the duty of the OWNER to exercise ordinary care to protect such property. After fifteen (15) days from the date j of such notice, the OWNER may sell such property, equipment, tools, materials or supplies, and apply the net sum derived from such sale to the credit of the CONTRACTOR and his surety. Such sale may be made at either public or private sale, with or without notice, as the OWNER may elect. The OWNER shall release any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies, which remain on the Work, and belong to persons other than the CONTRACTOR or his surety, to their reputed owners. 8.02 SUPPLEMENTATION OF CONTRACTOR FORCES. If CONTRACTOR at any time shall, in OWNER'S sole opinion, fail to furnish skilled workers, suitable materials, supplies i S or adequate equipment sufficient for the prompt, timely and diligent prosecution of the Work in 10-2012 00700-32 of 36 ;� CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT accordance with OWNER's direction, OWNER shall have the right, without prejudice to the exercise of other remedies for the same default and without fully taking over the Work, to supplement CONTRACTOR's forces and to expedite delivery of and to procure and furnish such workers, materials, tools, supplies or equipment for CONTRACTOR's account by employing other contractors and suppliers engaged in the same class of work and charge the entire cost thereof to CONTRACTOR, said cost to be deducted from sums due or to become due to CONTRACTOR under the Contract or any other agreement with OWNER 'or any parent, subsidiary or affiliate of OWNER. 8.03 CUMULATIVE REMEDIES & SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE. All rights and remedies of OWNER, under the terms of the Contract and/or available at law or in equity, are cumulative. In the event CONTRACTOR or any of its subcontractors, vendors or suppliers fails or refuses for any reason to provide timely manufacture, fabrication, delivery, installation, erection, construction or completion of any supplies, materials, expendables, equipment, machinery, accessories or appurtenances to be furnished hereunder, CONTRACTOR acknowledges and agrees that such items are required, necessary, essentially unique to the Project and the Work and will cause irreparable harm to OWNER and the Project if not furnished in accordance with the Contract, and OWNER shall have the right to obtain a decree of specific performance and mandatory injunctive relief from any Court of competent jurisdiction to ensure the timely furnishing of such,items. 8.04 CROSS-DEFAULT. If, for any reason, CONTRACTOR is declared in default and/or terminated by OWNER under any other agreement with OWNER, whether related to the Project or not related to the Project, OWNER shall have the right to offset and apply any amounts which might be owed to OWNER by CONTRACTOR under any other such agreements against. any earned but unpaid amounts owing to CONTRACTOR by OWNER under the Contract, any retainage earned by CONTRACTOR under the Contract or any unearned, unpaid amount under the Contract. 8.05 INSOLVENCY. It is recognized that if CONTRACTOR becomes a debtor in voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy proceedings, makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or if a receiver is appointed on account of his insolvency, such events could seriously impair or frustrate CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work. Accordingly, it is agreed that should CONTRACTOR become a debtor in bankruptcy, either voluntary or involuntary, CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER in writing within twenty-four (24) hours of the filing with the bankruptcy court. Further, it is agreed that upon occurrence of any one or more such events, OWNER shall be entitled to request of CONTRACTOR or its successors, trustees or receivers, adequate assurances of future performance. In the event such adequate assurances are not given to the reasonable satisfaction of OWNER within seventy-two (72) hours of such request, OWNER shall have the right to immediately invoke the remedies of this Section 8 or as provided by law. Pending receipt of such adequate assurances of such future performance, OWNER may proceed with the Work on a temporary basis and deduct the costs, plus reasonable overhead and profit, from any amounts due or which may become due to CONTRACTOR under the Contract or any other agreement with OWNER. In this regard, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that delays in Cperformance could result in more damages to CONTRACTOR than would be sustained if OWNER failed to exercise such remedies. 8.06 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT. CONTRACTOR hereby assigns to OWNER, all of CONTRACTOR's rights under and interest in any and all subcontracts and/or purchase orders 10-2012 00700-33 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREE MENT entered into by CONTRACTOR pursuant to this Agreement, such assignment to become effective jl upon CONTRACTOR's default under this Agreement or OWNER's termination of this Contract, and OWNER's acceptance of such assignment. Upon CONTRACTOR's default or OWNER's termination of this Contract, OWNER may, in the event there is no performance bond for the Contract, or in the event the performance bond surety fails to complete the Contract, or if OWNER otherwise so elects in its sole discretion, accept such assignment by written notice of such acceptance to CONTRACTOR and subcontractor, and may require subcontractors to perform all tiI of the then unperformed duties and obligations under the subcontract, for the direct benefit of OWNER. In the event OWNER requires such performance by a subcontractor, then OWNER shall be obligated to pay such subcontractor any amounts due and owing under the terms of the �H subcontract/purchase order, at the subcontract prices and rates, and subject to any rights of withholding or offset and other terms and conditions of the subcontract, for all work properly performed by such subcontractor, to the date of OWNER's acceptance and thereafter. OWNER's liability in this connection, however, shall not exceed the amount obtained by subtracting all payments made by CONTRACTOR to subcontractor from the Subcontract Price at the time of CONTRACTOR's default or OWNER's termination of CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall include a provision in its subcontracts that allows such assignment and allows OWNER to take these actions, and further provides that in the event of CONTRACTOR's termination for default, f the subcontractor agrees to give the OWNER or its agent the right to inspect all books and records L i of subcontractor relating to the Work. - i 8.07 WAIVER OF CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. CONTRACTOR expressly '-'' waives any and all claims for consequential damages against OWNER arising out of or related to this Contract, or any other agreements between CONTRACTOR and OWNER, including, but not limited to, claims for damages incurred by CONTRACTOR for principal office expenses, including the compensation of personnel stationed there, losses of financing, bonding capacity, business and reputation, and claims for lost profit, whether on this Contract or otherwise. 8.08 TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE. OWNER may at its sole discretion, upon five (5) days written notice to CONTRACTOR, terminate this Contract, in whole or in part, if and when OWNER determines that it is in the best interest of OWNER to do so. Upon receipt of such written notice from OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall cease all terminated Work and take 71 reasonable precautions to protect and preserve such work, and shall take all reasonable measures after consultation with OWNER to terminate or assign to OWNER all subcontracts, purchase orders or other commitments related to the Work or the Project on terms and conditions acceptable to OWNER. CONTRACTOR will be paid for all Work performed in strict accordance with the I� Contract Documents, based upon the Contract Price and the percentage of completion on the date of termination, and less amounts previously paid, subject to any reasonable backcharges attributable to CONTRACTOR's failure to comply with any of the provisions of this Contract and j71 further subject to the other terms of this Contract regarding payment. In no event will CONTRACTOR receive or be entitled to any payment or compensation whatsoever for interruption of business or loss of business opportunities, any other items of consequential damages, for overhead or loss of profits on the unperformed Work and/or services and unfurnished materials or for any intangible, impact or similarly described cost, damages or expense, and under no circumstances shall the total sum paid to or received by CONTRACTOR under this Contract exceed the Contract Price. The compensation provided herein shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy arising out of a termination for convenience. 10-2012 00700-34 of 36 I 1 ; .,,, • CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 8.09 DEFAULT BY OWNER. In case the OWNER shall default on its material .,, obligations under this Contract, other than OWNER's failure to pay CONTRACTOR a disputed ', amount due within the time limits provided in the Contract or applicable law, as addressed by 7 Section 6.13 of this Agreement, and shall fail or refuse to cure, or to commence and diligently . pursue cure of such default within fifteen (15) days after written notification by the CONTRACTOR, then the CONTRACTOR may suspend or wholly abandon the Work, and may 7 remove therefrom all machinery, tools and equipment, and all materials on the site of the Work + that have not been included in payments to the CONTRACTOR and have not been incorporated '' into the Work. And thereupon, the ENGINEER shall make an estimate of the total amount earned ...,7 by the CONTRACTOR, which estimate shall include the value of all Work actually completed by {" said CONTRACTOR (at the Contract Prices), the value of all partially completed Work at a fair ''71, and equitable price, and the amount of all Extra Work performed at the prices agreed upon, or provided for by the terms of this Contract, and a reasonable sum to cover the cost of any provisions made by the CONTRACTOR to carry the whole Work to completion and which cannot ;1,7 be utilized. The ENGINEER shall then make a final statement of the balance due the CONTRACTOR by deducting from the above estimate all previous payments by the OWNER and all other sums that maybe retained bythe OWNER under the terms of this Agreement, and shall '� ;i g present the same to the OWNER, and OWNER's payment of said sum to the CONTRACTOR, on ' ''� or before thirty (30) days after OWNER's receipt of such statement, shall satisfy any and all ' rights, claims or causes of action of CONTRACTOR arising out of or related to such default by ' OWNER, and shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for such default. A disputed '; or unilateral claim by the Contractor cannot by itself constitute a default hereunder. }" 9.0 DISPUTE RESOLUTION '4, 11 Any dispute or pending claim or dispute resolution process between OWNER and 1 ,,r CONTRACTOR shall not excuse or relieve CONTRACTOR of its obligations under the Contract, :!L and CONTRACTOR shall diligently prosecute the Work notwithstanding any pending claim, ' dispute, or dispute resolution process between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. i LAll claims, disputes and other matters in question arising out of or relating to, the Contract, I or the breach thereof, shall be subject to mediation as a condition precedent to any other dispute resolution process as may be selected by OWNER. Unless mutually agreed otherwise the i mediation shall be conducted by a third party who will be selected by agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR, and Request for Mediation shall be filed with the other party. The y j - parties shall share the mediator's fee and any filing fees equally. If a claim, dispute or other matter in question between OWNER and CONTRACTOR i E involves the work of a subcontractor or supplier, OWNER or CONTRACTOR may join such i subcontractor or supplier as a party to any mediation proceeding between OWNER and CONTRACTOR hereunder. CONTRACTOR shall include in all subcontracts and/or purchase 7 orders related to the Work a specific provision whereby the subcontractor or supplier consents to ' 7 being joined in mediation between OWNER and CONTRACTOR involving the work of such „1 subcontractor or supplier. I This Contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of Texas and shall be considered siperformable in Brazoria County, Texas, for venue purposes. Further, the OWNER and CCONTRACTOR stipulate that venue for any dispute resolution proceeding involving or touching upon the Contract other than the conduct of an arbitration hearing shall be in Brazoria County, 'i 10-2012 00700-35 of 36 L 1 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Texas, or, if such choice of venue is prohibited or unenforceable by law, shall be held in the , county where the Project is located. . clCONTRACTOR agrees to pay OWNER all reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by OWNER in the event OWNER seeks to enforce any provision of this Contract whether by arbitration or other dispute resolution process. Further, in the event OWNER defends any claim instituted by CONTRACTOR against OWNER, whether in arbitration or other dispute resolution I —_ process, CONTRACTOR agrees to pay OWNER all reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by OWNER in defending such claim provided OWNER is the prevailing party, in whole or in part, in , such proceeding. ,, 71 )0-1 , 7 , 7 —, , til7 10-2012 00700-36of36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT ATTACHMENT NO. 1 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE COVERAGE A. DEFINITIONS: ECertificate of coverage ("certificate") . A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self-insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83 or TWCC-84), showing statutory Cworkers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project for the duration of the Project. Duration of the Project includes the time from the beginning of the Work on the Project until the contractor's/person's work on the Project has been completed and the Project warranty period has expired. Persons providing services on the project includes persons or entities performing all or part of the services the contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, C regardless of whether that person contracted directly with due contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, motor carriers and owner- operators, (as defined at Section 406.121 of the Texas Labor Code), leasing companies, and employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project "Services" include, without I_ limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. B. The CONTRACTOR shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Title 5 Workers' Compensation, Subtitle A Texas Workers' Compensation Act, for employees of the contractor providing services on L the project,for the duration of the project. C. The CONTRACTOR must provide a certificate of coverage to the OWNER prior to being awarded the Contract. D. If the coverage period shown on the CONTRACTOR's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the CONTRACTOR must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the OWNER showing that coverage has been extended.I E. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain from each subcontractor or other person providing Eservices on a project, and provide to the OWNER: (I) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the Project, so the OWNER will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the Project; and 05/2007 00700-Al �I CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (2) no later than seven days after receipt by the CONTRACTOR and prior to the end 7 of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project. F. The CONTRACTOR shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of 7 the Project and for one year thereafter. G. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER in writing by certified mail or personal L_I delivery, within 10 days after the CONTRACTOR knew or should have known, of any changes that materially affect the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project. H. The CONTRACTOR shall post on each Project site a notice, in the text, form and manner 7 prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the Project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. Li NOTICE REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE 7 "The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must be covered by ^-� workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, L I hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee." 7 "Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at (512) 440- El 3789 to receive information on the legal requirements for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage." fl I. The CONTRACTOR shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to 71 provide services on a project, too: (1) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll 1 amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Title 5 Workers' Compensation, Subtitle A Texas Workers' Compensation Act, for all of its employees providing services on ,� the'Project, for the duration of the Project; Ti (2) provide to the CONTRACTOR,prior to that person beginning work on the ii Project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the Project: I 05/2007 00700-A2 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT r"" (3) provide the CONTRACTOR, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage, showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; (4) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the CONTRACTOR: (a) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the Project; and (b) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; (5) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter; C (6) notify the OWNER in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project; and (7) require eachperson with whom it contracts, toperform as required b contractually 9 q Y paragraphs (1) (7), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. J. By signing this Contract or,providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the CONTRACTOR is representing to the OWNER that all employees of the CONTRACTOR who will provide services on the Project will be covered by workers' compensation coverage for the duration of the Project, that the coverage agreements will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured, with the commission's Division of Self-Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the CONTRACTOR to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. C K. The CON'1'RACTOR's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the CONTRACTOR, which entitles the OWNER to pursue all rights and remedies available to it under the Contract, at law or in equity, if the CONTRACTOR does . not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the OWNER. 05/2007 00700-A3 C r" CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT ;� ATTACHMENT NO. 2 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS AGREEMENT FOR FINAL PAYMENT 7 AND CONTRACTOR'S SWORN RELEASE In consideration of the Final Payment under that certain contract between [Contractor's flCompany Name] (hereafter "CONTRACTOR") and the City of Pearland (hereafter "OWNER") for the Project known as FM 521 Ground Storage Tank Expansion (the "Contract"), the CONTRACTOR makes the following representations to OWNER, either individually if a Lproprietorship, or jointly and severally by all general partners if a partnership, or if a corporation, by action of the president and secretary of said corporation, as duly authorized by appropriate action of the stockholders and/or board of directors of said corporation, their signatures hereon ;IL constituting a representation under oath by said individuals that they have the authority to execute this Agreement for and on behalf of the said corporation: 1. The undersigned CONTRACTOR represents to OWNER that the Application for Payment for the Final Payment under the Contract, and the final Change Order r issued under the Contract if any, whether or not modified, corrected or changed in some way by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR or the OWNER, a copy of which are attached hereto and marked Exhibit "A", are true, correct and accurate, and that CONTRACTOR has received payment in full for all other Applications for 'c Payment submitted under the Contract, and that CONTRACTOR has been fully • compensated for all labor, materials, equipment and/or services furnished in connection with the Contract, except for the Final Payment. 2. It is agreed and stipulated by the undersigned CONTRACTOR that upon the ,;r. receipt of Final. Payment in the amount as set out on the attached Application for Payment, the CONTRACTOR, by execution of this instrument of release, does, therefore, RELEASE and FOREVER DISCHARGE OWNER of and from all ' L.. manner of debts, claims, demands, obligations, suits, liabilities and causes of action of any nature whatsoever, at law or in equity, in contract or in tort, now existing or which may hereafter accrue, arising out of or related to the Contract, any Change 1 Orders or Work Orders, the Work, or any labor, materials, equipment or services � ;� furnished byCONTRACTOR to OWNER. 3. The CONTRACTOR, acting by and through the person or persons whose names are subscribed hereto, does solemnly swear and affirm that all bills and claims have been paid to all materialmen, suppliers, laborers, subcontractors, or other entities fl performing services or supplying materials or equipment, and that OWNER shall not be subject to any bills, claims, demands, litigation or suits in connection therewith. L4. It is further specifically understood and agreed that this Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release shall constitute a part of the Contract, and C it is also specifically understood and agreed that this Agreement shall not act as a modification, waiver or renunciation by OWNER of any of its rights or remedies as I set out in the Contract itself, but this Agreement for Final Payment and .1 7 Contractor's Sworn Release shall constitute a supplement thereto for the additional protection of OWNER. iT 05/2007 - 00700-B 1 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL ! CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT � ` SIGNED and EXECUTED this, the day of ,20_. CONTRACTOR: By: Signature Print Name: Title: [If CONTRACTOR is a proprietorship, owner,must sign; if a partnership, each general partner must sign; if a corporation, the following language should be used.] SIGNED and EXECUTED this, the day of 20 by , a Texas corporation, under authority granted to the undersigned by said corporation as contained in the Charter, By-Laws or Minutes of I a meeting of said corporation regularly called and held. CONTRACTOR: �. By: President ATTEST: l�r' Corporate Secretary (Corporate Seal) [This form is for use by either a proprietorship or a partnership. In the event CONTRACTOR is a P P P P P partnership or a joint proprietorship, additional signature lines should be added for each individual.] i 05/2007 00700-B2 �' ECITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 7 AFFIDAVIT STATE OF TEXAS § r COUNTY OF § iL BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared the person or persons whose name(s) are subscribed to the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release, who each, after being by me duly sworn, on their oaths deposed and said: !:7 I (We) am (are) the persons) who signed and executed the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release, and I (we) have read the C facts and statements as therein set out and the representations as made therein, and I(we) state that the above and foregoing are true and correct. 1. CONTRACTOR- Affiant 7 SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED TO before me, the day of 20_. i.7 ; Notary Public, State of Texas My Commission Expires: ,',7 . [This form is for use in the event CONTRACTOR is a corporation.] . 7 7 ':fl . 7. _ ,. 7 , 7 07/2006 00700-B3 17 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF-AGREEMENT '7 AFFIDAVIT STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF § 'I" BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared the persons who signed and executed the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment mid Contractor's Sworn Release, whose names are set out above, who each, after being by me duly sworn, on their oaths deposed and said: We each are the persons whose names are subscribed above, and hold respectively the 7 offices in,the corporation as set out above, and each state under oath that we have the authority to execute this Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release ,, for and on behalf of said corporation, pursuant to authority granted to us in the Charter of said corporation, the By-Laws of said corporation and/or the Minutes of said corporation; ["' and the facts, statements and representations as set out in the instrument to which this - Affidavit is attached, are true and correct. SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED TO before me this, the day of 20_. Notary Public, State of Texas '� MyCommission Expires: P 7 ,,[.. [1. ,..7 ,E i. HE , ,. 07/2006 00700-B4 IL E"' 4 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT F ATTACHMENT NO. 3 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS OWNER'S INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACTOR !: 1. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement: 1.1 Owner Parties. "Owner Parties" means (a) the City of Pearland, its successors and assigns, and the Engineer, (b) any officers, employees, or agents of such persons or entities, and (c) others as required by the Contract Documents, if any. ..r 1.2 Contractor. "Contractor" shall mean the vendor providing the service or work to be rim performed under this Agreement. 1.3 Subcontractor. "Subcontractor" shall include subcontractors of any tier. !E, 1.4 ISO. "ISO" means Insurance Services Office. '' 2. Contractor Insurance Representations to Owner Parties L 2.1 It is expressly understood and agreed that the insurance coverages required herein: 2.1.1 represent Owner Parties' minimum requirements and are not to be construed to void or limit the Contractor's indemnity obligations as contained in '7 this Agreement nor represent in any manner a determination of the insurance coverages the Contractor should or should not maintain for its own protection; and r 2.1.2 are being, or have been, obtained by the Contractor in support of the '' ' Contractor's liability and indemnity obligations under this Agreement. Neither the requirements as to insurance to be carried as provided for herein, the insolvency, ,;r bankruptcy or failure of any insurance company carrying insurance of the Contractor, nor the failure of any insurance company to pay claims accruing, shall be held to affect, negate or waive any of the provisions of this Agreement. ' L 2.2 Failure to obtain and maintain the required insurance shall constitute a material breach of, and default under, this Agreement. If the Contractor shall fail to remedy C such breach within five (5) business days after notice by the Owner, the Contractor will be liable for any and all costs, liabilities, damages and penalties resulting to the Owner Parties from such breach, unless a written waiver of the specific insurance ,';[" requirement(s) is provided to the Contractor by the Owner. In the event of any failure by the Contractor to comply with the provisions of this Agreement, the Owner may, without in any way compromising or waiving any right or remedy at ' E law or in equity, on notice to the Contractor, purchase such insurance, at the Contractor's expense, provided that the Owner shall have no obligation to do so and if the Owner shall do so, the Contractor shall not be relieved of or excused Efrom the obligation to obtain and maintain such insurance amounts and coverages. L . 7 10-2012 00700-Cl CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 3. Conditions Affecting All Insurance Required Herein 3.1 Cost of Insurance. All insurance coverage shall be provided at the Contractor's sole expense. 3.2 Status and Rating of Insurance Company. All insurance coverage shall be written through insurance companies authorized to do business in the state in which the • work is to be performed and rated no less than A-: VII in the most current edition of A. M. Best's Key Rating Guide. I 3.3 Restrictive, Limiting, or Exclusionary Endorsements. All insurance coverage shall be provided to the Owner Parties in compliance with the requirements herein and j shall contain no endorsements that restrict, limit, or exclude coverage required herein in any manner without the prior express written approval of the Owner. 3.4. Limits of Liability. The limits of liability may be provided by a single policy of insurance or by a combination of primary and umbrella policies, but in no event I� shall the total limits of liability available for any one occurrence or accident be less than the amount required herein. 3.5 Notice of Cancellation, Nonrenewal, or Material Reduction in Coverage. All insurance coverage shall contain the following express provision: In the event of cancellation, non-renewal, or material reduction in coverage affecting the certificate holder, thirty (30) days prior written notice shall be given to the certificate holder by certified mail or registered mail, return receipt requested. 3.6 Waiver of Subrogation. The Contractor hereby agrees to waive its rights of recovery from the Owner Parties with regard to all causes of property and/or liability loss and shall cause a waiver of subrogation endorsement to be provided in favor of the Owner Parties on all insurance coverage carried by the Contractor, whether required herein or not. 3.7 Deductible/Retention. Except as otherwise specified herein, no insurance required herein shall contain a deductible or self-insured retention in excess of $25,000 I J without prior written approval of the Owner. All deductibles and/or retentions shall be paid by, assumed by, for the account of, and at the Contractor's sole risk. The Contractor shall not be reimbursed for same. 4. Maintenance of Insurance. The following insurance shall be maintained in effect with limits not less than those set forth below at all times during the term of this Agreement and thereafter as required: 10-2012 00700 C2 ;7 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 'i 7 4.1 Commercial General Liability Insurance ,i C 4.1.1 Coverage. Such insurance shall cover liability arising out of all locations and operations of the Contractor, including but not limited to liability assumed under this contract (including the tort liability of another assumed in a business contract). Defense shall be provided as an additional benefit Land not included within the limit of liability. 4.1.2 Form. Commercial General Liability Occurrence form (at least as broad as ri. an unmodified ISO CG 0001 0798 or its equivalent). ' F. 4.1.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with limits of not less than: .7, Each Occurrence Limit $1,000,000 General Aggregate Limit $2,000,000 Product-Completed Operations Aggregate Limit $2,000,000 ..,r Personal and Advertising Injury Limit $1,000,000 4.1.4 Required Endorsements ,'ra. Additional Insured. Additional insured status shall be provided in favor of the Owner Parties on any of the following: ri. ISO form CG 20 10 11 85; or ii. ISO form CG 20 26 11 85; or ;,[6" iii. a combination of ISO forms CG 20 33 10 01 and CG 20 37 10 01; or iv. any form providing equivalent protection to Owner. i 7 b. Designated Construction Project(s) Aggregate Limit. The aggregate limit shall apply separately to this Agreement through use of an ISO CG 25 03 03 97 endorsement or its equivalent. ,7 c. Notice of Cancellation, Nonrenewal or Material Reduction in Coverage, as required in 3.5, above. .7 d. Personal Injury Liability. The personal injury contractual liability exclusion shall be deleted. e. Primary and Non-Contributing Liability. It is the intent of the E parties to this Agreement that all insurance required herein shall be primary to all insurance available to the Owner Parties. The r. obligations of the Contractor's insurance shall not be affected by any other insurance available to the Owner Parties and shall seek no contribution from the Owner Parties' insurance, whether primary, excess contingent, or on any other basis. The Contractor's insurance ,7coverage shall be endorsed to provide such primary and non- contributing liability. f. Waiver of Subrogation, as required in 3.6, above. C 7 10-2012 00700-C3 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.1.5 Continuing Commercial General Liability Insurance. The Contractor shall `, maintain such insurance in identical coverage, form and amount, including required endorsements, for at least one (1) year following Date of Substantial Completion of the Work to be performed under this Agreement. The Contractor shall provide written representation to Owner stating Work completion date. 4.2 Auto Liability Insurance 4.2.1 Coverage. Such insurance shall cover liability arising out of any auto fl (including owned, hired, and non-owned). 4.2.2 Form. Business Auto form (at least as broad as an unmodified ISO CA fl 0001 or its equivalent). 4.2.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less L JI than$1,000,000. 4.2.4 Required Endorsements, a. Notice of Cancellation, Nonrenewal or Material Reduction in Coverage, as required in 3.5,above. L b. Waiver of Subrogation, as required in 3.6, above. 4.3 Employer's Liability Insurance 1 4.3.1 Coverage. Employer's Liability Insurance shall be provided as follows: 4.3.2 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less than: l� Employer's Liability: $1,000,000 each accident and each disease. 4.3.3 Required Endorsements a. Notice of Cancellation, Nonrenewal or Material Reduction in Coverage, as required in 3.5, above. b. Waiver of Subrogation, as required in 3.6, above. 4.4 Umbrella Liability Insurance 4.4.1 Coverage. Such insurance shall be excess over and be no less broad than all fl coverages described above and shall include a drop-down provision for exhaustion of underlying limits. 4.4.2 Form. This policyshall have the same inception and expiration dates p p as the commercial general liability insurance required above. 10-2012 00700-C4 7 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT '7 4.4.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less than $5,000,000. r 4.4.4 Continuing Umbrella Liability Insurance. The Contractor shall maintain such insurance in identical coverage, form and amount, including required ' endorsements, for at least one (1) year following Date of Substantial [1! Completion of the Work to be performed under this Agreement. The Contractor shall provide written representation to the Owner stating Work completion date. !L 4.5 Professional Liability Insurance 4.5.1 Coverage. The Contractor shall provide professional liability insurance for any professional design or engineering drawing required by the work. Such insurance shall indemnify the Owner from claims arising from the negligent Cperformance of professional services of any type, including but not limited to design or design/build services as part of the Work to be performed. ,:iim 4.5.2 Form. This insurance shall include prior acts coverage sufficient to cover all services rendered by the Contractor and by its consultants under this 7 Agreement. It is recognized that this coverage may be provided on a Claims-Made basis. :, r 4.5.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less L than $1,000,000. 4.5.4 Continuing Professional Liability Insurance. The Contractor shall maintain such insurance in identical coverage, form and amount for at least one (1) year following Date of Substantial Completion of the Work to be performed 'C under this Agreement. The Contractor shall provide written representation to the Owner stating Work completion date. .I 7 4.6 Builder's Risk 4.6.1 Insureds. Insureds shall include: , 7a. Owner, General Contactor and all Loss Payees and Mortgagees as Named Insureds; and 7 b. subcontractors of all tiers in the Work as Additional Insureds. 7 , 7 10-2012 00700-C5 1j CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.6.2 Covered Property. Such insurance shall cover: 7 a. all structure(s) under construction, including retaining walls, paved surfaces and roadways, bridges, glass, foundation(s), footings, underground pipes and wiring, excavations, grading, backfilling or il filling; b. all temporary structures (e.g., fencing, scaffolding, cribbing, false work, forms, site lighting, temporary utilities and buildings) located at the site; c. all property including materials and supplies on site for installation; d. all property including materials and supplies at other locations but j intended for use at the site; e. all property including materials and supplies in transit to the site for installation by all means of transportation other than ocean transit; J and f. other Work at the site identified in the Agreement to which this n Exhibit is attached. Form 1 a. Coverage shall be at least as broad as an unmodified ISO Special form, shall be provided on a completed-value basis, and shall be il primary to any other coverage insurance available to the insured parties, with that other insurance being excess, secondary and non- contributing. b. No protective safeguard warranty shall be permitted. i . c. Required coverage shall further include: i. Additional expenses delay in $enses due to TBD 1]` completion of project (where applicable) ii. Agreed value Included without sublimit IT iii. Damage arising from error, omission or Included without sublimit deficiency in construction methods, design, specifications, workmanship or materials, including collapse iv. Debris removal additional limit 25% of direct damage loss 1 ' v. Earthquake (where applicable) $ TBD vi. Earthquake sprinkler leakage (where $ TBD applicable) ' vii. Expediting expenses $ TBD viii. Flood (where applicable) $ TBD ix. Freezing Included without sublimit 7 x. Mechanical breakdown, including hot & Included without sublimit cold testing (where applicable) xi. Notice of cancellation, non-renewal or Included LI 10-2012 00700-C6 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT , material reduction—60 days prior written notice to each insured i'' xii. Occupancy clause, as required in F, Included [.1, below xiii. Ordinance or law Included without sublimit xiv. Pollutant clean-up and removal $ TBD 7 xv. Preservation of property Included without sublimit xvi. Replacement cost Included xvii. Theft Included without sublimit .7 xviii. Waiver of subrogation as required in G, Included below. 7 4.6.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided in an amount equal at all times to the full replacement value and cost of debris removal for any single '7 occurrence. 4.6.4 Deductibles. Deductibles shall not exceed the following: a. All Risks of Direct Damage, Per $5,000 Occurrence, except ;[.. b. Delayed Opening Waiting Period 5 Days c. Flood, Per Occurrence $25,000 or excess of NFIP if in Flood Zone A, B or V d. Earthquake and Earthquake Sprinkler $25,000 Leakage, Per Occurrence '7 4.6.5 Termination of Coverage. The termination of coverage provision shall be endorsed to permit occupancy of the covered property being constructed so [ long as such occupancy does not exceed 20% of the usable area of the , property. This insurance shall be maintained in effect, unless otherwise ,.: provided for in the Contract Documents, until the earliest of the following Cdates: a. the date on which all persons and organizations who are insureds under the policy agree that it shall be terminated; b. the date on which final payment, as provided for in the Agreement to which this Exhibit is attached, has been made; or c. the date on which the insurable interests in the Covered Property of all insureds other than Contractor have ceased. j: 7 IL. fl ' r 10-2012 00700 C7 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.6.6 Waiver of Subrogation. The waiver of subrogation provision shall be endorsed as follows: a. A waiver of subrogation shall be provided in favor of all insureds. b. The waiver of subrogation provisions shall be endorsed as follows: j J Should a covered loss be subrogated, either in whole or in part, your rights to any recovery will come first, and we will be entitled to a recovery only after you +. have been fully compensated for the loss. 5. Intentionally left.blank. 6. Evidence of Insurance 6.1 Provision of Evidence. Evidence of the insurance coverage required to be maintained by the Contractor, represented by certificates of insurance, evidence of insurance, and endorsements issued by the insurance company or its legal agent, and must be furnished to the Owner prior to commencement of Work and not later than fifteen (15) days after receipt of this Agreement. New certificates of insurance, evidence of insurance, and endorsements shall be provided to the Owner prior to the termination date of the current certificates of insurance, evidence of insurance, and endorsements. 6.2 Form 6.2.1 All r p operty insurance required herein shall be evidenced by ACORD form 28, "Evidence of Property Insurance". 6.2.2 All liability insurance required herein shall be evidenced by ACORD form 25, "Certificate of Insurance". 6.3 Specifications. Such certificates of insurance, evidence of insurance, and tl. endorsements shall specify: 6.3.1 The Owner as a certificate holder with correct mailing address. f 6.3.2 Insured's name, which must match that on this Agreement. 6.3.3 Insurance companies affording each coverage, policy number of each coverage, policy dates of each coverage, all coverages and limits described I� herein, and signature of authorized representative of insurance company. 6.3.4 Producer of the certificate with correct address and phone number listed. 6.3.5 Additional insured status required herein. 6.3.6 Amount of any deductibles and/or retentions. 6.3.7 Cancellation, non-renewal and material reduction in coverage notification , as required by this Agreement. Additionally, the words "endeavor to" and "but failure to mail such notice shall impose no obligation or liability of any kind upon Company, it agents or representatives" shall be deleted from the f cancellation provision of the ACORD 25 certificate of insurance form. 10-2012 00700-C8 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT ' i,.,r, 6.3.8 Designated Construction Project Aggregate Limits required herein. 6.3.9 Personal Injury contractual liability required herein. 6.3.10 Primary and non-contributing status required herein. L 6.3.11 Waivers of subrogation required herein. 6.4 Required Endorsements. A copy of each of the required endorsements shall also be provided: r ii 6.5 Failure to Obtain. Failure of any Owner Party to demand such certificate or other 7 evidence of full compliance with these insurance requirements or failure of-any Owner Party to identify a deficiency from evidence that is provided shall not be construed as a waiver of the Contractor's obligation to maintain such insurance. ,'7 6.6 Certified Copies. Upon request of any Owner Party, the Contractor shall provide to the Owner a certified copy of all insurance policies required herein within ten (10) tl'7 days of any such request. Renewal policies, if necessary, shall be delivered to the Owner prior to the expiration of the previous policy. 7 6.7 Commencement of Work. Commencement of Work without provision of the required certificate of insurance, evidence of insurance and/or required - 7 endorsements, or without compliance with any other provision of this Agreement, . shall not constitute a waiver by any Owner Party of any rights. The Owner shall have the right, but not the obligation, of prohibiting the Contractor or any ,' subcontractor from performing any Work until such certificate of insurance, evidence of insurance and/or required endorsements are received and approved by the Owner. `L- 7. Insurance Requirements of Contractor's Subcontractors 7 7.1 Insurance similar to that required of the Contractor shall be provided by all subcontractors (or provided by the Contractor on behalf of subcontractors) to cover operations performed under any subcontract agreement. The Contractor shall be held responsible for any modification in these insurance requirements as they apply to subcontractors. The Contractor shall maintain certificates of insurance from all • subcontractors containing provisions similar to those listed herein (modified to .7 recognize that the certificate is from subcontractor) enumerating, among other things, the waivers of subrogation, additional insured status, and primary liability as required herein, and make them available to the Owner upon request. 7 7.2 The Contractor is fully responsible for loss and damage to its property on the site, including tools and equipment, and shall take necessary precautions to prevent E - damage to or vandalism, theft, burglary, pilferage and unexplained disappearance of property. Any insurance covering the Contractor's or its subcontractor's property shall be the Contractor's and its subcontractor's sole and complete means or 'C recovery for any such loss. To the extent any loss is not covered by said insurance or subject to any deductible or co-insurance, the Contractor shall not be reimbursed 7 for same. Should the Contractor or its subcontractors choose to self insure this risk, it is expressly agreed that the Contractor hereby waives, and shall cause its . 7 10-2012 00700-C9 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT � I subcontractors to waive, any claim for damage or loss to said property in favor of the Owner Parties. 8. Use of the Owner's Equipment. The Contractor, its agents, employees, subcontractors or suppliers shall use the Owner's equipment only with express written permission of the Owner's designated representative and in accordance with the Owner's terms and condition for such use. If the Contractor or any of its agents, employees, subcontractors or suppliers utilize any of the Owner's equipment for any purpose, including machinery, • tools, scaffolding, hoists, lifts or similar items owned, leased or under the control of the Owner, the Contractor shall defend, indemnify and be liable to the Owner Parties for any ;�. and all loss or damage which may arise from such use. 9. Release and Waiver. The Contractor hereby releases, and shall cause its subcontractors to I release, the Owner Parties from any and all claims or causes of action whatsoever which the Contractor and/or its subcontractors might otherwise now or hereafter possess resulting 1 in or from or in any way connected with any loss covered by insurance, whether required herein or not, or which should have been covered by insurance required herein, including the deductible and/or uninsured portion thereof, maintained and/or required to be jl maintained by the Contractor and/or its subcontractors pursuant to this Agreement. i 4 L.� ri; 7 J 1", 10-2012 00700-C 10 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Section 00800 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT The following Special Conditions modify the General Conditions, Document 00700. Where a portion of the General Conditions is modified or deleted by these Special Conditions, the unaltered portions of the General Conditions shall remain in effect. ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS L 1.01 Add the following paragraph to the end of Article 1.01: The OWNER'S representative on the project site is: telephone: 281. 652. The CONSTRUCTION MANAGER is: telephone: The CONSTRUCTION INSPECTOR is: telephone: ARTICLE 4 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 4.05 Add the following paragraph to Article 4.05: A Maintenance Bond in accordance with Document 00612 of the Project Manual is required for this Project. The cost of this bond shall be included in the CONTRACTOR'S Bid Proposal. Attachment No. 3 To General Conditions, Owner's Insurance Requirements of Contractor, Article 4.6 Builder's Risk—Builder's Risk Insurance is Not Required for this project. ARTICLE 5 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 5.08 Add Article 5.08: The Contract Time as defined in the bid and other sections of the Contract Documents includes a certain number of rain days. Based on the Alvin Weather Center Records, the average annual rain days from June 1898 to December 1996 is 40 days calculated from all precipitation days of record. The CONTRACTOR is required to keep a record of rain days at the site. The record of rain days must be accepted and signed by the City Inspector monthly, and shall be reported on the monthly pay estimate submittal. At the end of the contract, the CONTRACTOR will be credited only for 08/2018 00800 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT the number of accepted rain days that exceed 40 rain days per year, proportionate to the original Contract Time. General Notes: Section 01500 Temporary Facilities requires CONTRACTOR to provide high speed internet access in the Field Office. BIDDER is Required to provide either a Field Office or any internet ' access for this project. All other requirements remain and will be required per the section. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate with the Owner for all Traffic Control ; Documents.Contractor to coordinate with the Owner for procurement of Traffic Control Documents prior to permitting. Contractor is to keep a minimum of one lane open at all times,in both directions. No lane closures to extend beyond the defined work day. Contractor Will be required to provide an on-site construction office for the duration of this project. END OF SECTION fl 1 f fl 08/2018 00800-2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION Section 00811 i ,. WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION 1.01 In accordance with the Prevailing Wage law on Public Works (Article 2258 of the Texas Government Code), the public body awarding the contract does hereby specify the rates shown in Table 00811-A following to be the general prevailing rates in the locality in which the work is being performed. 1.02 This prevailing wage rate does not prohibit the payment of more than the rates stated. 1.03 The wage scale for engineering construction is to be applied to all site work greater than five (5) feet from an exterior wall of new building under construction or from an exterior wall of an existing building. fE a i r. ;l 10-2012 00811 - 1 of 1 1 : 7 , ! .7 General Decision Number: TX190032 01/04/2019 TX32 Superseded General Decision Number: TX20180044 „7 , State: Texas 'JJrrww Construction Type: Heavy L County: Brazoria County in Texas. HEAVY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (Including Water and Sewer Lines (Does Not Include Flood Control) Note: Under Executive Order (EO) 13658, an hourly minimum wage of $10. 60 for calendar year 2019 applies to all contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act for which the contract is awarded . (and any solicitation was issued) on or after January 1, 2015. 7 If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must pay all workers in any classification listed on this wage determination at least $10. 60 per hour (or the applicable wage rate listed on this wage determination, if it is higher) for all hours spent performing on the contract in calendar year 2019. If this contract is covered by the EO and a classification considered necessary for performance of work on the contract does not appear on this wage determination, the contractor must pay workers in that classification at least the wage rate determined through the conformance process set forth in 29 CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii) (or the E0 minimum wage rate, L if it is higher than the conformed wage rate) . The EO minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually. Please note that this EO applies to the above-mentioned types of contracts ': entered into by the federal government that are subject to the Davis-Bacon Act itself, but it does not apply to contracts subject only to the Davis-Bacon Related Acts, ' including those set forth at 29 CFR 5. 1 (a) (2) - (60) . Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Modification Number Publication Date 7 0 01/04/2019 * SFTX0669-001 04/01/2017 'I Rates Fringes SPRINKLER FITTER (Fire ESprinklers) $ 29. 03 15.84 SUTX2005-018 05/18/2005 I r Rates Fringes Carperter $ 14 .38 0. 00 CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER $ 11. 37 1.13 : r00811-2 . ; • ELECTRICIAN $ 18.40 1.34 fl Formbuilder/Formsetter $ 9.83 1. 69 • IRONWORKER, REINFORCING , $ 11.29 0.00 fl Laborers: Common $ 8.99 1.25 ii Landscape $ 7.35 0.00 Mason Tender Cement $ 9. 96 0.00 Pipelayer $ 9. 63 1.50 Ti PIPEFITTER $ 17 .00 0.04 POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR: fl Backhoe $ 12.74 0.00 Bulldozer $ 12. 46 0.00 Crane $ 11.00 0.74 Excavator $ 16.74 0.00 ,77 Front End Loader $ 10.47 1 .28 Grader . . . . $ 12.20 1.48 IITractor $ 11.29 1.45 TRUCK DRIVER $ 14 .42 . 1.00 WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. FT Note: Executive Order (EO) 13706, Establishing Paid Sick Leave for Federal Contractors applies to all contracts subject to the 1 Davis-Bacon Act for which the contract is awarded (and any solicitation was issued) on or after January 1, 2017. If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must provide employees with 1 hour of paid sick leave for every 30 hours �' ; they work, up to 56 hours of paid sick leave each year. Employees must be permitted to use paid sick leave for their own illness, injury or other health-related needs, including ' preventive care; to assist a family member (or person who is J . like family to the employee) who is ill, injured, or has other health-related needs, including preventive care; or for reasons resulting from, or to assist a family member (or person who is 7 like family to the employee) who is a victim of, domestic violence, sexual assault, or stalking. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the ! , scope of the classifications listed may be added after award IJ only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii) ) . T I 00811-3 ��. lw The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the cited type (s) of construction in the area covered by the wage determination. The classifications are listed in alphabetical 117 order of "identifiers" that indicate whether the particular rate is a union rate (current union negotiated rate for local) , a survey rate (weighted average rate) or a union average rate ';f� (weighted union average rate) . Union Rate Identifiers :7 A four letter classification abbreviation identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters other than "SU" or "UAVG" denotes that the union classification and rate were prevailing for that classification in the survey. Example: 'Hr PLUM0198-005 07/01/2014 . PLUM is an abbreviation identifier of the union which prevailed in the survey for this classification, which in this example would be Plumbers. 0198indicates the local union number or district council number where applicable, L i.e. , Plumbers Local 0198. The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing the wage determination. 07/01/2014 is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate, which in this example is July 1, 2014. c Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all rate jii7 changes in the collective bargaining agreement (CBA) governing this classification and rate. Survey Rate Identifiers 7' .. Classifications listed under the "SU" identifier indicate that no one rate prevailed for this classification in the survey and the published rate is derived by computing a weighted average 7 rate based on all the rates reported in the survey for that classification. As this weighted average rate includes all rates reported in the survey, it may include both union and Ii 7 non-union rates. Example: SULA2012-007 5/13/2014 . SU indicates the rates are survey rates based on a weighted average calculation of rates and are not majority rates. LA indicates the State of Louisiana. 2012 is the year of survey on which . � these classifications and rates are based. The next number, 007 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 5/13/2014 indicates the survey completion 7 date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. Survey wage rates are not updated and remain in effect until a new survey is conducted. tw Union Average Rate Identifiers r: Classification(s) listed under the UAVG identifier indicate that no single majority rate prevailed for those classifications; however, 100%% of the data reported for the classifications was union data. EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-0010 , 7 08/29/2014 . UAVG indicates that the rate is a weighted union average rate. OH indicates the state. The next number, 0010 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 08/29/2014 indicates the survey completion date rfor the classifications and rates under that identifier. 00811-4 A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in January of each year, to reflect a weighted average of the current negotiated/CBA rate of the union locals from which the rate is based. WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 71 1. ) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: * an existing published wage determination , * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter I71 * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling f On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests I for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis-Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2, ) and 3. ) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Fl Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 71 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2. ) If the answer to the question in 1. ) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7) . Write to: II Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200. Constitution Avenue, N.W. ! , Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the I7.1 , interested patty's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc. ) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3. ) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board) . Write to: riT Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington,DC 20210 4. ) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. 71 BND OF GBNBRAL DBCISION -� • 00811-5 CITY OF PEARLAND ADDENDUM Section 00900 ADDENDUM NO. 1 Date: July 2, 2019 PROJECT: Bailey WTP 1.0 MG Prestressed Concrete GST BID NO.: 0619-44 BID DATE: July 18, 2019 FROM: Jordan S. Hibbs, P.E. r Vice President Enprotec /Hibbs & Todd, Inc. 402 Cedar St. Abilene, TX 79601 To: Prospective Bidders and Interested Parties This addendum forms a part of the bidding documents and will be incorporated into the Contract Documents, as applicable. Insofar as the original Contract Documents, Specifications, and Drawings are inconsistent, this Addendum shall govern. Please acknowledge receipt of this Addendum on the Bid Proposal form, Section 00300 submitted to the City of Pearland. FAILURE TO ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF ADDENDA ON THE BID PROPOSAL FORM MAY BE CAUSE FOR DISQUALIFICATION. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: l Questions asked by Contractors and other interested parties: Question 1. Based on the expected Award Date of 7/22/19, which was communicated at the Pre-Bid Meeting, and assuming 1 month for contract execution NTP would be expected around 7 9/1/2019. DN Tanks' earliest prestressed tank crew availability for this project is December 1, 2019. Based on a December 1, 2019 tank start date, there is not enough time to achieve substantial completion of the project within the current 180 schedule. Please confirm that either delaying NTP until November 1, 2019 or adding 60 days to the substantial completion duration will be acceptable to provide sufficient time for project completion. Answer 1. The NTP date can be delayed no later than 60 days after award of the contract by City Council. L Question 2. The General Conditions call for full-time supervision. Please confirm that the tank manufacturer's subcontractor superintendent may be assigned by the tank builder as their representative when the tank manufacturer is not on site. 7 2-22-12 00900- 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND ADDENDUM Answer 2. It is understood that the GST manufacturer may elect to have a subcontractor perform preparation work. It is acceptable for the GST manufacturer to designate foundation and subgradep p p a subcontractor's representative as the interim superintendent until the GST manufacturer mobilizes to the construction site. Question 3. Page 9 of the report indicates the structural fill material shall consist of TxDOT Item 247, Flexible Base. AWWA D110 tanks typically utilize a 6" leveling base material directly beneath the tank floor and footing. Please confirm a 6" layer of ASTM C33 No. 67 stone is acceptable directly beneath the tank floor and footing. Answer 3. Contractor may use a 6" layer of properly compacted ASTM C33 No. 67 stone directly beneath the tank floor and footing in lieu of the TxDOT Item 247 Base that is mentioned in the Geotechnical Report. Question 4. Please confirm the required lateral extents of the removal and replacement beneath the tank foundation. Answer 4. The Contractor shall remove and replace 5' horizontally beyond the edge of the tank foundation. Question 5. We currently have 3 bids schedule for the week 7/8 and this would be the 4th which is significant for our resources. Would you consider delaying this bid one week? Answer 5. CHANGE the Bid Date to July 18, 2019, at 2:00 p.m. local time. REVISED 00100 attached. Question 6. Where are project estimates posted or are they available? Answer 6. Project estimates are not posted on E-bid but they are stated in the Pre-Bid Agenda, the estimate for this project is $1,427,000. Question 7. General questions: plans/specs/addendum are on ionwave....what about plan holder lists/pre bid sign in sheets? I Answer 7. The Pre-bid sign in sheet is attached to the end of this addendum. Question 8. Bid results/award? 1 Answer 8. Bid results will be posted on E-bid following the bid opening which is Thursday, July 18. Question 9. Paragraph 3.7 of Attachment No. 3 to General Conditions states that none of the specified insurance coverages can have a deductible in excess of$25,000 without prior written approval of the Owner. The deductibles on our Commercial General Liability Insurance and Professional Liability Insurance policies are in the amounts of$250,000 and$75,000, respectively. Can you please confirm that these amounts will be acceptable? Answer 9. No, these deductible amounts are not acceptable. The GC requiremetns will not be 1 changed and must be strictly followed. 2-22-12 00900-2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND ADDENDUM Question 10. A Non-Collusion Affidavit is referenced to be provided with our bid, but has riot -been provided in the bid documents. Will this be provided? Answer 10. The Non-Collusion Affidavit is provided on the E-bid system. SPECIFICATIONS: Question 11. Specification Section 01500 states that meters will be available to rent by the Contractor for water during construction activities. Please confirm that there will be an onsite hydrant or tap for the water for construction activities. Answer 11. There is a fire hydrant at the site that the contractor may install a rented meter on to obtain water for construction activities. Question 12. Specification Section 03350 states that the Owner will pay for concrete testing. Specification Section 13200 states that the concrete and shotcrete testing are to be at the expense of the Contractor. Please clarify whether the owner or Contractor will be responsible for concrete and shotcrete testing for the construction of the tank. Answer 12. REVISE paragraphs 3.4.E.3 and 3.5.F.2 in Specification Section 13200 to state that the Owner will pay for concrete and shotcrete testing. CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS: Question 13. Contract Drawings, Sheet No. 6 of 7, please provide the centerline elevation of the tank piping through the tank foundation. Answer 13. ADD the following to the General Note on Sheet 6, "The inlet centerline elevation is approximately 42.0' and the outlet centerline elevation is approximately 40.5'. These elevations L . were taken from the best available as-built drawings and shall be verified by the contractor.' Question 14. Contract Drawings, Sheet No.6 of 7, Inlet riser detail shows the inlet riser consisting of ductile iron pipe with concrete encasement. Please confirm that 304 SS pipe with stainless steel supports will be accepted at contractors option in lieu of the concrete encased ductile iron inlet riser. Answer 14. ADD the following as Note 4 to Detail J on Sheet 6, "At Contractor's option, 304 Schedule 40 Stainless Steel pipe may be used in lieu of concrete-encased Ductile Iron pipe. All supports shall be 304 Stainless Steel and shall be designed by the contractor." Question 15. Contract Drawings, Sheet No. 7 of 7, references an instrument or panel on a Ifack for the mixing system. Please clarify whether electrical equipment (instrument panel/racks etci.) and hookup are included in the allowance cost for the tank mixer in Bid Item 5. Answer 15. Refer to the PAX Mixer proposal. PAX will be supplying the panel. The Contractor shall supply the rack materials and install all equipment provided by PAX. END OF ADDENDUM NO. 1 2-22-12 00900-3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND ADDENDUM - Jordan S. Hibbs, P.E. �+ �� ; Vice President �P�E... ....E 11� Enprotec/Hibbs & Todd, Inc. *g•' '�-- '•s*I�) r XK PE Firm Registration No. 1151 (*JORDAN S. HIBBS PG Firm Registration No. 50103 1.............. 5729'""'Y" U ' d RPLS Firm Registration Nos. 10011900& 10007300 1Mi.,kCENgtiO.••' 1 2-22-12 00900-4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO BID Section 00100 INVITATION TO BID CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS LOWEST RESPONSIBLE BIDDER Sealed Electronic Bids will be accepted for the following project, in the City's E-bid System. Electronic bids shall be submitted through the City's web site at: https://pearland.ionwave.net/Login.aspx. All interested Bidders are required to register as a "supplier" on the City's E-bid System at the above web address and clicking on "Supplier Registration". Registration provides automatic access to any changes to the Plans, Specifications L or Bid time and date. However, submission of an E-bid requires completing a short registration questionnaire found on L this web site. When prompted to add or remove commodity codes registrants must add the codes listed below: * Building Construction Services,New(Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, General (Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, Heavy (Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) Construction Services, Trade (New Construction) For more information regarding registration instructions, see INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, Section 00200, included in the project bid documents viewable on the web site. Questions regarding electronic bidding should be directed to City Purchasing Officer at ebidsapearlandtx.gov. All Bids submitted electronically will remain confidential until the opening date and time when they will be opened and read into the public record. Bids, shall be submitted on the form provided in the E-bid System and submitted electronically through this system to the City Purchasing Officer, City of Pearland, City Hall Annex locate at 3523 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581. Electronic bids will be accepted until 2:00 p.m.; Thursday, July 18, 2019. All Bids shall reference the following project information in ilthe appropriate locations in provided electronic format. All properly submitted bids shall be publicly "opened" and read aloud into the public record following the closing of the acceptance period for the construction of: BAILEY WTP 1.0 MG PRESTRESSED CONCRETE GROUND STORAGE TANK City of Pearland, Texas COP PN: WA-1901 BID NO.: 0619-44 A non-mandatory pre-bid conference will be held at the City of Pearland City Hall Annex at 3523 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581 at10:00 a.m. on June 27, 2019. The project will entail the installation of a new 1.0 MG prestressed concrete GST at the Bailey WTP. Other project elements include minor electrical work,piping and valve installation, support systems for the tank, and site/civil improvements with all related appurtenances. Project also includes a pre-negotiated mixing system. 08-2018 00100- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO BID ,, Upon award of a contract, the successful Bidder will be required to utilize the City's web based project management software, "Pro-Trak" for the administration of the construction project, 7. including but not limited to,all transmittals and material submittals,RFI's,RFC's,Change Orders, Applications for Payment and all project communications with the City,its Construction Manager and Engineer. This system has certain hardware, internet access and operation requirements that form the basis for all project communications,documentation and records for the project.For more p J information, see INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, Section 00200. Electronic Bid Documents: including Contract Documents, Plans and Technical Specifications are available for download on the City's Website at: https://pearland.ionwave.net/Login.aspx upon registration. The documents are NOT viewable without registration. These same documents may also available at the following locations. Amtek Plan Room (281) 376-4577 4001 Sherwood Houston, TX 77092 The Associated General Contractors of America, Inc. (713) 334-7100 2400 Augusta, Suite 350 Houston, TX 77057 1 Virtual Builders Exchange (832) 613-0201 7035 W. Tidwell Building J, Suite 112 Houston, TX 77092 No plan fees or deposits are required for plans and bid documents obtained through the City's E- bid System. BIDDERS MUST REGISTER AS A SUPPLIER ON THE CITY'S E-BID SYSTEM IN ORDER TO SUBMIT A BID EVEN IF BID DOCUMENTS ARE OBTAINED VIA ONE OF THE PLAN HOUSES. Bidders accept sole responsibility for downloading all of the required documents, plans, specifications bid forms and addenda required for bidding. No bid may be withdrawn or terminated for a period of ninety (90) days subsequent to the bid opening date without the consent of the City of Pearland. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all references to "day(s)" shall mean calendar day(s). Bid Security and Bonds: Bid Security in the form of Cashier's Check, Certified Check, or Bid Bond payable to the City of Pearland in the amount of 5% of the total base bid price must accompany each proposal. Bidders submitting bids electronically through the E-bid System shall '"� .] scan and up-load a copy of the sealed Bid Bond as an attachment to their bid. Original documents J for Bid Security shall be requested by the City from the lowest two bidders and delivered to the City's Purchasing Officer within 48 business hours of the Bid Opening. Bid Security shall be delivered to: Office of City Purchasing, Finance Department, City Hall Annex, 3523 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581. I 08-2018 00100-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO BID The successful Bidder must furnish Performance and Payment Bonds as required by Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code or other applicable law, as amended, upon the form included in the Contract Documents, in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the contract price, such bonds to be executed by a corporate surety duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, and named in the current list of "Treasury Department Circular No. 570", naming the City of Pearland, Texas as Obligee. Additionally,the successful bidder shall be required to provide a one year Maintenance Bond for the improvements installed as part of this work, as provided in the Special Conditions of Agreement. Equal Opportunity: All responsible bidders will receive consideration for award of contract without regard to race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. The contractor, sub-recipient, or sub-contractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the performance of this contract. The contractor shall carry out applicable requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 in the award and administration of DOT-assisted contracts. Failure by the contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this agreement, which may result in the termination of this agreement or such other remedy as the recipient Edeems appropriate. Nondiscrimination: The City, in accordance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 78 Stat. 252, 42 U.S.C. 2000d to 2000d-4 and Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Departmentii of Transportation, Subtitle A, Office of the Secretary, Part 21, Nondiscrimination in Federally- Assisted programs of the Department of Transportation issued pursuant to such Act, hereby notifies all bidders that it will affirmatively insure that in any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, minority business enterprises will be afforded full opportunity to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, or national origin in consideration for an award. DBE/SBE Goal: The Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) goal for this project is 0%. The Small Business Enterprise (SBE) goal for this project is 0%. DBEs and SBEs selected must be TxDOT approved. Race neutral participation is encouraged and can be achieved through various supplier and subcontracting opportunities. Selection Criteria: The Contract is to be awarded on the basis of Lowest Responsible Bidder. In identifying this criteria the City will consider: 1) lowest total bid price for all work listed and specifically requested, including but not limited to: Base Bid, Extra Work items and selecited Alternates. The City of Pearland reserves the right to award a contract based on any combination of the above considered to be in its best interests or to reject any or all bids. A bid that has been"opened"may not be changed for the purposes of correcting an error in the bid price. Young Lorfing, TRMC City Secretary, L City of Pearland First Publication date June 19. 2019 Second Publication date June 26, 2019 08-2018 00100-3 of 3 -- 1 ---I ,`— ,r--1 'I ] —1 r r1 r---1 r--1 r--, r— F -j r-—1 'D `-----1 ---.1 r- • Pre-Bid Sign-In Sheet A. cE 0'�rkRR�� Bailey WTP 1.0 MG Prestressed Concrete Ground Storage Tank . o Bid # 0619-44 PEAP .A Project#WA-1901 T - .A s ; 7 June 27, 2019 <fr. 1 gqa http://pearlandtx.gov/departments/engineering-and-capital-projects/projects Name (Print) Company Phone Number Email Torn Kier '(':e‘ocAcit 407 - 739 -3R7 --' i--1•41 elatoQ. ea_Pr'cic,..,o , c,", Rye,„ A 1 c&n Gh oiv -1-;,,,,,(es q 6 a - K cro - 5-1 d o f y am, ak.f oi„`d., e. of..-1-a...f�s_ c.v- Ve►^bnico Per,a - COP (1).,b1aS ?cnv-land I-1- . 5ov n l 10. Co-v-hoot Co,,o €to;dis {R.e&v la,Uc1.+1.. ey)v C , tee- U6 Q1 (10 P d-,c nelre ` icir c�-�SC ,6)0V . Admin 1 of 2 4.Revised 7/25/08 C C C C TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS r r r r SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES: A. This Section describes the Project in general and provides an overview of the . 7extent of the Work to be performed. B. Detailed requirements and extent of Work are stated in the applicable Specification Sections, and as shown on the Drawings. CC. Furnish and install all labor and materials including all direct, indirect, overhead and profit costs. 1. Provide all specified requirements, equipment and services as listed in or intended by the Contract General and Supplementary Conditions, 7 Technical Specifications and Appendices, or as detailed by the project's drawings, or other addenda. 2. Except as specifically stated herein or in other applicable parts of the ,, Contract Documents, provide and pay for equipment, tools, and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work. 7 1.2 CONTRACT DESCRIPTION: A. The project includes: 7 1. One (1) 1,000,000-gallon prestressed concrete ground storage tank along with piping connections, mixer, coating and related fl appurtenances. 2. Site civil work for new tank foundation and drainage improvements. 3. Related electrical and SCADA work. C1.3 CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS: 7 A. The Contractor will prove at least ten (10).years of experience in design, installation and technical support of similar installations. Refer to Section 13200 for qualification details. , E 1.4 COORDINATION: A. Contractor shall remain solely responsible for the start-up and operation of the CWork under this Contract until Substantial Completion is given by the Owner. 1.5 CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE: : 7A. Access to Sites: 1. Coordinate with Owner for procedures to access construction sites. ? 7 City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Summary of Work Project No. 7295 01010-1 June 11, 2019 fl 1!! 2. Owner may require screening of Contractor's personnel, and any " ' subcontractorpersonnel, prior to allowing access to construction sites. ,', 3. Contractor and subcontractors shall follow Owner's designated `I security procedures. iil I.i 1.6 CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCING: _ (II !"I A. The Contractor is solely responsible for construction means, controls, 'i! techniques, sequences, procedures and construction safety in accordance 01;11 with the Contract Documents. ;!41' B. Contractor shall coordinate with Owner and Engineer to develop a sequence 'ill +� for construction activities. . ;I I; C. Owner will fill the tank with water from the plant for leak testing. !I' D. Contractor is responsible for leak testing the tank. Water used for leak testing fld! will be provided for by the Owner. il, '11 1.7 MONTHLY STATUS MEETING: ij A. Contractor is required to attend a Monthly Status Meeting at the project site. I" 1 B. Attendees shall include: Contractor's Project Manager and Superintendent, ;, Engineer and its Project Inspector, and Owner's Representatives. i,l I 1 C. Contractor shall present a written Status Report on activities completed for 7 li ,, the prior month, and activities planned for the next month. D. Contractor to submit updated Construction Schedule clearly showing the work7„ completed and the work remaining. !e ii E. Contractor to submit updated Shop Drawing Submittal Log and Request for 1 ,! Information (RFI) Log. �_ 1.8 WARRANTY: I E 71 ,`I A. A one (1) year warranty period is applicable to this Project. I 1. Refer to the Maintenance Bond, Section 00612. fl ; 2. Refer to Section 01700, Paragraph 1.7. j 1.9 LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION: _ i, A. Confine access, operations, and storage areas to limits of construction as :', shown on the Plans provided by Owner as stipulated in Section 00700 — • General Conditions of Agreement; trespassing on abutting lands or other lands in the area is not allowed. City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Summary of Work Project No. 7295 01010-2 June 11, 2019 i7 . 7 B. Contractor may make arrangements, at Contractor's cost, for temporary use of private properties, in which case Contractor and Contractor's surety shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner against claims or demands arising from such use of properties outside of the limits of construction. 1. Improvements to private properties made for the Contractor's use must be removed upon completion of the Work. !' a. No fill material may be placed in temporary work areas or on adjacent private properties without the written permission of 1, 7 the Engineer or the issuance of a Fill Permit by the City of I Pearland or other governing entity. C. Restrict total length which materials may be distributed along the route of the construction at any one time to 1,000 linear feet unless otherwise approved by Engineer. i 7 1.10 PROPERTIES OUTSIDE OF LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION: A. If Contractor's means and methods require the acquisition of Temporary ,7Construction Easements or any access to private property not already included in the above, such access and documentation along with any costs involved shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 7 B. Altering the condition of properties adjacent to and along the limits of construction will not be permitted unless authorized by the Engineer and property owner(s) as noted above. C. Means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures which will result in ,74damage to properties or improvements in the vicinity outside of the limits of construction will not be permitted without temporary or permanent easements as determined by the Engineer. .7 D. Any damage to properties outside of the limits of construction shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Engineer and at no cost to the Owner. i, ', E. Contractor shall protect or replace all property corners, monuments or other demarcations disturbed, damaged or lost as a result of his activities. The , replacement of these devices shall be properly documented to the satisfaction '7 of the City by a Registered Public Land Surveyor with copies delivered to the Owner or private property owner. , 1.11 USE OF SITE: .7 . A. Obtain approvals of governing authorities prior to impeding or closing public roads or streets. Do not close consecutive intersections simultaneously. . 7 B. Notify Engineer 48 hours prior to closing a street or a street crossing. Permits for street closures are required in advance and are the responsibility of the [II.' Contractor. C. Maintain access for emergency vehicles including access to fire hydrants. 7 City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Summary of Work Project No. 7295 01010-3 June 11, 2019 iii 1:I1i!. i' !411 .4,i D. Avoid obstructing drainage ditches or inlets; when obstruction is unavoidable due to re uirements of the Work, radin and temporary drainage 71,1 i;i q providegrading i1� structures to maintain unimpeded flow. '411 i •I 144 E. Locate and protect private lawn sprinkler systems which may exist on rights- -IC of-ways within the Project Site. Repair or replace damaged systems to ,; condition equal to or better than that existing at start of the Work. -1J i F. When required by the Work, cutting, patching, and fitting of Work to existing ' ill! facilities, accommodating installation or connection of Work with existing !a facilities, or uncovering Work for access, inspection, or testing shall be �4I performed in accordance with Engineer's and City's guidance. --1 ,1! i4I G. Fires are not permitted on the Project Site. 1.14 1.12 CLEAN-UP: `;I 4 li A. Maintain Project Site in a neat and orderly manner. J444 i B. Perform daily clean-up in and around construction zone of dirt, debris, scrap ;4 materials, other disposable items. 444 I' C. Leave streets, driveways, and sidewalks broom-clean or its equivalent at the ! end of each work day. 1: 4 D. Promptly remove barriers, signs, and components of other control systems !II that are no longer being utilized. 1!;! 441 L!I; E. Dispose of waste and excess materials in accordance with requirements of ! Section 01562 — Waste Material Disposal. '; I ( I _ 1.13 RESTORATION: - Ii A. Restore damaged permanent facilities to pre-construction conditions unless replacement or abandonment of facilities is indicated on the Plans. I 44 B. Repair/Replace removed,or damaged pavement to existing or better condition. illi Repair/Replace with like materials to match existing style, lines, grades, etc., ;1 unless otherwise directed by Engineer. !' 4j C. Repair turf areas which become damaged by Contractor's operations at no fl I additional cost to Owner. ;I !! ...] il D. Level with bank sand or topsoil, conforming to Section 02225, as approved i by the Engineer. E. Provide hydromulch seeding in areas of commercial, industrial or undeveloped land use over the surface of ground disturbed during construction and not 7 paved, or not designated to be paved, in accordance with Section 02921 — Hydromulch Seeding. �-ry !I F. Water and level newly sodded areas with adjoining turf using steel wheel -J+- rollers appropriate for sodding. :, City of Pearland 7 Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Summary of Work Project No. 7295 01010-4 June 11, 2019 11 ' I 7 i li PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION 'T , City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Summary of Work Project No. 7295 01010-5 June 11, 2019 it 1, ,, :ri ,, ,7 SECTION 01039 COORDINATION AND MEETINGS ,C PART 1 GENERAL :7 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES: A. Coordination. 7 B. Field Engineering. C. Preconstruction Meeting. '7 1.2 COORDINATION: 7 A. Coordinate scheduling, submittal, and Work of the various sections of the Project Manual to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements. . 7 B. Coordinate completion and cleanup of Work of separate sections in preparation for Substantial Completion. 1.4. .,:r C. After Owner takes possession of Work, coordinate access to site for correction of defective Work and Work not in accordance with Contract Documents, to minimize disruption of Owner's activities. I" 1.3 FIELD ENGINEERING: A. Control datum for survey is shown on Drawings. 7 B. Contractor to verify set-backs and easements, confirm drawing dimensions ' and elevations. I^_ C. Contractor to provide field engineering services as required supporting his work. Establish elevations, lines, and levels, utilizing recognized engineering 7 survey practices. 1.4 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING: ,r A. Engineer will schedule a meeting after Notice of Award. B. Attendance Required: Owner, Engineer, Contractor, and any major Subcontractors. C. Agenda: C1. Distribution of Owner-Contractor Agreement / Contract Document. 2. Submission of executed bonds and insurance certificates. �' 3. Submission of list of Subcontractors, list of Products, schedule of values, and progress schedule. 7 City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Coordination and Meetings Project No. 7295 01039 - 1 June 11, 2019 'ill. nrill . ii 4. Designation of personnel representing the parties in Contract, and the fli" Engineer. I 5. Procedures and processing of field decisions, submittal, substitutions, III , applications for payments, proposal request, and Contract closeout , ,!l procedures. !,il 6. Scheduling. flj Lit 7. Coordination with other agencies/organizations. l'. 1"1• 11 8. Scheduling activities of a Construction Materials Testing Lab. Ili' D. Engineer to record minutes and distribute copies after meeting to participants. 1.5 SITE MOBILIZATION CONFERENCE: lip it A. Engineer will schedule a Site Mobilization Conference at the Project Site prior 101. 11,1 to Contractor occupancy. ji i, B. Attendance Required: Engineer representatives, Consultants, Contractor's Superintendent, and major Subcontractors. C. Agenda: flu,j' 1. Use of premises by Owner and Contractor. 111 2. Safety and first aid procedures. IL 3. Construction controls provided by Owner. ,�ij 4. Temporary utilities. 5. Survey and layout. LI! 6. Security and housekeeping procedures. fl i 1.6 PROGRESS MEETINGS: ill i A. Progress Meetings shall be held at Project Site or other location as designated ill _ 1 by the Engineer. Meeting shall be held at monthly intervals, or more frequent intervals if directed by Engineer. 7l i 11 B. Attendance Required: Job superintendent, major Subcontractors and ! suppliers, Engineer representatives, and Consultants as appropriate to agenda • topics for each meeting. i !i 1, I, C. Engineer or City's representative will make arrangements for meetings, and recording minutes. it i ;i D. Engineer or City's representative will prepare the agenda and preside at ' meetings. 7 l� ii E. Contractor shall provide required information and be prepared to discuss each agenda item. F. Agenda: i City of Pearland 11 Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Coordination and Meetings `-i Project No. 7295 01039 - 2 - June 11, 2019 ! fl 1 7 1. Review minutes of previous meeting. ' 2. • Review of Construction Schedule, Applications for Payment, payroll and compliance submittals. Jr 3. Field observations, problems, and decisions. 4. Identification of problems which impede planned progress. 5. Review of Submittal Schedule and status of submittals. 6. Review status of Requests for Information, Requests for Proposal. 7_ 7. Review status of Change Orders. 8. Review of off-site fabrication and delivery schedules. 9. Maintenance of updates to Construction Schedule. 7 10. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules. 11. Planned progress during succeeding work period. 12. Coordination of projected progress. '1 13. Maintenance of quality and work standards. 14. Effect of proposed changes on Construction Schedule and coordination. ;,r . 15. Other items relating to the Work. PART 2 PRODUCTS 7 Not used. i' - PART 3 EXECUTION 7 Not used. ; C END OF SECTION • Lr 'ppm l L. 7 , 7 . , 7 7 City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Coordination and Meetings Project No. 7295 01039 - 3 June 1 1, 2019 ! 7 . 7 . 7 SECTION 01090 i STANDARD REFERENCES 7 Whenever used in the Project Manual, the following abbreviations will have the meanings listed: When documents are referenced,they are a part of the Specification as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of these Specifications and those on the referenced documents, these Specifications shall prevail. 7 AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials 444 North Capitol Street, Ste. 249 Washington, DC 20001 7 ACI American Concrete Institute 38800 Country Club Drive .r Farmington Hills, MI 48331 AISC American Institute of Steel Construction C One East Wacker Drive, Ste. 700 Chicago, IL 60601-1802 AISI American Iron and Steel Institute .� 1140 Connecticut Ave., Ste. 705 Washington, DC 20036 AITC American Institute of Timber Construction . 7012 S. Revere Parkway, Ste. 140 Centennial, CO 80112 7 ANSI American National Standards Institute, Inc. 1899 L Street, NW, 11th Floor Washington, DC 20036 7 APA American Plywood Association 7011 S. 19th Street 7 Tacoma, WA 98466-5333 API American Petroleum Institute 7 1220 L Street, NW Washington, DC 20005-4070 APSP Association of Pool and Spa Professionals 7 2111 Eisenhower Ave., Ste. 500 Alexandria, VA 22314 7 ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers 1801 Alexander Bell Drive Reston, VA 20191 , 7. 7 City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Standard References 1 r Project No. 7295 01090 - 1 June 11, 2019 L- . Hi 7.1 Iiii flH ASCII American Standard Code for Information Interchange ll, United States of American Standards Institute ,,,,, 25 West 43`d Street, 4th Floor 0! New York, NY 10036 �fl ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air 00 Conditioning Engineers , i United Engineering Center 1791 Tullie Circle, NE t! Atlanta, GA 30329 j i1 g 'III ASME American Society of MechanicalEngineers ;I,� Three Park Avenue I' i ' New York, NY 10016 flh: ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials • 100 Bar Harbor Drive • 11! West Conshohocken, PA 19428 I (http://www.astm.org) IIll ll AWPA American Wood Preservers Association fl 100 Chase Park South, Ste. 116 t,l Birmingham, AL 35244 :I: 7,111 AWS American Welding Society 'I i 550 LeJeane Road ;!l Miami, FL 33126 7 11 AWWA American Water Works Association 1: 6666 W. Quincy Avenue ;I Denver, CO 80235 n I CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute LI .� 933 North Plum Grove Road Schaumburg, IL 60173 i i 1I EEI Edison Electric Institute f 'I 701 Pennsylvania Ave., NW f� Washington, DC 20004 ti it ENGINEER Enprotec / Hibbs & Todd, Inc. 7 402 Cedar Street Abilene, Texas 79601 • FEDSPEC Federal Specifications ',, General Services Administration Specification and Consumer Information 7 Distribution Branch f 1275 First Street, NE Washington, DC 20417 ri FEDSTDS Federal Standards (see FEDSPECS) City of Pearland 7 Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Standard References Project No. 7295 01090 - 2 June 11, 2019 1:1 Hr , HI Hydraulic Institute 6 Campus Drive, First Floor North 1 rp, Parsippany, NJ 07054 I', . IBC International Building Code i • (Published by ICC) I ` lL L . ICC International Code Council 500 New Jersey Ave., NW, 6' Floor 7 Washington, DC 20001 ', . i`. ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association P.O. Box 1568 Carrolton, GA 30112 , IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers, Inc. 3 Park Avenue, 17th Floor �. New York, NY 10016 ' IES Illuminating Engineering Society � c/o United Engineering Center • 120 Wall Street, Floor 17 New York, NY 10005 !' - IMC International Mechanical Code ' i' (Published by ICC) 7 IPC . International Plumbing Code ;; (Published by ICC) f ISA Instrument Society of America 1 67 Alexander Drive Research Triangle Park, NC 27709 i J'"' MILSPEC Military Specifications 1. Navy Publications and Forms Center 5801 Tabor Avenue Philadelphia, PA 19120 NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers 800 Roosevelt Rd., Bldg. C, Ste 312 Glen Ellyn, IL 60137 r'E NACE National Association of Corrosion Engineers 1440 South Creek Drive Houston, Texas 77084 . NEC National Electrical Code National Fire Protection Association 7 1 Batterymarch Park Quincy, MA 02169 • 7 City of Pearland _ Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Standard References Project No. 7295 01090 - 3 June 11, 2019 it fl! NEMA National Electrical Manufacturer's Association t,1 1300 North 17th Street, Ste. 1752 '''! Rosslyn, VA 22209 !,iii ,1 NFPA National Forest Products Association _ o 1111 19th Street, NW, Ste. 800 I1�I Washington, DC 20036 flH NFPA National Fire Protection Association , 11 il 1 Batterymarch Park 7,,.i.l Quincy, MA 02169 . .„ NSF National Sanitation Foundation .11 789 N. Dixboro Road 1 , ., Ann Arbor, MI 48113 . `ICI' il! Jo OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Act ( Occupational/Safety and Health Administration ) °a Lubbock Area Office i' ! 1205 Texas Avenue Lubbock, TX 79401111!1 1I OWNER City of Pearland >G' 3519 Liberty Drive 11H Pearland, Texas 77581 ,i• ' �i` SBCC Southern Building Code Congress ii 900 Montclair Road 1!1 Birmingham, AL 35213 • �' SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor's National Association fl ',r 4201 Lafayette Center Drive ,I Chantilly, VA 201 51-1 209 .. � i i SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council ,l 4516 Henry Street, Suite 301 Pittsburgh, PA 15123-3728 71 SSPWC-NCT Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction-- lq North Central Texas II North Central Texas Council of Governments iR P O Box 5888 �' Arlington, Texas 76005-5888 I1 iI TCA Tile Council of America, Inc. II !: !i 100 Clemson Research Blvd. j Anderson, SC 29625 7 i' � l __ i TCEQ Texas Commission on Environmental Quality P O Box 13087 Austin, TX 78711-3087 City of Pearland flBailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Standard References - Project No. 7295 01090 - 4 June 1 1, 2019 1. ,, ,r. J, j, per 4 TDSHS , Texas Department of State Health Services 1 100 West 49th Street Austin, Texas 78756-3199 TWDB Texas Water Development Board 1700 North Congress Avenue il _ 7, Austin, Texas 78711 TXDOT Texas Department of Transportation ' 125 E. 11th Street LAustin, TX 78701 UBC Uniform Building Code Published by ICB UL Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. : 72600 NW Lake Road Camas, WA 98607 ; 7 USBR Bureau of Reclamation U.S. Department of Interior Engineering and Research Center Denver Federal Center, Building 67 Denver, CO 80225 7 WWPA Western Wood Products Association ' 522 SW Fifth Ave, Ste. 500 , 7 Portland, OR 97204 END OF SECTION P , r, ri .7 , , a r . ` r City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Standard References Project No. 7295 01090 - 5 June 11, 2019 'L _ CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES i Section 01200, MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 1.0 GENERAL !7, 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Procedures for measurement and payment of Work. i l� , B Conditions for nonconformance assessment and nonpayment for rejected products. C References to Technical Specifications: See Bid Proposal Sheet D Reference Standards: 1. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) 2. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) i 1.02 AUTHORITY C A Units and methods delineated in this Section are intended to complement the criteria of '7 the Technical Specifications and Section 00300—Bid Proposal. B In the event of conflict, the unit specified for Bid Items in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal shall govern. C Measurements and quantities submitted by the Contractor will be verified by the j 7 Engineer. D Contractor shall provide necessary equipment, workers, and survey personnel as required by Engineer to verify quantities. 7 1.03 UNIT QUANTITIES SPECIFIED CA Quantity and measurement estimates stated in Section 00300—Bid Proposal are for contract purposes only. Quantities and measurements supplied or placed in the Work, - '7. authorized and verified by Engineer shall determine payment as stated in Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement. .7 B If the actual Work requires greater or lesser quantities than those quantities indicated in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal, provide the required quantities at the unit prices contracted except as otherwise stated in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement or in executed Change Order. 7 1.04 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES 7. A Measurement by Weight: Reinforcing steel, rolled or formed steel or other metal shapes will be measured by CRSI or AISC Manual of Steel Construction weights. Welded assemblies will be measured by CRSI or AISC Manual of Steel Construction „.L or scale weights. 05/2007 01200- 1 of 3 ; 7 I - it :1i'' IlCITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES ; lli B Measurement by Volume: I;; 1. Stockpiles: Measured by cubic dimension using mean length, width, and ! 9I height or thickness. I j i. 2. Excavation and Embankment Materials: Measured by cubic dimension 11;1using the average end area method. __1 C Measurement by Area: Measured by square dimension using mean length and width or radius. I 'j 7 (I . D Linear Measurement: Measured by linear dimension, at the item centerline or mean 7,11 chord. ji E Stipulated Price Measurement: By unit designated in the agreement. flI ;!l F Other: Items measured by weight, volume, area, or lineal means or combination, as I jiappropriate, as a completed item or unit of the Work. , 1.05 PAYMENT ill i. A Payment includes full compensation for all required supervision,labor,products,tools, 1 j I equipment,plant,transportation,services,and incidentals;and erection,application or installation of an item of the Work; and Contractor's overhead and profit. The price 1 !1! bid shall include the total cost for required Work. Claims for payment as Unit Price 1 3 '' Work not specifically covered in Section 00300—Bid Proposal will not be accepted. 1: B Progress Payments for Unit Price Work will be based on the Engineer's observations 11 and evaluations of quantities incorporated in the Work multiplied by the unit price. ;11 RC Progress Payments for Lump Sum Work will be based on the Engineer's observations ;I! and evaluations of the percentage of quantities included in the schedule of values incorporated in the Work. 1 i" l ;'. D Final Payment for Work governed by unit prices will be made on the basis of the actual I' measurements and quantities determined by Engineer multiplied by the unit price for Work which is incorporated in or made necessary by the Work. 1 i II !; i 1.06 NONCONFORMANCE ASSESSMENT ""� I J ;4 A Remove and replace the Work, or portions of the Work, not conforming to the Contract Documents. f 11 B If, in the opinion of the Engineer, it is not practical to remove and replace the Work, ;, the Engineer will direct one of the following remedies: I li 1. The nonconforming Work will remain as is,but the unit price will be 1 , II adjusted to a lower price at the discretion of the Engineer. 11 2. The nonconforming Work will be modified as authorized by the Engineer, I and the unit price will be adjusted to a lower price at the discretion of the ' j Engineer, if the modified Work is deemed to be less suitable than originally 1; specified. fl j 05/2007 01200-2 of 3 I 7 ,i , „ . - „ '! _ CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES • C Individual Technical Specifications may modify these options or may identify a specific formula or percentage price reduction. D The authority of the Engineer to assess the nonconforming Work and identify payment adjustment is final. 1.07 NONPAYMENT FOR REJECTED PRODUCTS 17, A Payment will not be made for any of the following: Products wasted or disposed of in a manner that is not acceptable to Engineer. 2. Products determined as nonconforming before or after placement. 3. Products not completely unloaded from transporting vehicle. 4. Products placed beyond the lines and levels of the required Work. 5. Products remaining on hand after completion of the Work, unless specified otherwise. 6. Loading, hauling, and disposing of rejected products. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 05/2007 01200-3of3 1,,L- CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 1 7 Section 01290 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES Ir. 1.0 GENERAL 7 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Procedures for processing Change Orders,. including: 1. Assignment of a responsible individual for approval and communication of '7- changes in the Work; 2. Documentation of change in Contract Price and Contract Time; i 7 3. Change procedures, using proposals and construction contract , _ modifications,Work Change Directive, Stipulated Price Change Order,Unit Price Change Order, Time and Materials Change Order; '. 4. Execution of Change Orders; 5. Correlation of Contractor Submittals. B References to Technical Specifications: �J 1. Section 01300—Submittals 7 C Other References: 1. Rental Rate Blue Book for Construction Equipment (Data Quest Blue : LIK, Book). Rental Rate is defined as the full unadjusted base rental rate for the • appropriate item of construction equipment. 7 1.02 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01300 — 7 Submittals. , 1.03 RESPONSIBLE INDIVIDUAL A Contractor shall provide a letter indicating the name and address of the individual authorized to,execute change documents, and who shall also be responsible for informing others in Contractor's employ and Subcontractors of changes to the Work. The information shall be provided at the Preconstruction Conference. 7,_ 1.04 DOCUMENTATION OF CHANGE IN CONTRACT PRICE AND CONTRACT TIME rA Provide full information required for identification and evaluation of proposed changes, and to substantiate costs of proposed changes in the Work. 7 B Contractor shall document each Proposal for Change in cost or time with sufficient data to allow for its evaluation. ' L. 02/2008 01290- 1 of 4 i CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES , �'' C Proposal for Change shall include, as a minimum, the following information as �71iil 11 applicable: C i i' 1. Original Quantities of items in Section 00300—Bid Proposal with additions, j' reductions, deletions, and substitutions. Jr' 2. When Work items were not included in Section 00300—Bid Proposal, 1, ;" Contractor shall provide unit prices for the new items, with supporting II , information as required by the Engineer. f 1�; 3. Justification for any change in Contract Time. �` ;' 4. Additional data upon request. 711 ,i,;D For changes in the Work performed on a time-and-material basis, the following 1111 additional information may be required: fl 1. Quantities and description of products and equipment. ;,I 2. Taxes, insurance and bonds. - `I'' 3. Overhead and profit as noted in Section 00700—General Conditions of eI:, Agreement, 7.03 "Extra Work". �''il 4. Dates and times work was performed, and by whom. 11' 5. Time records and certified copies of applicable payrolls. 6l 6. Invoices and receipts for products, rented equipment, and subcontracts, i, similarly documented. il, I E Rented equipment will be paid to the Contractor by actual invoice cost for the duration fl ! of time required to complete the extra work. If the extra work comprises only a 11 portion of the rental invoice where the equipment would otherwise be on the site,the l�f Contractor shall compute the hourly equipment rate by dividing the actual monthly ' invoice by 176. (One day equals 8 hours and one week equals 40 hours.) Operating 11' 1. costs shall not exceed the estimated operating costsgiven for the item of equipment in 7 111 P g �; the Blue Book. 1 1I F For changes in the work performed on a time-and-materials basis using Contractor- 711 owned equipment, compute rates with the Blue Book as follows: 1 j 1. Multiply the appropriate Rental Rate by an adjustment factor of 70 percent i` plus the full rate shown for operating costs. The Rental Rate utilized shall if;G be the lowest cost combination of hourly, daily, weekly or monthly rates. 131'j Use 150 percent of the Rental Rate for double shifts (one extra shift per day) i and 200 percent of the Rental Rate for more than two shifts per day. No711 ,, other rate adjustments shall apply. )- 2. Standby rates shall be 50 percent of the appropriate Rental Rate shown in :! the Blue Book. Operating costs will not be allowed. fl '' v 1! ' 1.05 CHANGE PROCEDURES I{ 71 ' A Changes to Contract Price or Contract Time can only be made by issuance of a Change 1 ii L !' Order. Issuance of a Work Change Directive or written acceptance by the Engineer of changes will be formalized into Change Orders. All such changes will be in 1 1 accordance with the requirements of Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement, 7.01 "Change Orders". ... i ! ! ' I. 02/2008 01290-2 of 4 II7 ECITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES ,ri B The Engineer will advise Contractor of Minor Changes in the Work not involving an I L adjustment to Contract Price or Contract Time as authorized by Section 00700 — '' General Conditions of Agreement, 7.02 "Minor Changes", by issuing supplemental instructions. I C Contractor may request clarification of Plans, Technical Specifications or Contract Documents or other information. Response by the Engineer to a Request for -'� Information does not authorize the Contractor to perform tasks outside the scope of the Work. All changes must be authorized as described in this Section. ;rr 1.06 PROPOSALS FOR CHANGE AND CONTRACT MODIFICATION i _ 7 A The Engineer may issue a-Request for Proposal,which includes a detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised Plans and Technical i° Specifications.The Engineer may also request a proposal in the response to a Request 17 for Information. Contractor will prepare and submit its Proposal for Change within 7 days or as specified in the request. f7 B The Contractor may propose an unsolicited change by submitting a Proposal for Change to the Engineer describing the proposed change and its full effect on the Work, with a statement describing the reason for the change and the effect on the Contract 7 Price and Contract Time including full documentation. 1 1.07 WORK CHANGE DIRECTIVE _ A Engineer may issue.a signed Work Change Directive instructing the Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. rB The document will describe changes in the Work and will designate-a method of determining any change in Contract Price or Contract Time. C Contractor shall promptly romptly to execute the changes in the Work in accordance proceed with the Work Change Directive. 1.08 STIPULATED PRICE CHANGE ORDER A A Stipulated Price Change Order will be based on an accepted Proposal for Change including the Contractor's lump sum price quotation. 7 1.09 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER A Where Unit Prices for the affected items of the Work are included in Section 0030.0- 7 Bid Proposal , the Unit Price Change Order will be based on unit prices as originally bid, subject to provisions of Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement. - , 7 B Where unit prices of the Work are not pre-determined in Section 00300 - Bid Proposal, Work Change Directive or accepted Proposal for Change will specify the unit prices to be used. . 7 02/2008 01290-3 of 4 u7 i. l CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 1.10 TIME-AND-MATERIAL CHANGE ORDER csil A Contractor shall provide an itemized account and supporting data after completion of change,within time limits indicated for claims in Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement. 11 ?_ B Engineer will determine the change allowable in Contract Price and Contract Time as provided in Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement. � ;I If C Contractor shall maintain detailed records of work done on time-and-material basis as I specified in this Section, 1.04 "Documentation of Change in Contract Price and L Contract Time". D Contractor shall provide full information required for evaluation of changes,and shall ] substantiate costs for changes in the Work. 1.11 EXECUTION OF CHANGE DOCUMENTATION 1;I A Engineer will issue Change Orders, Work Change Directives, or accepted Proposals for Change for signatures of parties named in Section 00500 — Standard. Form of Agreement. i j; 1.12 CORRELATION OF CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A For Stipulated Price Contracts, Contractor shall promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a 1! separate line item and adjust the Contract Price. I� i1I B For Unit Price Contracts,the next monthly Application for Payment of the Work after acceptance of a Change Order will be revised to include any new items not previously it included and the appropriate unit rates. C Contractor shall promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract '' Time, and shall revise schedules to adjust time for other items of work affected by the :! change, and resubmit for review. f I D Contractor shall promptly enter changes to the on-site and record copies of the III Plans, Technical Specifications or Contract Documents. 1-1 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION -• NotUsed 7 � r END OF SECTION T` Ii 02/2008 01290-4 of 4 H E Is SECTION 01300 SUBMITTALS PART 1 GENERAL i 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES:' 7 A. Submittal Procedures. ;7 B. Construction Progress Schedules. C. Shop Drawings. D. Product Data. i L E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions. I. F. Manufacturers' Certificates. f 1.2 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES: I, A. Transmit each submittal to Engineer for review. Use the following formats. L B. Submit only electronic copies to the City's system. Jr C. All electronic files shall be in PDF format and shall contain no pages larger than 1 1" x 17". Ensure that scanned documents are fully legible. 1. Each submittal shall consist of a single, merged PDF file to facilitate I 7 review; portfolio PDF files will be rejected. D. Each submittal shall be limited to a single specification section or material topic. Where equipment packages, assemblies, and the like are interrelated, the submittals. should be provided together facilitating review of the 1 Contractor's purposed offering. When related portions of an equipment 7 package or system are not provided, the submittals may be returned without review. E. Submittals shall be named and numbered with the specification number listed ` I first followed by a dash and a sequential number for that specification section. L For example, 13200-02 would be the second submittal for the chlorination equipment specification. 7 F. Should a resubmittal be required, the original submittal number shall be followed by an "A", "B", etc. For example, 13200-02A would be the first Cresubmittal on the second submittal for the chlorination equipment. G. Identify Project, Contractor, Subcontractor or supplier; pertinent Drawing and detail number, and Specification section number, as appropriate. 7. . 7 City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Submittals Project No. 7117 01300 - 1 June 11, 2019 7 III; H. Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed, certifying that review, 7 verification of Products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction ;;, II Work, and coordination of information, is in accordance with the requirements .. of the Work and Contract Documents. II+ I. For each submittal for review, allow 10 business days excluding delivery time d to and from the Contractor. E J. Identify variations/exceptions from Contract Documents and Product or 1: system limitations which may be detrimental to successful performance of the completed Work. I . i I 1. Use a separate page(s) at the beginning of each portion of the I'' m submittal package. fli 2. If no variations are proposed, state such on a separate page at the .i. beginning of the submittal package. I:, lil K. Provide space for Contractor and Engineer review stamps. ,i - ,i �l! L. Revise and resubmit, if required, and identify all changes made since previous fl ;l submission. i11 ,II II M. Distribute copies of reviewed submittals as appropriate. Instruct parties to ! promptly report any inability to comply with provisions. +_; I N. Submittals not requested will not be recognized or processed. flit ,i; _ „ 1.3 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULES: ;f A. Submit initial schedule in reproducible form at the Preconstruction Conference. I '' p �I I P B. Revise and resubmit as required. !i 17 II C. Submit revised schedules with each Application for Payment, identifying i changes since previous version. tl D. Submit a horizontal bar chart with separate line for each major section of Work ' or operation, identifying first work day of each week. 1ii II E. Indicate estimated percentage of completion for each item of Work on each 7 it Application for Payment submission. It 'I 1.4 SHOP DRAWINGS: r i +) A. Submit for review. After review, produce copies and distribute in accordance .; with the SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES article above and for record documents il purposes described in Section 01700--CONTRACT CLOSEOUT. 1.5 PRODUCT DATA: i A. Submit the number of copies which the Contractor requires, plus three copies Li 1 which will be retained by the Engineer. City of Pearland il Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Submittals Project No. 7117 01300 - 2 June 11, 2019 7 i l !)L, , ,. ,. 17 B. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information unique ' i 1 to this Project. I:;7 C. After review, distribute in accordance with the Submittal Procedures article 1 above and provide copies for record documents described in Section 01700 - 7 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT. 1.6 MANUFACTURER INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS: ii 7A. When specified in individual Specification sections, submit printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, adjusting, and operating, to Engineer. 1.7 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE: i7 1. A. Submit data bound in 8-1/2 x 11 inch text pages, three-ring binders with durable plastic covers. i`7 B. Prepare binder cover with printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS", title of project, and subject matter of binder when multiple binders are required. jl 7 C. Information shall be organized with tabs and dividers by specification section numbers. D. Submit three (3) hard copy sets and two (2) electronic sets of revised final volumes, within 10 business days after final inspections. 1.8 MANUFACTURER CERTIFICATES: iC A. When specified in individual Specification sections, submit certification by '' manufacturer to Engineer. L. B. Indicate material or Product conforms to or exceeds specified requirements. Submit supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate. I j C. Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or Product, but must be acceptable to Engineer. I: - 7 PART 2 PRODUCTS • Not used. L PART 3 EXECUTION • 7 Not used. r END OF SECTION 1; ,: r City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Submittals Project No. 7117 01300 - 3 June 11, 2019 1 7 11 i , . . . i:,'E. 1, 7 SECTION 01400 QUALITY CONTROL PART 1 GENERAL 7 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES: A. Quality Assurance--Control of Installation. 7 B. Tolerances. C. References. 7 I D. Testing Laboratory Services. 7 E. Manufacturers' Field Services and Reports. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE--CONTROL OF INSTALLATION: .7 A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, Products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce Work of specified quality. CB. Comply with manufacturers' instructions, including each step in sequence. C. Should manufacturers' instructions.conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Engineer before proceeding. D. Comply with specified standards as minimum quality for the Work except 17where more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. E. Perform Work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified rquality. F. Secure Products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, physical distortion, or disfigurement. 7 1.3 TOLERANCES: . .,7A. Monitor tolerance control of installed Products to produce acceptable Work. Do not permit tolerances to accumulate. 7 B. Comply with manufacturers' tolerances. Should manufacturers' tolerances conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Engineer before . proceeding. . 7 C. Adjust Products to appropriate dimensions; position before securing Products in place. 7 7 • City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Quality Control Project No. 7295 01400 - 1 June 1 1, 2019 7 1jll �I fI III;7i;i 1.4 REFERENCES: II _ ;Id' A. For Products or workmanship specified by association, trade, or other - 'III' consensus standards, comply with requirements of the standard, except when ,'I more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. Lill B. Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on date of Contract �'�I, Documents, except where a specific date is established by code. ; i, 1 i ,f ii C. Obtain copies of standards where required by product Specification sections. " I 7,11 T e contractual duties and res onsibilities of the parties in , D. h relationship, P ;Id Contract and of the Engineer, shall not be altered from the Contract II, Documents by mention or inference otherwise in any reference document. I ;I, I i 1.5 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES: {II i A. Selection and Payment: i jt _ i! 1. Owner will select, employ, and pay for services of an independent II testing laboratory to perform inspection and testing identified in Specifications. �',' individual Technical S p II 2. Employment of testing laboratory shall not relieve Contractor of 1 .,,' obligation to perform work in accordance with requirements of � i • Contract Documents. III :, 3. Owner or designated representative shall schedule and monitor testing fl II as required to provide timely results and to avoid delay to the Work. !' I 4. Contractor shall be responsible for paying for services of commercial fl testingwith a roval of Owner, to perform the ', laboratory, priorapprovalil following: ', 7I ,, a. Pipe diameter deflection tests on all flexible and semi-rigid , :i sanitary sewer collection system pipe installation. it flb. Laboratory services required to establish mix design proposed , for use for Portland cement concrete, asphaltic concrete !'� mixtures and other material mixes requiring control by testing 'I laboratory when required because of change in source of ri t materials or other conditions not caused by Owner. iNMI I c. Tests required to establish optimum moisture of earth and base materials and to determine required compactive effort to meet density requirements. i d. Cores to test for thickness. I i e. Testing and inspection performed for the Contractor's i convenience. I f. Retesting and repetitions of laboratory services when initial i City of Pearland 7 Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Quality Control `-I Project No. 7295 01400 - 2 June 11, 2019 1 ;7 I: 1;7 tests indicate work does not comply with requirements of Contract Documents. l B. Limits on Testing Laboratory Authority: 1. Laboratory may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements j'r of Contract Documents. 2. Laboratory may not approve or accept any portion of the Work. ;7 3. Laboratory may not assume any duties of Contractor. 4. Laboratory has no authority to stop the Work. ' 7C. Contractor Responsibilities: i7 1. Notify Project Manager and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring inspection and testing services. Notify Engineer if specification section requires the presence of the Engineer. : 7 2. Cooperate with laboratory personnel in collecting samples to be tested or collected on Project Site. � 3. Provide access to the Work and to manufacturer's facilities. 4. Provide samples to laboratory in advance of their intended use to allow ! 7 thorough examination and testing. 5. Provide incidental labor and facilities for access to the Work to be tested; to obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of Lproducts to be tested; and to facilitate tests and inspections including storage and curing of test samples. 7 6. Arrange with laboratory and pay for: a. Retesting required for failed tests. b. Retesting for nonconforming Work. : 7 c. Additional sampling and tests requested by Contractor for his own purposes. 7 1.6 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES AND REPORTS: A. When specified, require material or Product suppliers or manufacturers to ,7 provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, start-up of equipment, as applicable, and to initiate instructions when necessary. CB. Report observations and site decisions or instructions that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers' written instructions. C • C. Submit report in duplicate within 30 days of observation to Engineer for information. ., 7City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Quality Control r Project No. 7295 01400 - 3 June 11, 2019 L. I PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION 7 _1 City of Pearland I Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Quality Control =� Project No. 7295 01400 - 4 June 11, 2019 ;7 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 7 Section 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS i ' 1.0 GENERAL i C1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Temporary facilities and the necessary controls for the Work including utilities, telephone, sanitary 'facilities, field office, storage sheds and building, safety 7 requirements,first aid equipment,fire protection,security measures,protection of the Work and property, access roads and parking, environmental controls, disposal of 7 trash,debris,and excavated material,pest and rodent control,water runoff and erosion control. 7 B References to Technical Specifications: Section 00200—Instructions to Bidders j 7 Section 01010—Summary of Work Section 01300—Submittals 7 Section 01564—Control of Ground Water& Surface Water 7;'___ !, 7 C • ,. 7 C Referenced Standards: 7 Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) ,7Code of Ordinances, City of Pearland, Texas ,.7D Definitions: _ Underground Structures - sewer, water, gas, and other piping, and manholes, chambers, electrical and signal conduits, tunnels, and other existing subsurface installations located within or adjacent to the limits of the Work. Surface Structures - existing buildings, structures and other constructed installations above the ground surface. Included with such structures are their foundations or any extension below the surface. Surface structures include, but are not limited to 12-2-2011 01500- 1 of 10 7 ` 'iI I CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS ;;1' buildings, tanks, walls,bridges,roads, dams, channels, open drainage,piping,poles, 'I wires, posts, signs, markers, curbs, walks, guard cables, fencing, and other facilities ill 1 that are visible above the ground surface. Jill 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT i-l: A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed ; i;1 under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. LEI 1.03 SUBMITTALS I 1,1 A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01300 — I.II Submittals. 7 'il' 1.04 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY !; - ,, A The facilities and controls specified in this Section are considered minimum for the fl!I Work. The Contractor may provide additional facilities and controls for the proper I I execution of the Work and to meet Contractor's responsibilities for protection of persons and property. n;, fi, B Comply with applicable requirements specified in other Technical Specifications. ji Maintain and operate erate temporary facilities and systems to assure continuous service. L'I,, p P �' Y Modify and extend systems as Work progress requires. flIH Com letel remove tem r materialsand e i ment when their use is no loner Completely temporary qu p g !; required. Restore existing facilities used for temporary services to specified or to original 1 J I condition. il i ,1 1.05 TEMPORARY UTILITIES ?�it A Temporary Service. , , !, Make arrangements with utility service companies for such temporary services as are t_, necessary to construct the work and manage the site. Abide by rules and regulations of the utility service companies or authorities having f jurisdiction. !' Be responsible for utility service costs until the Work is Substantially Complete. 11 Included are fuel,power,light,heat,and other utility services necessary for execution, 0 completion, testing, and initial operation of the Work. li B Water �� Provide water required for and in connection with Work to be performed and for ,, ., specified tests of piping, equipment, devices, or for other use as required for proper L completion of the Work. i' I 12-2-2011 01500-2 of 10 1 1 '7 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS i7 For water to be drawn from public water supply, obtain special permit or license and meter from the proper City officials. For facilities under construction, establish a water/sewer billing account with City's Utility Billing Department.A deposit based on 7 rates established by latest ordinance will be required. For water drawn from fire hydrants, apply for and receive a construction water meter 7 from City'Public Works Department. Identify specific location for construction water meter installation. Once installed,water meter may not be moved without notification of Public Works Department.Install backflow preventer on fire hydrant supply if not 7 included in City provided meter. . Provide and maintain an adequate supply of potable water for domestic consumption by Contractor personnel. ,7 C Electricity and Lighting !7 1 , Provide temporary electric power service in Contractor's name, as required for the prosecution of the Work, including testing of Work. Provide power for lighting, operation of the Contractor's equipment, or for any other use by Contractor or as �'"' necessary to maintain any of Owner's on-going operations as may continue on the site i L during any scheduled shutdown. Minimum lighting level shall be 5 foot-candles for open areas; 10 foot-candles for stairs and shops. 2 Provide permanent electric power service,in the Contractor's name,to the work or site as and when required by the schedule of the work to achieve Substantial Completion or Partial Substantial Completion.Contractor to establish service billing in its name and 7 transfer service and billing to the Owner upon acceptance of the work as Substantially Complete and suitable for beneficial occupancy by the Owner. 7 D Natural Gas Provide and pay for natural gas service to the work as and when required by the schedule to achieve Substantial Completion. Contractor to establish service billing in its name and transfer service and billing to the Owner upon acceptance of the work as Substantially Complete and suitable for beneficial occupancy by the Owner. , 7 .7 E Temporary Heat and Ventilation Provide temporary heat as necessary for protection or completion of the Work. 7 Provide temporary heat and ventilation to assure safe working conditions; maintain enclosed areas at a minimum of 50 degrees F. .7 F Telephone Provide emergency telephone service at the Project Site for use by Contractor personnel and others performing work or furnishing services. :7 G Sanitary Facilities Provide and maintain sanitary facilities for persons on the Project Site,in compliance with federal, state, and local regulations. Locate toilets on the Project Site near the 12-2-2011 01500-3 of 10 ,„ 7,: CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLSi. it work and secluded from view insofar as possible. Keep toilets clean and supplied 1 1,1 throughout the course of the Work. [-J Enforce the use of sanitary facilities by construction personnel at the Project Site. `I' Such facilities shall be enclosed. Pit-type toilets will not be permitted. No discharge I', will be allowed from these facilities. Collect and store sewage and waste so as not to cause a nuisance or health problem; have sewage and waste hauled off-site and ,1 7�1 ' properly disposed in accordance with local regulations. �_ i rill Control areas where sanitary facilities are located in conformance with Section 01566 is —Source Controls for Erosion& Sedimentation. fli , 1,EI 1.06 FIELD OFFICE !f A Provision of a Field Office and other specific temporary facilities as required in �;I' paragraph B below UNLESS otherwise stated in Section 00800 - Special ilI Conditions of the Agreement, or Section 01010 — Summary of Work. Provide i! for transportation,move-in, set-up, tie-down and when project is complete,removal 1 p P 1 and move-out. The Contractor shall confirm location of office and other '' ,I temporary facilities with Owner's Representative at Pre-Construction Meeting 77,,, approved ' prior to delivery and set up. Location of temporary facilities shall be ,11 by the Owner's Representative by way of the submittal process. I. B. At a minimum, the Contractor's field office shall provide for, contain or serve to: provide a secured space for project administrative operations, periodic progress I' meetings,on-site storage for project files and plans,office space for CONTRACTOR'S ;� field supervisory personnel andprovide a separate securable office space for ��I, p rY p OWNER's Representative including: meeting table and chairs, a single two drawer ii filing cabinet, a built-in drawing table and plan holders. Provide electric lighting and HVAC to the mobile office. fl"C 1. Field Office shall provide for, at a minimum, a high speed internet connection for use by Owner's Representative or Construction Manager as controlled by Paragraph A IT _ above. I 1.07 STORAGE.OF MATERIALS IL;ii A Provide for storage of materials under the provisions of Section 01600—Material & f Equipment. :I 1.08 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS { A Contractor shall prepare, submit and follow a Safety Program that complies with federal, state, and local safety codes, statutes, and practices. Include in the Safety Program documented response to excavation, embankment, and trench L safety requirements. B Conduct operations in strict accord with applicable federal,state and local safety codes fl and statutes and with good construction practice. The Contractor is fully responsible and obligated to establish and maintain procedures for safety of all work, personnel 7 and equipment involved in the Work. 12-2-2011 01500-4 of 10 ft ! 7 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 7 C Observe and comply with Texas Occupational Safety Act (Art. 5182a, V.C.S.) and with all safety and health standards promulgated by Secretary of Labor under Section 107 of Contract Work Hours and Standards Act, published in OSHA Standards - 29 j CFR, Part 1926, and adopted by Secretary of Labor under the Williams-Steiger . I'7 Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, and to any other legislation enacted for safety and health of Contractor employees. Such safety and health standards apply to i'7 subcontractors and their employees as well as to the Contractor and its employees. D Observance of and compliance with the regulations shall be solely and without I,7 qualification the responsibility of the Contractor without reliance or superintendence of or direction by the Engineer or the Engineer's representative. Immediately advise the Engineer of investigation or inspection by Federal Safety and Health inspectors of the 7 . Contractor or subcontractor's work or place of work on the Project Site under this Contract,and after such investigation or inspection,advise the Engineer of the results. ,7 Submit one copy of accident reports to Engineer within ten(10) days of occurrence. E Protect areas occupied byworkmen usingthe best available devices for detection of P . 7 lethal and combustible gases. Test such devices frequently to assure their functional capability. Constantly observe infiltration of liquids into the Work area for visual or odor evidence of contamination. Take immediate and appropriate steps to seal off i 7 entry of contaminated liquids to the Work area. F Safety measures, including but not limited to safety personnel, first-aid equipment, . 7 ventilating equipment and safety equipment,in the Plans and Technical Specifications are obligations of the Contractor. . G Maintain required coordination with the local Police and Fire Departments during the 7 entire period covered by the Contract. ; 7 1.09 FIRST AID EQUIPMENT • ' A Provide a first aid kit throughout the construction period. List telephone numbers for physicians, hospitals, and ambulance services in each first aid kit. 7 B Have at least one person thoroughly trained in first aid procedures present on the Project Site whenever work is in progress. 7 1.10 FIRE PROTECT ION 7 A Fire Protection Standards. Conform to specified fire protection and prevention requirements as well as those that may be established by Federal, State, or local governmental agencies. 7 B. Comply with all applicable provisions of NFPA Standard No. 241, Safeguarding ! 7 Building Construction and Demolition Operations. Provide portable fire extinguishers, rated not less than 2A or 5B in accordance with NFPA Standard No. 10,Portable Fire Extinguishers,for each temporary building,and for every 3000 square feet of floor area of facilities under construction. 12-2-2011 01500-5of10 f1:l. CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Locate portable fire extinguishers within 50 feet maximum from any point on the 'lift. Project Site. ';,I' 1 ;j C. Fire Prevention and Safety Measures. ;II, Prohibit smoking in hazardous areas. Post suitable warning signs in areas that are 1 continuously or intermittently hazardous. 11.• 1 Use metal safety containers for storage and handling of flammable and combustible u_,11 11 liquids. j l • Do not store flammable or combustible liquids in or near stairways or exits. flJ Maintain clear exits from all points within a structure. i i 1.11 SECURITY MEASURES TH � ;II A Protect all materials, equipment, and property associated with the Work from loss, ,,f , theft,damage,and vandalism. Contractor's duty to protect property includes Owner's �';l property. '.' I B If existing fencing or barriers are breached or removed for purposes of construction, fl ii provide and maintain temporary security fencing equal to existing as approved by Owner's Representative. ih, _ „ 1.12 PROTECTION OF PUBLIC UTILITIES 4' dl A Prevent damage to existing public utilities during construction. These utilities are I shown on the Plans at their approximate locations. Give owners of these utilities at r least 48 hours notice before commencing Work in the area, for locating the utilities It, during construction,and for making adjustments or relocation of the utilities when they i;' conflict with the proposed Work. . . `', r 1.13 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Preventive Actions. Li 11 Take precautions, provide programs, and take actions necessary to protect the Work 11 and public and private property from damage. Take action to prevent damage, injury or loss, including, but not limited to, the following: i� a. Store apparatus,materials, supplies,and equipment in an orderly, safe manner that will not unduly interfere with progress of the Work or the n ' Work of any other contractor, any utility service company, or the , Owner's operations. ' b. Provide suitable storage for materials that are subject to damage by exposure to weather, theft, breakage, or otherwise. 'I c. Place upon the Work or any part thereof only such loads as are [1 consistent with the safety of that portion of the Work. it 'i d. Frequently clean up refuse,rubbish,scrap materials,and debris caused by construction operations,keeping the Work safe and orderly. 12-2-2011 01500-6 of 10 , i, .7 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS r e. Provide safe barricades and guard rails around openings, for scaffolding, for temporary stairs and ramps, around excavations, elevated walkways, and other hazardous areas. 7 Obtain written consent from proper parties before entering or occupying with workers, tools,materials or equipment,privately owned land except on easements provided for construction. 'L Assume full responsibility for the preservation of public and private property on or adjacent to the site. If any direct or indirect damage is done by or on account of any L act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in execution of the Work by the Contractor, it shall be restored by the Contractor to a condition equal to or better than that existing before the damage was done. I B Barricades and Warning Signals. ,;ril Where Work is performed on or adjacent to any roadway, right-of-way, or public place, furnish and erect barricades, fences, lights,warning signs, and danger signals; provide watchmen;and take other precautionary measures for the protection of persons or property and protection of the Work.Conform to Section 01555—Traffic Control& 17 Regulation. ' C Preserving Control Points Maintain permanent benchmarks,public or private elevation or property demarcation :7 and control monumentation, or other reference points. Unless otherwise directed in writing, replace at no cost to the Owner, those monuments, property corners or other permanent demarcations that are damaged or destroyed. 7 D Tree and Plant Protection. 7 Protect trees, shrubs, lawns, outside of grading limits and within the grading limits as designated on the Plans. 7 E Protection of Underground and Surface Structures Known underground structures, including water, sewer, electric, and telephone services are shown on the Plans in accordance with the best information available,but is not guaranteed to be correct or complete. Contractor is responsible for making ' _ 7 Locate Calls. Explore ahead of trenching and excavation work and uncover obstructing underground structures sufficiently to determine their location, to prevent damage to them and to , L. . prevent interruption of utility services. Restore to original condition damages to underground structure at no additional cost to the Owner. i 7 Immediately notify the agency or company owning any existing utility which is damaged,broken,or disturbed. Obtain approval from the Engineer and agency for any repairs or relocations, either temporary or permanent. I' 712-2-2011 01500-7 of 10 j,L 1t1E1' �I CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS `''' 11i Necessary changes in location of the Work may be made by the Engineer to avoid 11 er unanticipated underground structures. I JI;,j P g II1 If permanent relocation of an underground structure or other subsurface installations is 1 1 I' required and not otherwiseprovided for in the Contract Documents,the Engineer will ' q 5I'''', I direct Contractor in writing to perform the Work, which shall be paid for under the : ! provisions for changes in the Contract Price as described in Section 00700—General �i,`' Conditions of Agreement. 1 III 1. Support in place and protect from direct or indirect injury to underground and surface '' structures located within or adjacent to the limits of the Work. Install such supports �'I1 carefully and as required by the party owning or controlling such structure. Before I,} installing structure supports,Contractor shall satisfy the Engineer that the methods and III procedures to be used have been approved by the owner of the structure. FIII1' II Avoid moving or in any way changing the property of public utilities or private service I,11 corporations without prior written consent of a responsible official of that service orl p �'.ublic utili Re resentatives of these utilities reserve the right to enter within the ,Ti, p limits of this project for the purpose of maintaining their properties,or of making such `.1' changes or repairs to their property that may be considered necessary by performance - 11 of this Contract. I 1,1 Notify the owners and/or operators of utilities and pipelines of the nature of !,!1 construction operations to be performed and the date or dates on which those f! 1 operations will be performed. When construction operations are required in the !H immediate vicinity of existing structures,pipelines,or utilities,give a minimum of five { Il (5)working days advance notice. Probe and flag the location of underground utilities 1j1 ' prior to commencement of excavation. Keep flags in place until construction I' operations reach and uncover the utility. I jii Assume risks attending the presence or proximity of underground and surface I, structures within or adjacent to the limits to the Work including but not limited to 'I' damage and expense for direct or indirect injury caused by the Work to any structure. !!'; Immediately repair damage caused, to the satisfaction of the owner of the damaged I,. structure. 11.1 ) ;; 1.14 PROTECTION OF THE WORK !,I 1, Provide protection of installed products to prevent damage from subsequent I ;1 operations. ' I�,! Remove protection facilities when no longer needed,prior to completion of the Work. [ 1 Control traffic to prevent damage to equipment, materials, and surfaces. —i I 1.15 ROADS AND PARKING A Prevent interference with traffic and Owner operations on existing roads. B Minimize use of existing streets and driveways by construction traffic. [71!' C Control traffic to prevent damage to equipment, materials, and surfaces. I I 12-2-2011 01500-8 of 10 d L CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS C D Construct and maintain temporary detours, ramps, and roads to provide for normal public traffic flow when use of public roads or streets is closed by necessities of the Work. . 7E Provide mats or other means to prevent overloading or damage to existing roadways f from tracked equipment or exceptionally large or heavy trucks or equipment ,C F Designate temporary parking areas to accommodate construction personnel. When site space is not adequate, provide additional off-site parking. Locate as approved by ,,7, Engineer. G Do not allow heavy vehicles or construction equipment unnecessarily in existing Cparking areas. 1.16 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS , 7 A Provide and maintain methods, equipment, and tem or construction as necess pYY for controls over environmental conditions at the construction site and adjacent areas. 7 B Comply with statutes,regulations,and ordinances which relate to the proposed Work for the prevention of environmental pollution and preservation of natural resources, 7 including but not limited to the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, PL 91- 190, Executive Order 11514. C Provide, install and maintain storm water runoff control including but not limited to temporary entrance, silt fencing, etc. as specified in Contract Documents. 7 D Recognize and adhere to the environmental requirements of the Project. Disturbed areas shall be strictly limited to boundaries established by the Contract Documents. Burning of rubbish, debris or waste materials is not permitted. 7 1.17 POLLUTION CONTROL A Provide methods,means,and facilities required to prevent contamination of soil,water L. or atmosphere by discharge of noxious substances from construction operations. i B Provide equipment and personnel to perform emergency measures required to contain any spillage,and to remove contaminated soils or liquids. Excavate and dispose of any contaminated earth off-site, and replace with suitable compacted fill and topsoil. . r 7 C •Take special measures to prevent harmful substances from entering receiving streams or storm water conveyance systems. , 7 ,, D Provide systems for control of atmospheric pollutants. 7 Prevent toxic concentrations of chemicals. Prevent harmful dispersal of pollutants into the atmosphere. : 7 . 7 12-2-2011 01500-9 of 10 e CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 7 , ;, ii, E Use equipment during construction that conforms to current federal, state, and local 1, laws and regulations.g ,1 ,I 1.18 PEST AND RODENT CONTROL I A Provide rodent and pest control as necessary to prevent infestation of Project Site. t'' B Employ methods and use materials which will not adversely affect conditions at the 1; Project Site or adjoining properties. ' 1 1.19 NOISE CONTROL P A Provide vehicles, equipment, and construction activities that minimize noise to the greatest degree practicable. Noise levels shall conform to OSHA Standards- 29 CFR �� and in no case will noise levels be permitted which create a nuisance in the ;p; surrounding neighborhoods. fl �, B Conduct construction operations during daylight hours from 7:30 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. I except as approved by Engineer. i ''' Ii', i C Comply with Chapter 19 NOISE, Codes of Ordinances, City of Pearland, Texas. �I 1 1.20 DUST CONTROL 1 A Control objectionable dust caused by operation of vehicles and equipment. fl 'k 1.21 WATER RUNOFF AND EROSION CONTROL . 7: A Provide methods to control surface water,runoff,subsurface water,and water pumped from excavations and structures to prevent damage to the Work, the Project Site, or adjoining properties. ! J B Inspect earthwork periodically to detect any evidence of the start of erosion. Apply I corrective measures as required to control erosion. ', 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used i , :I 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed I7 1 END OF SECTION I ! _1 ' 7 12-2-2011 01500- 10 of 10 , T. I. CITY OF PEARLAND MOBILIZATION I L Section 01505 �i I MOBILIZATION ' ; I;, 1.1 GENERAL I 7 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES 7 A Mobilization of construction equipment and facilities onto the Work. { B Referenced Standards: 1. Texas Department of Transportation(TxDOT) C 2. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (Texas MUTCD) ' 1.3 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT • A. Payment for Mobilization is on a Lump Sum basis and shall not exceed three {,.7 percent(3%) of the total bid price. B. Payment for 50% of the Mobilization lump sum bid item may be included in the r ' first monthly Application for Payment. Payment is subject to the receipt and approval by Engineer of the following items, as applicable: j 1. Schedule of Values (Section 01300—Submittals) ' 7 2. Construction Schedule (Section 01300—Submittals) 3. Installation and acceptance of Project Identification Sign(s)(Section 01580—Project Identification Signs) 4. Installation and acceptance of Field Office (Section 01500—Temporary 7 Facilities and Controls) 7. C. Payment for 25/o of the Mobilization lumpsum bid item maybe included in the Y ,, second monthly Application for Payment. Payment is subject to the receipt and 7 approval by Engineer of the following items, as applicable: 1. Installation of High Speed Internet Access (Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls) LD. Payment for 15% of the Mobilization lump sum bid item may be included in the third monthly Application for Payment. 7 E. Payment for the remaining 10% of the Mobilization lump sum bid item may be included in the fourth monthly Application for Payment. 7 F. For contracts with a duration of less than 120 days,payment for the remaining 50% of the Mobilization lump sum bid item may be included in the second i 7 monthly Application for Payment. Payment is subject to the receipt and approval by Engineer of the items listed in B. and C. above, as applicable. 08/2018 01505- 1 of 1 • CITY OF PEARLAND MOBILIZATION G. Mobilization payments will be subject to Retainage as stipulated in Section 00700 General Conditions of Agreement. 2.1 PRODUCTS 2.2 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS I ' A. Provide specified number of project identification sign(s)per Section 01580. The ?- name, address and contact information of the general contractor for the project ;E. shall be shown on the sign per Section 01580 and the attached exhibit. 3.1 EXECUTION 3.2 PLACEMENT OF PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS f� 1 1 A. Place a Project Identification Sign as described in Section 01580, part 1.03,D I J visible to passing traffic or as directed by Engineer. END OF SECTION 1f I fl I 71 fl 1111 ' • 08/2018 01505- 1 of 1 i 7 CITY OF PEARLAND REINFORCED FILTER FABRIC BARRIER 7 Section 01561 REINFORCED FILTER FABRIC BARRIER 1.0 GENERAL C1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Installation of reinforced filter fabric barrier to control erosion and contain sediments and pollutants in channelized flow areas. L B References to Technical Specifications: ' 7 1. Section 01200—Measurement&Payment Procedures 2. Section 01300—Submittals 3. Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation 1. C Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 7 a. ASTM D 3786,"Standard Test Method for Hydraulic Bursting strength of Textile Fabrics" b. ASTM D 4632, Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and ''7 Elongation of Geotextiles" 1.02 MEASURMENT AND PAYMENT 7 A Measurement for reinforced filter fabric barrier is on a linear foot basis between the limits of the beginning and ending fence posts, measured, accepted, and complete in place. B Payment for filter fabric barrier will include and be full compensation for all labor, C equipment, materials, supervision, and incidental expenses for construction of these items,complete in place,including,but not limited to protection of trees,maintenance. requirements, repair and replacement of damaged sections, removal of sediment 7 deposits, and removal of erosion and sediment control systems at the end of construction.. CC Refer to Section 01200—Measurement&Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS '7A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01300 — Submittals. 7 B Manufacturer's catalog sheets and other product data on geotextile fabric. 7 . 7 05/2008 01561 - 1 of 3 1! CITY OF PEARLAND REINFORCED FILTER FABRIC BARRIER 1.. 2.0 PRODUCTS • 2.01 FILTER FABRIC A Provide woven or nonwoven geotextile filter fabric made of either polypropylene, polyethylene, ethylene, or polyamide material. B By ASTM - D4632, geotextile fabric shall have a grab strength of 100 psi in any fl '{I principal direction, a Mullen burst strength exceeding 200psi by ASTM-D3786,and the equivalent opening size between 50 and 140. "*C i C Filter fabric shall contain ultraviolet inhibitors and stabilizers to provide a minimum of 6 months of expected usable construction life at a temperature range of 0 degrees F to 120 degrees F. D Representative Manufacturer: Mirafi, Inc., or equal. I � I 2.02 FILTER FABRIC REINFORCEMENT • A Provide woven galvanized steel wire fence with minimum thickness of 14 gauge and a fl I maximum mesh spacing of 6 inches. B Welded wire shall be galvanized, 2-inch by 4-inch,welded wire fabric, 121/gauge. f`, 2.03 EXECUTION 2.04 PREPARATION -" A Provide erosion and sediment control systems at the locations shown on Plans. Such systems shall be of the type indicated and shall be constructed in accordance with the requirements shown on the Plans and specified in this Section. I�. B Erosion and sediment control measures shall be in place prior to the start of any Work that exposes the soil, other than as specifically directed by the Engineer to allow soil testing and surveying. C Regularly inspect and repair or replace damaged components of filter fabric barrier. Unless otherwise directed,maintain the erosion and sediment control systems until the - Work is accepted by the Owner. Remove erosion and sediment control systems promptly when directed by the Engineer. Discard removed materials in accordance with Section 1562—Waste Material Disposal. D Conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the erosion control practices described in Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion& Sedimentation. 05/2008 01561 -2 of 3 U i L CITY OF PEARLAND REINFORCED FILTER FABRIC BARRIER 7 2.05 INSTALLATION A Install reinforced filter fabric barriers for erosion and sediment control used during construction and until the final development of the Project Site. Reinforced filter 7 fabric barriers are used to retain sedimentation in channelized flow areas. B Provide reinforced filter fabric barrier in accordance with the Plan detail for Reinforced Filter Fabric Barrier. Reinforced filter fabric barrier systems shall be installed in such a manner that runoff will percolate through the system and allow ,,r, sediment to be retained and accumulated. C Trench in the toe of the reinforced filter fabric bather with a spade or mechanical l trencher as shown on the Plans. Lay filter fabric along the edges of the trench. Backfill and compact trench. D Reinforced filter fabric barrier shall have a height of 18 inches. 7 E Securely fasten the filter fabric to the wire with tie wires. 7. F Provide the filter fabric in continuous rolls and cut to the length of the fence to minimize the use of joints. When joints are necessary, splice the fabric together only .7 , at a support post with a minimum 6-inch overlap and seal securely. G Inspect the reinforced filter fabric barrier systems after each rainfall, daily during C periods of prolonged rainfall, and at a minimum once each week. Repair or replace damaged sections immediately. Remove sediment deposits when silt reaches a depth I one-third the height of the barrier or 6 inches, whichever is less. ,,7END OF SECTION 7 ,7 . 7 . 7 ; r 1 , ;1 r 71. 05/2008 01561 -3 of 3 l CITY OF PEARLAND WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL 1,. Section 01562 WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Disposal of waste material and salvageable material. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01300—Submittals 2. Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion& Sedimentation 3. Section 01600—Materials &Equipment ;,7 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed runder this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS raw A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01300 — Submittals. B Obtain and submit applicable permits for proposed disposal sites. C Submit a Waste Material Disposal Plan. D Submit a copy of written permission from property owners,along with a description of the property,prior to disposal of excess material adjacent to the Project Site. Submit a written and signed release from property owner upon completion of disposal work. City of Pearland requires individual fill placement permits for all fill placed within the rr City limits. 1.04 WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL PLAN A Contractor shall formulate and implement a plan for the collection and disposal of waste materials on the Project Site which includes the following information: 1.2. Schedule for collection and inspection. Location of trash and waste receptacles. 3. Provisions for liquid waste and potential water pollutants material. I+ B The plan shall comply with applicable federal, state, and local health and safety regulations and Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion& Sedimentation. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 07/2006 01562- 1 of 3 i �. CITY OF PEARLAND WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL f 3.0 EXECUTION 117 3.01 SALVAGEABLE MATERIAL A Excavated material: When indicated on Plans, load, haul, and deposit excavated material at a location or locations outside the limits of Project Site. B Base, surface, and bedding material: Deliver gravel, asphaltic, or other base and surfacing material designated for salvage to the location designated by the Engineer. C Pipe culvert: Deliver culverts designated for salvage to Owner's storage area. i� D Other salvageable materials: Conform to requirements of individual Technical Specifications. �_J E Coordinate delivery of salvageable material with Engineer. F When temporary, on-site storage of salvaged materials is required, comply with applicable provisions of Section 01600—Materials &Equipment. C! 3.02 SEDIMENT DISPOSAL A Remove sediment deposits and dispose of them at the designated spoil site for the I Project. If a spoil site is not designated on the Plans, dispose of sediment off site at a location not in or adjacent to a stream or floodplain. B Off-site disposal is the responsibility of the Contractor. C Sediment to be placed at the Project Site should be spread evenly throughout the designated area,compacted and stabilized. Sediment shall not be allowed to flush into a stream or drainage way. 1f D If sediment has been contaminated,it shall be disposed of in accordance with existing federal, state, and local rules and regulations. 3.03 EXCESS MATERIAL, WASTE,AND EQUIPMENT A Vegetation,rubble,broken concrete,debris,asphaltic concrete pavement,excess soil, and other materials not designated for salvage,shall become the property of Contractor and shall be removed from the Project Site and legally disposed of. I I B Dispose of removed equipment,materials,waste and debris in a manner conforming to applicable laws and regulations C Excess soil may be deposited on private property adjacent to the Project Site when written permission is obtained from property owner under the provisions of this Section, 1.03D. i� 07/2006 01562-2 of 3 „� 1 I;'L CITY OF PEARLAND WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL I' D Verify the flood plain status of any proposed disposal site. Do not dispose of excavated materials in an area designated as within the 100-year Flood Hazard Area. j!Irr E Waste materials shall be removed from the site on a daily basis, such that the site is maintained in a neat and orderly condition. --F No materials shall be disposed in a manner to damage the Owner in any way. END OF SECTION r r ,, , ,,: _ , t i,:r ,„r ,. it , r ,. ,r r ,. r 07/2006 01562-3 of 3 r CONTROL OF GROUND WATER I;; CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE.WATER r. Section 01564 1:,7 , CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER - ' 1.0 GENERAL r. 7 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Dewatering,depressurizing,draining,and maintaining trench and structure excavations L L . and foundation beds in dry and stable condition. I' B Protecting work against surface runoff and rising flood waters. C Disposing of removed water. i "� D References to Technical Specifications: III 1. Section 01200—Measurement&Payment Procedures ,' 2. Section 01300—Submittals I L E Referenced Standards: L 1. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 2. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality(TCEQ) • 3. Code of Ordinances, City of Pearland, Texas !r 4. Water Well Drillers and Pump Installers Advisory Council (WWD/PI) F Definitions: 1. Ground Water Control Systems - installations external to the excavation such as well points, eductors, or deep wells. Ground water control includes dewatering and depressurization. I;r a. Dewatering-lowering the water table and intercepting seepage which would otherwise emerge from slopes or bottoms of excavations and disposing of removed water. The intent of dewatering is to increase ir stability of excavated slopes; prevent dislocation of material from !, slopes or bottoms of excavations;reduce lateral loads on sheeting and ,, 7 bracing; improve excavating and hauling characteristics of excavated material;prevent failure or heaving of the bottom of excavations; and to provide suitable conditions for placement of backfill materials and 1, 7 construction of structures and other installations. b. Depressurization-reduction in piezometric pressure within strata not controlled by dewatering alone, as required to prevent failure or heaving of excavation bottom. L. 2. Surface Water Control - diversion and drainage of surface water runoff and rain water away from the excavation. - 3. Excavation Drainage-keeping excavations free of surface and seepage ' water. ' 02/2008 01564- 1 of 8 i i I CONTROL OF GROUND WATER . CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER 1 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT } '� A Measurement for and control of ground water for open cut pipe excavations shall be on 11: a linear foot basis and shall not exceed the length of open cut pipe installation in the .. area requiring ground water control. , 1 B Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for control of ground ! i water for any condition(s) other than those described in this Section, 1.02A. No separate payment will be made for control of surface water. Include the cost to control 7 non-pipe excavation ground water and surface water in price for Work requiring such ls controls. ' C Refer to Section 01200—Measurement&Payment Procedures. ':1' 1.03 SUBMITTALS ri A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01300 — Submittals. '•1 1 _ B Submit a Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan for review by the Engineer , prior to start of any field work. The plan shall be signed by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Texas. The plan shall include the following: 1 1. Results of subsurface investigation and description of the extent and characteristics of water bearing layers subject to ground water control. f 2. Names of equipment suppliers and installation subcontractors. ± 3. A description of proposed ground water control systems indicating arrangement, location, depth and capacities of system components, installation details and criteria, and operation and maintenance procedures. ' ; P 4. A description of proposed monitoring and control system indicating depths and locations of piezometers and monitoring.wells,monitoring installation 1 ;I details and criteria, type of equipment and instrumentation with pertinent data and characteristics. 'j 5. A description of proposed filters including types, sizes, capacities and 11 manufacturer's application recommendations. 6. Design calculations demonstrating adequacy of proposed systems for intended applications. Define potential area of influence of ground water E , control operation near contaminated areas. 7. Operating requirements, including piezometric control elevations for dewatering and depressurization. �Li 8. Excavation drainage methods including typical drainage layers, sump pump application and other necessary means. 9. Surface water control and drainage installations. L. 10. Proposed methods and locations for disposing of removed water. C Submit the following records upon completed initial installation: n 1. Installation and development reports for well points, eductors, and deep wells. fl + 02/2008 01564-2 of 8 17 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND • AND SURFACE WATER l'i72. Installation reports and baseline readings for piezometers and monitoring wells. ,� 3. Baseline analytical test data of water from monitoring wells. 4. Initial flow rates. i7 D Submit the following records on a weekly basis during operations: 1. Records of flow rates and piezometric elevations obtained during 1 monitoring of dewatering and depressurization. Refer to this Section, 3.02 "Requirements for Eductor, Well Points, or Deep Wells". 2. Maintenance records for ground water control installations,piezometers, and monitoring wells. :i'r, E Submit the following records at end of the Work. Decommissioning(abandonment) reports for monitoring wells and piezometers installed by other during the design phase !Fir and left for Contractor's monitoring and use. l' 1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS . ! A Conduct subsurface investigations to identifygroundwater conditions and to provide gP . 7 parameters for design, installation, and operation of groundwater control systems. B Design aground water control system,stem, compatible with the requirements of OSHA g Y P q Standards - 29 CFR, Part 1926 to produce the following results: 1. Effectively reduce the hydrostatic pressure affecting excavations. {I, 2. Develop a substantially dry and stable subgrade for subsequent construction 7 operations. 3. Preclude damage to adjacent properties, buildings, structures, utilities, installed facilities, and other work. 4. Prevent the loss of fines, seepage,boils, quick condition, or softening of the 7 r foundation strata. •I 5. Maintain stability of sides and bottom of excavations. C Ground water control systems may include single-stage or multiple-stage well point !!7systems, eductor and ejector-type systems, deep wells, or combinations of these equipment types. j { D Provide.drainage of seepage water and surface water, as well as water from any other source entering the excavation. Excavation drainage may include placement of drainage materials, such as crushed stone and filter fabric, together with sump N 7_ pumping. I' E Provide ditches,berms,pumps and other methods necessary to divert and drain surface , 7water from excavation and other work areas. ii F Locate ground water control and drainage systems so as not to interfere with utilities, construction operations, adjacent properties, or adjacent water wells. • 02/2008 01564-3 of 8 1 7 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER i 'i ii CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER 11 G Assume sole responsibility for ground water control systems and for any loss or 1 II! damage resulting from partial or complete failure of protective measures and any 4 settlement or resultant damage caused by the ground water control operations. Modify fl ground water control systems or operations if they cause or threaten to cause damage to , new construction, existing site improvements, adjacent property, or adjacent water , wells,or affect potentially contaminated areas. Repair damage caused by ground water ro required. 1 '�1' control systems or resulting from failure of the system to protect property y as i H Provide an adequate number of piezometers installed at the proper locations and depths 1 j as required toprovide meaningful observations of the conditions affectingthe fl' q g i excavation, adjacent structures, and water wells. `1' I Provide environmental monitoring wells installed at the proper locations and depths as 3 required to provide adequate observations of hydrostatic conditions and possible 4 contaminant transport from contamination sources into the work area or into the ` ground water control system. - J Decommission piezometers and monitoring wells installed during design phase studies 1 and left for Contractors monitoring and use. 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTSii ' A Comply with requirements of agencies having jurisdiction. B Comply with TCEQregulations and WWD/PI AdvisoryCouncil for development, , P Y g P 71 drilling, and abandonment of wells used in dewatering system. C Obtain TCEQ permitunder the Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System rl. (TPDES), for storm water discharge from construction sites. D Obtain all necessary permits from agencies with control over the use of groundwater and matters affecting well installation, water discharge, and use of existing storm 1 drains and natural water sources. Because the review and permitting process may be s lengthy, take early action to pursue and submit for the required approvals. � E Monitor ground water discharge for contamination while performing pumping in the L , vicinity of potentially contaminated sites. F Implement control of ground and surface water. !S , 2.0 PRODUCTS ri , 2.01 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A Equipment and materials are at the option of Contractor as necessary to achieve desired results for dewatering. Selected equipment and materials are subject to review 71 02/2008 01564-4 of 8 ,..' I 1 6 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER j,, CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER 7 of the Engineer through Submittals required in Section 01300 — Submittals, 1.06 g g "Operations and Maintenance Data". f7B Eductors, well points, or deep wells, where used, must be furnished, installed and operated by an experienced contractor regularly engaged in ground water control , 7system design, installation, and operation. C Equipment and instrumentation for monitoring and control of the ground water control I i system includes piezometers and monitoring wells, and devices, such as flow meters, for observing and recording flow rates. `'' D All equipment must be in good repair and operating order. 7 Ili E Sufficient standby equipment and materials shall be kept available to ensure !l'7 continuous operation, where required. :1. 3.0 EXECUTION 7 3.01 GROUND WATER CONTROL A Perform a subsurface investigation by borings as necessary to identify water bearing !r;7layers,piezometric pressures,and soil parameters for design and installation of ground water control systems. Perform pump tests, if necessary to determine the drawdown 7 characteristics of the water-bearing layers. The results shall be presented in the Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan. Refer to this Section, 1.03B. B Provide labor, material, equipment, techniques and methods to lower, control and ,7 handle ground water in a manner compatible with construction methods and site .conditions. Monitor effectiveness of the installed system and its effect on adjacent property. C Install, operate, and maintain ground water control systems in accordance with the 7 Plan. Notify Engineer in writing of any changes made to accommodate field conditions and changes to the Work. Provide revised drawings and calculations with such notification. 6 D Provide for continuous system operation, including nights, weekends, and holidays. ;7 Arrange for appropriate backup if electrical power is primary energy source for dewatering system. E Monitor operations to verify that the system lowers ground water piezometric levels at 1,, 7a rate required to maintain a dry excavation resulting in a stable subgrade forprosecution of subsequent operations. i, F Where hydrostatic pressures in confined water bearing layers exist below excavation, depressurize those zones to eliminate risk of uplift or other instability of excavation or installed works. Allowable piezometric elevations shall be defined in the Plan. i 702/2008 01564-5 of 8 1 li CONTROL OF GROUND WATER I. , CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER s, UG Maintain water level below subgrade elevation. Do not allow levels to rise until 1 foundation concrete has achieved design strength. H During backfilling,dewatering maybe reduced to maintain water level a minimum of L 5. 5 feet below prevailing level of backfill. However, do not allow that water level to result in uplift pressures in excess of 80 percent of downward pressure produced by weight of structure or backfill in place. Do not allow water levels to rise into cement stabilized sand until at least 48 hour after placement. ; ;`I I Provide a uniform diameter for each pipe drain run constructed for dewatering. —. Remove pipe drain when it has served its purpose. If removal of pipe is impractical, provide grout connections at 50-foot intervals and fill pipe with cement-bentonite grout j ;� or cement-sand grout when pipe is removed from service. i J Extent of construction ground water control for structures with a permanent perforated il underground drainage system maybe reduced, such as for units designed to withstand g g Y g hydrostatic uplift pressure. Provide a means of draining the affected portion of underground system,including standby equipment. Maintain drainage system during /11.o erations and remove it when no re uired. P longerq i� K Remove system upon completion of construction or when dewatering and control ofri 1 . surface or ground water is no longer required. L Compact backfill as required by the Contract Documents. fl 3.02 REQUIREMENTS FOR EDUCTOR,WELL POINTS, OR DEEP WELLS A For aboveground piping in ground water control system, include a 12-inch minimum '-) length of clear, transparent piping between every eductor well or well point and discharge header so that discharge from each installation can be visually monitored. ; P a3 . B Install sufficient piezometers or monitoring wells to show that all trench or shaft i 1 excavations in water bearing materials are predrained prior to excavation. Provide separate piezometers for monitoring of dewatering and for monitoring of ; depressurization. Install piezometers and monitoring wells for tunneling as appropriate for Contractor's selected method of work. 1 C- Install piezometers or monitoring wells not less than one week in advance of beginning the associated excavation. D Dewatering may be omitted for portions of underdrains or other excavations,but only where auger borings and piezometers or monitoring wells show that soil is predrained 1 by an existing system such that the criteria of the Ground Water and Surface Water L Control Plan are satisfied. .� I 1 [13 02/2008 01564-6 of 8 I:7 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER { CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER J'7 , , E Replace installations that produce noticeable amounts of sediments after development. F Provide additional ground water control installations or change the methods in the event that the installations according to the Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan do not provide satisfactory results based on the performance criteria defined by 1 ,f the Plan and by this Section. Submit a revised Plan according to this Section, 1.03A. G Mechanical dewatering equipment shall comply with Chapter 19 NOISE, Code of ,,E1 Ordinances, City of Pearland, Texas. 3.03 EXCAVATION DRAINAGE 1 A Contractor may use excavation drainage methods if necessary to achieve well drained, stable trench conditions. The excavation drainage may consist of the following I;7methods or combination of methods: 1. Sump pumping in combination with: a. Layer of crushed stone and filter fabric. b. Sand and gravel drains. , 2. Wells for ground water control. 7 B Use sump pumping and a drainage layer, as defined in ASTM D 2321,placed on the foundation beneath pipe bedding or thickened bedding layer of Class I material. i. 3.04 MAINTENANCE AND OBSERVATION A Conduct daily maintenance and observation of piezometers or monitoring wells while the ground water control installations or excavation drainage are operating in an area. l Keep system in good operating condition. r B Replace damaged and destroyed piezometers or monitoring wells with new piezometers or wells as necessary to meet observation schedule. 7 C Cut off piezometers or monitoring wells in excavation areas where piping is exposed, only as necessary to perform observation as excavation proceeds. Continue to i'. maintain and make observations, as specified. �' D Remove and grout piezometers inside or outside the excavation area when ground water control operations are complete. Remove and grout monitoring wells when 7 directed by the Engineer. 3.05 MONITORING AND RECORDING 7 A Monitor and record average flow rate of operation for each deep well, or for each '' wellpoint or eductor header used in dewatering system. Also monitor and record water , rir L level and ground water recovery. These records shall be obtained daily until steady - ; conditions are achieved, and twice weekly thereafter. 1 7 ! r,,, 02/2008 01564-7 of 8 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER I' CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER ;I B Observe and record elevation of water level daily as long as ground water control system is in operation, and weekly thereafter until the Work is completed or • piezometers or wells are removed, except when Engineer determines that more frequent monitoringand recordingare required. Comply with Engineer's direction for I °j q q PY increased monitoring and recording and take measures as necessary to ensure effective dewatering for intended purpose. 3.06 SURFACE WATER CONTROL A Intercept surface water and divert it away from excavations through use of dikes, - ditches,curb walls,pipes, sumps or other approved means. The requirement includes temporary works required to protect adjoining properties from surface drainage caused 1,11 by construction operations. B Divert surface water and seepage water into sumps and pump it into drainage channels I r or storm drains, when approved byagencies havingjurisdiction. Provide settling �','; PP g basins when required by such agencies. C Provide additional surface water control measures or change the methods in the event that the measures according to the Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan do not provide satisfactory results based on the performance criteria defined by the Plan fl and by this Section. Submit a revised Plan according to this Section, 1.03B. END OF SECTION rst S ;ff f� f i1 • • 02/2008 01564-8 of 8 ' 7 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS I ! Section 01580 7. _ PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS rr 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 7 A Project identification sign description. B. Installation. f,7 C. Maintenance and removal. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. No separate payment will be made for design, fabrication, installation, and maintenance of project identification signs under this Section. Include cost of work , 7 performed under this Section in the pay item for Section 01505 Mobilization. B. If changes to project identification signs are requested by the City Engineer to keep L them current,payment will be made by change order. C. Skid-mounted signs shall be relocated as directed by the City Engineer at no additional cost to the City. Post-mounted signs shall be relocated once, if directed in writing by the City Engineer, at no additional cost to the City. If a post-mounted .7 sign is relocated more than once at the written direction of the City Engineer, payment will be made by change order. 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 7 A. Sign Construction: Project identification signs shall be constructed of new materials and painted new for the project. Construct post-mounted signs as shown 7 on Construction Sign Details. B. Appearance: Project identification signs shall be maintained to present a clean and 7 neat look throughout the project duration. C. Sign Manufacturer/Maker: Experienced as a professional sign company. L D. Sign Placement: Place signs at locations as directed by the City Engineer. The City Engineer will provide sign placement instructions at the Pre-construction ,i 7 Meeting. 1. A linear project is one involving paving, overlay, sewer lines, storm drainage, or water mains that run in the right-of-way over a distance. A L. 10/2014 01580-1 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS i 7 I 1 linear project requires a project identification sign at each end of the fl construction site. _ ii 2. Single Site or Building Projects: Provide one project identification - ! sign. 7 3. Multiple Sites: Provide one project identification sign at each site. :}; 4. Sign Relocation: As work progresses at each site, it may be necessary ;,; to move and relocate project identification signs. Relocate signs as i , directed in writing by the City Engineer. ; I 11E. Alternate Skid-mounted Sign Construction: Post-mounted signs are preferred, but ! :' skid-mounted signs are allowed, especially for projects with noncontiguous 4 j locations where work progresses from one location to another. The skid structure shall be designed so that the sign will withstand a 60-mile-per-hour wind load ,� ,, directly to the face or back of the sign. Use stakes, straps, or ballast. Approval of the use of skid-mounted signs shall not release the Contractor from responsibility of maintaining a project identification sign on the project site and shall not make 1 ,, the City responsible for the security of such signs. - I ,I 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings under provisions of Section 01300 - Submittal Procedures. 71i , B. Show content, layout, lettering style, lettering size, and colors. Make sign and lettering to scale, clearly indicating condensed lettering, if used. _ 2.0 PRODUCTS �._ 1 2.01 SIGN MATERIALS A. Structure and Framing: All sign materials shall be new. 1 1. Sign Posts: Use 4-inch by 4-inch treated wood posts, sized to fix top of sign at 6 FEET ABOVE GROUND. 7 I -' 2. Sign Supports and Skid Bracing: 2-inch by 4-inch wood framing material. i 3. Skid Members: 2-inch by 6-inch wood framing material. I 1 4. Fasteners: � a. Use galvanized steel fasteners. 1 b. Use 3/8-inch by 5-1/2-inch button head carriage bolts to attach sign to posts. i-' Secure with nuts and flat head washers at locations as recommended by Sign Manufacturer. ill ' c. Cover button heads with white reflective film or paint to match sign background B. Sign and Sign Header: Use medium density overlaid marine plywood, minimum 1/2-inch thick. Use full-size 4-foot by 8-foot sheets for sign and a single piece for fl header to minimize joints; do not piece wood to fabricate a sign face. `` C. Paint and Primers: White paint used to prime surfaces and to resist weathering shall III be an industrial grade,fast-drying,oil-based paint with gloss finish. Paint structural 10/2014 01580-2 7 ., C" CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS j' and framing members white on all sides and edges to resist weathering. Paint sign and sign header material white on all sides and edges to resist weathering. Paint all g g sign surfaces with this weather-protective paint prior to adding any sign paint or TR: adhesive applications. i' D. Colors: 7 Follow criteria established by attached Exhibit • r 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION ., 7 A. Install project identification signs within 10 calendar days after Date of Commencement. 7 B. Erect signs where designated by the City Engineer at the Pre-construction Meeting or as described in part 1.03 of this Section. Position the sign in such a manner as to be fully visible and readable to the general public. 7 C. Erect sign level and plumb. 7 D. If mounted on posts, sink posts a minimum of 30 inches below grade in 10-inch diameter posthole. Stabilize posts with sharp sand or concrete to minimize lateral motion. Leave a minimum of 8 feet of post above existing grade for mounting of the sign and header. E. Erect sign so that the top edge of the sign, is no higher than 6 feet above existing grade. 3.02 MAINTENANCE AND REMOVAL . A. Keep signs and supports clean. Repair deterioration and damage. . • B. Remove signs, framing, supports, and foundations to a depth of.2 feet upon completion of Project. Restore the area to a condition equal to or better than before 7 construction. 7 . 7 END OF SECTION 1, 7 10/2014 01580-3 • i CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS fli • ; I • 1 • 1 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGN ;I! • EXHIBIT ' 1 , I First I - - - - Impression 11�t `4N '" PROJECT NAME LOCATED HERE u'SS -' PEARLAND —_ I PROJECT NO. 12345678 . capital Improvement 1 • Signage Layout �7. PROJECT SCHEDULE:MONTH/YEAR ADDRESS: Various • BUDGET: $DOLLAR AMOUNT • -- I Cm'eSTATE- Peadand,Texas ? ' ENGINEER/ARCHITECT: DATE October2014 • NAME GOES HERE w° • capital improvement O E I . . CONTRACTOR: • 4xt3 blank template octoher 2014 p, ��� CONTRACTOR NAME GOES HERE — --- earlandtx. ovlde artments/en ineerin -ca ital ro ects! ro ects C ORESIMIAISISTIO P 9 P 9 9 P -P 1 P J 1,� • NATR1SA5KETAIR R ECRE,1OE1 - aoEx i SPECIAL NOTE:CONTACT CITY SECRETARY FOR CURRENT COUNCIL NAMES ;101117711 usli an tc I IT 120 VOLT ELECTRICAL SERVICE SINGLE SIDE MDO MARINE GRADE PLYWOOD FINISHED WITH ALKYD ENAMEL GLOSS WHITE cuo7T To pADY.1E ALL PR AWRY 21.ECOMPUTER CUT VINYL AND DIGITAL PRINT 5 YEAR LIFE MINIMUM MATERIALS UNLESS SERVICESaF sIGN �} INSTALL ON TWO 4"X4"TREATED POSTS,MIN.DEPTH IS 24",OR SKID MOUNTED AS SITE REO'D.. CLIENT APPROVAL I ' I I 'I . , I 7.;., ,I , , l L-1 ' I • I , ., nl 1 . . _ , • . 7. • . . 7 . _S . 10/2014 01580-4 - 17 71 l' i i ' • i � 1;i� SECTION 01600 I, ! MATERIAL AND'EQUIPMENT 1. PART 1 GENERAL ; 7 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES: A. Transportation and Handling. .,7B. Storage and Protection. 1 C. Product Options. D. Substitutions. 1.2 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING: A. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's rinstructions. B. Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that products comply with requirements, ,7 p Y quantities are correct, and products are undamaged. C. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. : 7 D. Pipe to be transported with exposed ends tarped to prevent accumulation of airborne contaminates during transport. !,,71.3 STORAGE AND PROTECTION: A. Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, 7 with seals and labels intact and legible. B. Store sensitive products in weather tight, climate controlled enclosures. Do Lnot use Owner's buildings and structures for storage. C. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports, above ground. ,I,7 . D. Provide off-site storage and protection when site does not permit on-site 9 p storage or protection. , 7E. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to avoid condensation or potential degradation of product. ,.1 7F. Store loose granular materials on solid flat surfaces in a well-drained area. Prevent mixing with foreign matter. jF C G. Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. r li City of Pearland L. Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST - Material and Equipment Project No. 7295 01600-1 June 11, 2019 : 7 , I 1�! I • . '1 H. Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically fl ' ' ' inspect to verify products are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable ik' condition. ,f 1.4 PRODUCT OPTIONS: AI :I: A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Any i product meeting those standards or description. I, I ;II B. Products Specified by naming one or more Manufacturers: Products of manufacturers named and meeting Specifications, no options or substitutions n;fI allowed. i 1 C. Products Specified by naming one or more Manufacturers with a Provision for 7 Substitutions: Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not '_1;I, named in accordance with the following article. Where terms such as "or I equal," "or equivalent" are used in this Contract, they shall be taken to mean , ,i, "or approved equivalent." Proposed equivalents shall be offered as ��'1I substitutions. ` 1.5 SUBSTITUTIONS: fl:. A. Engineer will consider requests for Substitutions only within 45 days after date established in Notice to proceed. B. Substitutions may be considered when a product becomes unavailable through P no fault of the Contractor. 1 FT C. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed Substitution with Contract Documents. 7 D. A request constitutes a representation that the Contractor: `i 1. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified product. .' s 2. Will provide the same warranty for the Substitution as for the specified product. 1c. S I 3. Will coordinate installation and make changes to other work which may be required for the work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner. s 4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension which may i subsequently become apparent as a result of the Substitution. E. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on ^ ' shop drawing or product data submittals, without separate written request, or L when acceptance will require revision to the Contract Documents. City of Pearland !� Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Material and Equipment I Project No. 7295 01600-2 June 11, 2019 117 F. Substitution Submittal Procedure: I . 1. Submit copies of request for Substitution for consideration. Number of !,7copies as specified in Sub-Section 01300-1.5. Limit each request to one proposed Substitution. is . 1I72. Submit shop drawings, product data, and certified test results I ;'L. attesting to the proposed product equivalence. Burden of proof is on I proposer. 3. The Engineer will notify Contractor in writing of decision to accept or 1 -- reject request. HI i; I ,71 PART 2 PRODUCTS I' I,• Not used.. :,.7PART 3 EXECUTION 7 Not used. END OF SECTION i !,1:7- iir . r I . . . II., ppr 1, .r rCity of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Material and Equipment Project No. 7295 01600-3 June 11, 2019 IPr I' ' 1 IL 1, SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT .,7 . PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES: A. Closeout procedures. CB. Final Cleaning. ;� C. Adjusting. L D. Project record documents. E. Warranty. F. Spare parts and maintenance materials. 7 1.2 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES: A. Submit written certification that Contract Documents have been reviewed, f Work has been inspected, and that Work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for Engineer's review. Provide submittals to Engineer that are required by governing or other C B. authorities. C. Submit final Application for Payment identifying total adjusted Contract Sum, ;';7previous payments, and sum remaining due. 1 D. Submit executed Affidavit of Bills Paid with final Application for Payment. 7 Affidavit shall state all bills for labor, materials, and incidentals incurred in the construction of the project have been paid in full, and that there are no claims pending of which the Contractor has been notified. :7 E. Comply with Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement regarding Final Completion and Final Payment when Work is complete and ready for Engineer's final inspection. 7 F. Provide Record Documents. . 7 G. Complete or correct items on punch list, with no new items added. Any new items will be addressed during warranty period. ' 7 H. The Owner will occupy portions of the Work as specified in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement. . 7 I. Contractor shall request Final Inspection at least two weeks prior to Final Acceptance. CCity of Pearland t Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Contract Closeout Project No. 7295 01700 - 1 June 11, 2019 1.3 FINAL CLEANING: il:. A. Execute final cleaning prior to final project assessment. •i I B. Clean interior and exterior glass, surfaces exposed to view; remove temporary " ' ' labels, stains and foreign substances, polish transparent and glossy surfaces. ' C. Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition with cleaning materials fll 1 appropriate to the surface and material being cleaned. D. Clean filters of operating equipment. I , E. Clean debris from drainage systems. 09. F. Clean site; sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces. i_ G. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from ! i the site. _� 1.4 ADJUSTING: ii A. Adjust operating Products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. 1.5 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS: L I A. Maintain on site, one set of the following record documents; record actual revisions to the Work: 11 1. Drawings. a 2. Specifications. 1 3. Addenda. • 4. Modifications to the Contract. 5. Reviewed Shop Drawings; Product Data, and Samples. 6. Manufacturer's instruction for assembly, installation, and start-up of Products and equipment. 7' i i ,I B. Ensure entries are complete and accurate, enabling future reference by Owner. C. Store record documents separate from documents used for construction. I D. Record information concurrent with construction progress. E. Specifications: Legibly mark and record at each Product section description I of actual Products installed, including the following: 1. Manufacturer's name and product model and number. I 2. Product Substitutions or alternates utilized. !^ 3. Changes made by Addenda and modifications. F. Record Documents and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record 1 actual construction including: City of Pearland 7 Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Contract Closeout Project No. 7295 01700 - 2 June 11, 2019 7 I: I , ,7 1!7 1. Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. I + 2. Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in - construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of the Work. 7 3. Field changes of dimension and detail. 4. Details not on original Contract drawings. 7 G. Remove Engineer title block and seal from all documents. H. Submit documents to Engineer with claim for final Application for Payment. 7 1.6 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA: - ; [.., A. Submit data bound in 8-1/2 x 11 inch text pages, "D" type ring binders with durable plastic covers. ,7 B. Prepare binder cover with printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS", title of project, and subject matter of binder when multiple binders are required. CC. Information shall be organized with tabs and dividers by equipment numbers. D. Submit three (3) sets of revised final volumes, within 10 days after final I, inspections. 1.7 WARRANTY: !' A. The Contractor shall guarantee the Work performed under this contract against defective materials and workmanship for a period of one year from the date of Substantial Completion or acceptance of individual Work elements. The rcontractor shall arrange to have his Performance Bond remain in effect for a period of one year after this date to cover his guarantee as stipulated under this item and in the General Conditions. CB. If defective materials and/or workmanship are discovered which require repairs made under this guarantee, all such repairs shall be done by the Contractor at r his own expense within ten days after written notice of such defect. Should Lthe Contractor fail to repair or correct such deficiency within ten days after notification, the Owner may make the necessary repairs and charge the Contractor with the applicable costs of all labor and materials required to Ecorrect the deficiency. 1.8 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS: CA. Provide products, spare parts, maintenance and extra materials in quantities specified in individual specification sections. CB. Deliver to Project site and place in location as directed by Owner; obtain receipt prior to final payment. Submit copies of receipts with periodic payment requests. City of Pearland , E Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Contract Closeout Project No. 7295 01700 - 3 June 11, 2019 PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not used. `7 END OF SECTION 7 l ' 7 i I J 7 I 1 City of Pearland 1 Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Contract Closeout Project No. 7295 01700 - 4 June 11, 2019 1 1; . ,,, 17,. ,,, II SECTION 02210 I , • GRADING AND EARTHWORK PART 1 GENERAL ,,„.7 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES: A. Grading and earthwork which occur in areas other than under structures, under paving, or trenching for utilities. L B. Earthwork consists of operations required for the excavation of materials on- ;, site; excavation of borrow material from designated areas; compaction of ` natural or improved sub-grades; finish grading; disposal of excess or unsuitable materials; and other required operations. Earthwork shall conform with dimensions and typical sections shown, and with lines and grades established. ;7 1.2 REFERENCES: • i; A. ASTM D698 — Test for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils (Standard). B. ASTM D1557 — Test for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils (Modified). ,I ! • C. ASTM D2487 — Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes. D. ASTM D2922 — Density of Soil and Soil Aggregate In-Place by Nuclear Methods. E. ASTM D3017 — Moisture Content of Soil and Soil Aggregate In-Place by Nuclear Methods. 1.3 DEFINITIONS: 7 A. Classification: Earthwork materials are classified in accordance with definitions in this Article. 7 B. Topsoil: Top 6 inches of natural surface soil possessing the characteristics of representative soils on the site that produce growths of grass or other • vegetation. Topsoil includes roots and other vegetation. i; L C. General Site Fill: Suitable, clean material excavated on-site or imported borrow material meeting specified characteristics. D. Select Fill: Imported borrow material as required for construction, and as defined. 7 E. Subgrade: Natural soil at the established lines and grades. • F. Borrow: Material taken from designated areas to make up any deficit. of excavated material and used for general site or select fill. Obtain from area Cthat is normally dry and well drained. Borrow does not include topsoil. 7 City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Grading and Earthwork Project No. 7295 02210 - 1 June 11, 2019 in 11 ii G. Finish Grading: Operations required for smoothing disturbed areas that are not overlaid with pavement. H. Excavation: Excavation of every description and" of whatever substances encountered within the limits of the project to the lines and grades indicated. 1__ I. Compaction: Compaction of soil materials shall be measured as a percent of Standard Proctor density as determined by ASTM D698. 1-1' 1.4 SUBMITTALS: `1.11:ll A. Procedures for Submittals: Section 01300. B. Samples: Adequate samples of material as required by the testing laboratory. 7 I C. Quality Control Submittals: For information only. .1; 1. Test Reports: Laboratory analysis of each soil material, including on- 4 , site and borrow materials proposed for use on project. a. General Site Fill: Soil type, liquid limit and plasticity index. Moisture-densityrelations; identifymaximum density optimum II ,� moisture. } b. Select Fill: Soil type, liquid limit, plasticity index and gradation. }� 1 Moisture-density relations; identify maximum density/optimum ; moisture. fl ¢ c. Topsoil: Soil type, liquid limit, and plasticity index. 1.5 EXISTING UTILITIES: ' f Li A. Where pipes, ducts, and structures are encountered in the excavation but are not shown, immediately notify the Engineer. 71 PART 2 PRODUCTS ' I 2.1 SELECT FILL: � f. A. Source: Select fill shall be imported borrow material from borrow areas approved by the Engineer. Material from source shall be tested for compliance with project requirements and approved by the Engineer. B. Suitability: Use the best material available. Suitability of select fill is subject to the Engineer's approval. C. Quality: Select fill material must be free of clay lumps larger than 1 inch, rocks [I : larger than 1/2-inch, and/or excessive silts. Do not use soil containing brush, roots, sod, similar organic materials, or deleterious materials. D. Characteristics: Materials shall conform to ASTM D2487 Class II or Class III fl and shall have a liquid limit less than 35 with a plasticity index less than 15 but greater than 4. City of Pearland7 Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Grading and Earthwork Project No. 7295 02210 - 2 June 11, 2019 ri I . 1'7 is I . ,,r, 2.2 GENERAL SITE FILL: 1:i'7 A. Source: Obtain general site fill from required excavation or, if excavated material is not sufficient, from borrow areas approved by the Engineer. Submit plasticity index information on proposed General Site Fill to Engineer for approval. , 7B. Suitability: Use .the best material available from excavation or borrow. Suitability of general site fill material is subject to the Engineer's approval. C. Quality: Fill material shall be free of lumps larger than 3 inches, rock larger than 2 inches, and excessive silts. Do not use soil containing brush, roots, sod, similar organic materials, or deleterious materials. CD. Characteristics: General site fill material shall conform to ASTM D2487 Class II or Class III Soils. ; , 2.3 TOPSOIL: • ,r A. Source: Obtain topsoil from the required excavation, or if sufficient material is not available, from borrow areas approved by the Engineer. B. Suitability: Use the best material available. Suitability of material is subject to 7 the Engineer's approval. 1. C. Quality: Material shall be free of large roots or branches, stumps, brush, rubbish, or other objectionable matter. D. Characteristics: Soils possessing the characteristics that produce growth of grasses or other vegetation. 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL: C A. Provide materials of each type from same source throughout the project. B. A change in source requires sampling, testing, and approval by Engineer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 STRIP AND STOCKPILE: A. Remove topsoil at all non-paved areas where excavation of topsoil is required or where fill material will be added for site grading. 7 B. Remove top 6 inches of topsoil where necessary and stockpile on the Owner's property. Protect stockpiled topsoil from other excavated materials, dumping of unwanted material, dumping by the public, and erosion. Upon completion 7 of rough grading, replace topsoil in 4-inch minimum layer to finish grade elevations as shown on the Grading Plan. . 7 7 City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Grading and Earthwork Project No. 7295 02210 - 3 June 1 1, 2019 7 11 3.2 EXCAVATION: A. Objective: Excavate to lines, grades, and elevations as shown or required for 'r, subsequent construction. All excavation shall be made in such manner as to i permit all surfaces to be brought to final line and grade within ±0.1 foot. L ,,, Over-excavation shall be restored by the Contractor at his own expense. , Finish grades consistently high or low will not be acceptable and shall be corrected by the Contractor at his expense and no additional cost to the I i T. Owner. B. Drainage: During excavation, maintain grades as required to maintain drainage; 7, 1 ; or, as directed by the Owner or Engineer, install temporary drains or drainage ditches to intercept or divert surface water and prevent interference or delay of the work. 7: ., C. Stockpiling: If at time of excavation it is not possible to place material in the 31 proper section of permanent construction, stockpile the material in Owner or Engineer approved areas for later use. I1,1 D. Stone or Rock: Stones or rock fragments larger than 2 inches in their greatest dimension will not be permitted in top 6 inches of subgrade. 7 , : E. Dressing: Uniformly dress-cut and fill slopes to slope, cross section, and alignment, as shown. 7 F. Rock: Break with hydraulic ram to obtain near neat line excavation. Blasting will not be allowed. I G. Classification: Excavation is unclassified. 3.3 TREATMENT OF SUBGRADES: ni A. Topsoil and vegetation in excavation, or fill areas, shall be stripped from the ground surface and stockpiled, exposing sound undisturbed subgrade soils. n 1 B. Fill Areas: Scarify subgrade to a depth of 6 inches and recompact to a density of 95% of maximum density per ASTM D698 at a moisture content of ±2%of optimum. I[� ,I C. Cut Areas: Scarify exposed subgrade to a depth of 6 inches and recompact to ' a density of 95% of the maximum density per ASTM D698 at a Moisture 1 content of ±2% of optimum. D. Undercut any soft or compressible areas detected during the recompaction process to sound subgrade soils and recompact. General or select fill shall be l� li used to bring the soft or compressive areas to grade. Work shall precede placement of topsoil, walks, drives, or structure foundations. Allow for placement of minimum 4-inch layer of topsoil in areas not covered by 1 :, structures or pavement. City of Pearland 7 Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Grading and Earthwork Project No. 7295 02210 - 4 June 11, 2019 ;I 1 1. 7 ,' 7 3.4 PLACING FILL: A. Examination of Subgrade: Do not place fill until the subgrade preparation has , 7 been accepted by the Engineer. i B. Removing Debris: Remove all roots, stone, and debris that are uncovered in the fill material. 'L C. Spreading Fill and Backfill: Spread the material in horizontal layers over the entire fill area. The thickness of each layer before compaction shall not exceed 8 inches unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. D. Attaining Proper Bond: If the compacted surface of a layer is too smooth to bond with succeeding layers, loosen the surface before continuing the work. E. Place materials to lines and grades shown allowing for depth of topsoil. 'e7 F. Maintain aggregate drainage throughout construction. G. The material shall be blended sufficiently to secure the best degree of compaction. 3.5 DISTRIBUTION OF TOPSOIL: :� A. Perform rough grading and topsoil/finish grading work. ''' B. Preparation: 1. Prior to placing topsoil, scarify the subgrade to a depth of 2 inches to I provide effective bonding. 7 . 2. Shape areas designated, including cut and fill areas, to receive a rminimum of 4 inches of topsoil. L C. Placement: 1. Do not haul or place wet topsoil. Also prohibited is placement of L topsoil on a subgrade that is excessively wet, extremely dry, or in a condition otherwise detrimental to proper grading or planting. 2. Distribute topsoil uniformly and spread evenly. Correct irregularities in the surface to prevent formation of depressions where water could stand. 7 3. Perform the spreading operation so that planting can proceed with little additional tillage or soil preparation. Leave the area smooth and suitable for planting. 4. Lightly compact topsoil to obtain proper bond with previously placed ipit or prepared material. iq 7 City of Pearland 'a Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Grading and Earthwork Project No. 7295 02210 - 5 June 11, 2019 1 7 , ! i 1- I D. Maintenance: Where any portion of the surface becomes eroded or otherwise 4T damaged, repair the affected area to establish the condition and grade prior to - topsoil placement; then replace topsoil. 1' I 3.6 MATERIAL DISPOSAL: 1; A. Remove waste and excess excavated material from the construction site before Pre-final Inspection. Legally dispose of material at a licensed site or with written and notarized permission from the property owner for a private disposal site. All costs associated with waste material removal and disposal shall be paid for by the Contractor. 3.7 TESTING: A. Testing Laboratory Services: As specified in Section 01400. I . END OF SECTION lJ fl it City of Pearland11 Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Grading and Earthwork Project No. 7295 02210 - 6 June 11, 2019 I ,. ,,r,. . ,, , _, I. - SECTION 02220 I ; I TRENCH AND EXCAVATION SAFETY SYSTEM I PART 1 GENERAL 7 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES: A. Requirements for a Trench and Excavation Safety System to be designed and furnished by the Contractor for the safety and health of personnel. . 7 B. Submission of a written Plan describing the System in detail. 1.7 1.2 PAYMENT: A. Payment will be as stipulated on the Bid Form. 7 1.3 REFERENCES: A. 29CFR1926—Occupational Safety and Health Standards- Excavations, United States Department of Labor, latest edition. B. Others—Other applicable Federal, State, and local rules for Trench i 7 Construction or Excavations. 1.4 REQUIREMENTS: ,'•7 ` A. The Contractor shall develop, design, and implement a System. The Contractor shall bear the sole responsibility for the adequacy of the System. .7B. The requirements of 29CFR1926 shall be the minimum requirements for this specification and is adopted as a part of this specification. Other regulations relating to trench and excavation safety shall also be considered a part of this 7 specification as if referenced directly. C. Should the System require wider trenches than shown, the Contractor shall be responsible for the costs associated with determining adequacy of pipe 7 bedding and class, as well as purchase and installation of alternate materials. L 1.5 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit copies of the System Plan for information only. The Engineer will not review the System Plan for sufficiency, adequacy, or other engineering : _ 7 aspects. Submission is only to record the presence or absence of the System Plan. 7 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. The Trench Safety System shall be designed by an Engineer registered as a Professional Engineer in the State of Texas. The System Plan shall be sampled 7 with the Engineer's seal, signed, and dated. P City of Pearland 111 7Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Trench and Excavation Safety Systems Project No. 7295 02220-1 June 1 1, 2019 i PART 2 PRODUCTS I 1 I Not used. PART 3 EXECUTION ' i 3.1 GENERAL: A. Implement the system in accordance with the written System Plan and conduct affected work in accordance with the same. END OF SECTION JIi 1. II ip i 1y City of Pearland • Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Trench and Excavation Safety Systems Project No. 7295 02220-2 June 11, 2019 7 SECTION 02225 EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES HEPART 1 GENERAL •7 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES: A. Unclassified excavation, trenching, bedding, backfilling and compacting for potable water mains, gravity-flow sanitary sewers, manholes, valves, and other utility systems and appurtenances, and the disposal of excess excavated material. 1.2 REFERENCES: A. ASTM C33 — Coarse Aggregates. B. ASTM D698 — Moisture-Density Relations of Soil (Standard). C. ASTM D1557 — Test for Moisture-Density Relations of Soil (Modified). D. ASTM D2321 — Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity — Flow Applications. ;, ,rE. ASTM D2487 — Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes. !I, F. ASTM D4254 — Minimum Index Density and Unit Weight of Soils and Calculations of Relative Density. 7 G. ASTM D4318 — Test for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit and Plasticity Index of Soils. H. OSHA — Occupational Safety and Health Administration and Related Regulations. 7 1.3 SUBMITTALS: 7 A. Procedures for Submittals: Section 01300. B. Submit sample(s) of material(s) proposed to be used for bedding in the pipe zone and backfill of fiberglass structures. ' �. 1. One (1) set to materials testinglab for classification. 2. One (1) set to Engineer for approval. 7 1.4 PROTECTION OR REMOVAL OF EXISTING UTILITIES: The Contractor shall anticipate all underground obstructions, such as but not C A. limited to, water mains, gas lines, storm and sanitary sewers, telephone or electric light or power ducts, concrete and debris. Any such lines or obstructions indicated on the Drawings show only the approximate locations I { and shall be verified in the field by the Contractor. The Owner and Engineer will endeavor to familiarize the Contractor with all known utilities and obstructions, but this shall not relieve the Contractor from full responsibility in City of Pearland Excavation, Backfilling L Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST and Compacting for Utilities Project No. 7295 02225 - 1 June 1 1, 2019 I , Ili anticipating all underground obstructions whether or not shown on 'the j l l Drawings. �� ,i III' , I B. The Contractor shall, at his own expense, maintain in proper working order 7 and without interruption of service all existing utilities and services which may .,' be encountered in the work. With the consent of the Engineer and utility owner such service connections may be temporarily interrupted to permit the i Contractor to remove designated lines or to make temporary changes in the 1 I, ' locations of services. The cost of making any temporary changes shall be at �1 the Contractor's expense. `, C. Notify all utility companies involved to have their utilities located and marked n., in the field. All underground utilities in a particular segment of the project shall , I then be uncovered to verify location and elevation before construction begins F1:in that segment of the project. i, D. The Contractor shall obtain necessary permits, except County right-of-way permits, required for completion of the project. i 1.5 DEFINITIONS: oN' A. All excavation associated with the j roect is unclassified. P B. Bedding: Includes the area from the trench bottom to the bottom of the pipe where material is placed to bring the trench bottom up to grade. A compacted ,r depth of approximately 4 to 6 inches is generally sufficient bedding thickness. . C. Haunching: Includes the area from the bottom of the pipe to the spring line t1i .� P�P P 9 1 i of the pipe. Material in this area must be placed and consolidated to provide adequate side support while avoiding both vertical and lateral displacement of the pipe. The type and density of the material in this area are the most 7 :. important factors affecting the performance and deflection of the pipe. D. Initial Backfill: Includes the area from the spring line of the pipe to a point at IIleast 6 inches over the top of the pipe. E. Final Backfill: Includes the area above the initial backfill, up to'final grade or the bottom of the flexible base material in the pavement section. 11 F. Pipe Zone: Includes areas of bedding, haunching and initial backfill as defined ;I above. .1 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPE ZONE: 7 A. Materials for use within the pipe zone and within 24 inches of fiberglass ristructures shall be in accordance with following Table 2.1: 1_ City of Pearland Excavation, Backfilling fl Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST and Compacting for Utilities Project No. 7295 02225 - 2 June 11, 2019 17 ,, , 7 ,1, _ ,I,I '7 TABLE 2.1 DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL CLASSIFICATION _ _ (as defined_ _ _in ASTM D2321) _ _ _ I I'l %Passing Sieve Sizes Atterberg Limits Coefficients Soil Class Type Group Description 1+/� in #4 #200 LLb PI` Uniformity Curvature Symbol ASTM D2487 (40 (4.75 (0.075 C. C. l.! mm) mm) mm) I Manufactured None Angular,granular, 100% 550%0 <5% Non Plastic ! ,Processed crushed stone or Aggregate; rock,crushed gravel, dense- and stone/sand '7 graded,clean mixtures with gradations selected to minimize migration ' of adjacent soils; • contain little or no • I 41. fines I II Coarse- GW Well graded gravels 100% <50% <5% Non-Plastic >4 1 to 3 Grained Soils, and gravel-sand of clean mixtures;little or no Coarse lr fines Fraction . GP Poorly-graded gravels <4 <1 or >3 11, and gravel-sand mixtures;little or no ! fines SW Well-graded sands >50% >6 1 to 3' , and gravelly sands; of little or no fines Coarse SP Poorly-graded sands Fraction - <6 <1 or >3 7 and gravelly sands; little or no fines Coarse- e.g. Sands and gravels 100% Varies 5%to Same as for GW,GP,SW Grained Soils, GW- which are borderline 12% and SP ,l i_ borderline GC, between clean and clean to SP-SM. with fines w/fines III Coarse- GM Silty gravels,gravel- 100% <50% >12%to <4 or Grained Soils sand-silt mixtures of <50% <"A" rwith Fines Coarse Line GC .Clayey gravels, Fraction <7 and iii gravel-sand-clay >"A" 1 mixtures Line 7 SM Silty sands,sand-silt >50%of >4 or mixtures Coarse Fraction Line SC Clayey sands,sand- >7 and clay mixtures ; Line IV' Fine-Grained ML Inorganic silts and 100% 100% >50% <50 <4 or r 7 Soils very fine sands,rock <"A" (inorganic) flour,silty or clayey Line 7 fine sands,silts with slight plasticity CL Inorganic clays of >7 and - low to medium >"A" , plasticity,gravelly Line clays,sandy clays, silty clays,lean clays a Includes Test Method ASTM D2487 borderline classifications and dual symbols depending on plasticity and liquid limts. b LL = Liquid Limit. ° PI = Plasticity Index. .7 B. In addition to the materials included in Table 2.1, the following materials are �I approved for the pipe zone or within 24 inches of fiberglass structures where 7 shown: li City of Pearland Excavation, Backfilling Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST and Compacting for Utilities Project No. 7295 02225 - 3 June 11, 2019 iI .r,,. cill :I!i. 1. Lean Concrete: Free-flowing grout, mixed one (1) sack of cement per f111 cubic yard of sand. - 11. I, 2. Structural Concrete: Concrete for encasement shall be 3000 psi compressive strength as specified in Section 03300. I-4 fli 2.2 FINAL BACKFILL MATERIALS: 1 it�11 : A. Earth Backfill: Earth backfill may be excavated and reused from trench or 111 obtained from an approved borrow area. Material shall be processed to ensure II that only select material is used for backfilling operations. Material shall be 7: ,, , 1 free of lumps, clods, large rocks, debris, trash, organic, spongy or otherwise objectionable material. The presence of such material in the backfill may j preclude uniform compaction and result in excessive localized point loads on or deflections in the piping system or fiberglass structure. 1 B. All materials included in Table 2.1 above are approved for final backfill. 7, , PART 3 EXECUTION: 3.1 EXAMINATION AND PREPARTATION: 11; . A. Examine utility routes and coordinate excavation work to eliminate installation conflicts. B. Allow room for stockpiling excavated material and utility construction material l during utility construction. 7 ; 5 �I 3.2 TRENCH EXCAVATION: A. Procedure: Excavate to indicated or specified depths. 1. Excavate by open cut method. 2. During excavation, stockpile material suitable for backfilling in an ^ ' � orderly manner far enough from the bank of the trench to avoid overloading, slides, or cave-ins. 11 , 3. Grade as necessary to prevent surface water from flowing into trenches or other excavations. .I n 4. Cut walls of trench as close to vertical as the stability of the material and trench safety will allow. Remove stones as necessary to avoid point-bearing. Over-excavate wet or unstable soil from the trench bottom to permit construction of a more stable bed for pipe. Over 1-1 - excavation shall be filled and tamped with clean dry sand, pea gravel, or other approved material to the required grade. il ; 5. Excavate the trench the proper width as shown, or as required by the Contractor's Trench Safety Program. If the trench width below the top of pipe is wider than specified in this section or shown, install n additional backfill. No additional payment will be made for additional material or work required for installation. City of Pearland Excavation, Backfilling I�f Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST and Compacting for Utilities Project No. 7295 02225 - 4 June 11, 2019 11 i,r , , fl6. Accurately grade the trench bottom to provide proper bedding as required for pipe installation. I 7 7. If any excavation is carried beyond the lines and grades required or authorized, the Contractor shall, at his own expense, fill such space with suitable material and properly compact the material as directed :7 by the Engineer. No additional payment will be made. B. Sheeting and Bracing: If trench safety methods do not include sloping of trench walls, install sheeting and bracing; or use appropriate trench box necessary to 7 support the sides of trenches and other excavations with vertical sides, as required by current OSHA regulations. 'f C. Water in Excavation: Keep work free from ground or surface water at all times. L Provide pumps of adequate capacity or other approved method to remove water from the excavation in such a manner that it will not interfere with the 7 progress of the work or the proper placing of other work. D. Existing Lawns and Shrubbery: The Contractor shall take particular care to ,,,7preserve existing lawns and shrubbery. Make minor pipe alignment modifications as may be necessary. E. Existing Pavement: Existing pavement over trenches shall be removed to a it width of 6 inches outside of the trench on each side. Remove to a neat line by sawing method. Take appropriate measures to prevent damage to existing pavement adjacent to the trench by wheels, tracks and/or stabilizers of excavating equipment. Remove brick pavement by hand, deliver and stack as directed by the Owner. 3.3 PIPE BEDDING: . ' 7 -L A. Concrete Encasement: L 1. Where shown, the Contractor shall install the pipe in concrete encasement. 7 2. Concrete for encasement shall be 3000 psi compressive strength as specified in Section 03300. ,7 3. Precautions shall be used to prevent pipe floating, movement or deflection during construction. 4. Concrete for encasement shall be included in the Bid. LB. Within the Pipe Zone or Adjacent to Fiberglass Structures: 7 1. Accurately grade the bottom of the trench 4 inches below bottom of the pipe and to the limits of the clear space on either side of the pipe. 2. Install materials which comply with Table 2.1 above in accordance 7 with "Pipe Bedding Detail" shown on the Drawings. 7CitY of Pearland Excavation, Backfilling Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST and Compacting for Utilities Project No. 7295 02225 - 5 June 11, 2019 fl . 4H 3. The initial layer of embedment material placed to receive the pipe shall )7 be brought upto agrade slightlyhi her than that required for the '1 9 9 q bottom of the pipe and the pipe shall be placed thereon and brought to grade by tamping, or by removal of the slight excess amount of n '1 embedment under the pipe. I. l 4. Adjustment to grade line shall be made by scraping away or filling with t embedment materials. Wedging or blocking up of pipe will not be permitted. 5. Each pipe section shall have a uniform bearing on the embedment for Fl the full length of the pipe, except immediately at the joint. 1 6. After each pipe has been graded, aligned, placed in final position on :1; 1 the bedding material and joint made, sufficient embedment material shall be deposited and compacted under and around each side of the pipe and back of the bell or end thereof to hold the pipe in proper position and alignment during subsequent pipe jointing and embedment Fl! . operations. 7. Sheeting and shoring will not be allowed in the pipe zone during or 11 after installation of the pipe or embedment material, unless special provisions are made to ensure the specified compaction of bedding and pipe alignment is maintained after removal of sheeting and shoring. fl 8. Minimum compaction effort within the pipe zone and adjacent to fiberglass structures shall be in accordance with the following Table 3.3 based on the class of bedding material used: Li TABLE 3.3 MINIMUM REQUIRED COMPACTION 7 FOR MATERIAL USED WITHIN PIPE ZONE OR FOR BACKFILL OF FIBERGLASS STRUCTURES Classification of Bedding Material Standard Proctor Density' r,,,i i, (Relative D_ensity shown in parentheses) 1 Class I Dumped Class II >_85% standard (z40% relative) 17I Class III 86% 95% standard !.} (41% - 70% relative) Class IV >95% standard t (>70% relative) Class V Not approved for bedding material Standard Proctor Density per ASTM D698, moisture content shall be ± 2% of optimum. Relative Density per ASTM D4254. )1 3.4 UTILITY INSTALLATION: A. Water Lines and Sanitary Sewers: Limit clear on either side of the pipe to 12 11 inches. Above the pipe, cut as wide as necessary to sheet and brace and properly perform the work. Provide class of bedding as shown. Install piping 7 and appurtenances as specified. L .I ' City of Pearland Excavation, Backfilling i Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST and Compacting for Utilities + 1 Project No. 7295 02225 - 6 June 11, 2019 I ) ' I , . ,. '7 B. Excavation for Appurtenances: Excavate sufficiently for valves, fittings, manholes, valve vaults, utility pull boxes and similar structures to leave at least 18 inches clear between the outer surfaces and the embankment or shoring fl that may be used to hold and protect the embankment wall. Install valves, fittings, manholes or valve vault structure, piping and appurtenances as specified. Any other-depth excavation will be refilled with lean concrete or 7 . other suitable compacted material approved by the Engineer, at no additional cost to the Owner. 7 3.5 FINAL BACKFILL: A. Criteria: Backfill trenches to ground surface with material as specified. Reopen trenches improperly backfilled to depth required for proper compaction. Refill ;' and compact as specified, or otherwise correct the condition in an approved manner. B. Take care to avoid contacting pipe or structure to be backfilled with compaction equipment. Do not use compaction equipment directly over the pipe until sufficient initial backfill has been placed to assure such equipment will not be damage or disturb the pipe. C. All forms, lumber, trash and debris shall be removed from trenches, manholes and other utility structures prior to backfilling. . D. . Dispose of unacceptable backfill material and provide suitable material for backfill at no additional cost to the Owner. E. Open Areas: 'i 7 1. Above the pipe zone, deposit earth backfill from excavated material, compact to minimum of 95 percent of maximum density per ASTM ,, D698, while maintaining moisture within ± 2 percent of optimum. 1, Excavated material placed shall be free of rock larger than two (2) 17 inches in any direction. 1. 2. Backfill for valves, fittings, manholes, utility pull boxes and other utility ,7structures shall be placed in accordance with applicable Specification Sections. F. Pavement Section: 7. 1. Above the pipe zone to below the flexible base material, deposit earth backfill from excavated material, compact to minimum of 95 percent rof maximum density per ASTM D698, while maintaining moisture `-: within ± 2 percent of optimum; or deposit ASTM D2487 Class II material in 6-inch lifts, compact to 40 percent relative density i, 71, according to ASTM D4254. 2. For valves, fittings, manholes, valve vaults or boxes in pavement sections, backfill with Class II material to bottom of proposed 7. pavement. Backfill material shall be deposited in 6-inch lifts. Class II material must be compacted to 40 percent relative density according to ASTM D4254. 7 City of Pearland Excavation, Backfilling Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST and Compacting for Utilities Project No. 7295 02225 - 7 June 11, 2019 7 0 fl; ) 1,! 3.6 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS MATERIAL: 7 !I • A. Remove waste and excess excavated material from the construction site before final inspection. Legally dispose of material: 1. At a licensed and approved site. 2. On adjacent private property with written and notarized permission r ; from the property owner. 3. On Owner property with written and notarized permission from the fl Owner. - B. All cost associated with waste material removal and disposal shall be paid for by the Contractor. ! ' END OF SECTION II' ' P. ' .1 l fly t I l City of Pearland Excavation, Backfilling ) Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST and Compacting for Utilities Project No. 7295 02225 - 8 June 11, 2019 • CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS Section 02630 STORM SEWERS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Storm sewers and appurtenances. B. References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01300—Submittals L 3. Section 01400—Quality Control 4. Section 03300—Cast-in-Place Concrete 5. Section 02255 —Excavation, Backfilling, and Compacting for Utilities 6. Section 01010 - Summary of Work C. Referenced Standards: 1. American Societyfor Testingand Materials (ASTM) � ) a. ASTM C 76,"Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe b. ASTM C 443,"Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe and Manholes, Using Rubber Gaskets" c. ASTM C 506, "Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Arch Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe" d. ASTM C 877,"Standard Specification for External Sealing Bands for Concrete Pipe, Manholes, and Precast Box Sections" FA e. ASTM C 507, "Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Elliptical Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe" f. ASTM C 655, "Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete D- r Load Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe" g. ASTM D 3350, "Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastic Pipe and Fittings Materials" h. ASTM C 1433, "Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Box Sections for Culverts, Storm Drains, and Sewers" i. ASTM B 633, "Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings 7. of Zinc on Iron and Steel" j. ASTM A 760, "Standard Specification for Corrugated Steel Pipe, Metallic-Coated for Sewers and Drains" 5/2013 02630- 1 of 12 r . :1! CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ! j A. Measurement for storm sewers is on a linear foot basis taken along the center line of the pipe from center line to center line of manholes or from end to end of culverts, ?I: measured and complete in place. Separate measurement will be made for each type and size of pipe installed. } B. Payment for storm sewer includes pipe, earthwork, connections to existing manholes and pipe,accessories,equipment and execution required are incidental to storm sewer 7 work. C. Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01300 — Submittals. B. Submit manufacturer's literature for product specifications and installation instructions. C. Submit product quality,material sources,and field quality information in accordance �. with this Section. I1 i 1.04 TESTING A. Testing and analysis of product quality, material sources, or field quality shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory provided by the Owner under the provisions of Section 01400 —Quality Control and as specified in this Section. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The condition for acceptance will be a storm sewer that is watertight both in pipe-to- 7 • pipe, box-to-box joints and in pipe-to-manhole connections and in box connections. 1 f 5/2013 02630-2 of 12 L . CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS ,r--. 1.06 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING fit. r A. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations. .r B. Handle pipe, fittings, and accessories carefully with approved handling devices. Do not drop or roll pipe off trucks or trailers. Materials cracked,gouged,chipped,dented, r or otherwise damaged will not be approved for installation. C. Store pipe and fittings on heavy timbers or platforms to avoid contact with the ground. D. Unload pipe,fittings,and specials as close as practical to the location of installation to avoid unnecessary handling. . r E. Keep interiors of pipe and fittings completely free of dirt and foreign matter. 'r, 2.0 PRODUCTS r2.01 MATERIAL A. Materials for storm sewers shall be of the sizes and types indicated on the Plans. B. Materials for pipe and fittings, other than those specified or referenced, may be considered for use in storm sewers. C. For consideration of other materials, submit complete manufacturer's data including materials,sizes,flow carrying capacity,installation procedures,and history of similar installations to Engineer for pre-bid evaluations, if allowed, or as a substitution. 2.02 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE A. Circular reinforced concrete pipe shall conform to requirements of ASTM C 76, for Class III wall thickness. Joints shall be rubber gasketed conforming to ASTM C 443. B. Reinforced concrete arch pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 506 for Class A-III. Joints shall conform to ASTM C 877. C. Reinforced concrete elliptical pipe, either vertical or horizontal, shall conform to the i E requirements of ASTM C 507 for Class VE-III for vertical or Class HE-III for horizontal. Joints shall be rubber gaskets conforming to ASTM C 877. D. Reinforced concrete D-load pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 655. , e. E. , --. 5/2013 02630-3 of 12 LII CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS t,: Ei,l C. Bituminous coated pipe or pipe arch shall be coated inside and out with a bituminous I i'l coatingwhich shall meet theseperformance requirements and requirements of i l'H' q AASHTO M190. ` Ill 1. Pipe shall be uniformly coated inside and out to a minimum thickness of 0.05 inch, measured on crests of corrugations. " 2. Bituminous coating shall adhere to the metal so that it will not chip, crack, or , , peel during handling and placement;and shall protect pipe from corrosion and III' deterioration. 3.. Where a paved invert is shown on Plans,pipe or pipe arch,in addition to fully- coated treatment described above,shall receive additional bituminous material, i _i' same as specified above, applied to the bottom quarter of circumference to f form a smooth pavement. Maintain a minimum thickness of 1/8 inch above crests of corrugations. ', '1; ,,i D. Furnish all fittings and specials required for bends, end sections, branches, access 7, manholes,and connections to other fittings. Design fittings and specials in accordance 14 ;; with Plans and ASTM A 760. Fittings and specials are subject to same internal and external loads as straight pipe. i - : : , . , 2.05 PIPE FABRICATION ! ; J�, ; A. Steel Pipe: 1.. Galvanized or aluminized steel pipe shall be full circle or arch pipe conforming _1,i! to AASHTO M 36, Type I, Type IA, or Type II, as indicated on the Plans. di 2. Fabrication with circumferential corrugations, lap joint construction with riveted or spot-welded seams,helical corrugations with continuous helical lock 4' seam, or ultra-high frequency resistance butt-welded seams is acceptable. },' 1 B. Aluminum Pipe: 1. Pipe shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M 196,Type I, Type IA, : _ circular pipe, or Type II,pipe arch as indicated on the Plans. �; _11 2. Fabrication with circumferential corrugations, lap joint construction with riveted or spot-welded seams,or helical corrugations with a continuous helical lock seam. i 3. Portions of aluminum pipe that will be in contact with concrete or metal other f than aluminum, shall be insulated from these materials with a coating of fi; bituminous material meeting requirements of AASHTO M 190. Extend 1 coating a minimum distance of one foot beyond area of contact. 1 5/2013 02630-6 of 12 !�' I,, I;. I 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS 7 C. Precoated Galvanized Steel Pipe: • 1. Pipe shall be full circle or arch pipe conforming to AASHTO M 245,Type I, 7 Type IA or Type II as indicated on the Plans. 2. Fabrication with circumferential corrugations, lap joint construction with 7riveted seams, or helical lock seams is acceptable. 3. Inside and outside coating shall be a minimum of 10 mils. ..7 2.06 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL L . A. Tolerances: Allowable casting tolerances for concrete units are plus or minus 1/4 inch from dimensions shown on the Plans. Concrete thickness in excess of that required 7 will not constitute cause for rejection provided that such excess thickness does not interfere with proper jointing operations. 7 B. Precast Unit Identification: Mark date of manufacture and name or trademark of manufacturer clearlyon the inside of inlet, headwall or win wall. wing wall. • C. Rejection: Precast units may be rejected for non-conformity with these specifications and for any of the following reasons: 7 1. Fractures or cracks passing through the shell,except for a single end crack that do not exceed the depth of the joint. .,72. Surface defects indicating honeycombed or open texture. 3. Damaged or misshaped ends, where such damage would prevent making a satisfactory joint. D. Replacement: Immediately remove rejected units from the work site and replace with h:C_ acceptable units. t r E. Repairs: Occasional imperfections resulting from manufacture or accidental damage t. may be repaired if, in the opinion of the Engineer, repaired units conform to requirements of these specifications. 2.07 BEDDING,BACKFILL,AND TOPSOIL MATERIAL • A. Bedding and Backfill Material: Conform to Plans and requirements of Sections 02255 { —Excavation,Backfilling and Compacting for Utilities. , 7 . , , . , : 7 5/2013 02630-7 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS Z 1 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION 7 ' A. Conform to requirements of Section 02255 - Excavation, Backfilling and Compacting for Utilities. 3.02 EARTHWORK ki A. Excavate in accordance with requirements of Section 02255—Excavation,Backfilling,and Compacting for Utilities, except where tunneling or jacking methods are shown . 1 on the Plans. When pipes are laid in a trench, the trench when completed and f shaped to receive the pipe, shall be of sufficient width to provide free working space I for satisfactory bedding and jointing and thorough tamping of backfill and bedding material under and around pipe. ri B. Bed pipe in accordance with Plans and Specifications. When requested by Engineer, furnish a simple template for each size and shape of pipe for use in checking shaping of bedding. Template shall consist of a thin plate or board cut to match lower half of cross section. 44� C. Where rock in either ledge or boulder form exists below pipe,remove the rock below grade and replace with suitable materials so that a slightly yielding compacted earth cushion is provided below pipe a minimum of 12 inches thick. i1 1 D. Where soil encountered at established grade is quicksand, muck or similar unstable 7 I materials, such unstable soil shall be removed and replaced in accordance with requirements of Section 02255. Do not allow cement stabilized materials for backfill to come into contact with any uncoated aluminum or aluminized pipe surface. fl E. After metal pipe structure has been completely assembled on proper line and grade and � I headwalls constructed when required by the drawing details, place selected material from excavation or borrow along both sides of the completed structures equally, in uniform layers not exceeding 6 inches in depth(loose measurement),wetted if required and thoroughly compacted between adjacent structures and between structure and sides 1 of trench, or for a distance each side of structure equal to diameter of pipe. Backfill material shall be compacted to the same density requirements as specified for adjoining sections of embankment in accordance with specifications. Above three-fourths point of structure,place uniformly on each side of pipe in layers not to exceed 12 inches. F. Only hand operated tamping equipment will be allowed within vertical planes 2 feet beyond horizontal projection of outside surface of structure for backfilling, until a minimum cover of 12 inches is obtained. Remove and replace damaged pipe. G. Do not permit heavy earth moving equipment to haul over structure until a minimum of 4 feet of permanent or temporary compacted fill has been placed. r 5/2013 • 02630-8 of 12 .r. CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS I 7 H. During backfilling, obtain uniform backfill material and uniform compacted density throughout length of structure so that unequal pressure will be avoided. Provide proper backfill under structure. LI. Prior to adding each new layer of loose backfill material,an inspection will be made of inside periphery of structure for local or unequal deformation caused by improper rconstruction methods. Evidence of deformation will be reason for such corrective 'L measures as may be directed by Engineer. 3.03 CORRUGATED METAL PIPE INSTALLATION , A. Place pipes on prepared foundation starting at outlet end. Join sections firmly together, with side laps or circumferential joints pointing upstream and with longitudinal laps on sides. 7' B. Metal in joints which is not protected by galvanizing or aluminizing shall be coated with an approved asphaltum paint. 7 ;, • C. Provide proper equipment for hoisting and lowering sections of pipe into trench without damaging pipe or disturbing prepared foundation and sides of trench. Pipe low ,L which is not in alignment or which shows undue settlement after laying,or is damaged, shall be taken up and relaid. 7 . D. Multiple installations of corrugated metal pipe and pipe arches shall be laid with the center lines of individual barrels parallel. Unless otherwise indicated on the Plans, maintain the following clear distances between outer surfaces of adjacent pipes: I'7 DIAMETER CLEAR DISTANCE BETWEEN PIPES PIPE ARCH OF PIPE FULL CIRCLE AND PIPE ARCH DESIGN NO. 7 18" 1' 2" 2 24" 1' 5" 3 7 30" 1' 8" 4 36" 1' 11" 5 7 42" 2' 2" 6 48" 2' 5" 7 1 54" 2' 10" 8 7 60"—84" 3' 2" 9 , �, 90"- 120 3 5 10 & Over 7 E. Where extensions are attached to existing structures, install a proper connection between structure and existing as indicated on Plans, coat the connection with 7 bituminous material when required. F. When existing headwalls and aprons are indicated for reuse on the Plans,sever portion } to be reused from the existing culvert, and relocate to prepared position. Damaged 7, 5/2013 02630-9 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS fl 1' headwalls, aprons or pipes attached to the headwall,shall be restored to their original f fl condition. C 1 3.04 JOINTING III' ,I A. Field joints shall maintain pipe alignment during construction and prevent infiltration 71l1 of side material. !II: ; B. Coupling bands shall lap equally on pipes being connected to form a tightly-closed ► joint. i I : I C. Use corrugated locking bands to field join pipes furnished with circumferential "if corrugations including pipe with helical corrugations having reformed circumferential 1 ' corrugations on ends. Fit locking bands into a minimum of one full circumferential 1 corrugation of pipe ends being coupled. FIT 3.05 CONCRETE PIPE INSTALLATION11. A. Install in accordance with the Plans and pipe manufacturer's recommendations and as specified in this Section. i S B. Install pipe only after excavation is completed, the bottom of the trench shaped, bedding material is installed, and the trench has been approved by the Engineer. 1111 _, C. Install pipe to the line and grade indicated. Place pipe so that it has continuous bearing of barrel on bedding material and is laid in the trench so the interior surfaces of the i" 'I pipe follow the grades and alignments indicated. D. Install pipe with the spigot ends toward the direction of flow. '; I..iI E. Form a concentric joint with each section of adjoining pipe so as to prevent offsets. :I F. Place and drive home newly laid sections with come-a-long winches so as to eliminate 7 ,, damage to sections. Use of back hoes or similar powered equipment will not be allowed unless protective measures are provided and approved in advance by the 17 Engineer. Li G. Keep the interior of pipe clean as the installation progresses. Where cleaning after fl laying the pipe is difficult because of small pipe size,use a suitable swab or drag in the L 3 pipe and pull it forward past each joint immediately after the joint has been completed. 1 H. Keep excavations free of water during construction and until final inspection. I I. When work is not in progress,cover the exposed ends of pipes with an approved plug to prevent foreign material from entering the pipe. L. -, . 5/2013 02630- 10of12 1_.! i , CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS 7 3.06 PRECAST AND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE BOX SEWERS INSTALLATION A. Placement of Boxes: when precast boxes are used to form multiple barrel structures, 7 place the box sections in conformance with the plans or as directed. Place material to be used between barrels as shown on the plans or as directed. Unless otherwise authorized, start the laying of boxes on the bedding at the outlet end and proceed E toward the inlet end with the abutting sections properly matched. Fit,match,and lay s the boxes to form a smooth, uniform conduit true to the established lines and grades. For trench installations, lower the box sections into the trench without damaging the ;� box or disturbing the bedding and the sides of the trench. Carefully clean the ends of the box before it is placed. Prevent the earth or bedding material from entering the box as it is laid. Remove and re-lay, without extra compensation, boxes that are not in alignments or that show excessive settlement after laying. Form and place cast-in- place boxes in accordance with Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete. 7 B. Connections and Stub Ends: Make connections of boxes to existing boxes, pipes, storm drains,or storm drain appurtenances as shown on the plans. Mortar or concrete ,.7 the bottom of existing structures if necessary to eliminate any drainage pockets created by the connections. Connect boxes to any required headwalls,wingwalls, safety end treatments or riprap, or other structures as shown on the plans or as directed. Repair any damage to the existing structure resulting from making the connections: Finish stub ends for connections to future work not shown on the plans by installing watertight plugs into the free end of the box. . 7 C. For precast boxes,fill lifting holes with mortar or concrete and cure. Precast concrete or mortar plugs may be used. r_., 3.07 INSTALLATION OTHER THAN OPEN CUT 7 A. For installation of pipe by augering,boring, or jacking pipe,conform to requirements 7 B. Design pipe and box sewers for jacking,boring or tunneling considering the specific installation conditions such as the soil conditions, installation methods, anticipated , r deflection angles and jacking pressures. When requested, provide design notes and drawings signed by a Texas licensed professional engineer. C; 3.08 CONNECTIONS A. Connect inlet leads to the inlets as shown on the Plans. Use non-shrink grout jointing 7 material as shown on the Plans Drawing or as approved. Make connections water tight. ,, 7 . , 7 5/2013 02630- 11 of 12 I! CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS11,1 1 !' 3.09 FINISHES A. Cut off inlet leads neatly at the inside face of inlet wall. Point up with mortar or field galvanizing. B. When the box section of the inlet has been completed,shape the floor of the inlet with mortar to conform to the detailed Plans. C. Finish concrete surfaces in accordance with requirements of Section 03300—Cast-in- Place Concrete. ) ,11; 3.10 BACKFILL Backfill the trench only after pipe and box sewer installation is approved by the � Engineer. 711 B. Bed pipes with materials conforming to requirements of Section 02255 and as indicated on Plans. C. Backfill and compact soil in accordance with Section 02255. 3.11 INSPECTION A. Remove and replace all nonconforming work at no additional cost to City. ! �r 3.12 SAFETY END TREATMENTS (SET) A. Install safety end treatments as indicated on the fl plans. Use only approved pre-cast SET's with cross bars. ft • 3.13 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A. Perform clean-upand restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with 1. � Section 01010 - Summary of Work. B. In unpaved areas,grade surface as a uniform slope to natural grade as indicated on the Plans. END OF SECTION 1 is 5/2013 02630- 12 of 12 i3 CITY OF PEARLAND PRECAST INLETS,HEADWALLS, AND WINGWALLS Section 02631 PRECAST INLETS,HEADWALLS,AND WINGWALLS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. , Precast concrete inlets for storm or sanitary sewers,including cast iron frame and plate or grate. B. Precast concrete headwalls and wingwalls for storm sewers. C. References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01300—Submittals 3. Section 03300—Cast-in-Place Concrete 4. Section 02225—Excavation Backfilling, and Compacting for Utilities D. Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM C 76,"Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe b. ASTM C 270, "Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry" E. Definitions: 1. Normal Depth Type A,Type B,Type C and Type E Inlets-depth of 2.25 feet 7or less(2'3")plus pipe inside diameter when measured from grating,bottom of gutter, or throat to flow line of inlet lead. 2. Normal Depth Type BB Inlet - depth of 2.55 feet (2' 6% ") plus pipe inside diameter when measured from curb beam to flow line of inlet lead. rr- 3. Extra Depth Inlet- specified depth exceeding normal depth for the type inlet used. 5/2013 02631 - 1 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND PRECAST INLETS,HEADWALLS, AND WINGWALLS k l' mil 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement for normal depth inlets is on a per each basis, complete in place. I_ B. When extra depth is specified on the Plans,measurement for extra depth inlets is on a i vertical foot basis for each foot in excess of normal depth,measured and complete in place. , 'I C. Measurement for headwalls and wingwalls is on a per each basis, complete in place. D. Payment for inlets and for culvert headwalls and wingwalls includes connection of n lines, and furnishing and installing frames, grates, rings and covers. , E. Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. f� 1 S'� 1.03 SUBMITTALS 1;l A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01300 — Submittals. B. Submit Shop Drawings for approval of design and construction details for precast concrete inlets, headwalls and wingwalls. . C. Submit proposals for using equivalent construction products or processes. D. Submit manufacturer's data and details for frames, grates,rings, and covers. l 1.04 STORAGE AND SHIPMENT A. Store precast units on level blocking. Do not place loads on them until design strength is reached. Shipment of acceptable units may be made when the 28 day strength requirements have been met. f 2.0 PRODUCTS II� 2.01 MATERIALS A. Concrete: Concrete for precast machine-made units meeting requirements of ASTM C 1 S 76 regarding reinforced concrete, cement, aggregate, mixture, and concrete test. Minimum 28-day compressive strength shall be 4,000 psi. B. Reinforcing steel: Conform to requirements of Section 03300 — Cast-in-Place Concrete. Place reinforcing steel to conform to details shown on Plans and as follows: 5/2013 02631 -2 of 5 ,r,,, CITY OF PEARLAND PRECAST INLETS, HEADWALLS, AND WINGWALLS .7 .1 1. Provide apositive means for holdingsteel cages inplace throughout g g ' production of concrete units. The maximum variation in reinforcement r position is plus or minus 10 percent of wall thickness or plus or minus 1/2 inch whichever is less. Regardless of variation, the minimum cover of concrete over reinforcement as shown on the Plans shall be maintained. . 7 1. , 2. Welding of reinforcing steel is not permitted unless noted on the Plans. 7 C. Mortar: Conform to requirements of ASTM C 270, Type S using Portland cement. D. Miscellaneous metal: Cast-iron frames and plates conforming to requirements of C� Section 02542—Concrete Manholes and Accessories. fl2.02 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Tolerances: Allowable casting tolerances for concrete units are plus or minus 1/4 inch from dimensions shown on the Plans. Concrete thickness in excess of that required 11 will not constitute cause for provided rovided that such excess thickness does not interfere with proper jointing operations. ,r B. Precast Unit Identification: Mark date of manufacture and name or trademark of manufacturer clearly on the inside of inlet, headwall or wingwall. 7 C. Rejection: Precast units maybe for non-conformitywith these specifications rejected and for any of the following reasons: i'Llt. 1. Fractures or cracks passing through the shell,except for a single end crack that ': does not exceed the depth of the joint. r 2. Surface defects indicating honeycombed or open texture. ,;l , 3. Damaged or misshaped ends, where such damage would prevent making a satisfactory joint. ;7 D. Replacement: Immediately remove rejected units from the work site and replace with acceptable units. ' a E. Repairs: Occasional imperfections resulting from manufacture or accidental damage may be repaired if, in the opinion of the Engineer, repaired units according to 7 requirements of these specifications. L�a i ,i4 ! I!7 5/2013 02631 -3 of 5 ; r j, i '� raj CITY OF PEARLAND PRECAST INLETS,HEADWALLS, AND WINGWALLS 3.0 EXECUTION .111 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify lines and grades are correct. 71,1 jY!, B. Verify compacted subgrade will support loads imposed by inlets. • •:1 il 3.02 INSTALLATION - '1 fl I A. Install inlets,headwalls,and wingwalls complete in place to the dimensions,lines and • grades as shown on the Plans. E71 !I .1 B. Excavate in accordance with requirements of Section 02225. C. Bed precast concrete units on cement stabilized sand on foundations of firm, stable material accurately shaped to conform to the shape of unit bases. D. Provide adequate means to lift and place concrete units. 1 i..9 1 H 3.03 FINISHES A. Use a cement-sand mortar mix to seal joints, fill lifting holes, and as otherwise required. B. When the box section of the inlet has been completed,shape the floor of the inlet with , mortar to conform to Plans details. C. Accurately adjust cast iron inlet plate frames to line,grade,and slope. Grout frame in .,,T; place with mortar. ) 3.04 INLET WATERTIGHTNESS A. Test each inlet for leaks. Verify that inlets are free of visible leaks. Repair leaks in an approved manner. 3.05 CONNECTIONS A. Connect inlet leads to the inlets as shown on the Plans. Use non-shrink jointing material as shown on the Plans or as approved. Make connections water tight. ! 1 5/2013 02631 -4 of 5 � I • L CITY OF PEARLAND PRECAST INLETS,HEADWALLS, AND WINGWALLS 3.06 BACKFILL A. Backfill the area of excavation surrounding each completed inlet, headwall or wingwall according to the requirements of Section 02225. rr END OF SECTION ; r 7. r r r. 7'r 4 5/2013 02631 -5 of 5 _ J , 7 .: 7 SECTION 02665 WATER SYSTEMS . f.r. PART 1 GENERAL �� 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES: 1 A. Water mains including valves, valve boxes, blocking, fittings, and other {' appurtenances. 1 1.2 REFERENCES: I Tr_ A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): k 1. ASTM A53.- Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot Dipped, Zinc-Coated Welded • [IIP . and Seamless. .1 2. ASTM A126 - Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges and Pipe Fittings. 3. ASTM A307 - Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs 60,000 psi Tensile. :•.7 4. ASTM A536 - Ductile Iron Castings. 5. ASTM D1784 - Rigid Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) Compounds. I'i 6. ASTM D1785 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, rin 80, and 120. 7. ASTM D2241 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR). , 137 8. ASTM D2466 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40. !Tr9. ASTM D2737 - Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Tubing. 10. ASTM D2855 - Making Solvent-Cemented Joints with Polyvinyl '' Chloride (PVC) Pipe and Fittings. ,ru 11. ASTM D3139 - Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. Tr' 12. ASTM F477 - Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe. B. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 17i 1. AWWA C104- Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings j° for Water. It 2. AWWA C105 - Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile Iron Piping for is Water and other Liquids. City of Pearland �` 1' Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Water Systems '�i Project No. 7295 02665 - 1 June 11, 2019 li 71' Hi 3. AWWA C110 - Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings, 3 inches through 1,. LI. 48 inches, for Water and other Liquids. ;r; 4. AWWA C150 - Thickness Design of Ductile Iron Pipe. 1 ii Ili • 5. AWWA C151 - Ductile Iron Pipe. 1H 6. AWWA C153 - Ductile Iron Compact Fittings, 3 inches through 12 fl 'I;l p 9 9 ; inches, for Water and other Liquids. •'`; . 7. AWWA C500 - Metal-Seated Gate Valves, for Water Systems. fl ' il 8. AWWA C502 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrants. • ; 9. AWWA C509 Resilient Seated Gate Valves for Water Systems. fJ.; it 10. AWWA C550 - Protective Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants. 11. AWWA C600 - Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and . III .,ti Appurtenances. i 12. AWWA C700 - Cold Water Meters Displacement-Type, Bronze Main ,i i�; Case. LI 77.!13. AWWA C900 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, 4 inches - II through 12 inches, for water. , :. {I ' 14. AWWA C901 - Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings, 11 1 1/2 inch through 3 inches for Water. II 15. AWWA C905 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Water Transmission Pipe, flHNominal Diameters 14 inches throw h 36 inches. g , I C. ANSI 16.1 - Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. n'! D. 30 TAC 290, Texas Administrative Code, Volume 30, Chapter 290, Water Hygiene. 7,, E. UL 246 - Hydrants for Fire-Protection Service. i 1.3 SUBMITTALS: 7 ! A. Procedures for submittals: Section 01300. I B. Product Data: Manufacturer's product data sheets on all materials incorporated into work. Imo ; C. Quality Control Submittals: For information only. I _II 1. Certificates: Manufacturer's certificates attesting compliance with applicable specifications for grades, types, classes, and other I I. properties. City of Pearland BaileyWTP 1.0 MG GST Water Systems I' ,! Project No. 7295 02665 - 2 June 11, 2019 ._i • 11 7 2. Test Reports: Results of field quality control tests including hydrostatic , E tests and bacteriological tests. 7 D. Contract Closeout Submittals: Refer to Section 01700. 1. Protect Record Documents: Submit documents in accordance with I • Section 01700. Accurately record installed location of valves, hydrants, piping and service connections, and accessories. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Pipeline installation shall be in accordance with manufacturer's 1 p recommendations and as supplemented by these Specifications. B. Pipe shall be kept clean of all foreign matter. 1. At temporary termination of pipe laying, provide suitable cover to close open end until burying operations are resumed. 1. 7 C. Jointing shall be by trained employees. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: 7 A. Deliver, store, and handle products under provisions of Section 01600. B. Each load of pipe delivered to the job site shall be inspected by the Engineer. 1. Pipe transported without adequate protection shall be rejected and removed immediately from the job site. 111r. 2. Inadequate wall thickness or tolerances greater than specified: 1 Randomly selected samples of the pipe shall be forwarded immediately 1 to an approved testing laboratory with instructions to check the pipe for compliance with applicable product standards, ASTM IL Specifications, and other applicable Specifications. 3. When the testing laboratory reports concur that the pipe does not meet ! ' Specifications, the defective pipe shall be removed immediately from I' the job site by the Contractor. 4. If defective, all costs for shipping of samples, laboratory testing, pi pe of defective pipe, and replacement p pe shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. i'� PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPE: A. Ductile Iron Water Pipe: AWWA C151, Class 50: . 7 1. Cement lined interior, AWWA C104. 2. Exterior shall be bituminous coated, AWWA C151. I? 3. Wrap buried pipe with 8 mil polyethylene encasement, AWWA C105. ECity of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Water Systems Project No. 7295 02665 - 3 June 11, 2019 7 , B. PVC Water Pipe - Pressure Class: AWWA C900: 1. DR 18 - Pressure Class 150. _ '� 2. All pipe shall bear NSF 61 seal of approval. 7 ;1 3. • Joints shall be integral bell with flexible elastomeric seal. j ' I 2.2 FITTINGS: 7, A. Buried Fittings (size 3 inches through 48 inches): , 1. Ductile Iron, AWWA C1 10 (non-compact) or AWWA C153 (compact). I'll 2. Cement lined interior, AWWA C104. '' 3. Exterior shall be bituminous coated. 4. Fittings shall be mechanical joint or flanged pipe as shown. 7 ; 5. Wrap buried fittings with 8-inch polyethylene encasement, AWWA C105. II 6. Working pressure rated to 350 psi. teed, IT B. I Buried Fittings (2 and 3 inch) for use with ASTM 2241 pipe: , 1. PVC, ASTM D1784, Harco Class 200. fl 'l 2. NSF approved and marked for potable water use. •II 3. Joints shall be integral with flexible elastomeric seal. •I 4. Working pressure rated at 200 psi. J 2.3 COUPLINGS: I!; I, A. Flanged Coupling Adapters: ; ;,1 'i, 1. Conform to ASTM A126, Class B, Cast Iron. li 2. Products: Dresser Style 127, Uni-flange Series 400, or approved • II ' !I equivalent. _ CII,! B. Flexible Couplings: °', ' ;I 1. Type: Rubber Spool. 71', 2. Products: Proco 232 with control rods or Engineer-approved I; equivalent. rir,1 3. Service: Supply couplings with working pressures which meet or exceed the joining pipe rating. 1i1 il C. Retainer Glands: ALL mechanical joints shall be restrained. !.�,1I 1. Mechanical joint fittings to Ductile Iron: Ductile Iron ASTM A536, 1,1 Grade 60 10 10. 'i ---,ill a. For DI Pipe, Product: EBAA Iron Series 1100, or Engineer 1.11•�. Approved Equal. ,II'i City of Pearland !� Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Water Systems s- Project No. 7295 02665 - 4 June 11, 2019 I , ;: , 7 , . , , ; I b. For PVC Pipe, Product: EBAA Iron Series 2000, or Engineer Approved Equal. ;7 D. Bell Restraints: ALL pipe bell joints shall be restrained. !I, 1. Bell Restraint: Ductile Iron ASTM A536, Grade 60-10-10. 7 a. For DI Pipe, Product: EBAA Iron Series 1700, or Engineer 1;: Approved Equal. 7 b. For PVC Pipe, Product: EBAA Iron Series 1900, or Engineer Approved Equal. 7 E. Service Clamps: 1. Product: Mueller, or approved equivalent. 2. Type: Bronze, two-piece with 0-Ring seal. 3. Use: Copper tubing size (CTS) polyethylene pipe service connections. 2.4 BOLTS AND GASKETS: 1;[114 A. Gaskets shall be 1/8-inch cloth insert, red rubber, full face. ' B. Bolts shall be 316 SS. 2.5 TAPPING SLEEVES: '� A. Material: I • ;I'. 1. Shell: 304 Stainless Steel. 7 2. Lugs: 304 Stainless Steel. 3. Bolts, Washers & Nuts: NC Rolled Thread, 304 Stainless Steel. .11 4. Gaskets: Virgin SBR compounded for water service. 5. Outlet Flange: .. 7, I a. 304 Stainless Steel, ASTM 536. • b. Meet or exceed all applicable requirements of ANSI B16.1, ;' Class 125. B. Certified to ANSI/NSF 61. 7 2.6 ACCESSORIES: l;� A. Valve markers: 1. Product: Carsonite Composite Utility Water Line marker, or approved equivalent. . 7 2. Color: Blue. 3. Length: 6'0", Mark at 18" for proper burial depth. r, 4. Decal: "Water Valve". iI. 7 City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Water Systems Project No. 7295 02665 - 5 June 11, 2019 7 ' • �' i 'i B. Valve Boxes/Covers: 1 -- • ,l 1. Product: Tyler Pipe 6850 Series telescoping cast iron valve box or a 1 6" PVC Class 160 riser or approved equivalent. l j�;I 2. Cover: Cast Iron, marked, "Water" with a tight fit to valve box. PART 3 EXECUTION Il' 3.1 PREPARATION: I service meters, and accessories prior to ;_i A. Stake locations of fittings, valves, installation for review by Engineer. B. Prior to installing valves, remove foreign matter from within the valves. Inspect II'' the valves in open and closed position to verify that parts are in satisfactory working condition. I • 3.2 SETTING VALVES AND VALVE BOXES: ' 'I A. Install valves and valve boxes where shown. Set valves plumb and as detailed. flip Center valve boxes on valves. Locate valves away from roads or streets. Carefully tamp earth around each valve box for a minimum radius of 4 feet, or to undisturbed trench face if less than 4 feet. '7; B. Provide Class B concrete thrust blocking as shown. 3.3 PIPE INSTALLATION: fl .: j A. Preparation: , 1. Do not lay pipe in water, or when trench or weather are unsuitable for i 1,. work. Keep water out of trench until jointing is complete and bedding 1'1 is placed to top of pipe. When work is not in progress, close ends of pipe and fittings securely so that no trench water, earth or other substances will enter pipes or fittings. ;II; 2. Keep inside of pipe free from foreign matter during operations by ` plugging or other approved method. I'' 3. Place pipe so that full length of each section rests solidly upon pipe 1 i' bed, with recesses excavated to accommodate bells and joints. Take L` 'II up and re-lay pipe when grade or joint is disturbed after laying. ,{I 4. Handle pipe and accessories so that pipe placed in trench is sound and '_, ,I undamaged. Take particular care not to injure pipe coating when i •' applicable. '1I 5. Cut neatly, using approved type mechanical cutter without damaging Ili pipe. Use wheel cutters when practicable. I i+ Ti 6. Wrap ductile iron pipe fittings, and valves with 8 mil polyethylene film, ;I i; AWWA C105, with edges overlapped and securely taped with duct HI City of Pearland P , I � Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Water Systems I, I1 Project No. 7295 02665 - 6 June 11, 2019 ,I;II; 11 , I1;7 tape to prevent contact between pipe and surrounding bedding. Repair punctures with duct tape to restore the protective continuous wrap , .1. before backfilling. , ,' B. Pipe Bedding and Backfilling: In accordance with Section 02225, Excavating, !1 Backfilling, and Compacting for Utilities. '7 C. Placing and Laying: 1. Bury water lines as shown. ,, 7 , -1 - 2. Do not exceed 75 percent of pipe manufacturer's recommendations I,,. for deflections :from straight line or grade as required by vertical l 7 curves, horizontal curves, or offsets. If alignment requires deflections ' �,, : in excess of these limitations; use fittings. 3 3. Intersecting lines shall be joined by an appropriate fitting. , ,E 4. Maintain separation of.water line from sewer lines in accordance with , I r30 TAC 290. ' 5. Perform no work in fill areas until embankment or fill has been properly I, completed to at least 2 feet above top of pipe elevation. 9 ' D. Joints: 1. Install mechanical joints in accordance with manufacturer's 7 recommendations. . „ E. Anchorage of Fittings Thrust Block: Anchor trees, bends and plugged, valved ,7 or capped ends of lines of water mains with Class B concrete thrust blocks as , necessary and as shown. Place blocks so that the joints will be accessible for inspection and repair. II 3.4 DISINFECTION: ; A. ' NOT REQUIRED. B. Open and close valves in lines being sterilized several times during contact )7 . . period. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL TESTING: 7. A. Hydrostatic Tests: Pressure test completed water lines hydrostatically. Provide H pumps, gauges, meters, and other equipment necessary for performance of tests. ' 1. Pressure at the lowest point in the test section shall be at least 100 i, percent, but not more than 120 percent of pressure rating of the pipe. 7 2. Minimum pressure at the highest point in the test section shall not be i,^- less than 85 percent of the pipe's pressure rating. II 7 City of Pearland `` Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Water Systems ?,I Project No. 7295 02665 7 June 11, 2019 11 f11. , 3. Leakage shall not exceed 10 gallons per inch or pipe diameter per mile of pipe per 24 hours. ' I . 11 4. Minimum test duration shall be 4 hours. fl • 1 5. Maintain records of: ' '' a. Date tests were performed. ! I; b. Names of people in attendance. ;j;!I; c. Location of test section. d. Brand name of pipe and pressure rating. ' ' 6. Failed test sections shall be repaired and retested at the Contractor's ,II1 expense. 7., ,;, I END OF SECTION i i 7,, 7 ,1, l l II 4 I, II 7,, . 17,1,, .� 4 '-i ;i{ I� , City of Pearland ; Iji Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Water Systems ' if.d Project No. 7295 02665 - 8 June 11, 2019 mill 711,1 ! I;, 7 SECTION 02675 WATER SYSTEM DISINFECTION '7 PART 1 GENERAL 7 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES: A. Disinfection of all potable water piping. , 7B. Disinfection of water treatment structures and reservoirs. ,[10, C. Testing and reporting results. 1.2 REFERENCES: A. AWWA B300 - Standard for Hypochlorites. i B. AWWA B301 - Standard for Liquid Chlorine. 1. 7 C. AWWA C651 - Standard for Disinfecting Water Mains. -- , I D. AWWA C652 - Disinfection of Water Storage Facilities. - E. 30 TAC 290.38 through 290.49 - Rules and Regulations for Public Water Systems, Texas Administrative Code. I � 1.3 SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION: i' A. Section 01300 Submittals: Procedures for Submittals. i B. Test Reports:orts: Indicate results comparative to specified requirements. ,i P P P ;I' ')7 C. Certificate: Certify that cleanliness of water distribution system meets or exceeds specified requirements. 7 1.4 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS: A. Submit under provisions of Section 01700. . 7 B. Disinfection Report: 1. Type and form of disinfectant used. , 72. Date and time of disinfectant injection start and time of completion. 7 3. Test locations. 4. Initial and 24-hour disinfectant residuals (quantity in treated water) in 1" ppm for each outlet tested. 7 5. Date and time of flushing start and completion. , „. 7 City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Water System Disinfection Project No. 7295 02675 - 1 June 11, 2019 7 I f_.;I I 6. Disinfectant residual after flushing in ppm for each outlet tested. fl C. Bacteriological Report: 1. Date issued, project name and testing laboratory name, address and �-,1; telephone number. f 2. Time and date of water sample collection. iII 3. Name of person collecting samples. 71 4. Test locations. 5. Initial and 24-hour disinfectant residuals in ppm for each outlet tested. 7 6. Coliform bacteria test results for each outlet tested. 7. Certification that water conforms, or fails to conform, to bacterial [14 standards of AWWA C651, C652 and 30 TAC 290.38 through ;} 290.46. 7 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Perform work in accordance with AWWA C651 and C652. I1 B. Testing Firm: Approved laboratory by the Texas Department of Health, Bureau of Laboratories. f C. Submit bacteriologist's signature and authority associated with testing. D. Bacteriologist tests shall indicate negative. If other than negative disinfection, 4 , , shall be repeated at contractor'sexpense. 1.6 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS: !1`', A. Conform to AWWA C651 and C652 and 30 TAC 290.38 through 290.46 for ' performing the work of this section. ."' 1 I_ PART 2 PRODUCTS ;I: 2.1 DISINFECTION: 7 S A. Chemicals: AWWA B300, Hypochlorite and AWWA B301, Liquid Chlorine. PART 3 EXECUTION =ii 3.1 EXAMINATION: 7'; A. Verify that piping system and structures have been cleaned, inspected and pressure tested. i li City of Pearland 1 Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Water System Disinfection Project No. 7295 02675 2 June 11, 2019 I'I ly „! ; -, ,: , . ,, , ,, B. Perform scheduling and disinfecting activity with start-up, testing, adjusting and balancing, demonstration procedures, including coordination with related systems. 3.2 EXECUTION: !, i, A. Provide and attach equipment required to perform the work of this section. Ill B. Inject disinfectant into piping system, tank, or structure while .filling. Disinfection agent may be introduced with permanent chlorination equipment ,ii'I' when possible, or other means of application. Application of chlorine gas,under i'r pressure directly to the water,is not permitted. H i' C. Maintain disinfectant in system for 24 hours. II 1` D. Flush, circulate and clean until required cleanliness is achieved; use municipal I1: domestic water. t I} E. Replace permanent system devices removed for disinfection: '' 1r, ' 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: . 1a; A. Section 01400 - Quality Assurance: Field Inspection and Testing. - [1!7 „,',' B. Analyze samples in accordance with AWWA C651 and C652 and 30 TAC . ;,'; 290.44. [ , Ij , C. New water mains shall be thoroughly disinfected, then flushed and sampled before being placed into service. I; '7D. Samples shall be collected for microbiological analysis to check the [; effectiveness of the disinfection procedure, which shall be repeated if contamination persists. A minimum of one sample for each 1,000 feet of I, 7completed water line is required, or the next available sampling joint beyond 1,000 feet as designated by the Engineer. [17 END OF SECTION ,,, .7 ,, ,,, I,'17 1,,,., 7 ,, , , ,, „ 7 ,, ,• .. . ., ,,,..,, ,, ,,, . ,,,,,: City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Water System Disinfection Project No. 7295 02675 - 3 June 11, 2019 I7 I' 1:,,. 7 1, : ,,7SECTION 02921 i HYDRO MULCH SEEDING PART 1 GENERAL it `' 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES: tl�"�. A. Seeding, fertilizing, mulching, and maintenance of areas indicated on ', j` Drawings. f 1.2 SUBMITTALS: I' A. Conform to requirements of Section 01300. j; '. B. Submit certification from supplier that each type of seed conforms to these i' ir i specifications and requirements of Texas Seed Law. Certification shall accompany seed delivery. im I" C. Submit certificate stating that fertilizer complies with these specifications and requirements of Texas Fertilizer Law. 'fl' ri I PART 2 PRODUCTS ,, ,72.1 MATERIALS: I'. A. Topsoil: 4"to 6" of topsoil shall be placed at all locations that are to receive hydro mulch. !I! i B. Seed: Conform to U.S. Department of Agriculture rules and regulations of Federal Seed Act and Texas Seed Law. Seed shall be certified 90 percent pure ,:i7 I and furnish 80 percent germination and meet following requirements: V 17 1. Rye: Fresh, clean, Italian rye grass seed (lollium multi-florum), mixed in labeled proportions. As tested, minimum percentages of impurities i,ii' and germination must be labeled. Deliver in original unopened 7 containers. - 2. Bermuda: Extra-fancy, treated, lawn type common bermuda (Cynodon 7 dactylon),_ Deliver in original, unopened container showing weight, analysis, name of vendor, and germination test results. I1; , 3. Wet, moldy, or otherwise damaged seed will not be accepted. j4. Seed requirements, application rates, and planting dates are: `i i TYPE APPLICATION PLANTING RATE POUNDS/A DATE II Hulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 40 Jan 1 to Mar 31 ' ll: Unhulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 40 7 Hulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 - 40 Apr 1 to Sep 30 I,ill,' Hulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 40 Oct 1 to Dec 31 '! 1, Unhulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 40 i' , Annual Rye Grass (Gulf) 30 City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Hydro Mulch.Seeding '•'IIF Project No. 7295 02921 - 1 -June 11, 2019 li b . . [7 ii II; flC. Fertilizer: Dry and free flowing, inorganic, water soluble commercial fertilizer,which is uniform in composition. Deliver in unopened containers which bear - manufacturers guaranteed analysis. Caked, damaged, or otherwise unsuitable fertilizer will not be accepted. Fertilizer shall contain minimum percentages of - {i pp followingelements: 1ts1I ; II 1. Nitrogen: 10 Percent 1 2. Phosphoric Acid: 20 Perc.ent 3. Potash: 10 Percent II D. Mulch: II 1. Virgin wood cellulose fibers from whole wood chips having minimum .I.,I of 20 percent fibers 0.42 inches in length and 0.01 inches in diameter. I :P"' 1 l,i' i 2. Cellulose fibers manufactured from recycled newspaper and meeting 'II same fiber content and size as for cellulose fibers from wood chips. 11 III' ; I1 3. Dye mulch green for coverage verification purposes. . II E. Soil Stabilizer: "Terra Tack 1" or approved equal. 71III :1 F. Weed control agent: Pre-emergent herbicide for grass areas, such as , .1 "Benefin," or approved equal. I.1I`f ':II PART 3 EXECUTION ,i'II 3.1 APPLICATION: EL I1 A. Seed: Apply uniformly at rates given in Paragraph 2.1 B for type of seed and II'I planting date. i I1 : II B. Fertilizer: Apply uniformly at rate of 500 pounds per acre. ,,;1 1 1 �I II C. Mulch: Apply uniformly at rate of 50 pounds per 1000 square feet. I �; Til to D. Soil Stabilizer: Apply uniformly at rate of 40 pounds per acre. ,I E. Weed Control Agent: Apply at manufacturer's recommended rate prior to 1 hydro mulching. �'ij F. Suspend operations under conditions of drought, excessive moisture, high II : ;I winds, or extreme or prolonged cold. Obtain Engineer approval before ' `I resuming operations. 7,I G. Hydro mulch shall be applied to all disturbed areas. 1-`I+. 3.2 MAINTENANCE: II I . :I: A. Maintain grassed areas minimum, of 90 days, or as required to establish an 1.�I acceptable cover. For areas seeded in fall, continue maintenance following ;III spring until acceptable cover is established. 'j City of Pearland 711, Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Hydro Mulch Seeding 1 1,11I, Project No. 7295 02921 - 2 June 11, 2019 •I ;l ;"Ili: I ,, 7. ,. ,._ L B. Maintain grassed areas by watering, fertilizing, weeding, and trimming. C. Repair areas damaged by erosion by regrading, rolling and replanting. : 7 D. Reseed small, sparse grass areas. When sparse areas exceed 20 percent of planted area, reseed by hydro mulch. I ,, . E. Mow grass when height reaches 3 1/2 inches or greater on average before final acceptance. Mow to height of 2 1/2 inches. 7 END OF SECTION I ' 7 I,, IIL ' l ' '_ .i 7 I I, I. ,. , 7 f' L I! LE 17 . 1, . .17 II: 7 �I' „1 I' City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Hydro Mulch Seeding ,I Project No. 7295 02921 - 3 June 11, 2019 SECTION 03100 . ' FORMWORK I j. PART 1 GENERAL i 11 1.1 SUMMARY: ' i.; A. Section Includes: r ,, I, i' 1. Formwork requirements for concrete construction. , B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1, 1 1. Division 0- Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the.Contract. 2. Division 1 General Requirements. ' !° 3. Section 03311 - Concrete Mixing, Placing, Jointing, and Curing. i '' 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE: ; I !' I A. Referenced Standards: I 1. American Concrete Institute (ACI): it L. a. 116R, Cement and Concrete Terminology. .. b. 347R, Guide to Formwork for Concrete. 1 i 2. Building code: ; ".' 1'! a. International Building Code, 2009 Edition with 2009 i' 7Amendments. rai 1; B. Qualifications: If 71. Formwork, shoring and reshoring,to be designed by a professional : ' structural engineer currently registered in the state where the Project is located and having a minimum of three (3) years' experience in this type of design work. i' ' a. Above qualifications apply to slabs and beams not cast on the 7 ground, wall and column pours over 15 FT high. : C. Miscellaneous: ,i,,,EA 1. Design and engineering of formwork, shoring and reshoring as well as '' ' its construction is the responsibility of the Contractor. 1 ,Wit*- . ! 2. Design requirements: Jo City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Concrete Formwork Project No. 7295 03100 - 1 June 11, 2019 , p' ',1 ); d . ,1 a. Design formwork for loads, lateral pressures and allowable fl stresses outlined in ACI 347R and for design considerations, . wind loads, allowable stresses and other applicable 41 requirements of the controlling local building code. L i. Where conflicts occur between the above two ' ,1 standards, the more stringent requirements shall govern. 1H b. Design formwork to limit maximum deflection of form facing materials reflected in concrete surfaces exposed to view to Iri L! 1/240 of span between structural members. 111 i11 3. For slabs and beams not cast on the ground, develop a procedure and liji schedule for removal of shores and installation of reshores and for calculating the loads transferred to the structure during this process. .1 1,1 a. Perform structural calculations as required to prove that all III !I portions of the structure in combination with remaining 1 . forming and shoring system has sufficient strength to safely j' support its own weight plus the loads placed thereon. j;j .1; b. When developing procedure, schedule and structural .i calculations, consider the following at each stage of lii 1 construction: i G , i. IH The structural system that exists. ;,I ii. Effects of all loads during construction. 111 ^1. I iii. Strength of concrete. j iv. The influence of deformations of the structure and 111 shoring system on the distribution of dead loads and 7/ construction loads. L �I 1 j .f v. The strength and spacing of shores or shoring systems I"11 used, as well as the method of shoring, bracing, shore i 1,1 removal, and reshoring including the minimum time. intervals between the various operations. ' vi. Any other loading or condition that affects the safety I� I or serviceability of the structure during construction. 1.3 DEFINITIONS: - 11, A. Words and terms used in these Specifications are defined in ACI 116R. 711! 1.4 SUBMITTALS: 111 A. Shop Drawings: 7'j -';ill "1!' City of Pearland I '1 Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Concrete Formwork ' , Project No. 7295 03100 - 2 June 11, 2019 1 11 1II i114 l� 1. See Section 01300 for the requirements for the mechanics and . administration of the submittal process. s. 'il7,; 2. Product technical data including: ' a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements i 7 of standards referenced. b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. c. Manufacturer and type of proposed form materials. 1'; d. Manufacturer and type of proposed form ties. e. Manufacturer and type of proposed form coating material. 7 PART 2 . PRODUCTS s' 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: ,E A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following manufacturers are acceptable: rtI1. Stay-in-place forms: j' a. Alabama Metal Industries Corporation. j'� B. Submit request for substitution in accordance with Specification Section r, 01600. „7 2.2 MATERIALS: ''' A. Forms for Surfaces Exposed to View: li� - 1. Wood forms: j 7 a. New 5/8 or 3/4 IN 5-ply structural plywood of concrete form ' grade. 1, Illi b. Built-in-place or prefabricated type panel. - c. - 4 x 8 FT sheets for built-in-place type except where smaller j! pieces will cover entire area. i i d. When approved, plywood may be reused. 2. Metal forms: 1 ,71 a. Metal forms excluding aluminum may be used. . ir ii ill b. Forms to be tight to prevent leakage, free of rust and straight ?, without dents to provide members of uniform thickness. i City of Pearland 1 Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Concrete Formwork Project No. 7295 03100 - 3 June 11, 2019 • I ;� B. Forms for Surfaces Not Exposed to View: 11 1. Wood or metal sufficiently tight to prevent leakage. 2. Do not use aluminum forms where the aluminum is in contact with fresh concrete. 2.3 ACCESSORIES: A. Form Ties: 1. Commercially fabricated for use in form construction. a. Do not use wire ties. 2. Constructed so that ends or end fasteners can be removed without causing spalling at surfaces of the concrete. I, � 3. 3/4 IN minimum to 1 IN maximum diameter cones on both ends. 4. Embedded portion of ties to be not less than 1-1/2 IN from face of fl, : concrete after ends have been removed. 5. Provide ties with built-in waterstops in all walls that will be in contact7. 1 with process liquid during plant operation. 6. Through-wall ties that are designed to be entirely removed are not allowed in any walls that will be in contact with process liquid during plant operation. B. Stay-In-Place Forms: I� 1. Ribbed expanded metal leave-in-place concrete forms commercially fabricated to provide an intentionally rougher surface. 2. Hot-dipped galvanized. 'I' 3. Similar to "Stay-Form" by Alabama Metal Industries Corporation. I PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION: A. Form Surface Treatment: f I�t 1. Before placing of either reinforcing steel or concrete, cover surfaces of forms with an approved coating material that will effectively prevent absorption of moisture and prevent bond with concrete, will not stain concrete or prevent bonding of future finishes. a. A field applied form release agent or sealer of approved type f 1 or a factoryapplied nonabsorptive liner maybe used. PP P City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Concrete Formwork Project No. 7295 03100 - 4 June 11, 2019 2. Do not allow excess form coating material to stand in puddles in forms nor in contact with hardened concrete against which fresh-concrete is to be placed. 1'I'7B. Provide temporary openings at base of column and wall forms and at other points where necessary to facilitate cleaning and observation immediately r 7 before concrete is placed, and to limit height of free fall of concrete to prevent aggregate segregation. I I - 1. Temporary openings to limit height of free fall of concrete shall be I17 spaced no more than 8 FT apart. j ," - C. Clean surfaces of forms, reinforcing steel and other embedded materials of any accumulated mortar or grout from previous concreting and of all other foreign material before concrete is placed. I' I;7 3.2 ERECTION: 11 I '; A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. !I7 , B. - Tolerances: I' '; 1. Variation from plumb: !i � a. In lines and surfaces of columns, piers, walls, and in risers. . i I i. Maximum in any 10 FT of height: 1/4 IN. ii. Maximum for entire height: 1/2 IN. I., I I" b. For exposed corner columns,- control-joint grooves, and other rI, exposed to view lines: i. Maximum in any 20 FT length: 1/4 IN. l it ii. Maximum for entire length: 1/2 IN. 1 2. Variation from level or from grades specified: j�. a. In slab soffits, ceilings, beam soffits and in arises, measured a, . before removal of supporting shores. !;'17. ' i. Maximum in anyg 10 FT of length: 1/4 IN. ii. Maximum in any bay or any 20 FT length: 3/8 IN. '' iii. Maximum for entire length: 3/4 IN. i17. - b. In exposed lintels, sills, parapets, horizontal grooves, and other exposed to view lines: ii i. Maximum in any bay or in 20 FT length: 1/4 IN. it . ii. Maximum for entire length: 1/2 IN. ,II 3. Variation of linear structure lines from established position in plan and ijl related position of columns, walls, and partitions: 1l' j, City of Pearland '''" % Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Concrete Formwork ' Project No. 7295 03100 - 5 June 11, 2019 .7 i; ' i ; 7' _., . . ). , , , , a. Maximum in any bay: 1/2 IN. b. Maximum in any 20 FT of length: 1/2 IN. < I I c. Maximum for entire length: 1 IN. 4. Variation in sizes and location of sleeves, floor openings, and wall Li openings: Maximum of +1/2 IN. fl 5. Variation in horizontal plan location of beam, column and wall I centerlines from required location: Maximum of +1/2 IN. , ; 6. Variation in cross sectional dimensions of columns and beams and in 1i: i l thickness of slabs and walls: Maximum of -1/4 IN, +1/2 IN. 1 ' I l7. Footings and foundations: 'ii , .i a. Variations in concrete dimensions in plan: -1/2 IN, +2 IN. ;p;i b. Misplacement or eccentricity: 11' 1 , , „ i. 2 percent of footing width in direction of misplacement ; but not more than 2 IN. . RI '1 c. Thickness: , :I I i. Decrease in specified thickness: 5 percent. fl ii. Increase in specified thickness: No limit except that +'I which may interfere with other construction. f tJ 8. Variation in steps: . ,f, II a. In a flight of stairs: 11 :Id i. Rise: +1/8 IN. Il i ii. Tread: +1/4 IN. 11 1 b. In consecutive steps: is Rise: +1/16 IN. fl 'I ii. Tread: +1/8 IN. ;i I 9. Establish and maintain in an undisturbed condition and until final fl l completion and acceptance of Project, sufficient controlpoints and ICI , I� bench marks to be used for reference purposes to check tolerances. ;l! Ii 10. Regardless of tolerances listed allow no portion of structure to extend �_ II I beyond legal boundary of Project. ,;;i1 , fi �;HI 11. To maintain specified tolerances, camber formwork to compensate for j I I; anticipated deflections in formwork prior to hardening of concrete. i fl C. Make forms sufficiently tight to prevent loss of mortar from concrete. flLL ;1;ii City of Pearland flii; Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Concrete Formwork1..l .'I' Project No. 7295 03100 - 6 June 11, 2019 lI,{; + ., ll it I1 I h 11 '1 �` D. Place 3/4 IN chamfer strips in forms at corners to be exposed to view to produce 3/4 IN wide beveled edges. 1 t" E. At construction joints, overlap contact surface of form sheathing for flush surfaces exposed to view over hardened concrete in previous placement by at i; least 1 IN. I, ir. 1. Hold forms against hardened concrete to prevent offsets or loss of , mortar at construction joint and to maintain a true surface. I , 2. Where possible, locate juncture of built-in-place wood or metal forms at architectural lines, control joints or at construction joints, F. Where circular walls are to be formed and forms made up of straight sections are proposed for use, provide straight lengths not exceeding 2 FT wide. 1 I 7 1. Brace and tie formwork to -maintain correct position and shape of Il, members. I I: . G. Construct wood forms for wall openings to facilitate loosening, if necessary, ;; i to counteract swelling. I7, H. Anchor formwork to shores or other supporting surfaces or members so that I'1 movement of any part of formwork system is prevented during concrete 11 placement. Ili , fi I. Provide runways for moving equipment with struts or legs, supported directly on formwork or structural member without resting on reinforcing steel. ,:1 J. Provide positive means of adjustment (wedges or jacks) of shores and struts 'I L and take up all settlement during concrete placing operation. I' 1. Securely brace forms against lateral deflection. 7 2. ' Fasten wedges used for final"adjustment of forms prior to concrete 'i II placement in position after final check. 7 I,, K. Stay-In-Place Forms: - I,: 1. Support stay-in-place forms as required to maintain the formwork in it proper position. 2. Hold the edge of stay-in-place forms back a minimum of 2 IN from all 7 I, smooth formed concrete surfaces. 3. Stay-in-place forms may be used at the Contractor's option at i' 7 a. Surfaces that will be backfilled with soil. Maintain a minimum of 3 IN of concrete cover over all reinforcing. 7 . b. Roughened construction joints. !;'. c. Other locations approved by Engineer. i 7 City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Concrete Formwork I i'' Project No. 7295 03100 - 7 June 11, 2019 RIR . ;i i 3.3 REMOVAL OF FORMS: }�;j�l A. No construction loads shall be supported on, nor any shoring removed from, I any part of the structure under construction except when that portion of the in combination with remainingforming and shoring system has • structure ,:ii sufficient strength to safely support its weight and loads placed thereon. ,H B. When required for concrete curing in hot weather, required for repair of surface 1, defects or when finishing is required at an early age, remove forms as soon as ,I..1 concrete has hardened sufficiently to resist damage from removal operations 11 or lack of support. il 1 ;I C. Remove top forms on sloping surfaces of concrete as soon as concrete has ., attained sufficient stiffness to prevent sagging. f 1. Perform any needed repairs or treatment required on such sloping b' surfaces at once, followed by curing specified in Section 03311. 1 D. Loosen wood forms for wall openings as soon as this can be accomplished without damage to concrete. i; r ''1 E. Formwork for columns, walls, sides of beams, and other parts not supporting 'I: weight of concrete may be removed as soon as concrete has hardened :;, sufficiently to resist damage from removal. ) , F. Where no reshoring is planned, leave forms and shoring used to support weight of concrete in place until concrete has attained its specified 28-day �� compressive strength. iI;'', II 1. Where a reshoring procedure is planned, supporting formwork may be ' removed when concrete has reached the concrete strength required by 1 the formwork designer's structural calculations. (_ :II G. When shores and other vertical supports are so arranged that non-load-carrying f ,II form facingmaterial maybe removed without loosening or disturbing shores � Id , I and supports, facing material may be removed when concrete has sufficiently i,' hardened to resist damage from removal. - ;i 3.4 RESHORING: • A. No construction loads shall be supported on, nor any shoring removed from, fl any part of the structure under construction except when that portion of the ' structure in combination with remaining forming and shoring system has 111 sufficient strength to safely support its weight and loads placed thereon. III r -41 B. While reshoring is underway, no superimposed dead or live loads shall be j. permitted on the new construction. 17.i1 C. During reshoring do not subject concrete in structural members to combined }', ll dead and construction loads in excess of loads that structural members can r-. adequately support. "1 7 City of Pearland ) y` i . Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Concrete Formwork °'1 Project No. 7295 03100 - 8 June 11, 2019 I f 1 , I,11 D. Place reshores as soon as practicable after stripping operations are complete ,7 but in no case later than end of working day on which stripping occurs. 7 E. Tighten reshores to carry their required loads without overstressing. F. Shoring, reshoring and supporting formwork may be removed when concrete C has reached the concrete strength required by the formwork designer's structural calculations. i' G. For floors supporting shores under newly placed concrete leave original 7supporting shores in place or reshore. 1. Reshoring system shall have a capacity sufficient to resist anticipated loads. 1 2. Locate reshores directly under a shore position above. ) 7H. In multi-level construction, extend reshoring over a sufficient number of levels to distribute weight of newly placed concrete, forms, and construction live loads in such a manner that design superimposed loads of floors supporting '� shores are not exceeded. i I ' 7END OF SECTION .7,i; 7 7 ' 7 . : . ,r, ,.'7 I,, I L, 1 L City of Pearland l Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Concrete Formwork Project No. 7295 03100 - 9 June 11, 2019 i 1I7 1,,1 r l_ SECTION 03200 7 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT I' PART 1 GENERAL 71.1 SUMMARY: A. Section Includes: 7 1. Reinforcing bar requirements for concrete construction. i B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 7 • , . 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract'Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 1, 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. . 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE: . A. Referenced Standards: 7 1. American Concrete Institute (ACI): a. SP-66, ACI Detailing Manual. 1 To b. 318, Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. 2. ASTM International (ASTM): ,1,7a. A185, Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. 7 b. A497, Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement. 1 i 1 c. A615, Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet- Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement (Including Supplementary Requirements S1). 7 1 d. A706, Standard Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. I''7 e. A775, Standard Specification for Epoxy-Coated Reinforcing Steel Bars. 3. American Welding Society (AWS): a. D1.4, Structural Welding Code Reinforcing Steel. I,� 4. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI): I a. Manual of Standard Practice. 7 City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Concrete Reinforcement Project No. 7295 03200 - 1 June 11, 2019 Til 5. Welding operators to have been qualified during the previous 12 if months prior to commencement of welding. 1 it 1.3 . SUBMITTALS: 1 : _i A. Shop Drawings: ,I' 1. Product technical data including: fl a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. a b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. I c. Mill certificates for all reinforcing. i, d. Manufacture and type of proprietary rebar mechanical splices. } ,1 e. Manufacturer and type of rebar adhesive anchor including ,I installation instructions. ' 2. Qualifications of welding operators, welding processes and i ' procedures. }} 3. Rebar number, sizes, spacing, dimensions, configurations, locations, J�_ . mark numbers, lap splice lengths and locations, concrete cover and • rebar supports. "�' `� 4. Sufficient rebar details to permit installation of reinforcing. 5. Rebar details in accordance with ACI SP-66. l 6. Locations where proprietary rebar mechanical splices are required or proposed for use. ) 7. Shop Drawings shall be in sufficient detail to permit installation of reinforcing without reference to Contract Drawings. Shop Drawings shall not be prepared by reproducing the plans and details indicated on ji. the Contract Drawings but shall consist of completely redrawn plans and details as necessary to indicate complete fabrication and jj installation of all reinforcing steel. I ] . i 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: `, A. Support and store all reinforcing above ground. 7 , „ B. Ship to jobsite with attached plastic or metal tags with permanent mark ;I numbers which match the Shop Drawing mark numbers. ri 17 City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Concrete Reinforcement Project No. 7295 03200 - 2 June 11, 2019 sI 11 ,E ; 7 ., _ PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURES: 7 A. Subject to compliance with Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Rebar mechanical splices: !p a. Lenton Rebar Splicing by Erico, Inc. b. Richmond dowel bar splicer system by Richmond Screw and Anchor Co., Inc. . 7- c. Bar-Grip Systems by Barsplice Products, Inc. B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01600. 7 2.2 MATERIALS: A. ReinforcingBars: ASTM A615, grade 60, deformed. B. Reinforcing Bars to be Welded: ASTM A706. 1_. C. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A185 or ASTM A497. ir'rD. Smooth Dowel Bars: ASTM A615, grade 60 with metal end cap to allow longitudinal movement equal to joint width plus 1 IN. 7 I,. E. Proprietary Rebar Mechanical Splices: To develop in tension and compression a minimum of 125 percent of the yield strength of the rebars being spliced. 7 F. Welding Electrodes: 1. E90 meeting requirements of AWS D1.4. 7 . ' G. Rebar Adhesive Anchors: 1. Manufactured for the specific purpose of embedding and developing 125 percent of the yield strength of rebars in hardened concrete. 2.3 ACCESSORIES: 7 A. Metal Chairs, Runners, Bolsters, Spacers, Hangers, and Other Rebar Supports: 1. Plastic-coated tips in contact with forms. 2. Plastic coating meeting requirements of CRSI Manual of Standard rPractice. caps at mechanical B. Protective plastic ap splices. City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST _ Concrete Reinforcement Project No. 7295 03200 - 3 June 11, 2019 17 ' J, .. , , 2.4 FABRICATION: � A. Tolerances: , 1 1. Sheared lengths: +1 IN. 11:, 2. Overall dimensions of stirrups, ties and spirals: +1/2 IN. ,' 3. All other bends: +0 IN, -1/2 IN. ti Ii h B. Minimum diameter of bends measured on the inside of the rebar to be as ;r indicated in ACI 318 Paragraph 7.2. ' IT C. Ship rebars to jobsite with attached plastic or metal tags. 1. Place on each tag the mark number of the rebar corresponding to the I` ' mark number indicated on the Shop Drawing. I. 1 2. Mark numbers on tags to be so placed that the numbers cannot be 171 removed. PART 3 EXECUTION i7',,, � 3.1 INSTALLATION: A. Tolerances: 1. Rebar placement: • ;rili a. Clear distance to formed surfaces: +1/4 IN. b. Minimum spacing between bars: -1/4 IN. ;! c. Top bars in slabs and beams: ,'' i. Members 8 IN deep or less: +1/4 IN. ii. Members between 8 IN and 2 FT deep: -1/4 IN, +1/2 IN. LJ 'I iii. Members more than 2 FT deep: -1/4 IN, +1 IN. 7 d. Crosswise of members: Spaced evenly within +1 IN. e. Lengthwise of members: +2 IN. II 2. Minimum clear distances between rebars: f 1 a. Beams, walls and slabs: Distance equal to rebar diameter or 1 IN, whichever is greater. � ] b. Columns: Distance equal to 1-1/2 times the rebar diameter or f : 1-1/2 IN, whichever is greater. L I c. Beam and slab rebars shall be threaded through the column 77 vertical rebars without displacing the column vertical rebars t and still maintaining the clear distances required for the beam and slab rebars. City of Pearland 1 I Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Concrete Reinforcement }' Project No. 7295 03200 - 4 June 11, 2019 , ! B. Minimum concrete protective covering for reinforcement As shown on Drawings. I C. Unless indicated otherwise on Drawings, provide splice lengths for reinforcing as follows: 1. For rebars: Class B splice meeting the requirements of Paragraph , . 12.15 of ACI 318. I7, 2. For welded wire fabric: Splice lap length measured between outermost I'; cross wires of each fabric sheet shall not be less than 1 spacing of cross wires plus 2 IN, nor less than 1.5 x development length nor less than 6 IN. Development length shall be as required for the yield strength of the welded wire fabric in accordance with Paragraph 12.8 .-- of ACI 318. 3. Provide splices of reinforcing not specifically indicated or specified subject to approval of Engineer. Mechanical proprietary splice connectors may only be used when approved or indicated on the I 7 Contract Drawings. D. Welding: 1. Obtain approval by the Engineer prior to welding reinforcing. 2. Perform welding of rebars in accordance with requirements of AWS 7D 1.4. - 3. Have each welder place an approved identifying mark near each completed weld. rol E. Placing Rebars: ,7 1. Assure that reinforcement at time concrete is placed is free of mud, oil or other materials that may affect or reduce bond. L ' 2. Reinforcement with rust, mill scale or a combination of both will be x accepted as being satisfactory without cleaning or brushing provided dimensions and weights including heights of deformations on a cleaned i sample is not less than required by applicable ASTM specification that governs for the rebar supplied. 3. Rebar support: , 7a. Uncoated rebar: ' 7 i. Support rebars and fasten together to prevent displacement by construction loads or placing of concrete. 1` ii. On ground, provide supporting concrete blocks or metal bar supports with bottom plate. City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Concrete Reinforcement Project No. 7295 03200 - 5 June 11, 2019 7,1Y iii. Do not use concrete blocks to support slab-on-grade 1 reinforcing. i'i << b. Over formwork, provide plastic-coated metal chairs, runners, }fl F bolsters, spacers, hangers and other rebar support. Only tips .. -'F'( in contact with the forms need to be plastic coated. ;';, I 4. Where parallel horizontal reinforcement in beams is indicated to be , �: ;I placed in two or more layers, rebars in the upper layers shall be placed directly above rebars in the bottom layer with clear distance between layers to be 1 IN. Place spacer rebars at 3 FT maximum centers to I !I maintain the required 1 IN clear distance between layers. ' i 5. , Extend reinforcement to within 2 IN of concrete perimeter edges. If ris[`I'l perimeter edge is formed by earth or stay-in-place forms, extend �,� ' reinforcement to within 3 IN of the edge. ,0.7; !' 6. To assure proper placement, furnish templates for all column vertical il :. bars and dowels. 7. Do not bend reinforcement after embedding in hardened concrete 1 unless approved by Engineer. Do not bend reinforcing by means of - , heat. 8. Do not tack weld reinforcing. 9. Embed rebars into hardened concrete utilizing adhesive anchor system '"; ; specifically manufactured for such installation: I 1 a. Drill hole in concrete with diameter and depth as required to develop 125 percent of the yield strength of the bar according to manufacturer's requirements. r ! ,l, ; ! b. Place adhesive in drilled hole. n c. Insert rebar into hole and adhesive in accordance with . manufacturer's instructions. 17. ,, 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: .� I A. Reinforcement Congestion and Interferences: 7; 1. Notify Engineer whenever the specified clearances between rebars cannot be met. 2. Do not place any concrete until the Engineer submits a solution to rebar congestion problem. )7 1 3. Rebars may be moved as necessary to avoid interference with other reinforcing steel, conduits, or embedded items. 4. If rebars are moved more than one bar diameter, obtain Engineer's approval of resulting arrangement of rebars. City of Pearland ) i Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Concrete Reinforcement I-:} ' Project No. 7295 03200 - 6 June 11, 2019 11 , ,, : r, 7 5. No cutting of rebars shall be done without written approval of Engineer. rB. Employ a testing laboratory to perform and report following: ,, 1. Review and approve Contractor proposed welding procedures and processes for conformance with AWS D1.4. 2. Qualify welders in accord with AWS D1.4. i lip 3. Test three samples of each bar size and each type of weld in accord with AWS D1.4. The tensile strength of each test shall be not less . _ than 125 percent of the required yield strength of the rebar tested. , - 4. Conduct nondestructive field tests (radiographic or magnetic particle) on not less than one random sample'for each 10 welds. In addition if any welds are found defective, test five previous welds performed by �- same welder. 5. Visually inspect each weld for presence of cracks, undercuts, inadequate size and other visible defects. 17 END OF SECTION 7 ,tii' . 1 7, ,. Hr , .. 1._ . City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Concrete Reinforcement Project No. 7295 03200 - 7 June 11, 2019 I 7 7 SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE , 7PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES: A. Cast-in-place concrete consisting of Portland cement, aggregate, water, and admixtures. B. Mix design requirements. 7 C. Formwork, reinforcement, joints, and placing requirements. j D. This specification section covers miscellaneous concrete. Concrete for the I. prestressed concrete clearwell is covered in specification section 13200. 1.2 REFERENCES: C AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM) . A. ASTM A615--Deformed and Plain Billet Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. .7, B. ASTM C31--Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field. C. ASTM C33--Concrete Aggregates. D. ASTM C39--Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. , 7E. ASTM C94--(1986; Rev. b) Ready-Mixed Concrete. F. ASTM C143--Slump of Portland Cement Concrete. 7° G. ASTM C172--Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete. 7 H. ASTM C173--Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method.7.. _ 1.3 SUBMITTALS: _ A. Section 01300--Submittals: Procedures for submittals. B. Certificates: Mill certificates for bulk cement. C. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets for Engineer approved additives and 7bonding agents. D. Submit test data on proposed mix designs for each type of concrete to be used in the project to verify that the Specification requirements are met or exceeded. 7:' 7 City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Cast-in-Place Concrete Project No. 7295 03300 - 1 June 11, 2019 i ill; .,, 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE: fl . . ! A. Project Controls: Provide necessary controls during evaluation of material, mix ' designs, production and delivery of concrete, placement, compaction, finishing, and curing necessary to assure that Work will be accomplished in �. . such a manner to produce the Work in accordance with Contract Documents. ' ,; 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: I. ;i A. Materials shall be delivered, stored, and handled in a manner to prevent deterioration, contamination, or any other circumstance that would be harmful ,, to cast-in-place concrete. ' ;' �f 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS: ld A. Do not place concrete during rain, sleet, or snow unless protection is provided and approved by the Engineer. I B. Coordinate concrete placement schedule with other related work. C. Notify Engineer at least 24 hours before placement. 1 I.' , PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS: j A. Cement: ASTM C 94, Type I cement, unless approved by the Engineer. Only 7, one brand of any one type of cement shall be used for exposed concrete i_, surfaces of any individual structure. B. Fine Aggregate: Aggregate meeting the requirements of ASTM C33. fl; 1 C. Coarse Aggregate: Aggregate sizes No. 467 or No. 57 according to ASTM C33 or as approved by the Engineer. n'''' 1, D. Water: Potable water free from detrimental chemicals and solids that will decrease the strength of the concrete. i 7 I . E. Embedded Items: Embedded items shall be of the size and type shown or as needed for the application. yy � is F. Curing Materials: Curing materials shall be burlap, impervious sheets, or . membrane-forming compounds. ,,,A. G. Dowels: Plain carbon steel bars, minimum yield point of 40,000 psi for use in J.:1. slabs on grade. H. Expansion Joint Filler Strips: Premolded nonextruding, resilient bituminous or 17:1 non bituminous type for use in concrete paving or construction, thickness as shown. ' , I. Form Materials: Wood, metal or other Engineer approved materials that will �' ' produce the specified finishes without adversely affecting the concrete City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Cast-in-Place Concrete Project No. 7295 03300 - 2 June 11, 2019 j'7;? S .1 1. _:,. i ,�I „, ...„ 7 . surfaces. '` J. Form Coating: Nonstaining form oil or form-release agent that will not 7deleteriously affect concrete surfaces nor impair subsequent applications. K. Form Ties: Metal, factory-fabricated removable snap-off type, that will not l i leave holes less than 1/4 inch nor more than 1 inch deep and not more than 1 II inch in diameter. 1I i„ L. Joint Sealant: As shown or approved by Engineer for sealing joints in concrete against moisture infiltration. f' M. Reinforcement: Bar reinforcement shall be deformed, Grade 60 conforming to j'° ASTM A615. Mesh reinforcement shall be welded wire fabric with wires at right angles to each other. I. N. Bonding Agent: As approved by Engineer. O. Admixtures: Air-entraining, retarders, and other admixtures as approved by Engineer. 1:7 2.2 MIX DESIGN: I , I '' ' A. Concrete Class: Concrete mixes shall be proportioned to obtain the following �- characteristics: I' ' 1. Class "A": Minimum compressive strength of 3000 psi in 28 days LT', with a minimum of 5 bags of cement per cubic yard. 2. Class "B": Minimum compressive strength of 2500 psi in 28 days ' with a minimum of 4 bags of cement per cubic yard. B. All concrete shall be Class "A", unless specified otherwise. ,, �, C. Air Content: Total air content of exterior concrete shall be maintained at 5 to i 7 percent by volume of concrete. ,i 7 D. Slump: Slump shall be 3 to 5 inches. If admixtures are used, slump shall be as approved by Engineer. ; 7 i. 2.3 STORAGE: A. Materials shall be stored so as not to deteriorate or become contaminated. I , 7 ,; PART 3 EXECUTION j 7 3.1 FORMWORK: I A. Formwork shall be made mortar tight, properly aligned and adequately supported to produce concrete conforming accurately to the indicated shapes, lines, dimensions, and with surfaces free of offsets, waviness, or bulges. 11:7 1 City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Cast-in-Place Concrete Project No. 7295 03300 - 3 June 11, 2019 )71!''' di i' B. Unless otherwise shown exposed external corners shall be chamfered, fli beveled, or rounded by moldings placed in the forms. Chamfer shall be 1 - , nominal. Al C. Surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned and coated before each use. I l • I, D. Forms shall be removed at a time and in a manner that will not damage the 71, concrete. ' r 3.2 REINFORCEMENT: .`C A. Reinforcement shall be fabricated to the shapes ,!required. ! ,i. B. Reinforcement shall be interrupted 2 inches clear on each side of expansion flu joints. C. Reinforcement shall be continuous through contraction and construction joints. ! ,, D. Supports fabricated of plastic, or other Engineer approved material, shall be used to support reinforcement during placing operations. E. Dowels and tie bars shall be installed at right angles to joints, accurately , i aligned parallel to the finished surface, and rigidly held in place and supported I during concrete placement. II Thl' 1VI, F. One end of dowels shall be oiled or greased. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF ANCHORAGE ITEMS: , l,1, A. Installation of anchorage items shall be as shown or required to ensure '+ ! sufficient anchorage for purpose intended. 3.4 JOINTS: 11 A. Contraction Joints: Joints shall be installed as specified or shown. 11••' ' B. Expansion Joints: Joints shall be installed as specified or shown. - C. Construction Joints: Construction joints shall be located as shown or approved by the Engineer. 3.5 r PLACING: A. Surfaces to receive concrete shall be clean and free from frost, ice, mud, and water. B. Concrete may be placed directly on impervious surfaces that are thoroughly moistened but not muddy. ili C. During cold weather, in-place concrete shall be protected from freezing weather, throughout the curing period. 7,1 , ,., ...... City of Pearland .• Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Cast-in-Place Concrete ( i Project No. 7295 03300 - 4 June 11, 2019 1' ,I. ,, __ 7 . = D. During hot weather, a retarder may be used if approved by the Engineer. E. Concrete to receive other construction shall be struck to the proper level • r leaving a textured surface to receive the additional construction. 3.6 CONSOLIDATION OF CONCRETE: A. Except for slabs 4 inches or less, each layer of concrete shall be consolidated with internal concrete vibrators supplemented by handspading, rodding, and 7 tamping. ' B. Vibrating equipment shall be adequate to thoroughly consolidate the concrete. 7 C. Concrete in slabs 4 inches and less shall be consolidated by compacting and screening. 1,7 3.7 FINISHING CONCRETE: A. Formed Surfaces: - i. 1. Fins and loose material shall be removed. 2. Unsound concrete, voids over 1/2 inch in diameter, and tie-rod and 'fil bolt holes shall be cut back to solid concrete, reamed, brush-coated with cement grout, and filled solid with a stiff portland-cement-sand mortar mix. 3. Patchwork shall finished flush with adjoining concrete surfaces and, where exposed, shall match adjoining surfaces in texture and color. B. Unformed Surfaces: 117. 1: 1. Surfaces shall be finished to a true plane with no deviation exceeding 7 5/16 inch when tested with a 10-foot straightedge. 2. Surfaces shall be screeded and floated to the required finish level with no coarse aggregate visible before finishing as specified below. C. Monolithic Finish: • 1,. Monolithic finish shall be given to flatwork unless otherwise specified. 2. After the surface moisture has disappeared, floated surfaces shall be 7steel-trowled to a smooth, even, dense finish, free from blemish including trowel marks. 3.8 CURING: rir, A. Curing shall start as soon as free water has disappeared from concrete surfaces after placing and finishing. ,7 • B. Curing materials shall be applied and maintained so as to protect the concrete from moisture loss for 7 days. `'7 City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Cast-in-Place Concrete r Project No. 7295 03300 - 5 June 11, 2019 l,j, ,311 • C. Curing shall be accomplished by impervious sheet or membrane-forming curing compound. D. Concrete surfaces shall be thoroughly wetted before covering with impervious cl..II sheet materials. I._ 'i i E. Membrane-forming curing compound shall be applied with mechanical spraying 71i1 equipment at a coverage rate as recommended by manufacturer. F. Curing compound shall not be used on surfaces receiving applications depending on adhesion or bonding. 3.9 TESTING: /� 1 A. The frequency and type of tests shall be determined by the Engineer. B. Aggregates: Aggregates shall be sampled and tested in accordance with ASTM C33. 7. C. Sampling of Concrete: Samples of concrete for air, slump, unit weight, and '1i1 strength tests shall be taken in accordance with ASTM C172. t D. Air Content: Tests for air content shall be performed in accordance with •11 ASTM C173. ' ti ill, E. Slump: Tests shall be performed in accordance with ASTM C143. 1. F. Cylinders: Cylinders shall be molded and cured according to ASTM C31 and , tested in accordance with ASTM C39. -�' . . END OF SECTION + ;l,f 1, "7 1:: • 1 il� I 1';f It ' , )7_ ,i1 ,i., ._,.7, . i' ,., I 1 ,,, City of Pearland 7,; Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Cast-in-Place Concrete f , Project No. 7295 03300 - 6 June 11, 2019 fl I , : •_. 7 . ,r_. SECTION 03308 CONCRETE, MATERIALS AND PROPORTIONING Llit PART 1 GENERAL ';',7 1.1 SUMMARY: A. Section Includes: i. I' 7 1. Concrete materials, strengths, and proportioning for concrete work. 1,' 2. Grouting: •- a. Base plates for columns and equipment. b. Dowels and anchors into concrete. , c. Patching cavities in concrete. d. As specified and indicated in the Contract Documents. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: ' i - 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of Contract. ' 2. Division 1 — General Requirements. 3. Section 03100 — Concrete Formwork. 4. Section 03200 — Concrete Reinforcement. IA- 5. Section 03311 — Concrete Mixing, Placing, Jointing and Curing. 6. Section 03348 — Concrete Finishing and Repair of Surface Defects. ' 7. Section 03350 - Testing. ,' I 7 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Referenced Standards: ; 1. American Concrete Institute (ACI): ' 7 a. 1 16R, Cement and Concrete Terminology. b. 207, Mass Concrete. 1,7 c. 21 1.1, Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal and Heavyweight Concrete. 1 fir: d. 211,2, Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal and Lightweight Concrete. 1. e. 212.3R, Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. f. 224, Control of Cracking in Concrete Structures. 7 g. 226.1, Ground Blast-Furnace Slag as a Cementitious Constituent in Concrete. 7 City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Concrete Materials and Proportioning Project No. 7295 03308 - 1 June 11, 2019 i' 71' J 7 1 h. 226.3R, Use of Fly Ash in Concrete. ' i. 318-05, Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. 111 j. 350-06, Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures. 111 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): i a. C33, Standard Specification Concrete Aggregates. 1:!,, b. C39, Standard Method of Test for Compressive Strength of p' Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. ` �! I, c. C94, Standard Specification for Ready Mixed Concrete. 4.1) l' • ' d. C138, Standard Method of Test for Unit Weight, Yield, and Air i:' Content (Gravimetric) of Concrete. n::1 'e. C143, Standard Method of Test for Slump of Portland Cement Concrete. t'!. f. C150, Standard Specification for Portland Cement. g. C173, Standard Method of Test for Air Content of Freshly Ill Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method. !_ II i h. C192, Standard Method of Making and Curing Concrete Test "` ;f Specimens in the Laboratory. .,: 1 i. C231, Standard Method of Test for Air Content of Freshly I' Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method. } j. C260, Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for J 1"1.11 ,I Concrete. k. C494, Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. ^.,'+ J_ S:16 I. C618, Standard Specification for Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined 11 Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland °"r:'l Cement Concrete. ) ''' --NI m. C989, Standard Specification for Ground Iron Blast Furnace Slag for Use in Concrete and Mortars. 77'':1 Lid n. C1116, Standard Specification for Fiber - Reinforced Concrete I' and Shotcrete. � I''.i �i�l 3. Corps of Engineers Specification: a. CRD-C621, Specification for Non-Shrink Grout. I I,; City of Pearland 1.'"' Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Concrete Materials and Proportioning s1i Project No. 7295 03308 - 2 June 11, 2019 i 1 � , r1.3 DEFINITIONS: A. Words and terms used in these Specifications are defined in Cement and rConcrete Terminology ACI 116R. B. Mass Concrete: Any placement where the minimum finished dimension placed exceeds 3 FT and the ratio of the finished volume of concrete to the finished surface area is greater than 12 IN. I. 1.4 SUBMITTALS: �J A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01300. 7, 2. Product technical data including: :7 a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. 7 b. Manufacturer's instructions. , c. Concrete mix designs as required by Section 03350. 1 i. Manufacturer and type of proposed admixtures. ii. Manufacturer and type of proposed non-shrink grout and grout cure/seal compound. !" 3. Certifications: a. Certification of standard deviation value in psi for ready mix plant supplying the concrete. 7., b. Certification that the pozzolan meets the quality requirements stated in this Section, and suppliers certified test reports for 7 each shipment of pozzolan delivered to concrete supplier. c. Certification that the class of coarse aggregate meets the 7 requirements of ASTM C33 for type and location of concrete construction. d. Certification of aggregate gradation. 7 4. Test reports: a. Cement mill reports for all cement to be supplied. 7. 5. Mass concrete temperature and cracking control: 7 a. See Section 03311 for additional items relating to mass concrete temperature control. 7 City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Concrete Materials and Proportioning Project No. 7295 03308 - 3 June 11, 2019 . 7 I}f ' {1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: { : ; A. Storage of Materials: i:' ' 1 1. Store cement and pozzolan in weathertight buildings, bins, or silos I_.i4t which will exclude moisture and contaminants. ;f,��' 2. Arrange aggregate stockpiles and use in a manner to avoid excessive 11111 segregation and to prevent contamination with other materials or with 1' other sizes of like aggregates. - 11,1 a. Wash coarse aggregates as required herein. .' 3. Allow sand to drain until it has reached a relatively uniform moisture content before use. J 1;1 id 4. Do not use frozen or partially frozen aggregates. 1 5. Do not use bottom 6 IN layer of stockpiled material in contact with ground. ' 6. Store admixtures in such a manner as to avoid contamination, I i evaporation, or damage. h k a. For those used in form of suspensions or nonstable solutions, ) ,1i provide agitating equipment to assure thorough distribution of d ingredients. j , J b. Protect liquid admixtures from freezing and temperature changes which would adversely affect their characteristics and 7,1 .1 performance. PART 2 PRODUCTS I.:i .'"' 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: 11:ii 1;,I A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following manufacturers are acceptable: 11.11 111 1. Non-shrink grout: 1 a. Master Builders Technology "Masterflow 713." ,-� b. Gifford Hill "Supreme Grout." c. U.S. Grout "Five Star Grout." I. i d. Sika "Sika Grout 212." �; e. L & M, "Crystex." f. Or approved equal. �"�! I. 1.1 2. Epoxy grout: • i; a. Ceilcote. i. 1. b. Exxon Chemical Co. ` ',' c. Sika. i! City of Pearland . r,. Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Concrete Materials and Proportioning I_'i' Project No. 7295 03308 - 4 June 11, 2019 ''' 1-11 j! ,, ,,,,r, s , t :._ . . ,r, d. U.S. Grout. e. Or approved equal. i 7 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01600. Tr- 2.2 MATERIALS: A. Cement: 1. ASTM C150, Type II or I/II for all concrete. J B. Fly Ash: 7—� 1. ASTM C618, Class F. 2. Non-staining. 3. Suited to provide hardened concrete of uniform light grey color. 'C 4. Maximum loss on ignition: 4 percent. • 5. Compatible with other concrete ingredients and having no deleterious 1 r effects on the hardened concrete. 6. Produced by source approved by the Texas Department of tor Transportation (TxDOT) for use in bridge concrete. 7. Cement and fly ash type used shall correspond to that upon which ii selection of concrete proportions was based in the mix design. C. Water: 1. Potable, containing less than 50 ppm of chlorides. 2. Clean and free from deleterious substances. 3. Free of oils, acids and organic matter.7 D. Aggregates for Normal Weight Concrete: 1. ASTM C33. 2. Fine and coarse aggregates to be regarded as separate ingredients. 3. Coarse aggregate: a. For lean concrete, concrete fill, and concrete topping less than 3-IN in thickness: ASTM C33, size number 7 (maximum 1/2 7 IN). b. For slabs on grade 12-IN thick or greater, mass concrete, and foundation mats 12 IN thick or greater: ASTM C33, size , ''' 7 number 467 (maximum 1 1/2 IN), or size number 57. 7 Cityof Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Concrete Materials and Proportioning Project No. 7295 03308 - 5 June 11, 2019 1 L 1 ri 7. 1.fts,. c. For all other concrete: ASTM C33, size number 57 (maximum ,' 1 IN) or size number 67 (maximum 3/4IN). Mit d. Use only washed aggregates. )7 1 4. Fine aggregates to be natural, not manufactured. # 5. Pozzolan or other additives shall not be used to compensate for alkali /._ ;I reactivity of aggregates. E. Maximum total chloride ion content for concrete mix including all ingredients f measured as a weight percent of cement: II 1. 0.10 for all cast-in-place concrete. 2. 0.06 for precast concrete. 7.1 3. Do not use calcium chloride. F. Sand Cement Grout (referred to as "Grout" on the Drawings): 1 ' 1. Approximately 3 parts sand, 1 part portland cement, 6 ± 1 percent entrained air and water to produce a slump which allows grout to )Iij completely fill required areas and surround adjacent reinforcing. 1 1 a. Provide sand in accordance with requirements for fine aggregate for concrete. �' 2. Minimum 28-day compressive strength: 3000 psi minimum, but shall II", be at least strength of parent concrete when used at construction i `� joints for bonding. ..r. G. Nonshrink Grout: I ) 1 I:i 1. Nonmetallic, noncorrosive, and nonstaining. ,,,,5, 2. Premixed with only water to be added in accordance with L. manufacturer's instructions at jobsite. 1I 3. Grout to produce a positive but controlled expansion. Mass expansion ) 1 shall not be created by gas liberation or by other means. 4. Minimum 28-day compressive strength: 6500 psi. 7'; f , 5. In accordance with CRD-C621. 'l i H. Epoxy Grout: 'I 1. Adhesive: a. Ceilcote "HT648" grout. b. Exxon Chemical Company "Escoweld 2505." �r c. Sika "Sikadur Hi Mod." ) d. U S Grout "Five Star Epoxy Grout." _ e. Or equal. ^, City of Pearland { Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Concrete Materials and Proportioning y Project No. 7295 03308 - 6 June 11, 2019 I', 7 2. Aggregate: a. Ceilcote "HT648." b. Exxon Chemical Company "Escoweld 2510." , 7 c. Sika aggregate. !, d. U S Grout aggregate. � e. Or equal. 1 3. Aggregate manufacturer shall be the same as the adhesive 7 manufacturer. 4. The aggregate shall be compatible with the adhesive. P , 5. Each component to be furnished in separate package for job site ' tir � mixing. 7 I. See Section 03311 for Grout Schedule of use. 2.3 MIXES: 7 A. General: 1. Provide concrete capable of being placed without aggregate 7 segregation and, when cured, of developing all properties specified. 2. All concrete to be normal weight concrete, weighing approximately ,7 145 to 150 LBS per cubic foot at 28 days after placement. 3. All ready-mix concrete shall comply with ASTM C94. ,!7 4. Blend in all components and additives at batch plant, unless noted otherwise. 5. Provide fly ash content for ready mixed concrete. ' B. Minimum 28-Day Compressive Strengths: �r 1. Normal weight fill concrete 2,500 psi. 7 2. Normal weight lean concrete 2,500 psi. 3. Pavement, curbs, sidewalks 3,000 psi. 7 4. Refer to specification section 13200 and contract drawings for concrete requirements for prestressed concrete clearwell. r JrC. Air Entrainment: 1. Provide air entrainment in all exterior or fluid-retaining concrete resulting in a total air content percent by volume as follows: ,r. v' ' a. 1 'h IN maximum aggregate size: 3 +/- 1 percent total air content. ri' City of Pearland ` Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Concrete Materials and Proportioning r Project No. 7295 03308 - 7 June 11, 2019 _,7 b. 1-inch and 3/4 IN maximum aggregate size: 3 +/- 1 percent } total air content. c. 1/2 IN maximum aggregate size: 3 +/- 1 percent total air , 1 ii content. ' d. 3% maximum air for concrete slabs to be trowel-finished. t e. Higher air contents may be considered for mass concrete mix design optimization. • f. Higher air contents may be proposed by Contractor for workability, subject to approval by Engineer and satisfaction of compressive strength requirements. D. Slump: 1. 5 IN maximum, 3 IN minimum measured at point of discharge for beams, columns and walls, for mixes without superplasticizer. 2. 8 IN maximum after addition of superplasticizer (reference "Proportioning" paragraph). 3. 5 IN maximum, 3 IN minimum measured at point of discharge into all other concrete construction members. 4. Concrete of lower than minimum slump may be used provided it can be properly placed and consolidated. L 5. Provide additional water at ready mix plant for concrete that is to be pumped to allow for slump loss due to pumping. Provide only enough additional water so that slump of concrete at discharge end of pump hose does not exceed maximum slump specified. 6. Slump requirements for mass concrete shall be required in the optimized mix design submitted by Contractor's mass concrete consultant and approved by ENGINEER. - E. Proportioning: 1. General: a. Proportion ingredients to produce a mixture which will work readily into corners and angles of forms and around ,17 reinforcement by methods of placement and consolidation employed without permitting materials to segregate or excessive free water to collect on surface. b. Proportion ingredients to produce proper place-ability, durability, strength and other required properties. 1 2. Normal weight concrete minimum cement content and maximum water to cement ratios: City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Concrete Materials and Proportioning Project No. 7295 03308 - 8 June 11, 2019 f� ' 7 ,7Specified Strength (psi) Minimum Cement Minimum Maximum Water at 28 days Content Cement Cement Ratio By (Sacks/CY) (Lbs/CY) Weight 7 5,000 7 658 0.40 4,000 w/1-1/2" Aggr.* 5.7 536 0.42 !7 4,000 w/1" and 3/4" Aggr. 6 564 0.42 3,000 - 2,500 5.5 517 0.48 a * The above cement contents may be reduced, together with the maximum W/C ratio, for mass concrete placements. The required compressive strength shall not be reduced. 90-day concrete cylinder tests ( J maybe utilized to verifycompressive strength for mass concrete mix designs and placements,in lieu of P 9 28-day concrete cylinder tests. ri. 3. Fly Ash: a. For cast-in-place concrete only, 15 to 20 percent by weight of Portland cement content per cubic yard may be replaced with fly ash at a rate of 1 LB fly ash for 1 LB cement. '7 4. Water reducing, retarding, and accelerating admixtures: a. Use in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. b. Add to mix at batching plant. 5. High range water reducers (superplasticizers): a. Use in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. b. Maximum concrete slump before addition of admixture to be 3 7 IN. Maximum slump after addition to be 8 IN. c. Reference Section 03311 "Placing of Concrete" for additional requirements. • r . 6. Concrete mix proportioning methods for normal weight concrete: 7 a. Method 1: i. Used when combination of materials proposed is to be '7. evaluated and proportions selected to be on a basis of trial mixes. ii. Produce mixes having suitable proportions and consistencies based on ACI 21 1.1, using at least three different water cement ratios or cement contents which will produce a range of compressive strengths R 7 . encompassing the required average strength. iii. Design trial mixes to produce a slump within 0.75 IN 7 of maximum specified, and for air entrained concrete, air content within 0.5 percent specified. . 7 City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Concrete Materials and Proportioning Project No. 7295 03308 - 9 June 11, 2019 jr:. ail,,, 7 , . , _„,, ..,, ; iv. For each water cement ratio or cement content, make I at least three compression test cylinders for specified test age, and cure in accordance with ASTM C192. Test for strength at 28 days in accordance with ASTM 7, C39. j i; v. From results of these tests, plot a curve showing , . relationship between water cement ratio or cement a l'',! content and compressive strength. i. vi. From this curve select water cement ratio or cement ' ,1' %content to be used to produce required average �1 strength. vii. Use cement content and mixture proportions such that J maximum water cement ratio is not exceeded when w. slump is maximum specified. 17,I viii. Base field control on maintenance of proper cement content, slump, air content and water cement ratio. ix. See paragraph hereafter for definition of required average strength. • i b. Method 2: i } i. In lieu of trial mixes, field test records for concrete i r made with similar ingredients may be used. 1 ii. Use of proposed concrete mix proportions based on 1-1! field test records subject to approval by Engineer based ['. on information contained in field test records and demonstrated ability to provide the required average strength. '?1, r3 iii. Field test records to represent materials, proportions and conditions similar to those specified. Changes in �- the materials, proportions and conditions within the b � test records shall have not been more restricted than those for the proposed concrete mix. - „';, iv. Field test records to consist of less than 30 but not less than 10 consecutive tests, provided the tests encompass a period of not less than 45 consecutive days. �e v. Required concrete proportions may be established by I interpolation between the strengths and proportions of 1 3 two or more test records, each of which meets the requirements of this Section. *i City of Pearland I Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Concrete Materials and Proportioning Project No. 7295 03308 - 10 June 11, 2019 ft ; , ,; ,,: ,r ,, , 1: 7. Required average strength: Required average strength to exceed the I,,R specified 28-day compressive strength by the amount determined or ','I' calculated in accordance with paragraph 5.3 of ACI 318 using the standard deviation of the proposed concrete production facility as L described in paragraph 5.3.1 of ACI 318. , , P a. Mass concrete compressive strengths may be based on 96-day , results. !:,, :,.r 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL ' A. To assure P stockpiles are not contaminated or materials are segregated, erform p ';,I•• _ any test for determining conformance to requirements for cleanliness and 7 grading on samples secured from aggregates at point of batching. yt B. Do not use frozen or partially frozen aggregates. In , i —.1PART 3 EXECUTION ,' 3.1 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL i' ' A. Perform tests per Section 03350 requirements. 1 [PK' B. Perform strength test on any concrete to which water has been added at the 5. ' jobsite. C. Reference Section 03311 for grout use schedule. !' END OF SECTION I ,: r , . • • i :,j j ," , , ., ,, 1,I. : :: . . , , 1 , • i, ,,: i , . ., ., , :, .. 7, . • . . , . ', 1 , •• 1 , , , • , . ,, . ::' , . . r . ;; :,. City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Concrete Materials and Proportioning ' , Project No. 7295 03308 - 1 1 • June 11, 2019 _ i , . CONCRETE MIXING, PLACING, JOINTING, AND CURING PART GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY: r A. Section Includes: • ' 1. Mixing, placing, jointing, and curing of concrete construction. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: /"";' 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. ; 1 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. _i 3. Section 03100 - Formwork. ' ;' 4. Section 03200 - Reinforcement. 1 5. Section 03308 - Concrete, Materials, and Proportioning. ' i ,7.: , 7 SECTION 03311 CONCRETE MIXING, PLACING, JOINTING, AND CURING L,, PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY: Iri A. Section Includes: 'r 1. Mixing, placing, jointing, and curing of concrete construction. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 7 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 7 2. Division 1 — General Requirements. 3. Section 03100 — Formwork. 4. Section 03200 — Reinforcement. 5. Section 03308 — Concrete, Materials, and Proportioning. �' 6. Section 03348 — Concrete Finishing and Repair of Surfaces Defects. 7. Section 03350 — Testing. 7.. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Referenced Standards: ' 7-, 1. American Concrete Institute (ACI): a. 116R, Cement and Concrete Terminology. b. 207, Mass Concrete. riri c. 224, Control of Cracking in Concrete Structures. d. 304R, Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete. 7 e. 304.2R, Placing Concrete by Pumping Methods. f. 305R, Hot Weather Concreting. g. 306R, Cold Weather Concreting. h. 308, Standard Practice for Curing Concrete. i. 309R, Guide for Consolidation of Concrete. j. 350-06, Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures. L, 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 7 a. A36, Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. b. C94, Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete. 7 c. C171, Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete. d. C309, Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. 7 City of Pearland Concrete Mixing, Placing, Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Jointing, and Curing Project No. 7295 03311 - 1 June 11, 2019 7_, l r I ` ) il 1 rial'1 e. D994, Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint ' , t Filler for Concrete (Bituminous Type). f �;! i f. D1056, Standard Specification for Flexible Cellular Materials Sponge or Expanded Rubber. !f '4 .l g. D1751, Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint `°'"9!I Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Non- ) 1 Extruding and Resilient Bituminous Types). 3. Corps of Engineers: 1`( a. CRD-0572, Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Waterstops. 4. National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (NRMCA): Li,,� a. Check List for Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete j ).j Production Facilities. ) ) II B. Qualifications: 1. Ready Mixed Concrete Batch Plant: Certified by NRMCA. r `i :a 1.3 SUBMITTALS: i '� ! , A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01300. ;I 2. Product technical data including: �''� ' ' l a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. ±I b. Manufacturer's mixing and installation instructions. ; 1 i. Procedure for adding high-range water reducer (as !fl ! applicable). r j io c. Scaled (minimum 1/8 IN per foot) drawings showing proposed locations of construction joints and joint keyway dimensions. 7 P d. Manufacturers and types: i. Joint fillers. I- I- ii. Construction joint bonding agent. 'I iii. Waterstops. 17 i 1 3. Certifications "1 a. Ready mix concrete plant certification. I City of Pearland Concrete Mixing, Placing, Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Jointing, and Curing !- Project No. 7295 03311 - 2 June 11, 2019 7 , 1. i i , r I it b. Waterstops: Products shipped meet or exceed the physical properties specified. B. Samples: 7., 1. Waterstops r, a. Extruded or molded section: Each size and shape. b. Fabricated intersection fittings: Each size and shape. 7 c. Must be representative in all respects: i. Materials. ii. Fabrication. 7 iii. . Obtain approval before manufacture of sections. C. Miscellaneous: 7 1. Copies of concrete delivery tickets. 2. Description of proposed curing method. 7 3. Mass Concrete Temperature and Cracking Control: a. The Contractor shall retain a mass concrete placement consultant to determine appropriate procedures to control 7 maximum temperatures and temperature differentials in mass i concrete placements. The details of the mass concrete temperature control plan shall be submitted to the Engineer for rapproval. The mass concrete placement consultant shall have at least 5 years experience in designing concrete temperature control procedures similar to those required for the work. .7 . i. Potential temperature control procedures shall include, but not limited to, mix design optimization, mix design material selection, pre-cooling of concrete, post- - cooling of concrete, and use of insulation. Materials available for mix design optimization shall include flyash, blended cements, and water reducers. 90-day 7 concrete cylinder tests may be utilized to verify compressive strength for mass concrete mix designs and placements, in lieu of 28-day concrete cylinder tests. �' ii. The maximum concrete temperature following placement shall be 135 deg F. 7 iii. The maximum concrete temperature differential between the concrete interior and exterior surface shall be 35 deg F, unless a higher temperature differential 7 can be demonstrated to be acceptable, and approved by the Engineer. 7./ iv. Temperature control measures shall be in accordance with ACI 207 and ACI 224. 7 City of Pearland Concrete Mixing, Placing, Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Jointing, and Curing Project No. 7295 03311 - 3 June 11, 2019 7_, •nl. ! b. Additional Mass Concrete Temperature Control submittal items 1! shall include: S.!I Qualifications of the mass concrete placement consultant. The mass concrete temperature control recommendations shall be sealed by a professional i; engineer registered in Texas. ii. Revised mix designs, as applicable. iii. Proposed methods for measuring and monitoring ); maximum concrete temperatures and maximum temperature differentials to ensure that the 1, requirements for the temperature control plan are met without interruption. r_ 11 D. A concrete installation meeting shall be held prior to the initial concrete placement. Attendance will be required of the concrete supplier, contractors ` ; superintendent and foremen responsible for concrete placement, concrete placing representative and testing agency. The agenda will include but is not limited to the following: 1. Scheduling and notification of concrete placements and notification of testing agency. 2. Delivery time from batch plant and maximum waiting period prior to placing concrete. 3. Review of approved design mix including the limits of water that can be added and who is authorized to add water. 4. Additional test cylinders to be made for any load in which water has been added on site. 5. Curing procedures. J 6. Temperature control. 7. Test cylinder storage and protection. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS AND MEETINGS: A. Adjust concrete mix, designs when material characteristics, job conditions, weather, strength test results or other circumstance warrant. 1. Do not use revised concrete mixes until submitted to and approved by concrete supplier and Engineer. At Engineer's request, revised mix design may be subject to additional testing prior to approval. This ; additional preconstruction testing shall be paid for by Contractor. B. Preconstruction Conference: 1. Required Meeting Attendees: City of Pearland Concrete Mixing, Placing, Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Jointing, and Curing Project No. 7295 03311 - 4 June 11, 2019 E. 7 a. CONTRACTOR including pumping, placing and finishing, and curing subcontractors. b. Ready-mix producer. 7.- c. Admixture representative. d. Testing and sampling personnel. e. ENGINEER. 7, 2. Schedule and conduct prior to incorporation of respective products into Project. Notify ENGINEER of location and time. 7, 3. Agenda shall include: a. Admixture types, dosage, performance, and redosing at site. 7, b. Mix designs, test of mixes, and Submittals. c. Placement methods, techniques, equipment, consolidation, and form pressures. d. Slump and placement time to maintain slump. L e. Finish, curing, and water retention. f. Protection procedures for weather conditions. g. Other specified requirements requiring coordination. 7 4. Conference minutes as specified in Division 1. 7 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: , A. Deliver: 11 1. Concrete: a. Prepare a delivery ticket for each load of ready mixed concrete. b. Truck operator shall hand ticket to Contractor at the time of delivery. 7 • c. Ticket to show: i. Mix identification. 7 ii. Quantity delivered. 7 iii. Amount of material in each batch. iv. Outdoor temperature in the shade. 7 'v. Time at which cement was added. vi. Time of delivery. 7 . vii. Time of discharge. ri ' viii. Amount of water available to be added at project site (if any), based on water held back during batching and maximum W/C ratio. City of Pearland Concrete Mixing, Placing, Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Jointing, and Curing Project No. 7295 03311 - 5 June 11, 2019 ix. Amount of water added at project site (if any) will be noted on delivery ticket. i i; 1.6 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING: 1 ,. ,, f A. Do not begin concrete production until proposed concrete mix design has been 1 approved by Engineer. P Ll ; 1. Approval of concrete mix design does not relieve Contractor of his responsibility to provide concrete that meets the requirements of this I Specification. B. Do not backfill against walls until concrete has attained the specified 28 day ,I compressive strength, including upper level floors and walls, unless approval f I' is granted in writing by Engineer. i 11 PART 2 PRODUCTS 1 owl 'j I 2.1 COMPONENTS: .tH .I I! A. Neoprene Expansion Joint Fillers: j 1. Manufacturers: , ) a. Permaglaze. I '1' b. Rubatex. c. Williams Products. - 741 . s 2. Materials: a. Closed cell neoprene. I ,, b. ASTM D1056, Class SC, 2 to 5 psi compression deflection, ;I Grade SCE-41. i B. Asphalt Expansion Joint Fillers: 1. Manufacturers: j i ,,0 2. W R Meadows. I� a. J and P Petroleum Products. I , 3. Materials: ASTM D994. C. Fiber Expansion Joint Fillers: +_ 1. Materials: ASTM D1751. D. Waterstops, PVC: 1. Manufacturers fl , a. Greenstreak Plastics Products. City of Pearland Concrete Mixing, Placing, 7 Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Jointing, and Curing Project No. 7295 03311 - 6 June 11, 2019 1 .y 7, 7. b. W R Meadows. c. Vinylex Corp. d. Or equal. .7 . 2. Cast-in-place type: Corps of Engineers Specification CRD-0572. .. 7 3. Materials: Virgin PVC compound not containing any scrap or reclaimed materials or pigment. 4. Thickness: 3/8 IN, unless otherwise noted. 5. Profiles as listed, unless otherwise specified. a. 9 IN width: 1/4 x 3/8 IN x 9 IN, with center bulb 3/4 IN ID, I , 1/4 IN OD, similar to Greenstreak Plastic Products Style #718. (Expansion Joints) 7 b. 6 IN width: 3/16 x 3/8 IN x 6 IN with center bulb 1/4 IN ID, 1 1/16 IN OD, similar to Greenstreak Plastic Products Style #705. (General Use) c. Split Rib: 3/8 IN x 6 IN, similar to Greenstreak Plastic Products 7Style #724, or 3/8 IN x 4 IN, similar to Greenstreak Plastic Products Style #721. (only use where indicated) 6. Factory fabricated intersection fittings, to be field butt spliced onto I'7 straight runs. u 7. Factory prepunched (12 IN centers, each edge) for wire supports. 7 8. See Drawings for application and other requirements. E. Waterstops, Preformed — Strip Type: 71. Manufacturers: a. Greenstreak (Hydrotite). 7, b. Adeka Ultra Seal (MC-2010M). c. De Neef (Swellseal Plus). 72. Nonbentonite composition, hydrophilic. 3. Manufactured solely for the purpose of preventing water from traveling rithrough construction joints. 4. Volumetric expansion limited to 3 times maximum. 7 F. Water Swelling Sealant. 1. Single component; gun applied. 7,-` 2. Moisture cured. 3. Minimum 70% volumetric expansion swelling capability. 4. Compatible with strip-type waterstop. 7 City of Pearland Concrete Mixing, Placing, Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Jointing, and Curing Project No. 7295 03311 - 7 June 11, 2019 7-- „ , + sl 1.,,, G. WaterstopInjection Hose System: ,„; , ,, fl ij 1 Y . ,, 1. FUKO by Greensteak, or approved equal. 9” 2. Use where shown on the Drawings. {'I i;, 3. Size of hose as recommended by manufacturer for proposed 7 I installation and injection requirements. 1;1 .I H. Epoxy Construction Joint Bonding Agent. 1. "Corr-Bond" by Euclid. 2. "Sika Armatec 110" by Sika Corp. ,,;,iq' 'i 3. "CR 246" by Sto. 1 1 I. Sand cement grout, non-shrink grout and epoxy grout: See Section 03308. I J. Submit requests for substitutions in accordance with Specification Section ,11 01600. • .f! 2.2 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL: ! I; I A. The central concrete plant shall conform to the check list for certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities of the NRMCA. 71 ._! PART 3 EXECUTION . 3.1 PREPARATION: 1 3 :' ' A. General: ' , ' B. Complete formwork. 1. See Section 03100. 7 2. Remove earth, snow, ice, water, and other foreign materials from ! areas that will receive concrete. i 7 3. Secure reinforcement in place. • n a. See Section 03200. I 4. Position expansion joint material, anchors and other embedded items. ' i . : 5. Obtain Engineer's approval of reinforcement and formwork erection and placement prior to concreting. 6. Do not place concrete during rain, sleet, or snow, unless adequate I 7 protection is provided and Engineer's approval is obtained. i a. Plan size of crews with due regard for effects of concrete i temperature and atmospheric conditions on rate of hardening City of Pearland Concrete Mixing, Placing, I ,4 Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Jointing, and Curing Project No. 7295 03311 - 8 June 11, 2019 . , i., 7 . of concrete as required to obtain good surfaces and avoid unplanned cold joints. b. Do not allow rainwater to increase mixing water nor to damage surface finish. 7 7. Prepare all construction joints for proper bond per paragraph 3.4C. 8. Remove hardened concrete and foreign materials from inner surfaces of conveying equipment and formwork. • 9. Provide slabs and beams of minimum indicated required depth when 7 sloping to drains. For foundations on grade, slope top of subgrade to provide slab of required uniform thickness, unless noted Otherwise. C. Preparation of Subgrade for Foundations on Ground: :7 1. Subgrade drained and of adequate and uniform load-bearing nature. 2. Obtain Engineer's approval of subgrade compaction density prior to placing subbase and/or foundations ground. 3. Maintain subgrade at a temperature above 32 DegF for a sufficient • amount of time to remove frost before concrete placing begins. ,:7, _, 4. Moisten subgrade and subbase to eliminate absorption. Keep moist at 7: time of concreting. Allow no free-standing water on subgrade or soft or muddy spots when concrete is placed. D. Edge Forms and Screeds: 7 1. Set accurately to produce specified elevations and contours of finished surface. IT, 2. Sufficiently strong to support vibrating screeds or roller pipe screeds, if required. L� 3. Use strike off templates, or approved vibrating type screeds, to align 1 concrete surfaces to contours of screed strips. 1 7. 3.2 CONCRETE MIXING: A. General: 7 1. Provide all concrete from a central plant conforming to Check List for Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities of the 7 NRMCA. 2. Batch, mix, and transport in accordance with ASTM C94. 3 B. Control of Admixtures: 1. Charge admixtures into mixer as solutions. City of Pearland Concrete Mixing, Placing, ; �'' Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Jointing, and Curing Project No. 7295 03311 - 9 June 11, 2019. 1 . i E,, 7`1 IU '1'1 a. Measure by means of an approved mechanical dispensing i Ti device. .1: b. Solution considered a part of mixing water. il c. Admixtures that cannot be added in solution may be weighed ;! or measured by volume if so recommended by manufacturer. it 2. Add separately, when two or more admixtures are used in concrete, ';I to avoid possible interaction that might interfere with efficiency of ` !{;, either admixture, or adversely affect concrete. L `i',,1 3. Complete addition of retarding admixtures within one minute after 1 addition of water to cement has been completed, or prior to beginning 1`I 71 of last three quarters of required mixing, whichever occurs first. '-�''';' i ijl C. Tempering and Control of Mixing Water: fli j vil 1. Mix concrete only in quantities for immediate use. ; i 2. Discard concrete which has set. :i 3. Discharge concrete from ready mix trucks within time limit and drum ,i revolutions stated in ASTM C94. i II I 1 4. Addition of water at the jobsite: ' 1 11 a. See Section 03308 for specified water cement ratio and i ', slump. 1 b. Do not exceed maximum specified water cement ratio or iI:G slump. lj c. Incorporate water by additional mixing equal to at least half of I total mixing reuired. a _1. ; I::; d. Perform strength test on any concrete to which water has been I added at the jobsite. See Section 03350. i e. Prior to addition of water at the jobsite, a water/cement ratio lam' analysis will be performed by the Contractor from information il i t. provided on the delivery ticket. Provided that the total amount ",'e of water to meet the maximum water/cement ratio has not Ali', been added, the remaining water quantity to meet the 'I' maximum water/cement ratio may be added to the mix. -J.;i I' f. If the maximum amount of water has been added to the mix + 1' or if insufficient data is provided on the delivery ticket to l ii, determine the water/cement ratio, then no additional water If may be added. —'� ill City of Pearland Concrete Mixing, Placing,Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Jointing, and Curing 71; Project No. 7295 03311 - 10 June 11, 2019 _',i;11, 1 :1„l- I73.3 PLACING OF CONCRETE: A. General: 1. Comply with ACI 304R, 304.2R, and 350. 2. Do not place concrete during rain, sleet or snow, unless adequate protection is provided and Engineer's approval is obtained. • 3. Do not deposit concrete which has partially hardened or has been contaminated by foreign materials. 4. Begin placement only when work of other trades affecting concrete is complete. r, ' '! 5. Deposit concrete: ' '7 a. ' Continuously to avoid cold joints. b. In layers of 12 to 18 IN maximum. • , ;C 6. Locate construction joints at locations specified or approved by Engineer. 7 a. Plan size of crews with due regard for effects of concrete temperature and atmosphere conditions to avoid unplanned cold joints. i , I. -- 7. Place concrete at such a rate that concrete, which is being integrated with fresh concrete, is still workable. 8. Spreaders: a. Temporary: '', 7-. i. Remove as soon as concrete placing renders their `I' function unnecessary. i 7 b. Embedded: i. Obtain approval of Engineer. . Eis„. ii. Materials: Concrete or metal. - iii. Ends of metal spreaders coated with plastic coating 2 ' IN from each end. - 9. Do not begin placing concrete in supported elements until concrete previously placed in supporting members is no longer plastic and has 7 been in place at least a minimum of 2 HRS. d 10. Deposit concrete as nearly as practicable in its final position to avoid segregation. ,• a. Maximum free fall: 4 FT. !i b. Free fall exceeding 4 FT: ' 1! City of Pearland Concrete Mixing, Placing, I; Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Jointing, and Curing Project No. 7295 • 03311 - 1 1' June 11, 2019 7f _ 71,, OI'f i. Place concrete by means of hopper, elephant trunk or p, tremie pipe extending down to within 4 FT or less of surface placed upon. a..l 11. Perform the following operations before bleeding water has an 1- i opportunity to collect on surface: if a. Spread. Lio'l: b. Consolidate. ''i; • c. Straightedge. 1 d. Darby or bull float. ) ; - B. High-Range Water Reducers (Superplasticizers): . 1. Manufacturer's representative to instruct the Contractor as to the :Jul proper use and dosage of the admixture. ?ii 2. Add.superplasticizer to the concrete in the truck mixer at the jobsite. 3. Perform concrete slump test at the jobsite both prior to and after addition of the admixture to the concrete. 71,. C. Cold Weather Concrete Placement: i 1. Comply with ACI 306R. 2. Do not place concrete on substrates that are below 32 DegF or contain } frozen material. 1 ,''i 3. Maintain all materials, forms, reinforcement, subgrade and any other , items which concrete will come in contact with free.of frost, ice or I snow at time of concrete placement. "' 4. Temperature of concrete when discharged at site: , MINIMUM CONCRETE MINIMUM CONCRETE • i' TEMPERATURE, DEGF TEMPERATURE, DEGF �j AIR TEMPERATURE FOR SECTIONS WITH FOR SECTIONS WITH '' DEGF LEAST DIMENSION LESS LEAST DIMENSION 12 IN ` ; THAN 12 IN OR GREATER above 30 60 55 1 • 0 to 30 65 60 • ��_,'1 below 0 70 65 , iiH 5. Heat substrate, forms, and reinforcement so the temperature thereof ` ) ' ji will be between 45 and 70 DegF, when temperature of surrounding air is 40 DegF or below at time concrete is placed. Remove all frost from III substrate, forms and reinforcement before concrete is placed. P I 6. Combine water with aggregate in mixer before cement is added, if '; water or aggregate is heated above 90 DegF. f Li, 1'I City of Pearland Concrete Mixing, Placing, fl1, Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Jointing, and Curing '°ii Project No. 7295 03311 - 12 June 11, 2019 °! I i C I - 19 7 7. Do not mix cement with water or with mixtures of water and aggregate having a temperature greater than 90 DegF. 8. Do not place slabs on ground if temperature is below 40 DegF or if temperature surrounding the slab will be below 40 DegF before structure is enclosed and heated. 7 9. Coordinate with mass concrete placement requirements. D. Hot Weather Concrete Placement: i 7 1. Comply with ACI 305R. i : 2. Cool ingredients before mixing, or add flake ice or well crushed ice of a size that will melt completely during mixing for all or part of mixing water if high temperature, low slump, flash set, cold joints, or shrinkage cracks are encountered. 3. Temperature of concrete when placed: Tii a. Not to exceed 90 DegF. b. Not so high as to cause: 7 i. Shrinkage cracks. ii. Difficulty in placement due to loss of slump. iii. Flash set. rc. Coordinate with mass concrete placement requirements. 4. Temperature of forms and reinforcing when placing concrete: 7 a. Not to exceed 90 DegF. ' b. May be reduced by spraying with water to cool below 90 L DegF. i. Leave no standing water to contact concrete being L, 7 placed. ii. Prevent plastic shrinkage cracking and/or slab curling 7 due to evaporation of moisture. E. Consolidating: !, 71. Consolidate in accordance with ACI 309R except as modified herein. 2. Consolidate by vibration so that concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement, embedded items and into corners of forms. a. Eliminate: i. Air or stone pockets. ii. Honeycombing or pitting. City of Pearland Concrete Mixing, Placing, j; Bailey WTP 1.0 MGGST Jointing, and Curing Project No. 7295 03311 - 13 June 11, 2019 t iii. Planes of weakness. Fr - 1;1 . , 3. Internal vibrators: l ., a. Minimum frequency of 8000 vibrations per minute. : `V i,l b. Insert and withdraw at points approximately 18 IN apart for vibrators 2 to 3 1/2inches in diameter, closer for smaller ., vibrators. .7"i .1 i. Allow sufficient duration at each insertion to '' concrete but not sufficient to cause ` `I' consolidate , segregation. 'I'll ii. For 24 IN and thicker walls, insert vibrators at 6 IN 1 it from each form. ;1 71;;I c. Use in: I i ;i li i.- Beams and girders of framed slabs. ii. Columns and walls. �11,I1 iii. Vibrating concrete around all waterstops. d. Size of vibrators shall be in accordance with Table 5.1.5 of fl. ACI 309R. 4. Obtain consolidation of slabs with internal vibrators, vibrating screeds, 111 roller pipe screeds, or other approved means. ,) 5. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete within forms. +-�,i 6. Provide spare vibrators on jobsite during all concrete placing L A I operations. II 7. Bring a full surface of mortar against form by vibration supplemented 4 if necessary by spading to work coarse aggregate back from formed :1 surface, where concrete is to have an as-cast finish. } 8. Use suitable form vibrators located just below top surface of concrete, n`F'i ' where internal vibrators cannot be used in areas of congested S'1: reinforcing. I 1 ' i, 9. Prevent construction equipment, construction operations, and ;,1 personnel from introducing vibrations into freshly placed concrete after j; the concrete has been placed and consolidated. ' . i! F. Handle concrete from mixer to place of final deposit by methods which will `1'; prevent segregation or loss of ingredients and in a manner which will assure I I:1I that required quality of concrete is maintained. . i1 ' 1. Use truck mixers, agitators, and non-agitating units in accordance with ;11. _Ji ASTM C94. „Ill, L:;1' City of Pearland Concrete Mixing, Placing, Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Jointing, and Curing Project No. 7295 - 03311 - 14 June 11, 2019 ,1. ,! 7 !. : 7 a. Discharge conveyor runs into equipment specially designed for s readin concrete. P 9 2. Metal or metal lined chutes: a. Slope not exceeding 1 vertical to 2 horizontal and not less than C• 1 vertical to 3 horizontal. , • b. Chutes more than 20 FT long and chutes not meeting slope • requirements may be used provided they discharge into a j r hopper before distribution. c. Provide end of each chute with a device to prevent I 7 segregation. • 3. Pumping or pneumatic conveying equipment: ;7a. Designed for concrete application and having adequate pumping capacity. i b. Control pneumatic placement so segregation is avoided in ' ' , discharged concrete. j ' c. Loss of slump in pumping or-pneumatic conveying equipment shall not exceed 1-1/2 IN. d. Do not convey concrete through pipe made of aluminum or aluminum alloy. e. Provide pumping equipment without Y sections. 7 , - 3.4 JOINTS AND EMBEDDED ITEMS: .7 A. Construction Joints: ' 1. Locate joints as indicated on Contract Drawings or as shown on approved shop drawings. 2. Unplanned construction joints will not be allowed. If concrete .cannot be completely placed between planned construction joints, then it • must be removed. 3. Allow a minimum of 48 hrs before placement of adjoining concrete '; E construction. ,; 4. In general, locate joints near third point of spans of slabs, beams and 7 girders unless a beam intersects a girder at this point, in which case, offset joint in girder a distance equal to twice the width of the beam. , 5. Locate joints in walls at underside of floors or slabs and at tops of !' foundations or floor slabs, unless shown otherwise. „7 i1, ,i City of Pearland Concrete Mixing, Placing, Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Jointing, and Curing • Project No. 7295 03311 - 15 June 11, 2019 . d iii ii il 6. Make joints perpendicular to main reinforcement with all reinforcement fli'1 continuous across joints. ' '' !I 7. Provide roughened construction joints at all non-keyed surfaces and I; fI'i where shown or otherwise indicated on Drawings. 1ji. lei a. Clean the previously hardened concrete interface and remove F�,{ i all laitance. r_�;iI i b. Intentionally roughen the interface to a full amplitude of 1/4 IN. '1 1 IV c. Provide smooth surface as required to install strip type II waterstops. I 8. Provide continuous keyways where indicated on Drawings. Construction joint keyways shall have the following dimensions, unless ,', shown otherwise on Drawings or directed otherwise by Engineer. q i1. a. Wall keyways: ail, i ��� i. Keyway width, not less than 1/3 and not more than i 11 1 Hi 1/2 the wall thickness measured perpendicular to wall ,+ faces. „, , 1,1 ii. Keyway depth to be not less than 1-1/2 IN. 7,1.,, iii. Place keyway in wall center unless shown otherwise i ;�I on Drawings. IJ'�i b. Keyways in footings, foundations, base slabs, and structural i or elevated slabs: 1..I i. Keyway height not less than 1/3 and not more than 1/2 the footing or slab thickness. I I!! ii. Keyway depth not less than 1-1/2 IN. .V � "'I iii. Keyway in footing or slab center unless shown i ;, otherwise on Drawings. 1:11 1;1 B. Construction Joint Spacing — Unless otherwise specified: ) Ill 1. General - Structures not intended to contain liquid: ,,1 711it rl a. Wall vertical construction joints: L{{ ll i. 30 FT maximum centers. lli ii. At wall intersections, 10 FT maximum from corner. III iif b. Base slab, floor, and roof slab construction joints: ,ii i. Placements to be approximately square. , r,l ii. Maximum side dimension of a slab pour to be 50 FT. ;�,, City of Pearland Concrete Mixing, Placing, ,IA , Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Jointing, and Curing i4li Project No. 7295 03311 16 June 11, 2019 ..:I 1 'j ! 2. Structures intended to contain liquids: Iti a. Wall vertical construction joints: i� ;7 i. 25 FT maximum centers. '; Ireb. Base slab, floor, and roof slab construction joints: "' i. Placements to be approximately square. ii. Maximum side dimension of a slab pour to be 45 FT. • r, 3. See drawings for construction joint locations. . r; l C. Bonding at Construction Joints: LLL 1. Obtain bond between concrete pours at construction joints. Before l; ; new concrete. is placed, all construction joints shall be prepared and I; ; coated with epoxy bonding adhesive, cement grout, or other Engineer a roved bonding g product. i! }7 2. General - Use cement grout for all construction joints except as otherwise specified herein. , 7 a. Roughen the surface of the hardened concrete to uniformly ', expose the coarse aggregate.. iljl ., i b. Remove laitance, loosened particles of aggregate or damaged 11 '17 concrete at the surface, or at the Contractor's option, use an { approved chemical retarder which delays but does not prevent 1' setting of the surface of the mortar in accordance with the ' ; manufacturer's recommendations. Retarded mortar shall be i ' removed within 24 HRS after placing 'Co produce a clean • exposed aggregate bonding surface. c. ' Dampen the hardened concrete (but do not saturate or allow ',, I. standing water) immediately; prior to placing of fresh grout. �, 1[1.1 ,, d. - Cover the hardened concrete of horizontal joints with a coat of 1,i cement grout (see Specification Section 03308). ! . i. Place grout as thick as possible on vertical surfaces. Ii,, ii. Place 3 IN layer of grout in bottoms of wall or column ;E lifts immediately before placing specified concrete and ,; . at least 1/2 IN thick on other horizontal surfaces. i, Vibrate grout and first lift of concrete simultaneously. G; L iii. Place fresh concrete before the grout has attained its initial set. '' 7 3. . Use epoxy bonding agent for walls and slabs of tanks and structures designed to contain liquids and at all joints in beams, girders, walls, 1!., City of Pearland Concrete Mixing, Placing, ii. Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Jointing, and Curing I.', Project No, 7295 03311 - 17 June 11, 2019 I iLi .,, 1 L fl and slabs. Exception: 3 IN of grout shall be used as noted above for all wall/slab and horizontal wall-to-wall joints. I' a. Joints receiving an adhesive shall be prepared, and the fl1J adhesive a lied in accordance with the manufacturer's ` :I PP ' ;1 recommendations. 'I b. Epoxy adhesive shall have adequate working life to allow new ,1. , concrete to be placed while the adhesive has not begun to lose its effectiveness. Otherwise, use alternate Engineer approved 7 !' 'I bonding method. ' '1 D. Control joints: ;"1 i, 1. Shall be located in members as indicated on Drawings. 1, 11 ,1 2. Time cutting properly with set of concrete, if saw cut joints are 1 required or permitted. '!` 'II Ili a. Start cutting as soon as concrete has hardened sufficiently to i I( 1 prevent aggregates being dislodged by saw. b. Complete before shrinkage stresses become sufficient to II produce cracking. I:i c. For wall control joints, chamfer strips or PVC inserts shall be . : used in lieu of saw cutting. I f; E. Expansion Joints: 1 1. Do not permit reinforcement or other embedded metal items bonded 71, ', to concrete (except smooth dowels bonded on onlyone side of joint) ( P to extend continuously through an expansion joint. I 1 2. Use neoprene expansion joint fillers at liquid-containing structures. .1I Hill 3. Seal expansion joints as shown on Drawings. : ,11 F. Waterstops: ill! 1. Lap all types of waterstops to create water tight joints. 71,H. 2. Do not mix different types of waterstop materials in the same structure 1;11 without specific approval from the Engineer. ri' I 3. Contractor is responsible for waterstop selection and installation to 1;;I provide leak-tight joints, to the minimum standard shown in the 11. Contract Documents. ' 4. Preformed strip type: ;j a. Install in a bed of swelling sealant on smooth surface of ,1.1,, hardened concrete by use of nails, screws or other means as Li ''';'jl City of Pearland Concrete Mixing, Placing, { ,,, Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Jointing, and Curing -jl l Project No. 7295 03311 - 18 June 11, 2019 ._ !!1' II' 7 • . 7 recommended by manufacturer to prevent movement of waterstop during placement of new concrete. 7 . b. Roughened joints shall be especially prepared during concrete placement to provide smooth surface for proper waterstop installation. Cc. Waterstop to be continuous with splices in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. d. Unless otherwise noted, use in joints against existing concrete - and where indicated on Drawings. 7 5. PVC Waterstops: a. Position waterstop accurately in forms. 'C b. Secure waterstops in correct position using hog rings or ,i; grommets spaced 12 IN maximum along the length and passed I • through the edge of the waterstops. Tie wire to adjacent reinforcing. c. Hold horizontal waterstops in place with continuous supports. 7 d. Install according to manufacturer's instructions. Do not displace reinforcement from required location. }� e. Waterstops to be continuous. l f. Splice ends and intersections with perpendicular butt splice i :.7using electrical splicing iron in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. g. Use prefabricated "T" and corner fittings. 6. Injection Hose Waterstop: !, [4 a. Install in accordance with manufacturer recommendations. b. Manufacturer's representative shall review and approve 7installation and shall be present on site to supervise injection process. ,,E. c. Only required for use when specifically indicated on the drawings. 7 G. Other Embedded Items: • 1. Place sleeves, inserts, anchors, and embedded items required for 7 adjoining work or for its support, prior to initiating concreting. I' City of Pearland Placing, Mixing, ,; ; Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST • Jointing, and Curing Project No. 7295 03311 - 19 June 11, 2019 _ ,L l l {'I . • 1,1 a. Give Contractor, whose work is related to concrete or supported by it, ample notice and opportunity to furnish and — I; install embedded items before concrete placement. Ili; 2. Do not place electrical conduit, drains, or pipes in or through concrete ;I slabs, walls, columns, foundations, beams or other structural members , , unless approved by Engineer. 7 ,1 H. Placing Embedded Items: ,, 1. Position expansion joint material, waterstops, and other embedded 1 'III items accurately. 2. Support against displacement. 11:1' .f 3. Fill voids in sleeves, inserts and anchor slots temporarily with readily ii; removable material to prevent entry of concrete into voids. )i, 11, 4. Provide adequate means for anchoring waterstop in concrete. , ;i; a. Provide means to prevent waterstops in the forms from being ' 'I displaced by the concrete. :11 b. Work concrete under the waterstops by hand, so as to avoid f 1 the formation of air and rock pockets, when placing concrete ; f ;I, around waterstops. :1 H i . 3.5 FINISHING L , A. See Section 03348. --'11 1. Coordinate mixing and placing with finishing. ' '!: 01,11 3.6 INSTALLATION OF GROUT 1 11' I; A. Grout Schedule of Use: ' 1. Sand cement grout: i 'l a. General use. , I:, b. Construction joint bonding. 11 ,,;' c. Toppings or fill less than 1-1/2 IN thick. — 1 '11 2. Non-shrinking non-metallic grout: il i1 ',Ili a. Filling form tie holes. :1;11 b. Under column and beam base plates. j c. Under equipment bases. 1� j' d. Other uses indicated on the Drawings. i, ! h 3. Epoxy grout: , 1, a. Patching cavities in concrete. . :l'' City of Pearland Concrete Mixing, Placing, Plii, I; Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Jointing, and Curing .:1, Project No. 7295 03311 - 20 June 11, 2019 _,i,I; 1111,1 :I,I, 7 b.- Grouting of equipment base plates where driving motor is 500 HP and above. 1rc. Other uses indicated on the Drawings. L B. Grout Installation: : 7 1. Sand cement grout: a. Cure grout by one of methods specified. 7 2. Non-shrink non-metallic grout: 7 a. Clean concrete surface to receive grout. b. Saturate concrete with water for 24 HRS prior to grouting. 7 c. Mix in a mechanical mixer. d. Use no more water than necessary to produce flowable grout. 7 e. Place in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 7 f. Provide under beam, column, and equipment base plates, and in other locations indicated on the Drawings. 7 g. Completely fill all spaces and cavities below the top of base plates. Do not extend grout to top of metal bases, while tapering at 1:1 beyond this extremity. .,7h. Provide forms where base plates and bed plates do not confine grout. I i. Where exposed to view, finish grout edges smooth. '. j. Where a taper is not possible, finish edges flush at the bottom i E of the base plate, bed plate, member or piece of equipment. k. Coat exposed edges of grout with cure or seal compound i recommended by the grout manufacturer. Alternatively, L protect against rapid moisture loss by covering with wet rags I;. or polyethylene sheets; wet cure grout for 7 days minimum. I 3. Epoxy grout: L a. Mix and place in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. l'7 b. Apply only to clean, dry, sound surface. i" c. Completely fill all cavities without voids. ,.7 d. Grout base and bed plates as specified for non-shrinking, non- metallic grout. [..' City of Pearland Concrete Mixing, Placing, I . Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Jointing, and Curing 1: Project No. 7295 03311 - 21 June 11, 2019 !Lim . l; 11 1 I 7e. Obtain manufacturer's field technical assistance as required to i_Ji assure proper placement. ; 3.7 CURING AND PROTECTION ITH1 • A. Protect concrete from premature drying, excessively hot or cold temperatures, , el and mechanical injury immediately after placement, and maintain with minimal moisture loss at relatively constant temperature for period necessary for 71 j hydration of cement, hardening, and compressive strength gain. Follow recommendations of ACI 308 except as modified herein. 1 B. Contractor shall satisfactorily prevent temperature induced stresses and , cracking during curing of mass concrete. i � C. Apply one of the following curing procedures immediately after completion of L. placement and finishing, for concrete surfaces not in contact with forms. 1. Ponding or continuous sprinkling. ,7, ' 2. Application of absorptive mats or fabric kept continuously wet. 7 , i , , 3. Application of sand kept continuously wet. i 4. Continuous application of steam (not exceeding 150 DegF) or mist i, spray Li ' 5. Application of waterproof sheet materials, conforming to.ASTM C171. n , 6. Application of other moisture retaining covering as approved by Engineer. nil!' mass concrete and ' 7. Comply with requirements for placementcuring ��, plan for mass concrete. I D. Curing Concrete In Contact with Forms: I 1. Minimize moisture loss from and temperature gain of concrete placed in forms exposed to heating by sun by keeping forms wet and cool )' until they can be safely removed. 2. After form removal, cure concrete until end of time prescribed. fl' a. Use one of methods listed above. 3. Forms left in place shall not be used as a method of curing in hot 71, weather. i �4. The term "hot weather," where used in these specifications,is defined I in ACI 305R. 5. In hot weather, remove forms from vertical surfaces as soon as fl concrete has gained sufficient strength so that the formwork is no longer required to support the concrete. `' City of Pearland Concrete Mixing, Placing, i BaileyWTP 1.0 MG GST Jointing, and Curing .� Project No. 7295 03311 - 22 June 11, 2019 ni 1, 7 .C E. Continue curing for at least 7 days. If one of curing procedures indicated above is used initially,,it may be replaced by one of other procedures indicated any time after concrete is 1 day old, provided concrete is not permitted to become ' surface dry during transition. i" F. Cold Weather: ;� E 1. Follow recommendations of ACI 306R. ;, 2. Maintain temperature of concrete above 55 Def F for a minimum of 3 I' days during cold weather. This curing period shall not be reduced. _ 3. Use heating, covering, insulating, or housing of the concrete work to 'C maintain required temperature without injury due to concentration of heat. r 4. Do not use combustion heaters unless precautions are taken to prevent exposure of concrete to exhaust gases which contain carbon dioxide. 5. Interior slabs in areas intended to be heated shall be adequately L protected so that frost does not develop in the supporting subgrade. I. G. Hot Weather: i E 1. Follow recommendations of ACI 305R. �" 2. Make provision for cooling forms, reinforcement and concrete, L windbreaks, shading, fog spraying, sprinkling, ponding, or wet covering with a light colored material. 7 3. Provide protective measures as quickly as concrete hardening and finishing operations will allow. {r in H. Rate of Temperature Change: 1. Keep changes in temperature of air immediately adjacent to concrete I as uniform as possible, during and immediately following curing period. 2. Do not exceed a temperature change of 5 DegF in any 1 HR or 50 DegF in any 24 HR period. I. Protection from Mechanical Injury: Y 17 1. Protect concrete from damaging mechanical disturbances, such as load stresses, heavy shock, and excessive vibration. .7 2. Protect finished concrete surfaces from damage by construction equipment, materials, or methods, and by rain or running water. 1. '` 3. Do not load self supporting structures in such a way as to overstress concrete. ,L I. City of Pearland Concrete Mixing, Placing, Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Jointing, and Curing i Project No. 7295 03311 - 23 June 11, 2019 1 L I i 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL fl A. Tests in accordance with Section 03350. ;1!1 1. Perform a strength test on all concrete to which water has been added � ! at the jobsite. i.11 1 a. Perform strength test after water has been added and ll'I;i additional mixing has been performed. ;1 B. Field samples of fabricated waterstop fittings (crosses, tees, etc.) will be7: 1 selected at random by the Engineer for testing by a laboratory at the Owner's III expense. When tested, they shall have a tensile strength across the joints ! ,. il equal to at least 600 psi. 7.1!,, C. Leakage at horizontal and vertical joints containing waterstops will be repaired to stop flowing remaining after 30 days of the water containing structure being filled to its normal operating level. All areas exposed to view will be finished �� 1 to match surrounding concrete finish after repairs are made. �' '1l 1 I , � END OF SECTION 1 71 I . ;f j;l iy Im] 'i' -dill J i I ' j; - it I ; "III . HI .1 Ll',1 it 1.,.4 i ; 71I L ,, '1,11 I I Ill 'r 'li Ili I ij I'II II City of Pearland Concrete Mixing, Placing,Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Jointing, and Curing ITI Project No. 7295 03311 - 24 June 11, 2019 1!1} I�'li' I�,l .7 . ,7 SECTION 03348 CONCRETE FINISHING AND REPAIR OF SURFACE DEFECTS .7 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY: „rii A. Section Includes: ;17 1. Concrete finishing and repair of surface defects. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: :7 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 7 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 3. Section 03100 — Concrete Formwork. 4. - Section 03308 - Concrete Materials and Proportioning. 7 . 5. Section 09800 - Painting. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Referenced Standards: 7 1. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 7 a. 1 16R, Cement and Concrete Terminology. b. 301, Standard Specifications for Structural Concrete. ip�+ 1 L 2. ASTM International (ASTM): 4 a. C150, Standard Specification for Portland Cement. 7 b. C1315, Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds Having Special Properties for Curing and Sealing r., Concrete. 1.3 DEFINITIONS: [.' A. Vertical Surface Defects: 1. Any void in the face of the concrete deeper than 1/8 IN, such as: iTa. Tie holes. • b. Air pockets (bugholes). ' 7 c. Honeycombs. d. Rock holes. 2. Scabbing: : 7I a. Scabbing is defect in which parts of the form face, including I° release agent, adhere to concrete. City of Pearland Concrete Finishing and Repair i - Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST - of Surface Defects i' Project No. 7295 03348 - 1 June 11, 2019 i 7i ,1 . , 3. Foreign material embedded in face of concrete. 4. Fins 1/16 IN or'more in height. ' E' B. Installer or Applicator: Installer or applicator is the person actually installing 1 P' or applying the product in the field at the Project site. ; 1 1. Installer and applicator are synonymous. tl C. Other words and terms used in these Specifications are defined in ACI 1 16R. - il, 1.4 SUBMITTALS: A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01300. � ' 2. Product technical data including: a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements fl of standards referenced. I b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. li,,! 3. Certifications: - a. Certification of aggregate gradation. '' b. Certification that products being used will not interfere with 1,' bonding of future floor or wall finishes. I!; rilI„ B. Miscellaneous Submittals: 11 1. See Section 01300. 'f s ! JIJ 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: ill A. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations and requirements for materials 7 used. !-.i L 1.6 WARRANTY: i;! i` A. Provide warranty equal to specified manufacturer's standard warranty for all . i products used. .�p ' PART 2 PRODUCTS ,IH i 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: 7,,i A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following l manufacturers are acceptable: I ll:i 1. Chemical floor sealer, hardener, densifier: `1 i ni a. L & M Construction Chemicals Inc. ,„ b. Euclid Chemicals Co. u c. Dayton Superior. City of Pearland Concrete Finishing and Repair Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST of Surface Defects - rl Project No. 7295 03348 - 2 June 11, 2019 I' I ii 1 ,,, IL_ ,., ,, L 2. Bonding agents: a. Euclid Chemical Co. b. Master Builders Inc. c. L & M Construction Chemicals Inc. B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01600. i', 2.2 MATERIALS: A. Chemical Floor Sealer, Hardener, e , Densifier: .7 1. Colorless, no VOC, odorless chemical solution containing alkaline siliconates. 2. Will not support bacteria growth. 3. 10-year manufacturer's warranty. 4. Similar to L & M Construction Chemicals Inc. "Seal Hard". 4 B. Bonding Agent: ,71. High solids acrylic latex base liquid for interior or exterior application as a bonding agent to improve adhesion and mechanical properties of ' '^ • concrete patching mortars (not for use as a construction joint bonding adhesive per Section 03311). :. 7 2. Euclid Chemical Co. "Flex-Con." 3. Master Builders Inc. "Acryl-Set." i� 7 4. L & M Construction Chemicals "Everbond." 5. Thoro System Products "Acryl 60." 7 C. Cement: , 7 1. ASTM C150, Type II Portland for areas exposed to sewage. 2. ASTM C150, Type II or I/II Portland elsewhere. 1' D. Aggregate: j � 1. Sand: Maximum size #30 mesh sieve. 2. For exposed aggregate finish surfaces: Same as surrounding wall. I E. Water: Potable. 7 2.3 MIXES: ,L i A. Bonding Grout: i 17 City of Pearland Concrete Finishing and Repair i Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST of Surface Defects Project No. 7295 03348 - 3 June 11, 2019 r .k :. 1' 1. One part cement to one part aggregate. n' 2. Mix cement and aggregate. 3. Mix bonding agent and water together in separate container in 11,� accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 4. Add bonding agent/water mixture to cement/aggregate mixture. IT 5. Mix to consistency of thick cream. , agent 6. Bonding itself be used as bonding grout if approved by R `I may manufacturer and Engineer. B. Patching Mortar: I 1. One part cement to two and one-half parts aggregate by damp loose volume. 41 a. Substitute white Portland cement for a part of gray Portland cement to produce color matching surrounding concrete. 1.1 2. Mix cement and aggregate. ;7, 3. Mix bonding agent and water together in separate container in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 7. 4. Add only enough bonding agent/water mixture to cement/aggregate mixture to allow handling and placing. 5. Let stand with frequent manipulation with a trowel, until mix has 7. reached stiffest consistency to allow placement. PART 3 EXECUTION • 7: 3.1 PREPARATION: A. Repair surface defects within 24 HRS after removal of forms. flI 1. Chip, wire brush or abrasive blast to completely open defects down to sound concrete. ril a. If chipping is necessary, make edges perpendicular to surface or slightly undercut. 11 b. No featheredges will be permitted. ;I B. Repairing Surface Defects: 1 F.11 1. Fill and repair using patching mortar mix specified in Article 2.3. 2. Clean surfaces to remove dust, dirt, laitance, form oil, grease, or other fli contaminants. City of Pearland Concrete Finishing and Repair 71' Bailey WTP 1.0 MGGST of Surface Defects .I Project No. 7295 03348 - 4 June 11, 2019 it 11 } 7a. If required by bonding agent manufacturer, etch surfaces with ''. a muriatic acid solution followed by a thorough rinse with clean water.!7 - b. Test concrete to determine pH level and continue flushing with 'i clean water until surface-pH is within acceptable limits. 15 3. Dampen area to be patched and an area at least 6 IN wide surrounding it prior to application of bonding grout. 7 4. Brush bonding grout into the surface after the surface water has e— evaporated. 9 .7 5. Allow bonding grout to set for period of time required by bonding agent manufacturer before applying premixed patching mortar. 6. Fill tie holes and areas where honeycombed or defective concrete has been removed. !; a. Fill tie holes in liquid containing structures with non-shrink non- metallic grout. See Section 03308. il b. Fill all other defects with patching mortar. c. Consolidate grout or mortar into place and strike off so as to 1; leave patch slightly higher than surrounding surface. . 7. ' Leave undisturbed for at least 60 minutes before finishing level with surrounding surface. I I a. Do.not use metal tools in finishing a patch in a formed wall which will be exposed or coated with other materials. j' 8. Keep areas damp for 7 days or in accordance with bonding agent manufacturer's directions. di i' 3.2 INSTALLATION AND APPLICATION: l 7 ' . A. Do not repair surface defects or apply wall or floor finishes when temperature is or is expected to be below 50 DegF., ' 1. If necessary, enclose and heat area to between 50 and 70 DegF during F s repair of surface defects and curing of patching material. B. Chemical Floor Sealer, Hardener, Densifier (Type '2'): 11. Apply to floor areas indicated on Drawings in accordance with J.`� manufacturer's recommendations. ti , 2. Apply at rate recommended by manufacturer. lir � ' 3. After final coat of material is applied, remove surplus in accordance , PP 1 with manufacturer's recommendations. ' City of Pearland Concrete Finishing and Repair ' Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST of Surface Defects 1 - Project No. 7295 03348'- 5 June 11, 2019 I � 1, 4. Do not apply to floors scheduled to be painted or receive bonded or adhered flooring. n 9 . C. Concrete Finishes for Vertical Wall Surfaces: 11 1. General: Give concrete surfaces finish as specified below after ;P removal of formwork and repair of surface defects. ,1 '_j:1 2. Finish #1 - As cast rough form finish: a. Selected forming materials are not required. fl b. Prepare surface in accordance with Paragraph 3.1A and repair the following surface defects: rl i. Tie holes. ii. Honeycombs deeper than 1/4 IN. iii. Air pockets deeper than 1/4 IN. iv. Rock holes deeper than 1/4 IN. c. Chip or rub off fins exceeding 1/4 IN in height.- 7,.. d. Use at unexposed surfaces such as foundations and backfilled '� surfaces of walls not to be waterproofed. hI ' 3. Finish #2 - Smooth form finish: a. Form facing material shall produce a smooth, hard, uniform 1. , texture. Use forms specified for surfaces exposed to view in ' , accordance with Section 03100. , ' b. Prepare surface in accordance with Paragraph 3.1A and repair 1 the following surface defects: 1 i. Tie holes. I it ii. Honeycombs deeper than 1/8 IN or larger than 1/8 IN r'll'!' DIA. I l! iii. Air pockets deeper than 1/8 IN or larger than 1/8 IN DIA. flt:! iv. Rock holes deeper than 1/8 IN or larger than 1/8 IN '; DIA. 1 v. Scabbing. I' c. Chip or rub off fins exceeding 1/8 IN in height. fl;1 I:, d. Provide finish for: 17 1! i. Inside walls of wet wells, basins, thickeners, tanks, '' l manholes, and pipe trenches, except as noted. 'I i City of Pearland Concrete Finishing and Repair Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST of Surface Defectsfli - Project No. 7295 03348 - 6 June 11, 2019 k; ii. Walls being waterproofed or coated with some other material. { iii. Exposed surfaces not specified to receive another finish. 4. Finish #3 - NOT USED 5. Finish #5 - Grout cleaned finish: 'ti•7 a. Form facing material shall produce a smooth, hard, uniform texture. Use forms specified for surfaces exposed to view in accordance with Section 03100. 7 b. Prepare surface in accordance with Paragraph 3.1A and repair all surface defects. r7 c. All contiguous surfaces to be finished shall be completed and accessible before finishing operation begins. d. Mix one part Portland Cement and one and one-half parts fine ; sand with sufficient bonding agent/water mixture to produce a grout with the consistency of thick paint. ,7 i. White Portland cement shall be substituted for gray Portland cement to produce a color that matches color t._ of surrounding concrete as determined by trial patch for areas not to be painted. ,,,,7 e. Wet surface of concrete to prevent absorption of water and E uniformly apply grout. A„ f. Immediately after applying grout mix, scrub the surface with a 1.` cork float or stone to coat surface and fill remaining air holes, etc. 'j j s g. While grout is still plastic, remove all excess grout by working i; surface with rubber float or sack. ,7 h. After the surface whitens from drying, rub vigorously with `s X . clean burlap. i. Keep final finish damp for a minimum of 36 HRS after final rubbing. I j. Provide this finish on all surfaces which are to be painted, all exterior, exposed vertical surfaces, or to remain as grout cleaned finish, or as noted on the Drawings. i�. i. i. Inside of thickeners, basins and other concrete tankage: provide finish on inside of structure to 1 FT below process operating level. . ,7, k. Construct mock-up per Article 1.2. 7 City of Pearland Concrete Finishing and Repair Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST of Surface Defects 9 . Project No. 7295 03348 - 7 June 11, 2019 } , 6. Finish #6 — NOT USED 7. Finish #7 — NOT USED D. Exterior concrete surfaces to be painted: fl 1. See Section 13200. i : l` i E. Related Unformed Surfaces (Except Slabs): _ : 1. Strike smooth tops of walls or buttresses, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces occurring adjacent to formed surfaces after Ji concrete is placed. . 2. Float surface to a texture consistent with that of formed surfaces. mil,; - H a. If more than one finish occurs immediately adjacent to ` ' unformed surface, provide surface with most stringent formed �1 , surface requirement. - i 3. Continue treatment uniformly across unformed surfaces. 71 F. Concrete Finishes for Horizontal Slab Surfaces: 1. General: Tamp concrete to force coarse aggregate down from surface. Screed with straightedge, eliminate high and low places, bring surface .I ' to required finish elevations; slope uniformly to drains. Dusting of '1' ;j surface with dry cement or sand during finishing processes not7, ; permitted. l 2. Unspecified slab finish: When type of finish is not indicated, use ' following finishes as applicable: ) i a. Surfaces intended to receive bonded applied cementitious applications: Scratched finish. b. Surfaces intended to receive roofing, waterproofing membranes, or sand bed terrazzo: Floated finish. 17! c. Floors: Troweled finish. ; 1 d. Garage floors and ramps: Broom or belt finish. Li' e. Exterior slabs, sidewalks, platforms, steps and landings, not ' 71 , covered by other finish materials: Broom or belt finish. 7 f. All slabs to receive a floated finish before final finishing. ` 3. Scratched slab finish: After concrete has been.placed, consolidated, H struck off, and leveled to a Class B tolerance, roughen surface with stiff brushes or rakes before final set. 11 4. Floated finish: City of Pearland Concrete Finishing and Repair Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST of Surface Defects Project No. 7295 03348 - 8 June 11, 2019 ' l •.'':7 , 1Ij i IT . a. After concrete has been placed, consolidated, struck off, and 1 . leveled, do no further work until ready for floating. p b. Begin floating when water sheen has disappeared and surface operations. wood r has stiffened sufficiently to permit Use o cork float. c. During or after first floating, check planeness of entire surface with a 10 FT straightedge applied at not less than two different angles. 1 d. Cut down all high spots and fill all low spots to produce a • surface with Class B tolerance throughout. 5- e. Refloat slab immediately to a uniform texture. 5. Troweled finish: 5 a. Float finish surface to true, even plane. 55 l`� b. Power trowel, and finally hand trowel. _ j c. . First troweling after power troweling shall produce a smooth I$� surface which is relatively free of defects, but which may still show some trowel marks. 1' 5. d. Perform additional trowelings by hand after surface has • hardened sufficiently. 117 . e. Final trowel when a ringing sound is produced as trowel is moved over surface. 1. f. Thoroughly consolidate surface by hand troweling. :7 g. Leave finished surface essentially free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance and plane to a Class A tolerance. h. On surfaces intended to support floor coverings, remove any defects that would show through floor covering by grinding. i. Do not power trowel concrete slabs with more than 3% entrained air. 6. Broom or belt finish: Immediately after concrete has received a float ,i t finish as specified, give it a transverse scored texture by drawing a ;'I7 broom or burlap belt across surface. 7. Underside of concrete slab finish: Match finish as specified for yir adjacent vertical surfaces. J f' i i City of Pearland ' Concrete Finishing and Repair 1 of Surface Defects �, Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST l Project No. 7295 03348 - 9 June 11, 2019 {ar ,G: ". a. If more than one finish occurs immediately adjacent to 7II underside of slab surface, provide surface with most stringent formed surface requirement. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Horizontal slab finishes will be accepted provided: ;�' Ili' 1. Applicable specification requirements are satisfied. 2. Water does not pond in areas sloped to drain. 3. Gap between a 10 FT straightedge'placed anywhere and the finished surface does not exceed: ', a. Class A tolerance: 1/8 IN. b. Class B tolerance: 1/4 IN. c. Class C tolerance: 1/2 IN. 4. Accumulated deviation from intended true plane of finished surface does not exceed 1/2 IN. ) 5. Accuracy of floor finish does not adversely affect installation and operation of movable equipment, floor supported items, or items fitted I f to floor (doors,tracks, etc.). B. Unacceptable finishes shall be replaced or, if approved in writing by Engineer, F1: may be corrected provided strength and appearance are not adversely affected. High spots to be removed by grinding and/or low spots filled with a patching compound or other remedial measures to match adjacent surfaces. II !� 3.4 PROTECTION: A. All horizontal slab surfaces receiving applied toppings or sealer compound shall 1.1 be kept free of traffic and loads for minimum of 10 days following installation 1 '4 of topping or compound. END OF SECTION 11' :f City of Pearland Concrete Finishing and Repair Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST of Surface Defects '� Project No. 7295 03348 - 10 June 11, 2019 I1 I Jr,.. SECTION 03350 TESTING :r. PART 1 GENERAL I ,'r 1.1 SUMMARY: A. Section Includes: {'I 'r 1. Materials and concrete testing as required to establish concrete mix 1' design. 2. Testing of concrete during construction for compliance with Contract L. Documents. i 3. In-place testing of concrete, if required. ,' 1,[111 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: i," IL 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. , ,[.., 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. i 3. Section 03200 - Reinforcement. iII 1 I 4. Section 03308 - Concrete, Materials and Proportioning. • II !: 5. Section 03311 - Concrete Mixing, Placing, Jointing, and Curing. 1, 7 . r' ; 1.2 RESPONSIBILITY AND PAYMENT: I' ,,, 7A. Owner and Contractor each provide and pay for certain testing services: `'1. , 1. Owner shall retain the services of a qualified Testing Agency to II, ro perform testing services for the following: iII II' a. Testing of concrete, mortar, grout for masonry, concrete P. masonry units and other cement-containing products produced I: for incorporation into the work during the construction of the 1, 1 i Project for compliance with the Contract Documents. it f' 2. Contractor shall retain the services of a qualified Testing Agency to L. perform testing services for the following: 1'`t a. Testing of materials and mixes proposed by the Contractor for I', - compliance with the Contract Documents and retesting in the event of changes. ,, i; b. Additional testing or retesting of materials or mortar, grout for , II .. masonry, concrete masonry units, concrete or other cement- 1i11 I',7 City of Pearland V', . I Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Testing I,, 1 i Project No. 7295 03350 - 1 June 11, 2019 If , i • p containing products occasioned by their failure, by test or inspection, to meet requirements of the Contract Documents. I-.'; Ir c. Strength testing on any concrete to which water has been 11 added at the jobsite. ' I! ;i1 d. In-place testing of concrete as may be required by Engineer 5. when strength of structure is considered potentially deficient. j • i il e. Other testing services needed or required by Contractor such •' ,, as: , 'j i. Field curing of test specimens and testing of specimens il .411 for determining when forms, form shoring, or reshoring i;l may be removed. I :� ;il 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE: `H If -A. Referenced Standards: ;( I 1 1. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials ; (AASHTO): '� ril a. T260, Standard Method of Sampling and Testing for Total Chloride Ion in Concrete and Concrete Raw Materials. ild ,1 { I i2. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 7d( I, a. 318, Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. i 3. ASTM International (ASTM): flIi a. C31, Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test f il' Specimens in the Field. lli b. C39, Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of ii I III Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. 7-1; '; �,I • c. C42, Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Pik L' Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete. it d. C138, Standard Method of Test for Unit Weight, Yield, and Air _All Content (Gravimetric) of Concrete. i; ; f,,! . ' e. C143, Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement. I ij' f. C172, Standard Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete. fl g. C173, Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed i, I' ' • Concrete by the Volumetric Method. 1„' . ; ,,I,, h. C231, Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed 11. Concrete by the Pressure Method. l!i '. City of Pearland 771i, Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Testing -:-liii Project No. 7295 03350 - 2 1" June 11, 2019 �Ili� . 4i;` . . 1 _ . i. . . 7 i. C567, Standard Test Method for Unit Weight of Structural Lightweight Concrete. I j. C780, Standard Test Method for Preconstruction and :7 Construction Evaluation of Mortars for Plain and Reinforced 1 Unit Masonry. I C, k. C1019, Standard Test Method for Sampling and Testing Grout. , 7 I. E329, Standard Specifications for Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Materials Used in Construction. B. Building Code: 2006 International Building Code, 2006 edition, with all local ile* amendments. C. Qualifications: 7 1. Testing Agency: a. Meeting requirements of ASTM E329. 7 i,„, b. Provide evidence of recent inspection by Cement and Concrete jReference Laboratory of National Bureau of Standards, and correction of deficiencies noted. 1.4 DEFINITIONS 7 A. Testing Agency: An independent professional testing firm or service hired by Contractor or by Owner to perform testing and analysis services on materials, mixes, structures, and other items as directed, and as provided in the Contract Documents. 1.5 SUBMITTALS , 7 A. Shop Drawings: s: 1. See Section 01300. 2. Product technical data including: 7 a. Concrete materials and concrete mix designs proposed for use. Include results of all testing performed to qualify materials and to establish mix designs. Place no concrete until approval of 7 mix designs has been received in writing. Submittal for each concrete mix design to include: i. Sieve analysis and source of fine and coarse aggregates. ii. Test for aggregate organic impurities. 7 ` iii. Proportioning of all materials. a,i.• City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Testing Project No. 7295 03350 - 3 June 11, 2019 7 '1 i;i iv. Type of cement with mill certificate for the cement. I !. J ,,„ v. Brand, quantity and class of fly ash proposed for use i � along with other submittal data as required for fly ash by Section 03308. ! 111 •vi. Slump. ` i;! 1,1 • vii. Brand, type and quantity of air entrainment and any ! 1 other proposed admixtures. . ,l1 viii. 28-daycompression test results and any other data - !I , required by Section 03308 to establish concrete mix 'w design. I 3. Certifications: IL i • a. Testing Agency qualifications. (Contractor-retained testing li'! agency, if different from Owner's) 4. Test results: ;1 a. Strength test results on concrete placed during construction !' including slump, air content, and concrete temperature. !Ii ill b. Strength test results on concrete core samples of in-place :I,1 construction if required. 7 ,, 1 „ c. Results of load testing in-place concrete construction when load testing is required. i i � 1 PART 2 PRODUCTS - ►--r iI Not used. �Y PART 3 EXECUTION `!!' �pl 3.1 TESTING SERVICES TO BE PERFORMED BY CONTRACTOR'S TESTING AGENCY: j 1;�;' A. Review and test Contractor's proposed materials for compliance with the i Contract Documents. i 1 B. Review and test Contractor's proposed concrete mix design(s). 1 3.2 OTHER TESTING SERVICES TO BE PERFORMED BY CONTRACTOR'S TESTING AGENCY AS NEEDED: H A. Following services to be performed by Contractor's Testing Agency when /41 i;li necessary at no additional cost to Owner: ' ij' ;i 1, 1. Additional testing and inspection required because of changes in 'l! materials or proportions requested by Contractor. - I•J'j City of Pearland . Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Testing Project No. 7295 03350 - 4 June 11, 2019 ;i! III ill '''te* II! ,, I I; ;, l; ; 2. Additional testing of materials or concrete occasioned by their failure, I`16 ; by test or inspection, to meet Specification requirements. I,r it to 3. Perform strength test on any concrete to which water has been added li; i•` • at the jobsite. , fl jll itig 4. Other testing services needed or required by Contractor, such as; field II , cured test specimens for determining when forms, form shoring or 11. 1, reshoring may be removed. lh i� I C a. An extra strength-test is required for concrete subject to either Ili j live load or shore removal prior to 28 days after placing ,,i 1,` , concrete. 1r i 7 oli 'I! -- - ; B. The above services to be performed by the Contactor's Testing Agency may II ! • be performed by the Owner's Testing Agency provided these services are I performed at no additional cost to the Owner;compensated by the Contractor. , 1 E 3.3 DUTIES AND AUTHORITIES OF OWNER'S TESTING AGENCY: if' i A. Testing Agency to inspect, sample and test materials and production of Il '`- concrete as required by these Contract Documents and by Engineer. When it • II appears that any material furnished or work performed by Contractor fails to fulfill requirements of the Contract Documents, Testing Agency to report such ; deficiency to Engineer and Contractor. 1l1,1 B. Testing Agency to report all test and inspection results to Engineer and Contractor immediately after they are performed. All test reports to include i';I ; exact location in the work at which batch represented by a test was deposited. l Reports of strength tests to include detailed information on storage and curing k of specimens prior to testing. ,Il I. I C. Limited Authority of Testing Agency: Any Testing Agency or agencies and li r their representatives retained by Contractor or Owner for any reason are not - authorized to revoke, alter, relax, enlarge, or release any requirement of Contract Documents, nor to reject, approve or accept any portion of the Work. ,il H 7 • D. Conduct tests on concrete, mortar, concrete masonry units and other cement- 11 ' containing products produced for incorporation into the work. 61 rit I,; - 1. Concrete strength tests using the following procedures: lli II; a. Secures concrete samples in accordance with ASTM C172. 1, 7 Obtain each sample from a different batch of concrete on a '`l random basis, avoiding selection of test batch other than by a j,1 ° number selected at random before commencement of concrete . !l r placement. Ill f, • l; ?: b. For each strength test mold and cure five cylinders from each ``�; ' sample in accordance with ASTM C31. Record any deviations i from requirements on test report. i1 i � ,II . pi I. 1- j;. : City of Pearland - `I Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Testing Il ;° Project No. 7295 03350- 5 June 11, 2019 lil ;l 9! L c. Test cylinders in accordance with ASTM C39. Test two I st result and one at 7 '� ' cylinders at 28 days for strength to da Ys 1!... for information. 3' 1.11, i • i. Strength test result: Average of strengths of two _,;j cylinders from the same sample tested at 28 days. If di one cylinder in a test manifests evidence of improper 7.11;1 fi sam lin moldin handlin curin or testin 'P 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. },' discard; strength of remaining cylinder shall be considered strength test result. Should both cylinders in a test show any of above defects, discard entire test unless Engineer directs use of reserve cylinders; Two ,1i! 9 i additional cylinders are in reserve for testing as �''' directed by the Engineer. I ili d. Concrete sand cement grout: One strength test for each 4 HR a{ period of grout placement or fraction thereof. i(`'1i':�, e. Precast concrete, concrete topping, concrete fill and lean 'i concrete: One strength test for each 10 CY of each type of concrete or fraction thereof placed. I;` II f. All other concrete: One strength test to be taken not less than !i� once a day, nor less than once for each 60 CY or fraction fli1iI ir thereof placed in any 1 day. j! il Elii i. If total volume of concrete on project is such that III frequency of testing required in above paragraph will provide less than five strength tests, tests shall then ' ill be made from at least five randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five batches are l'i !! provided. i '!i„i E. Determine slump of concrete sample for each strength test. Determine slump ) I' in accordance with ASTM C143. i !'1', • 1f, 1. If consistency of concrete appears to vary, the Engineer shall be .i authorized to require a slump test for each concrete truck. This I • ,;i practice shall continue until the Engineer deems it no longer necessary. i,iiii. F. Determine air content of concrete sample for each strength test in accordance MI LI, , H ' with either ASTM C231, ASTM C173, or ASTM C138. G. Determine temperature of concrete sample for each strength test. R'1' 3.4 RESPONSIBILITIES AND DUTIES OF CONTRACTOR: 1,11 `111 ! iu A. Provide necessarytestingservices forqualification of proposed materials and ' 'ii' P P 1_-,;ii;. establishment of concrete mix design(s). Al B. Use of Testing Agency and approval by Engineer of proposed concrete mix !iI ilii design shall in no way relieve Contractor of responsibility to furnish materials -111;11 and construction in full compliance with Contract Documents. iqi'l ij 11. City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Testing Project No. 7295 03350 - 6 June 1 1, 2019 1 1" I ;i;' it Lr 7 C. To facilitate testing and inspection, perform the following: 1. Furnish any necessary labor to assist Testing Agency in obtaining and ''7 handling samples at site. 2. Provide and maintain for sole use of Testing Agency adequate facilities 7_ for safe storage and proper curing of test specimens on site for first 24 HRS as required by ASTM C31. D. Notify Engineer and Owner's Testing Agency sufficiently in advance of r, operations (minimum of 24 HRS) to allow completion of quality tests for assignment of personnel and for scheduled completion of quality tests. .7 3.5 EVALUATION OF CONCRETE, GROUT OR MORTAR TEST RESULTS: A. Test results for standard molded and cured test cylinders to be evaluated separately for each mix design. Such evaluation shall be valid only if tests have been conducted in accordance with specified quality standards. For evaluation of potential strength and uniformity, each mix design shall be represented by 7 at least three strength tests. A strength test shall be the average of two cylinders from the same sample tested at 28 days. B. Acceptance: .; C. 1. Strength level of each specified compressive strength shall be considered satisfactory if both of the following requirements are met: ,r a. Average of all sets of three consecutive strength tests equal i or exceed the required specified 28-day compressive strength. 7 b. No individual strength test falls below the required specified 28-day compressive strength by more than 500 psi. 7 3.6 TESTING OF CONCRETE-IN-PLACE: A. In-place testing of concrete may be required by Engineer when strength of 7 structure is considered potentially deficient as specified in Paragraph 3.7D. B. Testing by impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be permitted by Engineer to determine relative strengths at various locations in ,r the structure or for selecting areas to be cored. Such tests shall not be used as a basis for acceptance or rejection. 7 C. Core Tests: 1. Where required, obtain and test cores in accordance with ASTM C42. If concrete in structure will be dry under service conditions, air dry . 7 cores (temperature 60 to 80 DegF, relative humidity less than 60 percent) for 7 days before test then test dry. If concrete in structure 7 will be wet or subjected to high moisture atmosphere under service conditions, test cores after immersion in water for at least 40 HRS and test wet. Testing wet or dry to be determined by Engineer. . 7 City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Testing Project No. 7295 03350 - 7 June 11, 2019 iII• 2. Take three representative cores from each member or area of concrete 1 in place that is considered potentially deficient. Location of cores shall be determined by Engineer so as least to impair strength of structure. If, before testing, one or more of cores shows evidence of having been l damaged subsequent to or during removal from structure, damaged ± .1 core shall be replaced. I 3. Concrete in area represented bya core test will be considered il� p •__� adequate if average strength of three cores is equal to at least 85 percent of specified strength and no single core is less than 75 percent of specified strength. 111 4. Fill core holes with nonshrink grout and finish to match surrounding surface when exposed in a finished area. i ) l I. 3.7 ACCEPTANCE: ?l A. Completed concrete work which meets applicable requirements will be accepted without qualification. 1. Completed concrete work which fails to meet one or more requirements but which has been repaired to bring it into compliance will be accepted without qualification. 2. Completed concrete work which fails to meet one or more 1 requirements and which cannot be brought into compliance may be accepted or rejected as provided in these Contract Documents. In this event, modifications may be required to assure that concrete work I complies with requirements. Modifications, as directed by Engineer, to be made at no additional cost to Owner. "1i B. Dimensional Tolerances: 1. Formed surfaces resulting in concrete outlines smaller than permitted by tolerances shall be considered potentially deficient in strength and 1 subject to modifications required by Engineer. 2. Formed surfaces resulting in concrete outlines larger than permitted by tolerances may be rejected and excess material subject to removal. If removal of excess material is permitted, accomplish in such a manner as to maintain strength of section and to meet all other applicable requirements of function and appearance. 3. Concrete members cast in wrong location may be rejected if strength, j� appearance or function of structure is adversely affected or misplaced ? 1 items interfere with other construction. "-*/ 4. Inaccurately formed concrete surfaces exceeding limits of tolerances I ' and which are exposed to view, may be rejected. Repair or remove and replace if required. 5. Finished slabs exceeding tolerances may be required to be repaired provided that strength or appearance is not adversely affected. High City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Testing Project No. 7295 03350 - 8 June 11, 2019 11 ,7 , 7 spots may be removed with a grinder, low spots filled with a patching compound, or other remedial measures performed as permitted or required. C. Appearance: 1. Concrete surfaces exposed to view with defects which, in opinion of L Engineer, adversely affect appearance as required by specified finish shall be repaired by approved methods.2. Concrete not exposed to view is not subject to rejection for defective appearance unless, in the opinion of the Engineer, the defects impair the strength or function of the member. _ r„ D. Strength of Structure: 1. Strength of structure in place will be considered potentially deficient if 7 it fails to comply with any requirements which control strength of structure, including but not necessarily limited to following: ra. Low concrete strength as specified in Article 3.5. b. Reinforcing steel size, configuration, quantity, strength, position, or arrangement at variance with requirements in L L . Section 03200 or requirements of the Contract Drawings or approved shop drawings. l'rc. Concrete which differs from required dimensions or location in such a manner as to reduce strength. .7 d. Curing time and procedure not meeting requirements of these Specifications. e. Inadequate protection of concrete from extremes of C temperature during early stages of hardening and strength development. f. Mechanical injury, construction fires, accidents or premature removal of formwork likely to result in deficient strength. 7 g. Concrete defects such as voids, honeycomb, cold joints, spalling, cracking, etc., likely to result in deficient strength. 2. Structural analysis and/or additional testing may be required when strength of structure is considered potentially deficient. 3. Core tests may be required when strength of concrete in place is 1 4. If core tests are inconclusive or impractical to obtain or if structural 7 analysis does not confirm safety of structure, load tests may be required and their results evaluated in accordance with Chapter 20 of ACI 318. 7 City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Testing Project No. 7295 03350 - 9 June 11, 2019 7 'f 1 1 111 „. .. ,,, f ,, ,, 5. Correct or replace concrete work judged inadequate by structural nII tests or load tests with additional • j analysis or by results of core f construction, as directed by Engineer, at Contractor's expense. :11 I FI! 6. Contractor to pay all costs incurred in providing additional testing 1 S,''. and/or structural analysis required. 1 END OF SECTION 7 IL 1 If 7 ' ,, , , • 17: : , , ,,1 ill, .. . .1 i: 11 ,: 7 rill :. Dli City of Pearland J Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Testing Project No. 7295 03350 - 10 June 11, 2019 ,,, 7 . 7 SECTION 03431 1. PRECAST AND PRESTRESSED CONCRETE •+-• PART 1 GENERAL j 1.1 SUMMARY: „7 A. Section Includes: ' 1. Precast and prestressed concrete. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: - 7 I 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of I the Contract. 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. L 3. Section 03200 — Concrete Reinforcement. 4. Section 03308 - Concrete, Materials and Proportioning. 5. Section 03350 - Testing. i'L 6. Section 09800 - Painting. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE: 1, A. Referenced Standards: 7 1. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO): a. Standard Specification for Highway Bridges. 7 2. American Concrete Institute (ACI): a. 318, Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. 3. ASTM International (ASTM): '7. a. A36, Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. .7. b. A108, Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Cold- Finished, Standard Quality. c. A416, Standard Specification for Steel Strand, Uncoated 7 Seven-Wire for Prestressed Concrete. d. A496, Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement. 7 e. C33, Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 7 „ , . f. C150, Standard Specification for Portland Cement. i. . 7 City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Precast and Prestressed Concrete Project No. 7295 03431 - 1 June 11, 2019 7 ' g. C330, Standard Specification for Lightweight Aggregates for flL ' Structural Concrete. ; h. E329, Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged in 1 'l; Construction Inspection and/or Testing. 1 I, 4. American Welding Society (AWS): III e- a. A5.1, Specification for Carbon Steel Electrodes for Shielded Metal Arc Welding. I b. A5.5, Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Electrodes for Shielded Metal Arc Welding. c. D1.1, Structural Welding Code - Steel. ! , , d. D1.4, Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel. 7: S, 5. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). ' `'�'I 6. Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute (PCI): I + a. MNL 116, Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Production �� of Precast and Prestressed Concrete Products. ' 9 L b. PCI Design Handbook - Precast and Prestressed Concrete. II 1 7. Building code: i ! a. International Code Council (ICC): 71, i. International Building Code and associated standards, 2006 Edition including all amendments, referred to herein as Building Code. B. Qualifications: ' `� i 1. Provide precast and prestressed concrete units produced by an active 1 member of PCI. 1 2. Provide units manufactured by plant which has regularly and i 7 continuously engaged in manufacture of units of same type as those I required for a minimum of three (3) years. 7,1 3. Assure manufacturer's testing facilities meet requirements of ASTM E329. 4. Welding operators and processes to be qualified in accordance with: f7 a. AWS D1.1 for welding steel shapes and plates. b. AWS D1.4 for welding reinforcing bars. 71 `'I City of Pearland11 Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Precast and Prestressed Concrete , Project No. 7295 03431 - 2 June 11, 2019 7 L.,, 5. Welding operators to have passed qualification tests for type of welding required during the previous 12 months prior to commencement of welding. ,r7 1.3 SUBMITTALS: it. A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01300 for requirements for the mechanics and 7 administration of the submittal process. 2. Product technical data including: a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements7 of standards referenced. b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. c. Sizes, types and manufacturer of neoprene bearing pads. 7 d. Hardware to be utilized to support suspended appurtenances. 3. Shop Drawings and erection plans for precast units, their connections and supports showing: a. Member size and location. 7 b. Size, configuration, location and quantity of reinforcing bars and prestressing strands. 1,.. c. Initial prestress forces. ,7 d. Size and location of openings verified by Contractor. ` e. Size, number, and locations of embedded metal items and connections. 7 f. Required concrete strengths. g. Identification of each unit using same standard marking 7„. numbers as used to mark actual units. 4. Calculations for members and connections designed by fabricator. ` a. Calculations to be sealed by a professional Structural Engineer r registered in the State in which the Project is constructed. ,7b. Perform calculations using the dead load of the members plus • the superimposed uniform and concentrated loads shown on the Drawings and indicated in this Specification Section. . 7. c. Indicate the following: 7 i. Design for maximum moment, maximum shear and maximum torsion. . 7 City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Precast and Prestressed Concrete Project No. 7295 03431 - 3 June 11, 2019 7 • • ii. Final top and bottom flexural stresses resulting from I ' the stresses due to maximum moment and prestress• force. iii. Ultimate moment capacity. iv. Final top and bottom flexural stresses, ultimate moment capacity, and ultimate shear capacity, if affected, for members with reduced cross sections due to openings or penetrations. 5. Submit test results, when so required on Drawings, showingthat q 9 � embedded connection items will adequately support the indicated loads. .I ,f a. Connection items to have an ultimate load capacity of at least two (2) times the required indicated load. 6. Concrete mix design(s) including submittal information defined in Section 03350. ai 7. Copies of source quality control tests. 8. Certification of manufacturer's testing facility qualifications. PART 2 PRODUCTS �. 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1 1. Headed studs and deformed bar anchors: it a. Nelson Stud Welding Div., TRW, Inc. 1 b. KSM Division, Omark Industries. B. Submit request for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01600. 2.2 MATERIALS: A. Embedded Steel Plates and Shapes: ASTM A36. B. Bearing Pads: 1. Neoprene. 2. Section 18, Division 2 of the AASHTO Standard Specification for Highway Bridges. 3. 60 durometer strength. • C. Cement: City of Pearland !: Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Precast and Prestressed Concrete J 1 Project No. 7295 03431 - 4 June 11, 2019 l . 7_. 7. 1. Comply with ASTM C150, Type I. 2. Type II cement to be used in the following precast units: i. 7 a. Precast weir troughs. D. Aggregates for Normal Weight Concrete: i 1. ASTM C33 with coarse aggregate meeting the gradation for size 67 as stated in ASTM C33. i C. 2. Provide aggregates approved for bridge construction by the State Highway Department in the state where the precast units are I' fabricated or in the state where the Project'is located. 3. All fine aggregate to be natural not manufactured. 7 E. Water: 1. Potable, clean. 2. Free of oils, acids, and organic matter. F. Maximum total chloride ion content contributed from all ingredients of concrete including water, aggregates, cement and admixtures measured as a J weight percent of cement to not exceed 0.06. G. Prestressing Strands: 7 1. Either 250K or 270K high tensile strength uncoated seven (7) wire ! strand. 2. Manufacture and test strands in accordance with ASTM A416. H. Reinforcing Steel and Welded Wire Reinforcement: See Section 03200. I. Headed Studs: 1. ASTM A108. 2. Minimum yield strength: 50,000 psi. .. 3. Minimum tensile strength: 60,000 psi. J. Deformed Bar Anchors: 1. ASTM A496. I - 2. - Minimum tensile strength: 80,000 psi. 1'7 3. Minimum yield strength: 70,000 psi. i K. Electrodes: 7 1. E70 series conforming to AWS A5.1 or AWS A5.5 for welding steel shapes and plates. I I;7r 2. E90 series conforming to AWS A5.5 for welding rebar. ,, ?7 City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Precast and Prestressed Concrete Project No. 7295 03431 - 5 June 11, 2019 , i fi' L. Concrete sand cement grout in keyways between hollow core slabs. flU ; _ • ; 1. See Section 03308. ' i M. MIXES , 1 1. See Section 03308. 7 2. Maximum water cement ratio for lightweight concrete to be determined in accordance with recommendations of ACI 211.2 to provide required 28 day compressive strength and maximum slump of7; 3 IN. i 3. Do not begin fabrication of units until concrete mix design(s) have been approved by Engineer. jl 2.3 DESIGN: j"�:i A. General Design Requirements: 1. Design units and connections in strict accordance with ACI 318 and 1 the PCI Design Handbook - Precast and Prestressed Concrete. ' 9 , 2. Design units for spans, dead load of members, dead and live loads indicated on the Drawings with concentrated loads placed in their actual locations. i. a. Verify weights and locations of concentrated loads. �fl';+ 3. Design units taking into account reduced cross section at openings and penetrations. fl 4. Provide all reinforcing in units as indicated. a. Where not indicated, design and provide all reinforcing and prestressing strands subject to approval of Engineer. 2.4 FABRICATION: 15 , A. Do not fabricate units until Shop Drawings have been approved by Engineer and returned to Contractor and support locations have been field verified by7 Contractor. B. Manufacture, quality, dimensional and erection tolerances of all units to be in ' accordance with both PCI MNL 116 and PCI Design Handbook - Precast and ,' Prestressed Concrete. l C. Cast all members in smooth rigid forms which will provide straight, true f� members of uniform thickness and uniform color and finish. i D. Use sand cement grout mixture to fill all air pockets and voids, and to repair � I chipped edges. l City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Precast and Prestressed Concrete Project No. 7295 03431 - 6 June 11, 2019 i Th i 7 E. Finish all repairs smooth and to match adjacent surface texture and color. F. Where units are to receive concrete topping, provide units having heavy broom.[.. finish on top surface for bond. 1. Provide roughness of top surface to provide bond with topping and design for horizontal shear at topping and unit interface in accordance .7, with requirements of Paragraph 17.5 of ACI 318. 2. Make all other surfaces smooth. 7, G. Incorporate embedded plates, angles, and flange welding strips into members at time of manufacture. 1. Provide embedded items as shown on the Drawings unless prior 7 approval is received from Engineer to do otherwise. 2. Provide welding strips as indicated on Drawings. 3. Space strips as shown on Drawings. 7 4. Cast lifting handles into units at or near support points. a. Remove lifting handles after units are erected. .7 H. Cast openings larger than 6 IN SQ or 6 IN DIA in units at time of manufacture. 1. Make smaller openings by neat cutting or neat drilling by trades 7 requiring them. 2. Coordinate sizes and locations of all openings before fabrication of '7 units. p� I. Make provisions for support of suspended ceilings, lighting fixtures, ducts, f piping, conduits and other suspended work. l 1. When drilled expansion bolts or powder-driven fasteners are approved 7_ for use, coordinate prestress strand location with prestress concrete member supplier so that drilled expansion bolts or powder-driven fasteners do not hit or are drilled or driven into prestress strands. i 7 2. Install powder-driven fasteners by means of a low velocity powder- actuated tool complying with requirements of OSHA. :7 a. Assure that the load to be supported by each in place drilled . expansion bolt or powder-driven fastener does not exceed the p maximum allowable load recommended by the bolt or fastener '7manufacturer for the concrete strength encountered and for - the type, size and embedment length of expansion bolt or driven fastener installed. 7 J. Automatically weld headed studs and deformed bar anchors to members to provide full penetration weld between studs, bar anchors and members they are attached to. 7 K. Weld steel shapes and plates per AWS D1.1 and reinforcing steel per AWS D1.4. E. City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Precast and Prestressed Concrete Project No. 7295 03431 - 7 June 11, 2019 I i 1 7 _ . L. Minimum concrete compressive strength at time of strand release: 3500 psi. )rt. M. Mark each unit as indicated on the erection plans. i . 1. Place mark on non-exposed-to-view surface. L N. Coat or finish ends of exposed prestressing strands to prevent rusting. . , . _. , O. _ Fabricate the following types of precast and prestressed units (all units to be - made with normal weight concrete unless noted otherwise on Drawings): I 1. Prestressed hollow core slabs of sizes indicated. � ! a. Weight of hollow core slabs not to exceed the following: 1 S NORMAL WEIGHT LIGHTWEIGHT DEPTH CONCRETE CONCRETE jj�� 6 IN 50 psf 40 psf IT 8 IN 70 psf 55 psf 10 IN 80 psf 65 psf 12 IN. 105 psf 80 psf '7, 2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL: . 7 A. During production of precast concrete units, conduct strength tests of concrete placed in units as required in Specification Section 03350 for concrete placed during fabrication. 4 1. Results of strength tests to be sent immediately to Engineer, - 1 Contractor and Owner. 2. Test reports to indicate units they represent. � j B. When approved by Engineer, strength tests may be made by precast manufacturer after he has submitted certification that his testing facilities meet the requirements of ASTM E329. , �' PART 3 EXECUTION { i• Ii 3.1 PREPARATION: 7. A. Verify acceptability and location of supports to receive units. 1. Check bearing surfaces to determine that they are level and uniform. B. Verify compressive strengths of concrete and masonry supports. ? 1. Do not start erection of units until supports have reached their 28 day required compressive strengths. 7 1 } 3.2 INSTALLATION APPLICATION: • A. Give consideration to possible lack of stability or capacity of partially 7 _ . completed frame or structure. City of Pearland, `Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Precast and Prestressed Concrete Project No. 7295. 03431 - 8 June 11, 2019. ft i" II 7 it I B. Contractor to be responsible for guying, shoring, and bracing of frame, walls and individual members as necessary to resist forces due to wind, erection, or any other source that may occur before structure is completed. C. Use only erection equipment adequate for placing units at lines and elevations indicated on Drawings. I . ', :,7 1. Do not damage units or existing construction during erection. 2. Erect units using lifting handles cast into the units. ";,_ D. Place hollow core slabs on continuous 1/4 IN thick neoprene bearing pad so ' that width equals bearing length -1 IN. : 7 E. After erection, verify that there is no direct contact between bottom of units and supporting members. 7 1. Where direct contact occurs, install additional layers of bearing material to raise units off supports. F. Weld steel shapes and plates per AWS D1.1 and reinforcing steel per AWS D 1.4. G. Fill all keyways between hollow core slabs with concrete sand cement grout. 1. See Section 03308. 7 H. After all precast units are erected and all precast unit connections have been made, coat all exposed surfaces of the connections with the same prime and finish paint as required on the adjacent precast concrete units. 7 1. See Section 09800. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: 7 A. Causes for rejection of units include, but are not necessarily limited to the following: 1. - Cracked units. i 2. Chipped, broken, or spalled edges. 3. Units not within allowable casting tolerances. 7 4. Voids or air pockets which, in opinion of Engineer, are too numerous or too large. 5. Non-uniform finish or appearance. 6. Low concrete strength. 7. Improperly placed embedded items and/or openings. 8. Exposed wire mesh, reinforcing, or prestressing strands. A' L END OF SECTION , 7 . . ' ,, L- City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Precast and Prestressed Concrete ' Project No. 7295 03431 - 9 June 11, 2019 7 1r C • 7 SECTION 09800 PAINTING 7 PART 1 GENERAL : 17 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES: A. The work of this section includes the coating of all interior and exterior piping and metal surfaces. 7 . 1.2 REFERENCES: . i 11 A. ASTM D16 - Definitions of Terms Relating to Paint, Varnish, Lacquer, and Related Products. i ! B. ASTM D3359 Method for Measuring Adhesion by Tape Test. • C. NACE (National Association of Corrosion Engineers) - Industrial Maintenance Painting. i ri, D. NPCA (National Paint and Coating Association) - Guide to U.S. Government Paint Specifications. 7 E. SSPC (Steel Structures Painting Council) - Steel Structures Painting Manual. ; 1, F.- TACB (Texas Air Control Board) - 31 TAC Chapter 11. 7 , G. TNRCC (Texas National Resources Conservation Commission) - TAC Chapter �• 290 Water Hygiene. H. Paint manufacturer's printed instructions. I. TAC - Texas Administrative Code. j , 1.3 DEFINITIONS: I A. dft - Dry film thickness. B. mills) - a unit of measure equal to a thousandth of an inch (0.0254) mm. ' C. VOC(s) - volatile organic compound(s). L 1.4 INTERPRETATION: A. The Engineer's decision shall be final in the interpretation and/or conflict ii ,r between any of the referenced Specifications and Standards contained herein. i 1.5 SUBMITTALS: Ili A. Information to be provided: Provide a list of materials to be used under this Section. Submit the list before the materials are delivered to the job site. Cross I!' 'i reference the list to the coating systems identified. Furnish with the list, the 7 City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST • Painting „ ;; Project No. 7295 09800-1 June 11, 2019 1j til. iJi1 , coating manufacturer's standard product data and color chart for each material n ' l to be used. it B. Manufacturer's color charts shall be submitted to the Engineer at least 30 days or prior to paint application. Coordinate work so as to allow sufficient time for , paint to be delivered to the job site. - 11 - 7;l 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE: } j 1H it A. General: Use quality assurance procedures and practices to monitor all phases ' of surface preparation, application and inspection throughout the duration of 1 I ii the project. Procedures or practices not specifically defined herein may be j;l utilized provided they meet recognized and accepted professional standards. I l B. Surface Preparation: Surface preparation will be based upon comparison with: 1 "Pictorial Surface Preparation Standards for Painting Steel Surfaces" SSPC ,';I VIS 1-89 and ASTM Designation D2200, "Standard Methods of Evaluating a ;j Degree of Rusting on Painted Steel Surfaces" SSPC-VIS 2 and ASTM j Designation D610, "Visual Standard for Surfaces of New Steel Air blast "+ 1;1 Cleaned with Sand Abrasive". 1 11 C. Application: No coating shall be applied: When the surrounding air temperature or the temperature of the surface to be coated or painted is below the minimum ;� surface temperature for the products specified herein; or in rain; snow, for, or 1�I ' : mist;. when- rthe temperature is less than 5 degrees F above the dew point; -;I,' when the air temperature is expected to drop below 35 degrees F within six i! hours after application of coating. Dew point shall be measured by use of an Il instrument such as a Sling Psychrometer in conjunction with U.S. Department , °, o of Commerce Weather Bureau Psychometric Tables. If the above conditions oi '1 are forecast, coating or painting shall be completed in time to permit the film sufficient drying time prior to damage by atmospheric conditions. ; ,' D. Thickness and Holiday Checking (Steel Surfaces): Thickness of coatings shall ,,I be checked with a non-destructive, magnetic-type thickness gauge. Use as %I 1 instrument such as a Tooke Gauge if'a destructive tester is deemed necessary. -_",I The integrity of coated,surfaces shall be checked with an approved inspection (I,!I device. Non-destructive holidays shall not exceed the voltage recommended , ., by the manufacturer of the coating system. For thickness between 10 and 20 o', mils, use a non-sudsing type wetting agent, such as Kodak Photo-Flow. E Failures shall be marked, repaired in accordance with the manufacturer's [;� printed recommendations and retested. No pinholes or other irregularities will nj be permitted in the final coating. 11 • i( E. Inspection Devices: The Contractor shall furnish, until final acceptance of ,1,11 coating and painting, inspection devices in good working condition for ' -,4'1 detection of holidays and measurement of dry film thickness (dft) of coating. jlII ; The Contractor shall also furnish U.S Department of Commerce; National 17;' Bureau of Standards certified thickness calibration plates to test accuracy of 1 1' dft gauges and certified instrumentation to test accuracy of holiday detector. !ij Dry film thickness gauges and holiday detectors shall be made available for "l l the Engineer's use at all times until final acceptance of application. Holiday detection devices shall be operated in the presence of the Engineer. `1;1 iil City of Pearland 1 i;I Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Painting Project No. 7295 09800-2 June 11, 2019 _1 I 7 , _ F. Warranty Inspection: Warranty inspection shall be conducted during the eleventh month following completion of all coating and painting work. All defective work shall be repaired in accordance with this specification and to I� the satisfaction of the Engineer/Owner. 1.7 QUALIFICATIONS: i - - A. The Contractor shall have three years practical experience and successful history in the application of specified products to surfaces in water treatment, wastewater treatment, or industrial facilities. The Contractor shall be a knowledgeable and experienced professional, fully aware of the methods and regulatory requirements of coating removal and application. Upon request, he shall substantiate this requirement by furnishing a list of references and job 7. completions. 1.8 SAFETY AND HEALTH REQUIREMENTS: 7 A. General: The Contractor shall perform all work in accordance with applicable local, state, and federal laws and regulations, and material manufacturer's instructions and recommendations pertaining to the methods, materials, or i L activities in the work. Some of these regulations are included in the following groups: .7 Occupational Safety and Health Act and derived regulations. . Clean Air Act and derived regulations, both federal and state. ti 7 The items listed below in the rest of this Paragraph are intended to call the Contractor's attention to some of the frequently necessary compliance activities. The Contractor is solely responsible for compliance with applicable 7 regulations including, but not limited to, the areas identified in this Specification. The Contractor shall provide and require the use of personal protective equipment for persons working on or about the project. ,' • B. Head and Face Protection and Respiratory Devices: Equipment shall include protective helmets which shall be worn by all persons while in the vicinity of the work. In addition, workers engaged in or near the work during sandblasting L shall wear appropriate eye and face protection devices and air purifying, half ; mask or mouthpiece respirators with appropriate filters. . _ 7 C. Ventilation: Where ventilation is used to control hazardous exposure, all equipment shall be explosion-proof. Ventilation shall reduce the concentration of air contaminants to the degree a hazard does not exist. Air circulation and exhausting of solvent vapors shall be continued until coatings have fully cured. D. Sound Levels: Whenever the occupational noise exposure exceeds maximum 7 allowable sound levels, the Contractor shall provide and require the use of approved ear protective devices. i " I:i7 E. Illumination: Adequate illumination shall be provided while work is in progress, including explosion-proof lights and electrical equipment.,Whenever requires by the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide additional illumination and 1 i' City of Pearland i; -• Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Painting Project No. 7295 09800-3 June 11, 2019 7 1 • necessary supports to cover all areas to be inspected. The level of illumination for inspection purposes shall be determined by the Engineer. l i; F. Temporary Ladders and Scaffolding: All temporary ladders and scaffolding f shall confirm to applicable safety requirements. They shall be erected where 1!i requested by the Engineer to facilitate inspection and be moved by the Contractor to locations requested by the Engineer. PART 2 PRODUCTS 711 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: A. Materials specified are those that have been evaluated for the specific service. Products are listed to establish a standard of quality. Equivalent materials of other manufacturers may be substituted on written approval of the Engineer c in accordance with Section 01600. Requests for substitution shall include manufacturer's literature for each j �'i product giving name, product number, and generic type, descriptive information, solids by volume, recommended dft and certified laboratory test reports showing results to equal the performance criteria of the products specified herein. In addition, a list of five projects shall be submitted in which each product has been used and rendered satisfactory service. The listed e' projects shall be in the State of Texas, Oklahoma, Louisiana, or Arkansas. 2.2 DELIVERY AND STORAGE: A. All materials shall be brought to jobsite in original sealed containers. They shall ,�; not be used until the Engineer has inspected contents and obtained data from information on containers or label. Materials exceeding storage life ` recommended by the manufacturer shall be rejected. B. All coatings and paints shall be stored in enclosed structures to protect them from weather and excessive heat or cold. Flammable coatings or paint must be stored in accordance with City, County, State, and Federal safety codes for flammable coating or paint materials. At all times coatings and paints shall be protected from freezing. 2.3 MATERIALS: The number of coats called for in this schedule shall be considered minimum. If additional coats are required for complete coverage and uniform appearance, they shall be applied. Colors will be selected by the Owner. The system numbering may not be sequential or inclusive of all numbers from the first to last system or schedule numbers. SYSTEM NO. 1 1 TYPE OF SURFACE: Metal or Pre-painted Metal (excluding aluminum) • TYPE OF STRUCTURE: Normal plant conditions such as: Machinery, pipes, valves, !� equipment housing, pumps, and motors. City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Painting Project No. 7295 09800-4 June 11, 2019 i :,7 . 7 , . EXPOSURE CONDITION: Non-Submerged; inside or outside i a SURFACE PREPARATION: All surfaces should be clean, dry, free of oil, rust, loose and - scaling paint and foreign material. I ,'7 PAINTING SYSTEM: 117 , . First Coat: Tnemec Series 1 — Omnithane 2.5 dft mils u' Second Coat: Tnemec Series 73 Endura-Shield IV (S-G) 4.0 dft mils Total Thickness Tnemec Series = 6.5 mils min. Alternate First Coat: Sherwin-Williams Corothane I Aluminum B65 S12 2.0-4.0 dft mils :7! Alternate Second Coat: Sherwin-Williams Hi-Solids Polyurethane B65-200 3.0-5.0 dft mils Sherwin-Williams Corothane II (Satin) B65-200 3.0 5.0 dit mils ,7 Total Thickness Sherwin-Williams = 6.5 mils dft min. SYSTEM NO. 2 TYPE OF SURFACE: Metal (excluding stainless steel, aluminum, and galvanized steel) I, pa TYPE OF STRUCTURE: Severe moisture and chemical contact and fumes such as: lL_ chemical tanks, feeders, valves, pipes, interior and exterior. EXPOSURE CONDITION: Non-Submerged; inside or outside. ,E SURFACE PREPARATION: Surface shall be sandblasted to a SSPC-SP6 commercial finish. Surface shall be dry and free of all rust and old paint. L PAINTING SYSTEM: 7 First Coat: Tnemec Series 66-1211 H.B. Exopoline Primer 3.0 dft mils. ,E, Second Coat: Tnemec Series 66-Color H.B. Exopoline 5.0 dft mils. Third Coat (Interior): ETnemec Series 66-Color H.B. Exopoline 5.0 dft mils Third Coat (Exterior): 7 Tnemec Series 73-Color Endura-Shield 4.0 dft mils C Total Thickness Tnemec Series 12.5 dit mils min. I !' Alternate First Coat: Sherwin-Williams Epoxide"52 B67R500/B67V500 3.0-4.0 dft mils II^ I 7 City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Painting Project No. 7295 09800-5 June 11, 2019. . 1TH I,di Alternate Second Coat: fl ''' Sherwin-Williams Macropoxy HA B58-400/B58V400 4.0-6.0 dft mils I I, Alternate Third Coat (Interior): i Sherwin-Williams Macropoxy HS B58-400/B58V400 4.0-6.0 dft mils �Li',,;(I Alternate Third Coat (Exterior): i'�. Sherwin-Williams Hi-Solids B65-300/B60V30 3.0-4.0 dft mils 7i„. {!�1 Total Thickness Sherwin-Williams = 12.5 mils dft min. ;,. SYSTEM NO. 3 flh �j TYPE OF SURFACE: Carbon Steel , 11 TYPE OF STRUCTURE: Pump Cans - ;l EXPOSURE CONDITION: Below grade, submerged. 7 ,11 SURFACE PREPARATION: SSPC-SP10 near white metal blast clean. 1; I � PAINTING SYSTEM: fl !i ,i, First Coat: Tnemec Series 46H-413 H.B. Tneme-Tar 18.0 dft mils 7 Alternate: �' Sherwin-Williams Hi-Mil Tar Epoxy B69B40/B60V40 18.0-24.0 dft mils TI SYSTEM NO. 4 i TYPE OF LIQUID HANDLED: Potable Water i�l•i `:.l TYPE OF SURFACE: Metal ,,{ 11l TYPE OF STRUCTURE: Pipes and pumps i i;l 111 EXPOSURE CONDITION: Submerged or Intermittently Submerged. d', SURFACE PREPARATION: SSPC-SP10 Near white metal blast clean. • ;j - .I I' PAINTING SYSTEM: First Coat: f� Tnemec Series 20-1211 Pota-Pox 4.0 dft mils l; i �� Second Coat: 'I; • Tnemec Series 104 Pota-Pox Plus 5.0 dft mils Total Thickness Tnemec = 9.0 dft mils min. :1 • {I I; Alternate First Coat: Sherwin-Williams Catalyzed B62 series/B60V20 5.0-6.0 dft mils Alternate Second Coat: i Sherwin-Wiliams Catalyzed Epoxy B62 series/ }} City of Pearland BaileyWTP 1.0 MG GST Painting =' 9 Project No. 7295 09800-6 June 11, 2019 ii q i C ' II !I I, . l;�i !C B60V20 5.0-6.0 dft mils ' - Total Thickness Sherwin-Williams = 10.0 dft mils min. SYSTEM NO. 5 E TYPE OF SURFACE: PVC Pipe CTYPE OF STRUCTURE: PVC Conduits and Pipes in Building ; l - EXPOSURE CONDITION: Normal Atmosphere ' ; ; 7 , SURFACE PREPARATION: Hand sand to roughen pipe surface. ! 7 PAINTING SYSTEM: 1' First Coat: C Tnemec Series 66 H.B. Epoxoline 4.0 dft mils , Second Coat (Interior): ig, Tnemec Series 66 H.B. Epoxoline 4.0 dft mils LTotal Thickness-Interior = 8.0 dft mils min. Second Coat (Exterior): ! C Tnemec Series 1075-Color Endura-Shield II (S-G) 3.0 dft mils Total Thickness-Exterior = 7.0 dft mils min. 'C Alternate First Coat: Sherwin-Williams Tile Clad HS Coat: ;; B62Z series/B6OVZ70 4.0 dft miles ,C Alternate Second: Sherwin-Williams Tile Clad HS Coat (Interior): B62Z series/B60VZ70 4.0 dft mils !I'm' Alternate Second: Sherwin-Williams Corothane II Satin Coat (Exterior): B65 series/B60V2 4.0 dft mils ils SYSTEM NO. 6 7 TYPE OF-SURFACE: Galvanized Steel 1 TYPE OF STRUCTURE: Throughout plant, galvanized steel repair :7 , EXPOSURE CONDITION: Atmospheric . ;,7 SURFACE PREPARATION: SSPC-SP6: Commercial Blast Cleaning. Surface must be clean and dry. PAINTING SYSTEM: ,E First Coat: 'p Tnemec Series 90-97 Tnemec-Zinc 3.0-3.5 dft mils CCity of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Painting Project No. 7295 09800-7 June 11, 2019 ' .0 Irl j .I �I EI i Alternate First Coat: , I ', Sherwin-Williams Corothane I Zinc Primer —;:1 B65A14/B69D210 3.0 - 4.0 dft mils SYSTEM NO. 7 TYPE OF SURFACE: Non-Ferrous Metal TYPE OF STRUCTURE: Throughout Plant ,;* EXPOSURE CONDITION: Atmospheric I �, SURFACE PREPARATION: SSPC-SP1: Solvent wipe to remove soluble contaminants; —or— SSPC-SP3: Power tool clean to remove insoluble contaminants. 1 PAINTING SYSTEM: First Coat: Tnemec Series 66 H.B. Epoxoline 5.0 dft mils 71:1; Second Coat: f' Tnemec Series 74 Endura-Shield IV (Gloss) 3.0 dft mils Total Thickness Tnemec = 8.0 dft mils min. Alternate First Coat: Sherwin Williams Tile Clad HS B62Z Series 4.0-5.0 dft mils Alternate Second Coat: ' Sherwin Williams Hi-Solids Polyurethane B65-300 3.0-4.0 dft mils Total Thickness Sherwin Williams = 8.0 dft mils min. 7;' SYSTEM NO. 8 TYPE OF SURFACE: Galvanized or Non-Ferrous Metal TYPE OF STRUCTURE: Throughout Plant EXPOSURE CONDITION: Submerged �1 SURFACE PREPARATION: SSPC-SP7: Brush-off Blast Clean � I PAINTING SYSTEM: 4 First Coat: Tnemec Series 20 Pota-Pox 5.0 dft mils ;f Second Coat: Tnemec Series 20 Pota-Pox 5.0 dft mils Total Thickness Tnemec = 10.0 dft mils min. Alternate First Coat: Sherwin Williams Hi-Solids Cat. Epoxy B62 Series 5.0-6.0 dft mils City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Painting Project No. 7295 09800-8 June 11, 2019 . L CAlternate Second Coat: Sherwin Williams Hi-Solids Cat. Epoxy B62 Series 5.0-6.0 dft mils 7 SYSTEM NO. 9 TYPE OF SURFACE: Metal 7 i TYPE OF STRUCTURE: Buried 1 EXPOSURE CONDITION: Below grade i:7 SURFACE PREPARATION: SSPC-SP10: Near White Metal Blast Clean. Surface to be clean and dry. - PAINTING SYSTEM: Coating system must be pinhole free. !E First Coat: Tnemec Series 46H-413 H.B. Tnemec-Tar 16.0 dft mils min. 7 Alternate First Coat: Sherwin Williams Hi-Mil Sher-Tar Epoxy B69B40 16.0 24.0 dft mils PART 3 EXECUTION iE3.1 GENERAL: 7 A. All surface preparation, coating and painting shall conform to applicable standards of the Steel Structures Painting Council and the manufacturer's printed instructions. Material applied to the surface prior to the approval of the Engineer shall be removed and re-applied to the satisfaction of the Engineer at L the expense of the Contractor. B. All work shall be performed be skilled craftsmen qualified to perform the required work in a manner comparable with the best standards of practice. Continuity of personnel shall be coordinated with the Engineer. _ ! C C. The Contractor shall provide a supervisor at the work site during cleaning and application operations. The supervisor shall have the authority to sign change orders, coordinate work and make decisions pertaining to the fulfillment of the . 7 contract. D. Dust, dirt, oil, grease or any foreign matter that will affect the adhesion or durability of the finish must be removed by washing with clean rags dipped in ,L an approved cleaning solvent and wiped dry with clean rags. E. Coating and painting system include surface preparation, prime coating and 7 finish coatings. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, prime coating shall be field applied. Where prime coatings are shop applied, the Contractor shall instruct suppliers to provide the prime coat compatible with the finish coat specified. Any off-site work which does not conform to this specification that L is damaged during transportation, construction or installation shall be thoroughly cleaned and touched-up in the field as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall use repair procedures which insure the complete '7 City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Painting Project No. 7295 09800-9 June 11, 2019 71;`. , ., —,,, ' . ,, ,; protection of all adjacent primer. The specified repair method and equipment ,�, , may include wire brushing, hand or power tool cleaning, or dry-airblast 1 cleaning. In order to prevent injury to surrounding painted areas, blast cleaning may require use of lower air pressure, smaller nozzle and abrasive particle71 ', sizes, or shorter blast nozzle distance from surface shielding and masking. If damage is too extensive or uneconomical to touch-up, then the item shall be re-cleaned and coated as directed by'the Engineer. ,7,. F. The Contractor's coating and painting equipment shall be designed for application of materials specified and shall be maintained in first class working : condition. Compressors shall have suitable traps and filters to remove water and oils from the air. it G. Application of the first coat shall follow immediately after surface preparation and cleaning and before rust bloom occurs. Any cleaned areas not receiving ,�I�, first coat within this period shall be re-cleaned prior to application of first coat. _I H. Prior to assembly, all surfaces made inaccessible after assembly shall be ;�i prepared as specified herein and shall receive the coating or paint system specified. ,�,. 3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION: A. The latest revision of the following surface preparation specifications of the 7, Steel Structures Painting Council shall form a part of this Specification: --,I 1. Solvent Cleaning (SSPC-SP1): Removal or oil, grease, soil and other , contaminants by use of solvents, emulsions, cleaning compounds, _ steam cleaning or similar materials and methods which involve a ,p,; solvent or cleaning action. i li 2. Hand Tool Cleaning (SSPC-SP2): Removal of loose rust, loose mil scale and other detrimental foreign matter to degree specified by hand - chipping, scraping, sanding and wire brushing. n 3. Power Tool Cleaning (SSPC-SP3): Removal of loose rust, loose mil scale and other detrimental foreign matter to degree specified by power wire brushing, power impact tools or power sanders. L. ' 4. White Metal Blast Cleaning (SSPC-SP5): Blast cleaning to a gray-white uniform metallic color until each element of surface area is free of all 7. visible residues. i l 5. Commercial Blast Cleaning (SSPC-SP6): Blast cleaning until at least 7., two-thirds of each element or surface area is free of all visible residues. 6. Brush-Off Blast Cleaning (SSPC-SP7): Blast cleaning to remove loose , , rust, loose mil scale and other detrimental foreign matter to degree ; i specified. 7. Near White Blast Cleaning (SSPC-SP10): The removal of all visible oil, fl '1 grease, dirt, rust, mil scale, rust, paint, oxides, corrosion products and other foreign matter by compressed air nozzle blasting, centrifugal l City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Painting Project No. 7295 09800-10 June 11, 2019 fl is I i' j 7 wheels or other specific method. Discoloration caused by certain stains shall be limited to no more than 5% of each square inch of surface . area. 1-74 8. Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal (SSPC-SP11): The removal of all I visible oil, grease, dirt, mil scale, rust, paint, oxide, corrosion products, 17 and other foreign matter. Slight residues of rust and paint may be left i in the lower portion of pits if the original surface is pitted. Differs from i SSPC-SP3 in that it requires more thorough cleaning and a surface 1 profile not less than 1 mil (25 microns). For areas where abrasive I',L blasting is prohibited or not feasible. B. Slag and weld metal accumulation and spatters not removed by the Fabricator, 1' Erector, or Installer shall be removed by chipping and grinding. All sharp edges 7 shall be penned, ground or otherwise blunted as required by the Engineer. 7 C. Field blast cleaning for all surfaces shall be by dry method unless otherwise fdirected. D. Particle size of abrasive used in blast cleaning shall be that which will produce 7 a 1.5-2.0 mils (37.5 microns-50.0 microns) surface profile or in accordance with recommendations of the manufacturer of the specified coating or paint . system to be applied. !r E. Abrasive used in blast cleaning operations shall be new, washed, graded and free of contaminants that would interfere with adhesion of coating or paint ,' and shall not be reused unless specifically approved by the Engineer. f • F. During blast cleaning operations, caution shall be exercised to insure that existing coatings or paint"are not exposed to abrasion from blast cleaning. 17 G. The Contractor shall keep the area of his work and the surrounding environment in a clean condition. He shall not permit blasting materials to 7 accumulate as to constitute a nuisance or hazard to the accomplishment of the work, the operation of the existing facilities, or nuisance to the surrounding environment. i.7 H. Blast cleaned surfaces shall be cleaned prior to application of specified coatings or paint. No coatings or paint shall be applied over damp or moist f surfaces. i • I. All welds shall be neutralized with suitable chemical compatible with the I specified coating materials. 1i J. Specific Surface Preparation: Surface preparation for the specific system shall be as noted in Section 2.1. i 7 . 3.3 APPLICATION: 1' A. Coating and paint application shall conform to the requirements of the Steel In, Structures Painting Council Paint Application Specification SSPC-PA1, latest i; - revision, for "Shop, Field and Maintenance Painting", the American Water 1E Works Association and the manufacturer of the coating and paint materials. City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Painting ;; Project No. 7295 09800-11 June 11, 2019 ,11 , -1,, 7 , , , , ,, B. Thinning shall be permitted only as recommended by the manufacturer fl2.2 approved by the Engineer, and utilizing the thinners stated in Section .I Paragraphs D and E. C. Each application of coating or paint shall be applied evenly, free of brush 7,, marks, sags, runs, with no evidence of poor workmanship. Care shall be j' exercised to avoid lapping on glass or hardware. Coatings and paints shall be isharply cut to lines._Finished surfaces shall be free from defects or blemishes. '' ii D. Protective coverings or drop cloths shall be used to protect floors, textures, 11 and equipment. Care shall be exercised,to prevent coatings or paints from lj being spattered onto surfaces which are not to be coated or painted. Report � ;'; surfaces from which materials cannot be satisfactory removed to the Engineer. I ., E. When two coats of coating or paint are specified, where possible, the first t i it coat shall contain sufficient approved color additive to act as an indicator.of j!' coverage or the two coats must be of contrasting color. ,, 1701 F. Film thickness per coat specified in Section 2.2 are minimum required. If roller 7ii' application is deemed necessary, the Contractor shall apply additional coats to achieve the specified thickness. 7 i l- ;,' II G. All material shall be applied as specified. , l�H. All welds and irregular surfaces shall receive a brush coat of the specific product prior to application of the first complete coat. 3.4 COATING SYSTEM APPLICATION: 7 1 I A. After completion of surface preparation as specified for the specific system, 7 , materials shall be applied as noted in Section 2.2. l 3.5 COLOR SCHEME: I I 1-il: A. The Engineer shall select colors for the project. The Contractor shall submit a L ;l`' current chart of the manufacturer's available colors to the Engineer thirty days ;;j prior to the start of coating and painting. B. The identification if influent, effluent, waste backwash, and chemical feed II I lines shall be accomplished by use of labels or various colors of paint. Where i `' labels are used, they shall be placed along the pipe at no greater than five foot - intervals. Where colors are used they shall follow the color code prescribed below. Color coding must be by solid color or banding. If bands are used, they shall be placed along the pipe at no greater than five foot intervals. The color ( I, code is as follows: , III LABELS COLOR OR PIPE Potable Water Light Blue f 1;', Compressed Air Light Green i,I Instrument Air Light Green with Dark Green Bands i , Chlorine (gas, liquid, or vent) Yellow LI Chlorine (solution) Yellow with Red Bands I'i, Liquid Alum Yellow with Orange Bands City of Pearland I Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Painting -,';1 .Project No. 7295 09800-12 June 11, 2019 I ';II „ :7 CAlum (solution) Yellow with Green Bands Ammonia Yellow with Brown Bands is C LABELS COLOR OR PIPE Settled Water Green Filter Effluent Light Blue Backwash Light Blue 7 Drain Dark Gray Raw Water Tan 7 3.6 DISINFECTION: A. Disinfection may be required for interior surfaces of tanks or systems ,7 containing potable water. Coordinate painting with disinfection requirements. 3.7 VAPOR REMOVAL: 1 rill A. All solvent vapors shall be completely removed by suction-type exhaust fans and blowers before placing tank or system in operating service. r_.' 3.8 CLEAN UP: A. Upon completion of the work, all staging, scaffolding and containers, waste 7 blast abrasive, or other painting debris shall be removed from the site. Coating or paint spots or oil stains upon adjacent surfaces shall be removed and the jobsite cleaned. All damage to surfaces resulting from the work of this section shall be cleaned, repaired, or refinished to the satisfaction of the Engineer at L no cost to the Owner. 7 END OF SECTION 7 . 7 , 7 . _ . r .0 ,, ilp• ,,L. l° r City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Painting 1, Project No. 7295 09800-13 June 11, 2019 i P:' 1 pliOM „ , - , ,l; �;, �', , - SECTION 11411 ''! ,` IN-RESERVOIR WATER CIRCULATION EQUIPMENT ;ICI r '', ;t' PART 1 GENERAL I, 11 'im 1.1 . EQUIPMENT OVERVIEW: A. This specification provides the requirements to furnish, install, and place into op. operation circulation equipment for a potable water storage reservoir at the Bailey water treatment plant (WTP) 1.0 MG Prestressed Concrete Ground ,i ; Storage Tank. • I; i,0 III , , 1.2 REFERENCES: ,1 A. Occupational Safety and Health Administration, OSHA. B. Department of Transportation, DOT. ' 1 pig C. Underwriters Laboratories Inc., UL 508. ' D. United States Food and Drug Administration, FDA title 21. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE: i I ; 1- A. Continuous Operation Equipment. The circulation equipment shall operate gigcontinuously, all day and all night, during all seasons including winter. 1 1 L _ I B. No Visual Defects. The circulation equipment shall have no visual defects, 1�r„ and shall have high quality welds and assembly, corrosion resistant finish, and ; site-specific operational controls. 1 . C. Qualified US Manufacturer. The manufacturer of the equipment shall have . extensive experience in the production of such equipment, and the equipment r shall be manufactured in the continental United States. D. Factory Startup Services. Delivery, installation and startup services shall be 1 IL included in the bid and performed by full time factory employees experienced in the operation of this equipment and who have completed OSHA safety 'r, trainings applicable to this type of installation. E. Warranty. The circulation equipment shall be warranted to be free of defects • in materials and workmanship for a period of 2 years. In addition, the motor NA shall be warranted for a period of 2 years. A copy of the warranty shall be included with the submittal. • 1,rr 1.4 SUBMITTALS: A. The awarded Bidder shall provide five (5) copies of the following documents. Upon acceptance of these documents by the Engineer, the Bidder will be ;� issued a Notice to Proceed, and may then proceed to install the equipment. :7 City of Pearland In-Reservoir Water Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Circulation Equipment 1 Project No. 7295 11411-1 June 11, 2019 I I'�I . !i 'i 1. A qualification statement demonstrating compliance with Section 7 1 1.3(c). I 1. ,r 2. Shop drawings for the circulation equipment. , fl is 3. Manufacturer's literature, illustrations and specification sheets l; defining materials of construction, dimensions, and weights including , 'I, the following: i '� j' I;J' a. Digital controller diagnostic LED indication lights and chart. b. Digital controller daily operation schedule example. 7 :1 c. Digital controller software update instruction sheet. 1i d. Digital controller stored log example. e. Type 316 Stainless Steel Certification for impeller and mounting legs.;' f. Type 304 Stainless Steel Certification for motor body. g. Motor specifications. 111 '1 4. A diagram and list of replacement parts. � 1 i 5. A copy of the warranty statement. 7, B. Following installation, additional Submittals shall include: ' ful ,1. A complete operation and maintenance manual. 2. Within 30 days of installation, the manufacturers installation report i -1 including: � 1. a. Aerial photograph with labeling of reservoir data. b. Work summary. Li :Iff c. Customer contact information. 1! d. Climate / weather conditions. 1. e. Circulation machine information. f. Installation crew field notes. ��•1, g. GPS location of circulation machine and test point. h. Water quality testing information (water temperature) at a , minimum of one 1 location per tank or reservoir at one 1 meter 71`. increments starting at water surface down to bottom of tank or covered reservoir. �l 1.5 FIELD SERVICES: ��'11, A. Factory Personnel. The installation and startup shall be performed by full time 71 factory employees trained in the operation of the circulation equipment. 1' 'l B. Safety. Installation personnel shall have received job-specific safety training on (a) Working over Water, (b) Disinfecting Procedures, (c) Confined Space I J �, Entry, (d) Fall Protection, and (e) DOT Compliance. City of Pearland In Reservoir Water 71 Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Circulation Equipment Project No. 7295 11411-2 June 11, 2019 .,` fl i PART 2 PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS 2.1 MANUFACTURER: 1" li. A. Specified Equipment. The circulation equipment shall be manufactured by PAX Water Technologies, or a pre-approved alternative. ir B. Pre-approved Alternative(s). Alternatives to the specified equipment will be considered on the following basis only. ir1. Ten (10) Days Before Bid. To offer equipment as a pre-approved' Ialternative, written application from the alternative supplier shall be made to the Engineer at least 10 days in advance of the bid opening. 1 t_ 2. No Material Difference in Quality of Equipment or in Vendor Support. The application should include: a. A brief description of how the offered alternative does or does • not meet each of the specifications in this document. rb. An analysis of how acceptance of the alternative equipment would likely affect the overall water quality goals of the project. 7 c. A statement of the science and support background of the supplier of the alternative equipment, so that the benefits and � costs of the alternative equipment to the, Owner can be estimated by the Engineer. 3. Five (5) Days Notice to Bidders. If the alternative equipment is accepted by the Engineer, an informational addendum to these L specifications shall be distributed by the Engineer to plan holders at least 5 days in advance of the bid opening. 7 2.2 PERFORMANCE AND FEATURES: • A. Units Required. To meet the project objectives, the following number of units per tank or reservoir shall be required. 7 7 Quantity Tank or Reservoir Hatch Size 1 1.0 MG Ground Storage Tank •40-inch diameter B. Minimum Hatch Requirement. The circulation equipment shall fit through the 7 listed hatch size. C. Temperature uniformity. After circulation equipment installation and activation, all temperatures within tank or reservoir shall converge to within 7 0.50°C (0.9°F) within 24 hours. D. Disinfectant residual. After circulation equipment installation and activation, 7. disinfectant residual within top five feet of tank and bottom five feet of tank or reservoir shall converge to within 0.20 ppm within 24 hours. During continuous operation of the circulation equipment and normal operation of the City of Pearland In-Reservoir Water -' Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Circulation Equipment Project No. 7295 1 141 1-3 June 11, 2019 7 . ,i, . . tank or reservoir disinfectant dosing parameters, the disinfectant residual will7, converge to within 0.20 ppm at least once every 24 hours. ,.I E. Continuous Operation. The circulation equipment shall operate continuously 6' during day, night, and extended overcast conditions, 365 days per year 7,i connection to the A.C. power grid. F. Stainless Steel Construction. The circulation equipment shall be constructed primarily of Type 316 stainless steel metal for strength and superior corrosion resistance. Each machine shall also undergo a passivation bath, also known 'I as stainless steel pickling, to restore corrosion resistance to the welds and other areas of imperfections. ' G. Motor. The circulation equipment shall be mechanically operated by a motor that meets the following criteria. i 'f' J 1. Brushless, brush motors requiring brush replacement not accepted. 2. Direct Drive, with no gearbox, to avoid lubrication maintenance. 3. Stainless Steel Bearings, requiring no scheduled lubrication, rated 7,I bearing life expectancy greater than 100,000 hours continuous • operation. 4. Submersible design having a sealed housing with polymeric 1, encapsulated internal windings for superior corrosion resistance. Capable of withstanding the following environment conditions. 7 a. -40°F to 140°F (-40° to 60°C) ambient temperature range, freeze resistant. b. 100% humidity. c. Condensation resistant. d. Splash resistant. _ 5. Designed for Continuous Operation without overheating or I- compromising motor life expectancy. 6. 12 Year Replacement Warranty. Li H.' Controller. The circulation equipment shall be supplied with a motor controller and power management with the following features. 1. Digital Electronic Control System, with firmware and software allowing for motor speed control using a variable frequency drive. 2. Operation Schedule, with daily and seasonal scheduling for motor speed and direction. I 3. Manual On/Off Switch, to shut power off to the motor. On/Off switch l shall be rated for outdoor environment and have yellow and red color markings for indicating emergency shut off. + J City of Pearland In-Reservoir Water i } Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Circulation Equipment J Project No. 7295 11411-4 June 11, 2019 11 , j 4. External safety disconnect switch for added protection against power - . surge through motor controller and motor. 'p'" 5. NEMA 4 Enclosure, for protection against condensation and moisture in a marine environment. The internal circuit boards shall be conformal coated for added protection against moisture. Ioft I. System Operation Monitoring. The digital controller shall have the following I monitoring features. I 1 1. LED (Light Emitting Diode) Flash Code, flashing LEDs in the control box �`- readily accessible by service personnel shall provide continuous electrical diagnostics so the state of the power system can easily be rCdetermined. J. The circulation equipment shall be NSF / ANSI Standard 61 and NSF Annex G • .7 listed for safe contact with potable water. K. Maintenance Requirements. The circulation equipment shall operate normally with the following maintenance features. 7 1. No scheduled lubrication is required of any system components including motor and motor bearing. _ 2. No brush replacement, gearbox replacement, or motor replacement shall be expected or required during the 10-year expected life of the 7 circulation equipment. 7., 3. No spare parts shall be required to be kept on hand. 4. No tools beyond normal cleaning supplies and a few common hand tools shall be required for scheduled maintenance. ' 7 5. Include an integral low water level switch to automatically turn off the impeller motor to prevent impeller assembly and motor damage if tank or reservoir is drained and without water. CPART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION: 7 A. . The circulation equipment manufacturer shall provide Installation, Startup, and On-Site Water Testing Services to insure proper machine spatial placement in : 7 the reservoir. B. The field services shall be performed by full time factory employees experienced in the operation of this equipment , and who have completed safety trainings required for this type of installation in compliance with OSHA 7_, regulations including (a) Working over Water, (b) Disinfecting Procedures, (c) Confined Space Entry, (d) Fall Protection, and (e) DOT Compliance. I. C. Within 30 days following installation, the manufacturer shall provide an installation report detailing as described in submittal section. . 7City of Pearland In-Reservoir Water Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Circulation Equipment Project No. 7295 1 141 1-5 June 11, 2019 i D. The circulation equipment manufacturer shall have the following support team available for full service followingthe installation. ri• 1. A minimum of factory crews. • 2. A full customer service staff that are trained for assistance in this application. END OF SECTION City of Pearland In-Reservoir Water Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Circulation Equipment ))) Project No. 7295 1 141 1-6 June 11, 2019 III I III '' SECTION 13200 'i II' PRECAST WIRE-WOUND PRESTRESSED CONCRETE TANK ii PART 1 GENERAL I'l I 1.1 DESCRIPTION: i7 A. Work Included: ,I l ,1 L. 1. This section specifies the design and construction of the precast, wire-wound, prestressed, concrete circular tank with steel diaphragm complete; including all site work, excavation, 1 : reinforcing, concrete work, appurtenances, disinfection, testing, !I and backfill unless otherwise specified. III 1 , 2. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, and , equipment necessary to construct, disinfect and test the wire- wound, prestressed concrete tank and appurtenances as indicated I on the drawings, and as specified. IL B. Description of System: 7 1. The tank shall consist of a cast-in-place reinforced concrete floor, a precast wire-wound prestressed concrete wall with a continuous mechanically bonded steel diaphragm, and a precast 7 or cast-in-place prestressed clear span concrete dome with no interior columns. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE: 7 A. Qualifications and Experience: rl... 1. All tank work shall be performed by a company that specializes in the design and construction of precast, wire-wound prestressed concrete tanks using the method of circumferential prestress wire 7,1 . reinforcing and with proven capability of meeting all the requirements of these specifications. No company is considered qualified unless it has designed and built in its own name at least ,7 twenty precast, wire-wound prestressed concrete tanks conforming to AWWA D110, Type III in the last ten years. At . least ten of the above tanks shall have been in successful service for a minimum of five years. ',.7 _ 2. The tank contractor shall have in its employ a design engineer with a minimum of ten years experience in the design of AWWA D110 Type III tanks. The design engineer shall have been the F. engineer of record for a minimum of ten AWWA D110 Type III tanks. 3. Experience in the design and construction of AWWA D110 Type I, Type II, or Type IV tanks is not acceptable. 7 City of Pearland Precast Wire Wound Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Prestressed Concrete Tank 'I Project No. 7295 13200-1 June 11, 2019 • El; 4. Acceptable Tank Manufacturers are:- a. DN Tanks. b. Preload. f B. Codes and Standards (the most current version of the listed standards/codes shall be used): 1. ACI 301 Specifications for Structural Concrete. 2. ACI 305 Hot Weather Concreting. 3. ACI 306 Cold Weather Concreting. 4. ACI 309R Guide for Consolidation of Concrete. J3 5. ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete and Commentary. )�a 6. ACI 350 Code Requirements for Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures and Commentary. 11 7. ACI 350.3 Seismic Design of Liquid Containing Concrete Structures and Commentary. r1,1 8. ACI 372R Design and Construction of Circular Wire- and Strand Wrapped Prestressed Concrete Structures. 9. ACI 506R Guide to Shotcrete. 10. ASTM A185 Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain, for Concrete. 11. ASTM A416 Standard Specification for Steel Strand, Uncoated Seven-Wire for Prestressed Concrete. 12. ASTM A475 Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Steel Wire Strand. 13. ASTM A615/A615M Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. n II 14. ASTM A821 Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Hard Drawn for Prestressing Concrete Tanks. �f 15. ASTM A1008/A1008M Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High- Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, Solution t� ;. Hardened, and Bake Hardenable. 16. ASTM C31 Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field. - City of Pearland Precast Wire-Wound Il Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Prestressed Concrete Tank - Project No. 7295 13200-2 June 11, 2019 II�. j 7 17. ASTM C33 Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. ' " 18. ASTM C39 Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. ,7 19. ASTM C618, Type F Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and , 7 Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete. 20. ASTM C920 Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants. :7 21. ASTM D1056 Standard Specification for Flexible Cellular Materials — Sponge or Expanded Rubber. i� t. 22. ASTM D1556 Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight _ of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method. . ri, 23. ASTM D1557 Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (56,000 Ft. — Ibf/ft3) 2700 KN-M/M3). 7 24. ASTM D2000 Classification System for Rubber Products in Automotive Applications. 1,7 25. ASCE Standard 7-05 Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures. {r 26. AWWA C652 Standard for Disinfection of Water-Storage 7 Facilities. 27. AWWA D110-04 Wire and Strand Wound, Circular, Prestressed Concrete Water Tanks, Type Ill. 1 28. US Army Corps of Engineers Specification CRD-C-572, r Specification for PVC Waterstop. L C. Design Criteria: • : ,, 1. The prestressed concrete tank shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the provisions of AWWA D110 Standard for C Wire Wound Circular Prestressed-Concrete Water Tanks, Type Ill: Precast Concrete with a Steel Diaphragm. 2. Horizontal prestressing shall be continuous. Discontinuous l prestressing tendons or strands will not be allowed. 3. The Contractor shall use the following loadings and requirements in the design calculation: 7, a. Capacity: 1.0 Million Gallons. r7, b. Minimum Dimensions: 86.0 ft inside diameter x 23.5 ft water depth. 7 City of Pearland Precast Wire Wound Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Prestressed Concrete Tank Project No. 7295 13200-3 June 11, 2019 c. Dead Load: shall be the estimated weight of all permanent f imposed loads. Unit weight of concrete 150 pounds per cubic foot; steel 490 pounds per cubic foot. d. Live Load: shall be the weight of all the liquid when the reservoir is filled to overflowing. Unit weight of liquid 62.4 pounds per cubic foot. I �!f e. Total Roof Live Load: 25 psf Not Reducible. f. Backfill Pressure: Earth loads shall be determined by ( �' rational methods of soil mechanics. Backfill pressure shall not be used to reduce the amount of required prestressing. g. Foundation Loads: the tank foundation shall be I ' proportioned so that soil pressure shall be less than the soil bearing capacity. The allowable soil bearing capacity is as indicated in the geotechnical report contained in the contract documents for this project. h. Seismic Criteria: As determined by IBC 2006 and ASCE-7-05. Wind Loads: Speed = 130 MPH; Exposure — C; �� li Importance Factor — 1.15. j. Vent Capacity Requirements: )_ Maximum fill rate: 4.4 MGD MAX. ii Maximum draw down rate: 6.5 MGD MAX. 7 f 'a k. Overflow Design Capacity: 5.8 MGD MAX. 4. The precast, wire-wound prestressed tank wall shall be designed as a composite concrete wall with an embedded mechanically bonded steel diaphragm in combination with vertical mild steel reinforcement. +� �I a. The prestressed tank wall shall be considered as a cylindrical shell with partial edge restraint. r.1 b. The prestressed tank wall shall be reinforced vertically by deformed steel reinforcing rods. The continuous mechanically bonded steel diaphragm can be taken as effective vertical reinforcing. c. The prestressed tank wall shall be of precast construction. l� Shotcrete or cast-in-place concrete core walls are not permitted. City of Pearland Precast Wire-Wound ,) Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Prestressed Concrete Tank Project No. 7295 13200-4 June 11, 2019 i!1 11, 7,. , j;� j 1, I . d. A stress plate shall be required at all above grade locations '; ;; where prestress wires are displaced 24 inches or greater. The stress plate shall be designed to transfer stress across j i the opening. 1, ; , ri. II. . . , ,. e. Minimum precast wall thickness shall be four inches. f. No reduction in ring compression or tension in the wall will !; be taken due to restraint at the bottom. ,1, '� 5. The floor. slab shall be designed as a membrane floor not less than four inches thick and shall be placed monolithically. No construction 7 joints will be allowed unless otherwise approved by the engineer. Minimum ratio of floor reinforcement area to concrete area shall be 0.6 percent. Wall footings may be above or below floor grade, but shall be placed monolithically with the floor. 7 6. The dome roof shall have a rise to span ratio within the range of 1:8 to 1:14. Dome thickness shall be per referenced standard AWWA • D110, and in no case less than 4" thick for a precast dome or 3" 1'� thick for a cast-in-place dome. The dome shall be fixed to the tank wall. Columns or interior supports will not be allowed. Dome design shall be based on elastic spherical shell analysis. • ` 1.3 SUBMITTALS: I, !; A. Design Submittal: 1. Design calculations and shop drawings in quadruplicate, showing 7 details and procedures of construction, shall be submitted to the Engineer for review. After review by the Engineer, one electronic set of the drawings and calculations will be returned to the Contractor, and any changes found necessary by the Engineer shall be made by ;,'LP, the Contractor. ' 2. Review by the Engineer of the drawings and calculations submitted by the Contractor will not in any way relieve the Contractor of full responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the drawings and calculations. 7 3. Design calculations and shop drawings shall be stamped by a Professional Engineer experienced in the design of AWWA D110, Type III wire-wound, prestressed concrete tanks and registered in ,7 the State of Texas. B. Construction Submittal: : 71. Design proportions for all concrete and shotcrete. Concrete strengths of trial mixes. • ' 7. 2. Admixtures to be used in the concrete or shotcrete and their purpose. City of Pearland Precast Wire-Wound Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Prestressed Concrete Tank Project No. 7295 13200-5 June 11, 2019 7 it - ref 3. Reinforcing steel shop drawings showing fabrication and placement. 4. Catalog cuts or shop drawings of all appurtenances, i.e. hatch,vent, ladders, waterstops. rui 5. Submit under the provisions of Section 01300. 6. Reproducible mylars detailing the tank and accessories. Drawings +�' -J: shall be conformed to construction records. 1.4 GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES: A. The Contractor shall guarantee the structure against defective materials or workmanship for a period of two (2) years from the time the tank is '', placed into continuous service. See Section 01700. If any materials or , i t workmanship prove to be defective within two (2) years, they shall be replaced or repaired by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense. 1. Water placed in the tank for the purpose of initial leak testing and sub-base consolidation shall not be considered as continuous 7 1 operation. Continuous operation will commence when Contractor begins filling tank with potable water. • B. The Contractor shall warrant its design of the proposed tank structure to 0'41 be structurally and functionally suitable to serve the intended use of the I_ projected work. Such intended use is exemplified by the criteria of design, workmanship, and material expressed by the requirements of the specifications and drawings prepared by the Engineer. The Owner's or Engineer's review of the tank contractor's design, or the Owner's acceptance and final payment for the work shall not relieve the tank contractor of design responsibility. The Owner shall be the direct beneficiary of the warranty. .i it PART 2 MATERIALS j 2.1 CONCRETE: A. Concrete shall conform to ACI 301. B. Cement shall be Portland cement Type I or Type II. C. Admixtures, other than air-entraining and water reducing admixtures, will not be permitted unless approved by the Engineer. Admixtures shall comply with ACI 301. D. Concrete for tank wall and dome construction shall have a minimum compressive strength of 4,000 psi at 28 days. All precast wall and dome h concrete shall be air-entrained. / E. Concrete for the tank floor, footings, pipe encasement, and all other work shall have a minimum compressive strength of 3,500 psi at 28 days and shall not be air-entrained. The course and fine aggregate shall meet the 11 requirements of ASTM C33. Course aggregate shall be No. 467 with 100 City of Pearland Precast Wire-Wound Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Prestressed Concrete Tank Project No. 7295 13200-6 June 11, 2019 1� rr. rpercent passing the 11/2 inch sieve. Superplasticizer and water-reducing admixtures shall be incorporated into the floor concrete. Fibers shall be Microfiber by Grace, Fibermesh 150 by Propex, or equal. Fiber lengths shall be a maximum of 3/4 inches. The amount of polypropylene fibers added to the concrete mix shall conform to the manufacturer's . 7recommendations. ' F. Proportioning for concrete shall be in accordance with ACI 301. • , G. Concrete in contact with prestressing steel shall have a maximum water soluble chloride ion concentration of 0.06 percent by weight of cement. 2.2 SHOTCRETE: 7 A. Shotcrete shall conform to ACI Standard 506, except as modified herein. B. The wet mix process shall be employed for shotcreting. 7 C. Shotcrete used for covering prestressed wire shall consist of not more than three parts sand to one part Portland cement by weight. Additional 7 coats of shotcrete shall consist of not more than four parts sand to one part Portland cement by weight. Polypropylene fibers shall be included in the shotcrete used for the finish covercoat. Fibers shall be Fibercast 500 0114 by Propex, or equal. Fiber length shall be 1/4". The amount of the fibers added to the shotcrete used for the finish covercoat shall conform to the manufacturer's recommendations. Fly ash may be incorporated into the '� finish covercoat. Fly ash shall conform to ASTM C618, Type F. . Shotcrete shall have a minimum strength of 4,500 psi at 28 days. D. Shotcrete in contact with prestressing steel shall have a maximum water soluble chloride ion concentration of 0.06 percent by weight of cement. l 2.3 MORTAR FILL AND NON-SHRINK GROUT: L A. Mortar fill and non-shrink grout shall have a minimum compressive strength of 4,000 psi at 28 days. 2.4 REINFORCING STEEL: ,, A. Reinforcing steel shall be new billet steel Grade 60, as shown on the 7Drawings, meeting the requirements of ASTM A615. Welded wire fabric shall conform to ASTM A185. 7 B. Reinforcing steel shall be accurately fabricated and shall be free from loose rust, scale, and contaminants, which reduce bond. l C. Reinforcing steel shall be accurately positioned on supports, spacers, hangers, or other reinforcements and shall be secured in place with wire r ties or suitable clips. Rebar chair supports may be either steel or plastic. L D. When required by design, the tank designer shall use base restraint cables to resist earthquake loads. Seismic base restraint cables shall be hot- dipped galvanized seven-wire strand and shall be manufactured in LCity of Pearland Precast Wire Wound Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Prestressed Concrete Tank Project No. 7295 13200-7 June 11, 2019 711,; accordance with ASTM A416 prior to galvanizing, and ASTM A475 after fl galvanizing. oil 2.5 STEEL DIAPHRAGM: •1 A. The steel diaphragm shall conform to ASTM A1008 and shall be a minimum thickness of 0.017 inches. It shall be vertically ribbed with reentrant angles. The back of the channels shall be wider than the front, '' providing a mechanical keyway anchorage with the concrete and shotcrete encasement. 7' B. The steel diaphragm shall extend to within one inch of the full height of ! the wall panel with no horizontal joints. Vertical joints within a wall panel shall be roll seamed or otherwise fastened in a fashion that results in a Fl firm mechanical lock. Joints between wall panels that are not roll seamed shall be edge sealed with polysulfide or polyurethane sealant. ,,P C. -No punctures will be permitted in the diaphragm except those required for 11 pipe sleeves, temporary construction openings, or special appurtenances. . The Engineer shall approve details of the openings. All openings shall be completely edge sealed with polysulfide or polyurethane sealant. 7 1 J. D. Diaphragm steel may be considered as contributing to the vertical reinforcement of the wall. Fli ., 2.6 PRESTRESSING STEEL: I�.� A. Steel for prestressing shall be cold drawn, high carbon wire meeting the 1 j,I requirements of ASTM A821, having a minimum ultimate tensile strength of 210,000 psi. B. Splices for horizontal prestressed reinforcement shall be ferrous material � ' compatible with the reinforcement and shall develop the full strength of the wire. Wire splice and anchorage accessories shall not nick or7 otherwise damage the prestressing. .• 2.7 , ELASTOMERIC MATERIALS: i A. Nine inch minimum waterstop with centerbuib shall be polyvinyl chloride meeting the requirements of the Corps of Engineers Specification CRD-C 572. Splices shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer's f L. recommendations subject to the approval of the Engineer. B. Bearing pads shall be natural rubber or neoprene. fl 1. Natural rubber bearing pads shall contain only virgin natural polyisoprene as the raw polymer and the physical properties shall i comply with ASTM D2000 Line Call-Out M 4 AA 414 Al 3. 2. Neoprene bearing pads shall have a hardness of 40 to 50 durometer, a minimum tensile strength of 1,500 psi, a minimum elongation of 500 percent, and a maximum compressive set of 50 City of Pearland Precast Wire-Wound 7 Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Prestressed Concrete Tank. 'j Project No. 7295 13200-8 June 11, 2019 i 1 Ili, !r. 7 percent. Pads shall meet the requirements of ASTM D2000 Line Call-Out M 2 BC 410 Al 4 B14 for 40 durometer material. 7 C. Sponge filler shall be closed cell neoprene or rubber conforming to ASTM D1056, Type 2, Class A, and Grade 1. Compression deflection limited to 25 percent at two to five psi. D. Polysulfide or polyurethane sealant will be a two or three component . elastomeric compound meeting the requirements of ASTM C920. Sealants must have permanent characteristics of bond to metal surfaces, ,,.7 flexibility, and resistance to extrusion due to hydrostatic pressure. Air cured sealants shall not be used. 2.8 DECORATIVE COATINGS: 7. A. Decorative coating shall be applied to the exterior precast dome surface using one coat of a cementitious based damp-proofing product such as "Tamoseal" or equal, and one coat of a non-cementitious, high build, 100 7, percent acrylic resin polymer such as "Tammscoat Smooth" textured protective coating or equal. A decorative coating shall be applied to the exterior cast-in-place dome and wall surfaces using two coats of a non- cementitious, high build, 100 percent acrylic resin polymer such as "Tammscoat Smooth" textured protective coating or equal. Decorative 7 coating color shall match other exterior tank coatings at the Water Treatment Plant Site and shall be approved by the Engineer. !` 2.9 APPURTENANCES: A. The Contractor shall provide and install all appurtenances as shown on the drawings. Appurtenances shall include the following: . 71. Inlet, Outlet, and Drain Piping. in g. 11,r 2. Overflow Piping and Weir. 1. 3. Roof Hatch: A 40" minimum square aluminum hatch with lockable, hinged cover and curb frame. The hatch shall have a lift L. handle, padlock tab, padlock and a cover hold open mechanism. All hardware shall be aluminum or stainless steel. Locate hatch as ''7 shown on drawings. 4. Roof Ventilator: Fiberglass or Aluminum, with fiberglass insect 20 1 er g x 20 screen, minimum diameter two feet. 7 5. Fall arrest anchor equipment installed on roof vent. Fall arrest equipment shall include tank vent ring anchor, tank ring glider, rand cable lifeline assembly shown on drawings. l : 6. Interior Ladder: A fiberglass-reinforced plastic (FRP) ladder shall extend from the floor to the hatch. The ladder shall have a fall prevention device attached consisting of a sliding, locking . 7- mechanism and safety belt and complying with applicable OSHA .standards. Location as shown on the drawings. City of Pearland Precast Wire-Wound ' 7 Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Prestressed Concrete Tank Project No. 7295 13200-9 June 11, 2019 1,I .!i - 'l 7. Exterior Ladder: An aluminum ladder shall extend from eight feet III above the final grade to the tank roof. The ladder shall have an -� ii OSHA approved fall prevention device consisting of a sliding, locking mechanism and safety belt. Location as shown on the drawings. 4 i 8. Access Manway: A circular 31 inch diameter Type 304 stainless steel wall manway with a hinged cover. A Type 304 stainless n,l'i steel grab bar and an aluminum ladder shall be installed at the HI manway location. Number and Location of access man ways as fl shown on drawings. )j 9. Dome sleeve for level transmitter. 10. Dome sleeve for tank mixer. � ' '11 11. Wall Sleeve. is PART 3 CONSTRUCTION ' • 3.1 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL: `I: A. The Contractor shall excavate to such depths and widths to provide adequate room for tank construction. All foundation subgrade preparation shall be in accordance with the Geotech report. II' '1, B. The excavation shall be dewatered as required during construction. The f dewatering method used shall prevent disturbance of the tank foundation I soils. + _1 C. In the event the subgrade material is disturbed or over excavated by the '! Contractor during excavation, it shall be removed and replaced with compacted structural fill base, at the Contractor's expense. D. Structural fill material shall be provided on top of the engineered fill prior )_i! to tank construction, within a tolerance of within +0 to -1/2 inch of the bottom of the floor and footing elevations. i , 4 t. l E. The structural fill base material shall be aggregate base material, as specified in the Geotechnical report. .1 F. Backfill shall be placed to 2 inches below final grade. Topsoil shall be placed to fill the remaining 2 inches to final grade. 7 Ij 3.2 FLOOR: A. The floor and wall footings shall be constructed to the dimensions shown 1 ' on the Approved Shop Drawings. 1 j B. Prior to placement of the floor reinforcing, a six mil polyethylene moisture barrier shall be placed over the leveling base material. Joints in the polyethylene shall be overlapped a minimum of six inches. City of Pearland Precast Wire-Wound 7 : Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Prestressed Concrete Tank Project No. 7295 13200-10 June 1 1, 2019 11 11: I. . ,',I,17 iiir C. Prior to placement of the floor concrete, all piping that penetrates the ''' tr. floor shall be set and encased in concrete. i D. The vertical waterstop shall be placed and supported so that the bottom I.j � _ I:;);7 of the center bulb is at the elevation of the top of the footing. The II, ;, waterstop shall be supported without puncturing any portion of the waterstop unless it is manufactured with holes for tying. The waterstop III ', • . shall be spliced using a thermostatically controlled sealing iron and each I splice shall be successfully spark tested prior to encasement in concrete. E. The floor shall have a minimum thickness of four inches and be poured monolithically. There shall be no construction joints in the floor or `� between the floor and footing. Floors over 30,000 sq. ft. iri surface area i,)' . may, at the option of the Contractor, have one or more construction joints. Such construction joints shall be approved by the Engineer prior to placement. it7 ! F. The floor shall be cured by applying two coats of NSF 61 approved curing '; compound and/or flooding with water, and shall remain saturated for a , ,I minimum of seven days. I7 h. 3.3 PRECAST PANEL CONSTRUCTION AND ERECTION: ' 7 A. The precast wall shall be constructed with a continuous waterproof steel diaphragm embedded in the exterior of the precast panel. Horizontal joints I in the diaphragm will not be allowed. 1 B. No holes for form ties, nails, or other punctures will be permitted in the I, wall. I ; !'L7 C. Temporary wall openings may be provided for access and removal of construction materials from the tank interior subject to the approval of the Engineer. L. D. Wall and dome panel beds shall be located around the periphery of the tank as required. The beds shall be constructed to provide finished panels !:7 with the proper curvature of the tank. E. Polyethylene sheeting shall be placed between successive pours to I,,7provide a high moisture environment and a long slow cure for the concrete. F. The erecting crane and lifting equipment shall be capable of lifting and placing the precast panels to their proper location without causing 7 damage to the panel. :7 G. The precast panels shall be erected to the correct vertical and circumferential alignment. The edges of adjoining panels shall not vary inwardly or outwardly by more than 3/8 inch and shall be placed to the , tank radius within + 3/8 inch. ' City of Pearland Precast Wire-Wound LL Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Prestressed Concrete Tank Project No. 7295 13200-11 June 11, 2019 pI! J It Till H. Joints between precast wall panels shall be bridged with a 10 gauge steel flit or of urethane and filled with mortar I!jt plate edge sealed with polysulfidepolyurethane ,i 1I, as shown on the drawings. No through-wall ties will be permitted. dr i I. Minimum dome and wall panel thickness shall be four inches. �_ e,�,1 3.4 CONCRETE: j 1.1 !I{ A. All concrete shall be conveyed, placed, finished, and cured as required by .111 dd pertinent ACI standards. , Iidil B. Weather Limitations sildild ;i L' 1. Unless specifically authorized in writing by the Engineer, concrete 11 shall not be placed without special protection during cold weather ) I id when the ambient temperature is below 35 degrees Fahrenheit ii;j and when the concrete is likely to be subjected to freezing temperatures before initial set has occurred and the concrete ) HI strength has reached 500 psi. Concrete shall be protected in 1 �� i • accordance with ACI 306. The temperature of the concrete shall 'd be maintained in accordance with the requirements of ACI 301 711; and ACI 306. All methods and equipment for heating and for )111 protecting concrete in place shall be subject to the approval of the dd Engineer. ...i : ' f 2. During hot weather, concreting shall be in accordance with the •`; requirements of ACI 305. If dd 1-3 3. Placement of concrete during periods of low humidity (below 50 percent) shall be avoided when feasible and economically oft.1 possible, particularly when large surface areas are to be finished. In anyevent, surfaces exposed to drying wind shall be covered : , P Y 9 with polyethylene sheets immediately after finishing, or flooded 11 with water, or shall be water cured continuously from the time 11 , the concrete has taken initial set. NSF 61 approved curing ..�1, compounds may be used in conjunction with water curing, provided they are compatible with coatings that may later be 7 applied, or they are degradable. I ; - C. Finishes: t' 1. The tank shall be givenfollowing the finishes: The floor slab shall receive a bull float finish or Fresno finish. L� 2. The interior of precast wall panels shall receive a light broom d 1 finish. `I 3. The exterior of precast dome panels, dome slots, and cast-in-place L 1 domes shall receive a light broom finish. 4. Exterior shotcrete shall receive a nozzle finish. 7 1 ' City of Pearland Precast Wire-Wound di d Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Prestressed Concrete Tank 1 '; Project No. 7295 13200-12 June 11, 2019 ill I1 ': 17 D. Curing: 1. Concrete shall be cured using water methods, sealing materials, 7 or curing compounds. Curing compounds shall not be used on surfaces to which decorative coatings, mortar, or shotcrete is to be applied. Curing compounds used within the tank shall be suitable for use with potable water and shall be NSF 61 approved. E. Testing: I'�. 1. For concrete placed in precast panels or wall slots, a set of three 1, cylinders shall be made for each truck load of concrete placed. '_ F11 7or concrete placed in the floor, dome ring, or dome slots, two i; sets of three cylinders for the first 50 cubic yards, and one set of three cylinders for every 100 cubic yards thereafter placed in the same day. One cylinder shall be tested at seven days, one at 28 rdays, and one held as a spare. 2. Slump, air content and temperature testing shall be performed on each truck where cylinders are taken. ,7 , _ 3. All concrete testing shall be in accordance with ASTM C31 and C39, at the expense of the contractor, and shall be conducted by ,, 7an independent testing agency approved by the Engineer. 3.5 SHOTCRETING: 7 A. Weather Limitations: 1. Shotcrete shall not be placed in freezing weather without 7 . provisions for protection against freezing. Shotcrete placement can start without special protection when the temperature is 35 degrees Fahrenheit and rising, and must be suspended when the 'if temperature is 40 degrees Fahrenheit and falling. The surface to which the shotcrete is applied must be free from frost. Cold weather shotcreting shall be in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 306. 2. Hot weather shotcreting shall be in accordance with the ,7requirements of ACI 301 and ACI 305. B. Coating of Steel Diaphragm: 7 1. The steel diaphragm shall be covered with a layer of shotcrete at least 1/2 inch thick prior to prestressing. 7 2. Total minimum coating over the steel diaphragm shall be 11/2 inches including diaphragm cover, wire cover, and finish covercoat. , 7, C. Coating Over Prestressing Wire: ,' 7. City of Pearland Precast Wire Wound Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Prestressed Concrete Tank Project No. 7295 13200-13 June 11, 2019 r. jl ill 1. Each prestress wire shall be individually encased in shotcrete. r 'il Wire coat thickness shall be sufficient to provide a clear cover 1"LI i 1 .1 over the wire of at least '/a inch. 2. Finish covercoat shotcrete shall be applied as soon as practical L 1. after the last application of wire coat. The total thickness of 11 shotcrete shall not be less than one inch over the wire. ill D. Placement of Shotcrete: j, l;l 1. Shotcrete shall be applied with the nozzle held at a small upwardlth angle not exceeding five degrees and constantly moving during .Il application in a smooth motion with the nozzle pointing in a radial 1il direction toward the center of the tank. The nozzle distance from the prestressing shall be such that shotcrete does not build up or cover the front face of the wire until the spaces behind and „1 between the prestressing elements are filled. ` 'Iii 2. Total covercoat thickness shall be controlled by shooting guide • 'I', wires. Vertical wires shall be installed under tension and spaced 1 no more than three feet apart to establish uniform and correct �' . coating thickness. Monofilament line (100 lb. test) or 18 or 20 �I ! gauge high tensile strength steel wire shall be used. Guide wires .1, shall be removed after placement of the covercoat. 111 E. Curing: .1' �I. 1. Shotcrete shall be cured using water curing methods or sealing ) materials at the option of the Contractor. Any shotcrete that will i'l. ever come into contact with potable water shall be cured with '�, NSF 61 approved curing compounds if curing compounds are used by the Contractor. )- k, F. Testing: fl:ii l. • 1. Testing of shotcrete shall be in accordance with ACI 506, except '' as specified herein. One test panel shall be made for each of the • I following operations: corewall, cove, wire cover, and covercoat. ) , Test panels shall be made from the shotcrete as it is being placed, and shall, as nearly as possible, represent the material being applied. The method of making a test sample shall be as follows: 71 A frame of wire fabric (one foot square, three inches in depth) shall be secured to a plywood panel and hung or placed in the location where shotcrete is being placed. This form shall be filled 7 in layers simultaneously with the nearby application. After 24 + ) 1 hours, the fabric and plywood backup shall be removed and the sample slab placed in a safe location at the site. 7 3I 2. The sample slab shall be moist cured in a manner identical with the regular surface application. The sample slab shall be sent to the testing laboratory. Nine three inch cubes shall be cut from7 . the sample slab and subjected to compression tests in accordance with current ASTM Standards. Three cubes shall be tested at the City of Pearland Precast Wire-Wound f7 Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Prestressed Concrete Tank Project No. 7295 13200-14 June 11, 2019 i !!,,I' „,i hi. 7 1.,,, ,1,: . !I . age of 7 days, three shall be tested at the age of 28 days, and three shall be retained as spares. Testing shall be by an ''' independent testinglaboratory,p approved by the Engineer and at the Contractor's expense. r. ' ' 3.6 PRESTRESSING: i .L_ A. Prestressing wire will be placed on the wall with a wire winding machine capable of consistently producing a stress in the wire within a range of .1;. minus seven percent to plus seven percent of the stress required by the j: design. No circumferential movement of the wire along the tank wall will be permitted during or after stressing the wire. Stressing may be accomplished by drawing the wire through a die or by another process I '77, - that results in uninterrupted elongation, thus assuring uniform stress . throughout its length and over the periphery of the tank. '� B. Each coil of prestressing wire shall be temporarily anchored at sufficient intervals to minimize the loss of prestress in case a wire breaks during wrapping. I, ;.7 C. Minimum clear space between prestressing wires is 5/16 inch or 1.5 wire diameters, whichever is greater. Any wires not meeting the spacing requirements shall be respaced. Prestressing shall be placed no closer .� than two inches from the top of the wall, edges of openings, or inserts, nor closer than three inches from the base of walls or floors where radial • I movement may occur. jD. The band of prestressing normally required over the height of an opening shall be displaced into circumferential bands immediately above and below the opening to maintain the required prestressing force. Bundling of wires shall be prohibited. E. A stress plate shall be used at all permanent wall penetrations above grade that results in displacement of wire equal to or greater than 24 inches in height. The stress plate shall accommodate a portion of the prestressing wires normally required for the height of the opening. The ,. remaining prestress wires normally required shall be displaced into L, circumferential bands immediately above and below the penetration. The i.' effect of banded prestressing shall be taken into account in the design. 7 F. Ends of individual coils shall be joined by suitable steel splicing devices capable of developing the full strength of the wire. G. The Contractor shall furnish a calibrated stress recording device, which ,7.- can be recalibrated, to be used in determining wire stress levels on the wall during and after the prestressing process. At least one stress reading per vertical foot or one stress reading for every roll of wire, whichever is • - greater, shall be taken immediately after the wire has been applied on the wall. Readings shall be recorded and shall refer to the applicable height , 7 and layer of wire for which the stress is being taken. The.Contractor shall keep a written record of stress readings. All stress readings shall be made - on straight lengths of wire. If applied stresses fall below the design stress . 7 in the steel, additional wire will be provided to bring the force on the City of Pearland Precast Wire-Wound Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Prestressed Concrete Tank 7 Project No. 7295 13200-15 June 11, 2019 , { I corewall up to the required design force. If the stress in the steel is more �i� 1, than seven percent over the required design stress, the wrapping operation should be discontinued, and satisfactory adjustment made to `` the stressing equipment before proceeding. nlq11 ,, 3.7 DECORATIVE COATINGS: �1� 71,E A. All exposed exterior dome surfaces shall be given a two-coat finish ",!, consisting of one coat of damp-proofing product such as "Tamoseal with , ` 1 AKKRO-7T" or equal, and one coat of "Tammscoat Smooth". All exterior ` � exposed wall surfaces shall be given a two-coat finish of a non- cementitious 100 percent acrylic such as "Tammscoat Smooth". Work 4 '1 shall be performed by workmen skilled in the application of these types j 0.a' of products. The manufacturer's application instructions shall be I ,`d submitted to the Engineer for approval. The Contractor shall confer with the manufacturer's representatives regarding application techniques and ,1,1 shall follow the manufacturer's instructions implicitly. I B. The concrete surface to be coated must be clean, free of all laitance, dirt, grease, or other foreign materials. All defective surfaces shall be filled and/or repaired. Application shall be in full accordance with the l manufacturer's instructions or as amended by the Engineer. C. The color of the exterior wall surfaces shall be selected by the Owner J . during the construction phase. 1 ,, 3.8 DISINFECTION: 7 1 A. Upon completion, the tank shall be disinfected by others at a later time. 1' 3.9 WATERTIGHTNESS TEST: j7 r A. Upon completion, the tank shall be tested to determine watertightness. The tank shall be filled with potable water to the maximum level. Water ' 6 ' will be furnished to the tank by OTHERS. The tank shall remain filled for ,. a period of at least 48 hours to allow for absorption and initial settlement, and refilled full. j,I B. The test shall consist of measuring the liquid level over the next 72 hours to determine if any change has occurred. The net drop in liquid level shall not exceed the maximum allowable of 0.05 of 1 percent per 24-hour period. 5 C. If a change is observed and exceeds the maximum allowance, the test shall be extended to a total of five days. If at the end of five days the ri average daily change has not exceeded the maximum allowance, the test shall be considered satisfactory. If the liquid volume loss exceeds this 7 amount, it shall be considered excessive, and the tank shall be repaired t ', and retested. D. Damp spots will not be permitted at any location on the tank wall. Damp J)', spots are defined as spots where moisture can be picked up on a dry hand. All such areas shall be repaired as necessary. City of Pearland Precast Wire-Wound Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Prestressed Concrete Tank 1 Project No. 7295 13200-16 June 11, 2019 )1 I 1' 1 7 E. Damp spots or standing water on the footing may occur upon tank filling and are permissible within the allowable volume loss. Measurable flow in ;,!. this area is not permissible and must be corrected. 3.10 CLEAN-UP: i' 1,. lir A. The premises shall be kept clean and orderly at all times during the work. IL Upon completion of construction, the contractor shall remove or ' otherwise dispose of all rubbish and other materials caused by the i l construction operation. The Contractor shall leave the premises in as 1;ril good a condition as it was found. . END OF SECTION i r .. , . , , : 7 , . ., 7 1117 . . . , . , . . , .. , . ,: . 7 . . . , . . .‘ . . : . r . . ._. r. , ,,,„ 1, City of Pearland Precast Wire Wound Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Prestressed Concrete Tank Project No. 7295 13200-17 June 11, 2019 hi I + SECTION 15060 1. PIPES AND PIPE FITTINGS PART 1 GENERAL i, 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES: A. Furnishing and installing all mechanical pipe, fittings and other appurtenances. ' 1.2 REFERENCES: A. AWWA C110 & C110a — Gray Iron and Ductile Iron Fittings 2-inch through 48-inch, for Water and Other Liquids. B. AWWA C111 — Rubber Gasket Joints for Cast Iron and Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. C. AWWA C150 — Thickness Design of Ductile Iron Pipe. D. , AWWA C104 — Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water. E. AWWA C151 — Ductile Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast in Metal Mold or Sand Lined Mold, for Water or Other Liquids. 7, F. ANSI B16.1 — Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. G. ASTM D3033 — Type PSP Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. H. ASTM D3034— Type PSM Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. I. ASTM D1784 — Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride). J. ASTM D2241 — Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pressure Rated Pipe (SDR Series). K. ASTM D2564 — Solvent Cement for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings. L. ASTM A53 — Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc Coated Welded and Seamless. M. ASTM D2412 — Standard Test Method for Determination of External Loading Characteristics of Plastic Pipe by Parallel-Plate-Loading. 1.3 SUBMITTALS: A. Section 01300 — Procedures for Submittals. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's product data sheets on all materials incorporated into work. City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Pipes and Pipe Fittings Project No. 7295 15060 - 1 June 11, 2019 7. I, 'll ,I{ 'Ij nn• ;'{ C. Quality Control Submittals: For information only. 1 :'li ;ii 1. Certificates: Manufacturer's certificates attesting compliance with i;1, applicable Specifications for grades, types, classes, and other �i properties. 'N1nl r„ D. Contract Closeout Submittals: �fl,.' 1. Project Record Documents: Submit documentation according to Section 01700. Accurately record installed locations of valves, piping, r ..,, { and accessories. ;I li 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE: 71 ,i1 A. All pipe shall be marked in accordance with applicable standard specification 1 ' ";! under which pipe is manufactured unless otherwise specified. ! B. Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. �, C. Pipe shall be kept clean of all foreign matter. - 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: 7. 1 i A. Each load of pipe delivered to the job site may be inspected by the Engineer. i! 11111 B. Pipe sections shall be transported with ends covered to prevent debris from 1 entering or accumulating in the pipe during transport. l'' 11 ,_ PART 2 PRODUCTS 11 7 1 2.1 PLANT PIPING SYSTEMS: „'. A. Pipe: 4�,' , r r 1. Ductile Iron Pipe: a. Pipe shall meet ANSI/AWWA C115/A21.15 and ANSI/AWWA (. C151/A21.51. il j II b. Ductile iron pipe shall have a minimum Pressure Class of 350 unless otherwise noted, and joints shall be Class 125 meeting C ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10 (250 psi working pressure). 1 c. Lining — Ductile iron pipes, fittings, and appurtenances shall be fl furnished with corrosion resistant interior lining furnished by ] the manufacturer: i Polyethylene "POLYBOND PLUS". ).1 ii Polyurethane "Corropipe II TX 5". I iii Ceramic-Epoxy "Protecto 401". 1 iv Or Engineer approved equal. fl City of Pearland I7 Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Pipes and Pipe Fittings Project No. 7295 15060 - 2 June 11, 2019 II IIlllllllli , d. Exterior Coating — Exposed Ductile iron pipe, fittings, and i I, appurtenances shall be commercial blast cleaned (SSPC-SP6) i'I F and coated with the following: 1' i First coat of Tenemec Series 66-1211 H.B. (or equal) �1, at 3.0 dft mils. ' 7 ii Second coat of Tenemec Series 66-color H.B. (as selected by the Owner) at 5.0 dft. : 7 2. PVC Pipe — Pressure Pipe: AWWA C900. a. DR18 — Pressure Class 150. i b. Joints shall be integral bell with flexible elastomeric seal. ;; 3. PVC Pipe — Pressure Pipe: AWWA C905. ;1 r a. DR25 - Pressure Class 100. j b. Joints shall be integral bell with flexible elastomeric seal. II i B. Joints: d . . 1. Ductile Iron Pipe: ! a. Joint material for Ductile Pipe shall be rubber-gasket type conforming to ANSI/AWWA C1 1 1/A21.1 1. I'! b. The gaskets shall be furnished by the pipe manufacturer. 11 C. Fittings: !I, 1. Fittings shall have a minimum performance capability of the pressure pipe joints. ;• j; • 2. Above grade Ductile Iron-Fittings shall be flanged-type meeting ANSI . AWWA C110/A21.10 Class 125 flanges and ANSI/AWWA I C115/A21.15 lining per 2.1A.1.c. kr I,; 3. Buried fittings shall be mechanical joint, Ductile Iron, AWWA C1 10 (non-compact) or AWWA C153 (compact). Interior shall be coated as specified in 2.1.A.a.c above. Exterior shall be bituminous coated. Wrap buried fittings with 8-mil polyethylene encasement, AWWA j!IliC105. Fitting working pressure rated to 350 psi. 11-LL4. Exterior coating of above-grade fittings shall be applied as specified in 2.1.A.a.d. CD. Restrained Joins on PVC Pipe: 1'' j , 1. Restraint devices: Manufacture of high strength ductile iron, ASTM i 7. A536 up to 24 inches, and ASTM A 36 for sizes 30 inches or greater. +. Working pressure rating twice that of design test pressure. ir , City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Pipes and Pipe Fittings Project No. 7295 15060 - 3 June 11, 2019 7 1 'III 117, II 2. Bolts and connecting hardware: High strength low alloy material in fl accordance with ANSI A21.11/AWWA C111. - 11 2.2 ACCESSORIES: 7I1 I A. Pipe Couplings: I 1. Long sleeve, cast coupling. j ,, 2. Dresser Style 253 or approved equivalent. 3. Coat exterior in accordance with 2.1.A.1.d. ; B. Flanged Coupling Adapters: ` ,,11 9 P 9 P j I Il 1: Conform to ASTM A536 Cast Iron. 711 2. EBBA Iron Series 2100, or approved equivalent. iy '! (;I C. Expansion Joints: �Il il 1. Materials: 1.II i,1;{ a. Bellows: PTFE-62 for chemical tanks; Rubber for all other 71 applications. , `� !j b. Rubber shall be coated with a UV inhibitor for all exterior • 1 applications. _ I c. Flanges: 316 SS. , -l;1 d. Limit bolts and nuts: 316 SS. �. 1, e. Reinforcing rings: 316 'SS. fl it 2. Pressure rating: 150 psig. 3. Minimum axial movement 1/2 inch. 1 1 Il 4. For pipe sizes 10" and larger, the expansion joints shall be supplied - '{ with 316 SS stiffening retaining rings no less than 1/2" thick. For all 1 ' expansion joints adjoining to PVC flanges (regardless of size); stiffening retaining rings (316 SS) shall be provided. PART 3 EXECUTION =--j!I 3.1 PREPARATION: -I a A. Conform to applicable installation specifications for types of pipe used. I;, B. Employ workmen who are skilled and experienced in laying pipe of type and joint configuration being furnished. Provide watertight pipe and pipe joints. C. Lay pipe to lines and grades shown on Drawings. fl City of Pearland 7 I Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Pipes and Pipe Fittings { ''11 Project No. 7295 15060 - 4 June 11, 2019 "11 lIl i, 1, 74 D. Where above clearances cannot be attained, and special design has not been i I� provided on Drawings, obtain direction from Engineer before proceeding with construction. E. Contractor is responsible for assuring chosen manufacturer fulfills I! requirements for extra fittings and, therefore, is responsible for costs due to 7 downtime if requirements are not met. 3.2 HANDLING, CLEANING ANDI INSPECITON: r i A. Handling: , , , 1. Place pipe along project site where storm water or other water will not 1. • enter or pass through pipe. Pipe ends shall remain sealed until pipe is 'L : ready to be installed. Contractor shall follow preventative and corrective measures during construction as stated in C-651 Sec. 4.3. 7 2. Load, transport, unload, and otherwise handle pipe and fittings to prevent damage of any kind. Handle and transport pipe with equipment designed, constructed and arranged to prevent damage to pipe, lining 'r and coating. Do not permit bare chains, hooks, metal bars, or narrow skids or cradles to come in contact with coatings. Where required, provide pipe fittings with sufficient interior strutting or cross bracing !f. to prevent deflection under their own weight. ' 3. Hoist pipe from trench side into trench by means of sling of smooth steel cable, canvas, leather, nylon or similar material. 4. For large diameter pipes, handle pipe only by means of sling of canvas, 7 leather, nylon, or similar material. Sling shall be minimum 36 inches in width. Do not tear or wrinkle tape layers. 5.- Use precautions to prevent injury to pipe, protective linings and 7 coatings. a. Package stacked pipe on timbers. Place protective pads under I banding straps at time of packaging. �' b. Pad fork trucks with carpet or other suitable material. Use F nylon straps around pipe for lift when relocating pipe with !, crane or backhoe. L c. Do not lift pipe using hooks at each end of pipe. 7 d. Do not place debris, tools, clothing, or other materials on pipe. '7 6. Repair damage to pipe or protective lining and coating before final acceptance. 77. Reject pipe with visible cracks (not meeting exceptions) and remove from project site. City of Pearland ILA Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Pipes and Pipe Fittings Project No. 7295 15060 - 5 June 11, 2019 iI I fj 7' i i! , 0,1 8. Wrap ductile iron piping fittings, and valves with 8 mil polyethylene i I!•j film, AWWA C105, with edges overlapped and securely taped with E, duct tape to prevent contact between pipe and surrounding bedding. i;i Repair punctures with duct tape to restore the protective continuous . wrap before backfilling. .1�,1 i B. Cleaning: Thoroughly clean and dry interior of pipe and fittings of foreign 91 I; matter before installation, and keep interior clean until Work has been ° accepted. Keep joint contact surfaces clean until jointing is completed. Do not 1°11 GI place debris, tools, clothing or other materials in pipe. After pipe laying and fll ! joining operations are completed, clean inside of pipe and remove debris. , C. Inspection: Before installation, inspect each pipe and fitting for defects. Reject ,.;I defective, damaged or unsound pipe and fittings and remove them from site. I 11'i 11 „I 3.3 EARTHWORK: ', ., A. Conform to applicable provisions of Section 02225 - Excavation, Backfilling, jfl , and Compacting for Utilities. :11 B. Bedding: Use bedding materials in conformance with Section 02225 - Excavation, Backfilling, and Compacting for Utilities. - it C. Backfill: Use bank run sand or earth or native soil as specified in Section 02225 -j�; - Excavation, Backfilling, and Compacting for Utilities. Backfill excavated LS'111�, areas in same day excavated. When not possible, cover excavated areas using steel plates on paved areas and other protective measures elsewhere. mmi,;1 I it I_11 D. Place material in uniform layers of prescribed maximum loose thickness and ; ij wet or dry material to approximately optimum moisture content. Compact to ;1 prescribed density Water tamping is not allowed. 7 'I E. Pipe Embedment: Including 6-inch pipe bedding and backfill to 6 inches above 7 , top of pipe. 3.4 PIPE CUTTING: A. Cut pipe 12 inches and smaller with standard wheel pipe cutters. Cut pipe fl larger than 12 inches in manner approved by Engineer. Make cuts smooth and at right angles to axis of pipe. Bevel plain end with heavy file or grinder to remove sharp edges. 1-1,1 I! 3.5 PIPING INSTALLATION: 7 ; A. General Requirements: 1. Lay pipe in subgrade free of water. I 2. Make adjustments of pipe to line and grade by scraping away subgrade or filling in with granular material. 3. Properly form bedding to fully support bell without wedging or blocking '-);1; up bell. 1. kr City of Pearland ° l Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Pipes and Pipe Fittings I , Project No. 7295 15060 - 6 • June 1 1, 2019 7; °, ii , i 4. Open Cut Construction: Keep pipe trenches free of water which might , impair pipe laying operations. Grade pipe to provide uniform support 1 along bottom of pipe. 5. Excavate.for bell holes after bottom has been graded and in advance of placing pipe. Lay not more than nominal city block length or not , i: more than 300 feet of pipe in trench ahead of backfilling operations. Cover or backfill laid pipe if pipe laying operations are interrupted and ; during non-working hours. Place backfill carefully and simultaneously i` on each side of pipe to avoid lateral displacement of pipe and damage 4 to joints. If adjustment of pipe is required after it has been laid, remove and re-lay as new pipe. i B. Install pipe continuously and uninterrupted along each pipe route on which work is to be performed. Obtain approval of Engineer prior to skipping any jportion of Work: i Fr C. Protection of Pipeline: Securely place stoppers or bulkheads in openings and in end of line when construction is stopped temporarily and at end of each `. day's work. 1 D. Critical Location Investigation: ' 1. Horizontal and vertical location of various underground lines shown on -1.-, Drawings, including but not limited to water lines, gas lines, storm sewers, sanitary sewers, telecommunication lines, electric lines or 1 power ducts, pipelines, concrete and debris, are based on best , 7 III information available but are only approximate locations. At Critical Locations shown on Drawings, field verify horizontal and vertical locations of such lines within zone 2 feet vertically and 4 feet Ir. horizontally of proposed work. a. Verify location of existing utilities minimum of 7 working days 11 in advance of pipe laying activities based on daily pipe laying ' 7 rate. Use extreme caution and care when uncovering these 1 lines. , b. Notify Engineer in writing immediately upon identification of obstruction. In event of failure to identify obstruction in minimum of 7 days, Contractor will not be entitled to extra 7 cost for downtime including, but not limited to, payroll, ,, equipment, overhead, demobilization and remobilization, until 7 days has passed from time Engineer is notified of i : . a obstruction. 1,' 2. Notify involved utility companies of date and time that investigation Iy excavation will occur and request that their respective utility lines be marked in field. Comply with utility or pipeline company requirements '1 1± that their representative be present during excavation. Provide i i, Engineer with 48 hours notice prior to field excavation or related work. r 1 i City of Pearland� Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Pipes and Pipe Fittings 1 Project No. 7295 15060 - 7 June 11, 2019 Fr 3. Survey vertical and horizontal locations of obstructions relative to a project baseline and datum and plot on 12 inch by 18 inch copy of 7 Drawings. For large diameter pipelines (20" or larger), submit to Engineer for approval, horizontal and vertical alignment dimensions for connections to existing lines, tied into project baseline, signed and sealed by R.P.L.S. E. Laying Large Diameter Pipe Line (20" or larger): 1. Lay not more than 50 feet of pipe in trench ahead of backfilling ,w operations. 2. Dig trench proper width as shown. When trench width below top of pipe becomes 4 feet wider than specified, install higher class of pipe or improved bedding, as determined by Engineer. No additional payment will be made for higher class of pipe or improved bedding. 3. Use adequate surveying methods and equipment; employ personnel competent in use of this equipment. Horizontal and vertical deviations from alignment as indicated on Drawings shall not exceed 0.10 feet. Measure and record "as-built" horizontal alignment and vertical grade at maximum of every 100 feet on record drawings. 4. Prevent damage to coating when placing backfill. Use backfill material free of large rocks or stones, or other material which could damage coatings. 5. Before assembling couplings, lightly coat pipe ends and outside of gaskets with cup grease or liquid vegetable soap to facilitate -" installation. 6. Prior to proceeding with critical tie-ins submit sequence of work based on findings from "critical location" effort. F. Marking Tape shall be approved by the Engineer and placed 12" above the crown of the pipe for open cut trenching and pipe lines. The metallic tape shall identify the service type by color and be American Public Works Association (APWA) compliant. Tape shall be 6" wide and have an aluminum core encased in polyethylene, minimum thickness at 5 mil. G. For tie-ins to existing pipe lines, provide necessary material on hand to facilitate connection prior to shutting down existing water line. Provide City a minimum of two weeks' notice prior to shutting down existing pipe lines. 3.6 JOINTS AND JOINTING: A. Rubber Gasketed Bell-and-Spigot Joints for PVC pipe. 1. After rubber gasket is placed in spigot groove of pipe, equalize rubber gasket cross section by inserting tool or bar recommended by manufacturer under rubber gasket and moving it around periphery of j pipe spigot. City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Pipes and Pipe Fittings - Project No. 7295 15060 - 8 . June 11, 2019 tiit '� ., ' 7 2. Lubricate gaskets with nontoxic water-soluble lubricant before pipe II units are joined. C. 3. Fit pipe units together in manner to avoid twisting or otherwise displacing or damaging rubber gasket. i 4. After pipe sections are joined, check gaskets to ensure that no I L displacement of gasket has occurred. If displacement has occurred, remove pipe section and remake joint as for new pipe. Remove old I,7 gasket, inspect for damage and replace, if necessary, before remaking I joint. !'75. Where preventing movement of 20-inch diameter or greater pipe is { necessary due to thrust, use restrained joints as shown on Drawings. • a. Include buoyancy conditions for soil unit weight when • 1:7, . computing thrust restraint calculations. I I . b. Do not include passive resistance of soil in thrust restraint I!ri, calculations. ! B. Flanged Joints where required on Ductile Iron Pipe. ill 1. AWWA C 207. Prior to installation of bolts, accurately center and !' . 1 ' align flanged joints to prevent mechanical pre-stressing of flanges, pipe I; and equipment. Align bolt holes to straddle vertical, horizontal or il 1 north-south center line. Do not exceed 3/64 inch per foot inclination I of flange face from true alignment. 2. Use full-face gaskets for flanged joints. Provide 1/8-inch-thick cloth inserted rubber gasket material. Cut gaskets at factory to proper I I. - dimensions. I it 3. Use galvanized or black nuts and bolts to match flange material. Use II I cadmium plated steel nuts and bolts underground. Tighten bolts I ; progressively to prevent unbalanced stress. Maintain at all times ,I;r approximately same distance between two flanges at points around flanges. Tighten bolts alternately (180° apart) until all are evenly tight. �l Draw bolts tight to ensure proper seating of gaskets. Provide Densco petroleum based tape or approved equal for all exposed portions of Inuts, bolts and pipe. I I -4. For in-line flange joints 30 inches in diameter and greater, provide • ,LirPyrox G-10 with nitrite seal, conforming to ANSI A 21.11 mechanical joint gaskets. For in-line flange joints sized between 12 inches in ,I; diameter and greater and 24 inches in diameter and smaller, provide II „7 Phenolic PSI with nitrite seal gasket conforming to ANSI A 21.11 mechanical joint gaskets. II) , II . 117 .1 _ 1 i, . I,p, Id ; City of Pearland f Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Pipes and Pipe Fittings Project No. 7295 15060 - 9 June 11, 2019 (jr _ 'I.I I II 1 P.Ii1 C. Restrained Joints: ,I_ I 1. Thrust restraint lengths shown on Drawings are minimum anticipated I' lengths. These lengths are based on deflections indicated and on use of PVC pipe. Adjustments in deflections or use of other pipe material l` may result in reduction or increase of thrust lengths. Perform calculations by pipe manufacturer to verify proposed thrust restraint 1 lengths.. Submit calculations for all pipe materials sealed by a U 1; registered Professional Engineer in State of Texas for review by Engineer. Make adjustments in thrust restraint lengths at no additional ,;,• r cost to City. k,,j 2. Passive resistance of soil will not be permitted in calculation of thrust restraint: 7: , 1 3. Installation. 'j a. Install restrained joints mechanism in accordance with 71' manufacturer's recommendations. ?; b. Examine and clean mechanism; remove dirt, debris and other fl forei9n material.. c. Verify gasket is evenly seated. ri d. Do not over stab pipe into mechanism. Iell 4. Prevent any lateral movement of thrust restraints throughout pressure testing and operation. I, il D. Large Diameter Pipe Main Joint Testing: In addition to testing individual joints fl with feeler au e a roximatel 1/2 inch wide and 0.015-inch thick, use other gauge approximately „,, joint testing procedure approved or recommended by pipe manufacturer which wir will help ensure watertight installation prior to backfilling. Perform tests at no I additional cost to City. E. Make curves and bends by deflecting joints or other method as recommended ;I ' by manufacturer and approved by Engineer. Submit details of other methods 1 I' of providing curves and bends which exceed manufacturer's recommended deflection prior to installation. ! tl 1. Deflection of pipe joints shall not exceed maximum deflection recommended by pipe manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated on '' Drawings. i i. 2. If deflection exceeds that specified but is less than 5 percent, repair entire deflected pipe section such that maximum deflection allowed is not exceeded. 1 3. If deflection is equal to or exceeds 5 percent from that specified, 71 remove entire portion of deflected pipe section and install new pipe. , I ,11 l i City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0' MG GST Pipes and Pipe Fittings ' ''1 Project No. 7295 15060 - 10 June 1 1, 2019 ;, ' :EI' , 7 i{; `,,, 4. Replace, repair, or reapply coatings and linings as required. io ool '' 5. Assessment of deflection may be measured by Engineer at location along pipe. Arithmetical averages of deflection or similar average , ;� measurement methods will not be deemed as meeting intent of standard. I; ; 6. When rubber gasketed pipe is laid on curve, join pipe in straight alignment and then deflect to curved alignment. tor 3.7 SECURING, SUPPORTING AND ANCHORING: `o A. Support piping as shown on Drawings and. as specified in this Section, to . 'Fr maintain line and grade and prevent transfer of stress to adjacent structures. B. Use adequate temporary blocking of fittings when making connections to Li ! distribution system and during hydrostatic tests. Use sufficient anchorage and blocking to resist stresses and forces encountered while tapping existing water oo iI)i line. 3.8 POLYETHYLENE WRAP FOR DUCTILE IRON PIPE: ; ,7 A. Double wrap pipe and appurtenances (except fire hydrants and fusion bond or polyurethane coated fittings) with 8-mil polyethylene film. {' B. Conform to requirements of AWWA C105. r 3.9 CLEANUP AND RESTORATION: ;I ;.r A. Provide cleanup and restoration crews to work closely behind pipe laying . crews, and where necessary, hydrostatic testing, service transfers, abandonment of old pipe lines, backfill and surface restoration. I 4 3.10 CLEANING PIPING SYSTEMS: „ i A. Remove construction debris or foreign material and thoroughly broom clean 8 ; and flush piping systems. Provide temporary connections, equipment and ' labor for cleaning. o 3.11 FIELD HYDROSTATIC TESTS: ; '` A. Hydrostatic Tests: Pressure test completed water lines hydrostatically. a Provide pumps, gauges, meters, and other equipment necessary for performance of tests. h, 1. Pressure at the lowest point in the test section shall be at least 100 percent, but not more than 120 percent of pressure rating of the pipe. d 2. Minimum pressure at the highest point in the test section shall not be )!" less than 85 percent of the pipe's pressure rating. ,7 1! 3.. Leakage shall not exceed 10 gallons per inch or pipe diameter per mile i 1'- of pipe per 24 hours. City of Pearland 11 ' Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Pipes and Pipe Fittings Oi l i Project No. 7295 15060 - 1 1 June 11, 2019 1, t 11, 4. Minimum test duration shall be 4 hours. 5. Maintain records of: a. Date tests were performed. b. Names of people in attendance. c. Location of test section. d. Brand name of pipe and pressure rating. 6. Failed test sections shall be repaired and retested at the Contractor's expense. I1 END OF SECTION { Y d I � f r 1�9 City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Pipes and Pipe Fittings Project No. 7295 15060 - 12 June 11, 2019 ' SECTION 15101 i- GATE VALVES !� PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES: A. Gate valves for water service. 1 ,r- 1.2 REFERENCES: I j+ A. ASTM B62--Standard Specifications for Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal lir! Castings. Ili 1 B. ANSI B16.1--Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. ; i C. AWWA C509--Resilient Seated Gate Valve. ! . j7` D. AWWA C500--Double Disc Gate Valve. 1 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION: , 7 A. Valves 4-inch through 48-inch shall be manufactured in accordance with AWWA C509. Valves smaller than 4-inch shall be manufactured in accordance with AWWA C500. B. Where the requirements of these specifications conflict, with AWWA C509 and AWWA C500, these specifications shall govern.7 1.4 SUBMITTALS: II' ,11 A. Provide the following information in accordance with Section 01300: ,i7 1. Dimensional information. ''1,, 2. Manufacturer's installation, operation, and maintenance instructions. Irk 3. Recommended list of spare parts. 11 { 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: A. Storage: Store all valves and appurtenances in accordance with the 5 manufacturer's written instructions. Protect all valves and appurtenances jj from damage. �f7 PART 2 PRODUCTS "‘ 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: � A. Gate Valves: ,i' 17 1. M&H Valve Co. 2. Clow Valve Co. 3. Approved equivalent. ' City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Gate Valves '! 1 Project No. 7295 15101 - 1 June 11, 2019 �I, 1 2.2 VALVES: III A. Gate Valves (4-inch through 48-inch): 1. Type: Solid wedge, resilient-seat type. 2. Standard: AWWA C509. 3. Working Pressure: Rated to 200 psi minimum. 4. Stem: Non-rising stern with 0-ring valve packing and 2-inch square l nut, except as shown otherwise. 5. Joints: Mechanical (buried); Flanged (above grade). 6. Opening: Counterclockwise. 7. Finish: Ferrous surfaces of valve interior epoxy-coated, AWWA C550: 8. Wrapping: Wrap valve body with 8 mil polyethylene encasement in a manner which will not interfere with valve operation, buried service. ! B. Gate Valves (smaller than 4-inch): n 1. Type: Iron body, bronze-mounted, double disc, parallel seat. 2. Standard: AWWA C500. '? 3. Working Pressure: Rated to 200 psi minimum. - 4. Stem: Non-rising stem with 0-ring valve packing and 2-inch square nut, expect as shown otherwise. 5. Joints: mechanical (buried); Flanged (above ground). 6. Opening: Counterclockwise. 7. Finish: Ferrous surfaces of valve interior epoxy-coated, AWWA C550. 8. Wrapping: Wrap valve body with 8 mil polyethylene encasement in a manner which will not interfere with valve operation, buried service. j ' 2.3 MANUAL VALVE ACTUATORS: A. Provide manual actuators/operators for valves. l-_ • B. Manual actuators shall be locking lever-type on valves 8-inch diameter or less. Levers shall be capable of being locked in the "OPEN," "CLOSED," and at least 8 intermediate positions. Levers shall lock by means of a visible spring loaded locking system that must be released before operating the valve. C. Manual actuators for valves 10-inch diameter and larger shall be rotary manual (gear) type. Rotary manual actuators shall have hand wheel input. Rotary City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Gate Valves Project No. 7295 151,01 - 2 June 11, 2019 ;l ,, .r., . ., , ,. Imanual actuators shall be enclosed lubricated, and sealed. Provide "OPEN" ; i and "CLOSED" position stops that are externally adjustable. An external J indicator shall show the position of the valve disc. ! D. Actuators shall be factory-installed only. Attaching the actuators to the valves while in the field is not acceptable. 7 E. Actuator orientation shall be in accordance with the direction of the Owner ;,! , and Engineer. -;I! rir, PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION: III 7 A. Install valves in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and as shown. B. Demonstrate valve operation by manual control at valve. '; ' END OF SECTION '1„ I,i 1. I MP I, 1 • I;; II iill i, ti r'Jlft f,r - II Ii , ,. , iP , _- , lir ,i1 ,. , , City of Pearland :,.- Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Gate Valves 7Project No. 7295 15101 - 3 June 11, 2019 il` it i,l ,! 7 , _ SECTION 15103 BUTTERFLY VALVES 17 PART 1 GENERAL 'I 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES: A. Butterfly valves for water services with manual actuators. il .1! 1.2 REFERENCES: i A. ASTM B62—Standard Specifications for Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal l'171 Castings. B. ANSI B16.1—Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. ril ,.I C. AWWA C504—Rubber Seated Butterfly Valves. 1" ' 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION::r 11 A. Valves shall be manufactured in accordance with AWWA C504, Class 150B 11, and these specifications. !T B. Where the requirements of these specifications conflict with AWWA C504, I these specifications shall govern. 7 1.4 SUBMITTALS: 7 A. Provide the following information in accordance with Section 01300: 1. Dimensional information. 2. Manufacturer's installation, operation, and maintenance instructions. 1,11 3. Recommended list of spare parts. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: A. Storage: Store all valves and appurtenances in accordance with the i ; manufacturer's written instructions. Protect all valves and appurtenances,from damage. '' PART 2 PRODUCTS •7 _ 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: A. Butterfly Valves: 1. i 1. Pratt. ! II— ,1!; 2. Engineer-Approved Equivalent. , i l ter L. City of Pearland ! 'r Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Butterfly Valves i 1'� Project No. 7295 15103-1 June 11, 2019. r i 2.2 VALVE MATERIALS: A. Cast Iron: ASTM A48 A126B B. Bronze: ASTM B62 C. Stainless Steel: ASTM A240 D. Neoprene Rubber: ASTM D2000, Grade 1BE625 2.3 BUTTERFLY VALVES: A. Working pressure rating of 150 psi (Class 150E per AWWA C504). B. End Connections: Mechanical Joint. C. Valve Body, including bottom cover and bottom cover cap: ASTM A126, Class B or ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 ductile iron. D. Disc: Ductile Iron. E. Disc Edge: Type 316 SS. F. Valve Stem: Type 316 SS. Connect the stem to the valve disk with 316 SS 5 bolts. Provide a system which is continuous through the disk. Use stem seals constructed of Buna N. G. Seat: Molded, resilient seat constructed of neoprene which attaches to the interior of the valve body. Provide a seat which is field replaceable. 2.4 COATINGS: A. Interior and exterior cast-iron or steel surfaces or valve and actuator shall be shop-coated in accordance with the latest revision of AWWA C504. 2.5 MANUAL VALVE ACTUATORS: A. Provide manual actuators/operators for valves. B. Manual actuators for valves 10 inch diameter and larger shall be rotary manual (gear) type. Rotary manual actuators shall have hand wheel input. Actuators shall have 2 inch AWWA nut where shown. Rotary manual actuators shall be enclosed lubricated, and sealed. Provide "OPEN" and "CLOSED" position stops that are externally adjustable. An external indicator shall show the position of the valve disc. C. Actuators shall be factory-installed only. Attaching the actuators to the valves while in the field is not acceptable. D. Actuator orientation shall be as shown. City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Butterfly Valves Project No. 7295 15103-2 June 11, 2019 .� | 1 �[ ' � !� PART EXECUTION ! 31 INSTALLATION: � . : ��- A. |natuU valves in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and as shown. � | B. Demonstrate valve operation by manual control at valve. � ENDOF8ECT �N T .° � � ` ) � � ! r� k � � / / � ' ]' � . � i 1 JWx . «.� x ` .'� � City ofPeadand � � 8ei|ay VVTP 1.0 MG GST Butterfly Valves Project No. 7285 1510.3'3 June 11' 2019 �� ilip Ii SECTION 16000 Li { GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL WORK lei ..' PART 1 GENERAL • 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES: A. General requirements for electrical work. This includes quality standards and i system testing. 1.2 REFERENCES: ' I;i G A. The 2017 National Electrical Code (NFPA 70). � k I' B. Local Amendments to the 2017 National Electrical Code. 7 C. The Life Safety Code (NFPA 101). D. Americans With Disabilities Act (Public Law 101-336). f", E. The International Building Code. max . 1.3 SUBMITTALS: A. Submittals shall be provided in accordance with Section 01300. The submittals shall be identified by the specified equipment number and specification section. it B. Submit results of the testingservices as specified ecified herein. i p 4. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. All work shall be furnished, installed, and connected in accordance with the National Electrical Code, these specifications, and the drawings. All materials used in this work shall be new and shall bear the inspection label of Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. rB. Installation shall be supervised by an electrician licensed as a "Master Electrician." , C. Field work shall be under the continuous supervision of a licensed "Journeyman or Master Electrician." D. Licensing as a "Master" or "Journeyman"electrician shall mean to_hold a current ! certification or license to that effect issued by the State of Texas. Additionally, if the local authority having jurisdiction requires a local license, the Contractor '4,,, shall maintain licensed electricians that meet the requirements of the local . authority. Submit copies of current licenses or certificates for persons employed i-- on the work. Notify Engineer and remove from the work (within 10 days) any 11' • persons for whom a license or certificate is suspended, revoked, or is otherwise rendered void by the issuing agency. , 1 7j City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST General Requirements for Electrical Work , Project No. 7295 16000-1 June 11, 2019 11JL 'i, E. The drawings and specifications are complementary. What is shown on one is binding whether shown or specified in the other or not. Failure to check both the drawings and the specifications will not be grounds for a change order if additional equipment or material is required to be provided by the Contractor after the Engineer reviews, or deficiencies are identified during testing, either in the Factory or the field. 7.]1.5 EQUIPMENT ACCESSIBILITY: A. All equipment requiring access for monitoring, controlling other equipment, or servicing shall be accessible. Motor starters and other control equipment shall I� be installed at a height that will allow an operator to view or control the equipment without stooping or without requiring a platform,stool, or raised floor to view or control the equipment. Generally, motor starters, panels, and similar equipment shall be installed with the top of the enclosure at approximately 5'-6" _ above floor level. Control stations, and other small enclosures that require normal access, shall be installed with the top of the enclosure at approximately 48-inches above floor level. B. Equipment that is not considered accessible by the Engineer or Owner shall be relocated by the Contractor, at the request of the Engineer or Owner, at no additional cost to the Owner. ' 1.6 STORAGE OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT: Materials and equipment shall be stored so as to protect the materials and equipment during storage. Equipment and materials to be located outdoors may be stored outdoors if protected against moisture condensation. Equipment shall be stored at least 6 inches above ground. Equipment and materials to be located indoors shall be stored indoors. Instrumentation shall be stored indoors. i PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 COATING SYSTEM: ;I f A. GENERAL: Where specified, electrical equipment in Division 16 shall be painted by the manufacturer as specified below. B. FINISH: i Unless otherwise required to be stainless steel, equipment shall be treated with zinc phosphate, bonderized or otherwise given a rust-preventative treatment. Equipment shall be primed, painted with enamel and baked. Minimum dry film thickness shall be 3 mils. C. COLOR: ! jf i1 Exterior color shall be ANSI 61, gray. Interior shall be painted white. Nonmetallic electrical enclosures and equipment shall be the manufacturer's standard gray or beige color. City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST General Requirements for Electrical Work --, Project No. 7295 16000-2 June 11, 2019 7 . 1! _ .1,,7 . 1 . !ri, 2.2 TERMINAL BLOCKS: 111 1j� Unless otherwise specified,terminal blocks shall be screw terminal, heavy duty, rated at II;',r 600V AC. Minimum capacity for control service is 5 amps. Terminals shall be provided Iwith integral marking strips which shall be permanently identified as shown on the shop 1' - drawings or required for installation. • ,I i 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS METAL: - A. Miscellaneous metal installed in conjunction with electrical or instrumentation l; work shall be hot-dipped galvanized or stainless steel as specified or indicated on II , the drawings. Painted steel is not acceptable. I r B. Materials included in this specification group includes, but is not limited to bars, rods, sheet, plate, channel, or other metal shapes used to, or incorporated in- i+ support frames, brackets, mounting plates, etc. Unless otherwise specified, steel parts shall be hot-dipped galvanized after fabrication. Pre-galvanized material used for fabrication shall have all nicks, dings, or other imperfections in the coating repaired. No welding is allowed on pre-galvanized materials. If 1, fabrications require welding after galvanizing, the part or parts shall be II regalvanized after welding. 'r C. Materials used in wet, damp, or corrosive locations, and all locations where j I chemical are stored or handled shall be stainless steel. , 7 �i I D. Bolts, nuts, screws, washers, or similar ancillary materials used shall be 316 I,j stainless steel for exterior areas, membrane rooms, indoor wet, damp, or ,IL corrosive locations. Carbon steel with galvanized or cadmium-plated finish may be used in dry, indoor areas. 7 E. All anchor bolts that are installed in floors in mechanical and equipment rooms, or other rooms where water or moisture may accumulate or stand on the floor, shall be 316 stainless steel. ` [I PART 3 EXECUTION ' 3.1 GENERAL: ,rit . s A. Drawings are generally diagrammatic and show the arrangement and location of fixtures, equipment, and conduit. Not all conduit, wire, and cable are shown on rim the Engineers drawings. The Electrical Contractor shall provide all that is necessary for a complete and functional system. The Electrical Contractor shall carefully investigate the structural and finish conditions affecting his work and I arrange his work accordingly. 6i. B. Any discrepancy between the Contract Documents and the existing conditions or any provision of any Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the I'I 7 Work or of any standard, specification, manual or code,the Electrical Contractor shall report to the Engineer in accordance with the Standard Conditions of the s Contract. II ly f -City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST General Requirements for Electrical Work Project No. 7295 16000-3 June 11, 2019 .r I C. Materials, equipment, or labor not indicated, but which can be reasonably inferred to be necessary for a complete installation shall be provided. Drawings '- and Specifications do not undertake to indicate every item of material, equipment, or labor required to produce a complete and properly operating installation. D. The right by the Owner and Engineer is reserved to make reasonable changes in locations of equipment indicated on drawings prior to rough-in without increase I� in contract cost. E. The Contractor shall not reduce the size or number of conduit runs indicated on 1f, the drawings without the written approval of the Engineer. �. F. Locate pull boxes, panelboards, control pushbuttons, terminal cabinets, safety `fl switches, and such other apparatus that may require periodic maintenance, operation, or inspection, so that they are easily accessible. If such items are shown on the plans in locations which are found to be inaccessible,the Engineer shall be advised of the situation before work is advanced to the point where 11 extra costs will be involved. �q G. All additional circuit connections to panelboards shall be preapproved by the J Engineer. H. Any work installed contrary to Contract Drawings shall be subject to change as directed by the Engineer, and no extra compensation will be allowed for making these changes. The location of equipment fixture outlets, and similar devices shown on the Il Drawings are approximate only. Do not scale drawings. Obtain layout dimensions for equipment from Architectural plans unless indicated on electrical plans. ' 3.2 RACEWAY INSTALLATION: rni Use the following raceway materials for raceways in the identified applications. A. Rigid PVC: Buried Raceways. ^" B. Rigid Steel: Outdoors, Indoors within 3'-0" from floor. - C. EMT: Indoors, above 3'-0" from floor. 3.3 PHASE CONNECTIONS: Phase connections for equipment shall be A, B, C, counting from front to back, top to bottom, and left to right as viewed from the operating mechanism side. Conductors shall be color coded as specified. • City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST General Requirements for Electrical Work Project No. 7295 16000-4 June 11, 2019 li 'i 3.4 TESTING: A. GENERAL: Prior to energizing the electrical circuits, the following tests shall be performed. Unless otherwise specified, a 1000 volt megohmmeter shall be used for ' 7 resistance measurements. Record and submit test results using form at the back of this Section. i ;? B. INSULATION RESISTANCE MEASUREMENTS: I 7 Test all energized electrical components including conductors for circuits 120V volts and higher. Conductors and devices with less than 50 megohms resistance to ground or between conductors or phases shall be removed and replaced. All conductors in a raceway shall be removed if a conductor in that raceway fails the insulation resistance test. The conductors shall not be reused. C. FUNCTIONAL CHECKOUT: I . Protective devices shall be adjusted and operative during the testing period. I Prior to start-up of each piece of equipment or system, perform a functional ' im checkout on control circuits. The checkout shall consist of energizing each control circuit and operating each control, alarm, or malfunction device, and 1 7 each interlock in turn to verify that the specified action occurs. This may be , . performed with the motor connected or disconnected. Providing that no harm will be done to the equipment. 3.5 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS: , At the end of the project, provide one set of "red-lined" as-built drawings to the 7 Engineer. As-built drawings shall show all addenda, change orders, or other modifications made by the contractor or directed by the Engineer/Owner. Drawings shall be complete and shall be accurate. Final payment will not be made until as-built '1 drawings are accepted by the Engineer. ' T. ,, ' END OF SECTION , E 7'll I .... 7 j17 : i , . City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST General Requirements for Electrical Work Ali , ' Project No. 7295 16000-5 June 11, 2019 i . .. i! . • SECTION 16110 RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS I:7PART 1 GENERAL i 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES: ,, 7 . ' A. The work shall include furnishing and installing all rigid steel and flexible metallic , conduit, electrical metallic tubing, polyvinyl chloride conduit, wireways, pull and 7 junction boxes and outlet boxes, together with all supporting devices and other accessories required. 7 1.2 SUBMITTALS: I� +, A. Submit manufacturer's data on all materials, under provisions of Section 01300. 7 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUITS: 7 A. Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit (GRC): Rigid, threaded, thick-wall; galvanized inside and outside or galvanized outside with a protective coating inside; UL ' 7,i listed and labeled according to Standard UL6; conforming to ANSI Standard C80.1. , r 7 B. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT): Steel tubing, galvanized outside and provided !i! with a slick corrosion resistant interior coating; UL listed and labeled according to Standard 797; conforming to ANSI Standard C80.3. rg C. Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit: Rigid nonmetallic conduit shall be NEMA TC2, type EPC-40 or EPC-80 PVC high impact, polyvinyl chloride (PVC). Fittings used - with PVC conduit shall be PVC solvent weld type. Nonmetallic conduits shall be UL listed for their respective applications. Minimum size shall be 3/4-inch. Buried: Schedule 40. . 7 2.2 CONDUIT FITTINGS: A. " Couplings, condulets, and Terminations for GRC: Factory made steel threaded .7 condulets and couplings; gasketed, bushing at all boxes and cabinets, with locknuts inside and outside box or cabinet. Fittings shall be cast steel with threaded connections. 7 B. Condulets for Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT): Die cast copper-free aluminum threaded conduit bodies, covers, and gaskets. 1 7 C. Couplings and Terminations for Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT): Join lengths of EMT with steel compression type couplings and connectors. The connectors shall have insulated throats or a smooth interior so as not to damage the .7 insulation during pulling operations. Set screw fittings are not allowed. City of Pearland s Fittin and s Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Raceways 9 Project No. 7295 16110-1 June 11, 2019 E I' ' •D. Couplings and Terminations for Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (PVC): PVC shall be ll g be solvent weld 711 I ,1 solvent weld by male thread adapter. • Other fittings shall ,11 connections. '''" 1 r I HI 2.3 OUTLET BOXES: ,',,1 1 ,, A. UL listed of sizes and types specified. B. Sheet Steel Boxes: Sheet panel not lighter than No. 14 gauge, galvanized after JJ ;I fabrication; Raco or Steel City. �. �'i C. Cast Metal Boxes: Cast iron or cast alloy with threaded hubs; Crouse-Hinds, - .,' Appleton, or O.Z./Gedney. 4 2.4 PULL BOXES AND JUNCTION BOXES: '- ►: A. Sheet steel, galvanized inside and outside, with galvanized covers. 1 ' 1) B. Small Boxes: For boxes where the volume required is not over 100 cubic inches, II;, use standard outlet boxes. i boxesl. ' where the volume is over 100 cubic inches, use C. Larger Boxes: For �§.; cabinets as specified for panelboard cabinets with covers of same gauge as '1; boxes, secured with corrosion resistant bolts or screws. PART 3 EXECUTION ; ; 3.1 INSTALLATION OF RACEWAYS: ft A. All wiring of every description shall be run in conduit or electrical metallic tubing 1 7ii unless noted or specified otherwise. Conduits may be run exposed in machinery and electrical rooms and unfinished areas. All other conduits shall be run concealed unless otherwise noted. All exposed runs shall be installed parallel and plumb to the surface of the building or structure in a neat and orderly manner. I B. Types: All conduits installed outdoors or in wet or damp locations, or on roofs 1:, shall be GRC conduits. ''1 j C. Above grade interior conduits shall be GRC or EMT. In sizes up to and including 1-1/2", EMT may be used in dry locations where not subject to mechanical damage. EMT shall not be used outside, in concrete, underground, in underfloor I ;„ spaces, or in locations likelyto be damp. f P G D. Conduits installed below grade, in slabs, or buried in earth shall be PVC. fll E. Sizes: Size and install raceways so that conductors may be drawn in without injury or excessive strain. Make field bends with approved bending devices. Do f T'. not install bends or offsets in which conduit is crushed, deformed or otherwise injured. Sizes of conduits shown on the drawings are minimum sizes to be 'I. •installed. Size conduits per applicable electrical code. k' City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Raceways and Fittings ?' Project No. 7295 16110-2 June 11, 2019 71 . 7 CF. Around Heat Producing Equipment: Wherever possible, avoid installing raceways directly above or in close proximity to heaters and other like objects operating at high temperatures. 7 G. Damp or Wet Locations: In damp or wet locations make every effort to avoid ., installing raceways in a manner which will create moisture traps. Where they 7 must be so installed, seal both ends of raceways with an approved sealing compound to prevent "breathing" and moisture condensation within the raceways. Icli H. Joining Rigid Conduits: Join with threaded couplings. Ream out all conduit ends after threading. Secure rigid conduits at panel boxes, junction boxes, pull boxes, switchboards, support boxes, or sheet metal outlet boxes by galvanized locknuts, inside and outside, with insulating bushing inside. Unthreaded set 7 screw type couplings or connectors are not acceptable in rigid conduit systems. No running threads shall be used in conduit systems. 7„,, I. Protection of Raceways: Seal ends of all raceways with blank discs ("pennies"), push pennies or other approved closers during construction. Do not pull any conductors into raceways until all plastering and concrete finishing in the vicinity is completed. Swab out all raceways before pulling in conductors. ' J. Install blank knock out plugs in all unused openings in boxes, enclosures, or 7 . panels. K. Penetrations: Wherever raceways pass through floors, walls, partitions, etc., 7 carefully fill all space between the outside of the raceway and the building material to prevent passage of air, water, smoke and fumes. Filling materials shall be fire resistive and in general, similar to the basic building materials 7 through which the raceway passes. • 3.2 INSTALLATION OF PVC CONDUIT: 7 , A. Transition from below grade PVC to above grade rigid steel or PVC coated rigid steel shall be before conduit rises out of ground. On conduits larger than 2 inches, use rigid steel elbow. Tape wrap the portion of rigid steel or PVC coated 7 rigid steel conduit in the ground as specified in Section 16115. B. PVC conduit shall not be installed above grade in outdoor areas unless specifically indicated on the drawings. L 3.3 CONDUIT SUPPORTS: 7 A. Support material installed outdoors or in wet or damp locations shall be stainless steel, malleable iron, or hot-dipped galvanized. Support material installed indoors in dry locations may be electro-plate'galvanized. CB. All supports that come in contact with the floor, roof, or where water may stand or accumulate, whether indoors or outdoors, shall be stainless steel. C. Support Spacing: Use minimum spacing as directed by National Electrical Code, but space hangers more closely where required by conditions. F. City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Raceways and Fittings ', Project No. 7295 16110-3 June 11, 2019 i . 7,_ . 1 .7.. D. Vertical Conduit Risers: Support vertical conduits at each floor by means of riser clamps or U-bolts, clamping them to a steel channel bridging the opening in the P 9 9 9 P 9 floor. E. Individual Conduits: Support conduits running vertically or horizontally with (- galvanized malleable iron one hole clamps with backing plates and spacers. Carry individually supported horizontal conduits 1-1/4" and larger on B-Line , hangers. Use no perforated strap iron as hanger material. Do not use any wire �I to support conduits or to attach conduits to supporting members. !"I;i F. Multiple Conduits: Where multiple raceways are to run horizontally at the same elevations, they may be supported on trapezes formed of sections of Unistrut ' 'I angle iron channels suspended on rods or pipes. Size trapeze members including the suspension rod for the number size and loaded weight of the conduits they are to support. Space them as required for the smallest conduit supported. ' ,1' Minimum hanger rod size is 3/8-inch diameter. G. All galvanized material cut during installation shall have the cut ends painted �! with a zinc rich paint. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF OUTLET BOXES: A. Boxes for Exposed Work: Cast metal boxes. B. Boxes for Outdoors: Cast metal boxes with gasketed covers. `' 3.5 INSTALLATION OF PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES: I7 A. Sizing: Size all pull and junction boxes in accordance with NEC, using larger 1 sizes than required by code where job conditions so indicate. B. Mounting: Fasten all boxes securely to the building construction, independent of I�, conduit systems. On concealed conduit systems where boxes are not otherwise accessible, set box covers flush with finished surfaces for access. 71, C. Identification of Pull and Junction Boxes: Each pull and junction box shall be labeled with indelible ink to indicate the wiring contained inside the box. The label shall indicate the panel and circuit number of the wiring contained. The i cover plates of boxes serving emergency circuits shall be painted red. Boxes servicing other systems shall be indicated by name. .• END OF SECTION flL. ii iI 17,1 City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Raceways and Fittings %' Project No. 7295 16110-4 June 11, 2019 1 il' id !' 7 ,,, 7 SECTION 16115 . ,'` ' UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL DUCT AND CONDUIT ,'' L. PART 1 GENERAL I'd i 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES: i. 1 A. Underground electrical duct and direct burial conduit, together with all other accessories required. 1.2 SUBMITTALS: 1 E A. Submit manufacturer's data on all materials, under provisions of Section 01300. PART 2 GENERAL tI Ii 2.1 UNDERGROUND DUCTS: A. Schedule 40, heavy wall, high impact rigid virgin polyvinyl chloride (PVC) !' ;r conduit and fittings, conforming to NEMA Publications TC2 and TC3 and UL �,� listed; Carlon or equivalent. 1 1 2.2 CONDUITS: r A. Underground PVC Conduit: Schedule 40, heavy wall, high impact rigid virgin 7 polyvinyl chloride (PVC) conduit and fittings, conforming to NEMA Publications TC2 and TC3 and UL listed for direct burial use; Carlon or equivalent. B. Rigid Steel Conduit: As specified under Raceways and Fittings, Section 16110. i' PART 3 GENERAL - il 1`_n 3.1 GENERAL: 4i A. After the affected electrical work has been installed, tested, and approved, backfill all excavations with suitable material. Include the cutting of all sidewalks, streets, and other pavement and repairing the openings in them to .1 return the surface to approximately its original condition. i 7 3.2 EXCAVATIONS: A. Perform all excavations of every description of whatever substances 7 encountered and to the depths required for installation of the work under this Division. ' .7- B. During excavation, stockpile material suitable for backfilling in an orderly manner ja sufficient distance from the banks of the trenches to prevent slides or cave- ins. Remove all excavated material not required or suitable for backfill, or waste 1 as directed. Control grading to prevent surface water from flowing into excavations and remove any accumulated water by pumping. 1 1 I: 7 City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Underground Electrical Duct and Conduit Project No. 7295 16115-1 June 11, 2019 C. Use open cut grading and make trenches of the necessary width for proper installation of the lines with banks as nearly vertical as possible. D. Grade the bottom of trenches accurately to provide uniform bearing and support for conduit or duct on undisturbed soil at every point along its entire length. E. Except at locations where excavation of rock from the bottoms of trenches is required, take care not to excavate below the depths required. Where rock ; 1 excavation is required, remove the rock to a minimum overdepth of 4 inches below the trench depths specified. Backfill the overdepth rock excavation and excess trench excavation to the proper level with sand prior to the installation of conduit or ducts. Whenever wet or otherwise unstable soil that is incapable of properly supporting conduits or ducts is encountered in the trench bottom, remove such soil to a depth required and backfill the trench to trench bottom grade with sand or other suitable material. 3.3 BACKFILLING: I� A. Carefully backfill trenches with earth, sandy clay, sand and gravel, or other approved material free from large clods of earth or stone, deposited in thoroughly and carefully compacted 6-inch layers. Do not use blasted rock, broken concrete or pavement, or large boulders as backfill material. Settling the backfill with water will be permissible and will be required when so directed. Re-open any trenches improperly filled or where settlement occurs to the depth ?it required for proper compaction the refill, mound over and smooth off. • B. Backfill open trenches across roadways or other areas to be paved as specified above except that the entire depth of trench shall be backfilled in 6-inch layers, each layer moistened and compacted to a density of not less than 95 percent Standard Proctor in such manner as to permit the rolling and compaction of the filled trench together with the adjoining earth to provide the required bearing valve and permit paving of the area immediately after backfilling is completed. Along all other portions of the trenches, grade the ground to a reasonable uniformity and leave the mounding over the trenches in a uniform and neat condition. 3.4 UNDERGROUND PVC CONDUIT INSTALLATION: A. Install at least 18 inches below finished grade unless indicated otherwise. Assemble and install raceways in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Make joints with couplings and solvent cement. Fabricate bends of 30 degrees I� or more with factory-made elbows, or make field bends with proper heating equipment. Bends showing signs of overheating or flattening are unacceptable. Ream ends of all conduits before joining. �fl B. "Snake" plastic conduit in trench,from side to side, with a complete cycle every 40 feet to allow for expansion and contraction. Maintain this configuration during backfilling. C. Where conduit turns up out of earth, or floor slabs, change from plastic to rigid galvanized steel conduit below grade and outside of such structures. Make similar change from plastic to rigid galvanized steel conduit at connections to City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Underground Electrical Duct and Conduit Project No. 7295 16115-2 June 11, 2019 1� 7 .., underground pull or junction boxes. Wrap all steel conduits and fittings buried in earth as specified elsewhere herein. 7 D. Do not extend any plastic conduit above grade. E. Install 6 inch wide detectable electrical warning tape above conduits. 7 3.5 UNDERGROUND RIGID STEEL CONDUIT INSTALLATION: II galvanized rigid All A. steel conduit exposed to earth shall be wrapped with 3M p C Company 0.020 inch thick No. 51 "Scotchrap" vinyl plastic tape, half lapped to give double thickness wrap, Remove all oil, grease and dirt from conduit with a suitable solvent, and clean and dry conduit before wrapping. If conduit is pre- 7 wrapped in the shop and then cut and joined on the job, wrap all joints on the job, overlapping pipe wrapping 3" on both sides of joints. 7 END OF SECTION 7 C .7 ..E., ,r , , 7 . ,, , u 7 7 ii ,_ City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Underground Electrical Duct and Conduit Project No, 7295 16115-3 June 11, 2019 I,7 i. 1 I7 1 .; SECTION 16120 I. CONDUCTORS 1.'1 ' PART 1 ' GENERAL F 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES: A. Conductors, together with all splices, connections, and identification, including pulling devices. . 47 . . 1.2 SUBMITTALS: .7 A. Submit manufacturer's data on all materials, under provisions of Section 01300. PART 2 PRODUCTS , 72.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following 7 manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Building wire, power and control cable: a. Alphawire. b. General Cable. 1 c. Okonite Company. d. Southwire Company. 2. Instrumentation cable: a. Alphawire. b. Belden Inc. 7 c. General Cable. 3. Shielded 600 Volt VFD cable: Ca. Belden Inc. b. General Cable. c. Okonite Company. i d. Priority Wire and Cable (Prysmian). j Le. Southwire Company. 7 2.2 CONDUCTORS (600 VOLTS AND UNDER): A. Type: Soft drawn, annealed copper, UL listed, rated at 600 volts, continuous j„e without weld, splice or joint, uniform cross section, free from flaws, scale and IL_ other imperfections; Okonite, Triangle, or Simplex. No. 8 and larger shall be stranded; No. 10 and smaller shall be solid. 7 B. Insulation: Branch circuits shall have type THHN/THWN or XHHW insulation unless the type is specifically designated or specified. Service feeders shall be I• �, City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST - Conductors Project No. 7295 16120-1 June 11, 2019 L _ H, i, !ill type THHN/THWN or XHHW. Feeder circuits shall be Type THHN/THWN or ij XHHW. C. All conductors installed underground or in areas where exposed to damp or wet ! ''ll locations shall be rated THWN or XHHW. ' + �i:il . D. Circuits Subjected to High Temperatures: Type XHHW 90 C conductors for wiring in proximity to boilers, and for motors and devices subject to high ;L. .;l, temperature because of high ambient temperature or convection or radiant heat. : . E. Lighting Fixture Conductors:• Type and size approved by the NEC for the 1 II i purpose. 11 2.3 INSTRUMENT CABLE il I A. Reference: UL 2250, UL 1277. + I P B. The assembly shall be rated 600 volts, 90°C. ' C. The assembly shall be UL listed as sunlight resistant, for cable tray use, and shall meet the requirements for types CL2 and CL3 cable. , i,i 1 ,1 D. Conductor: No 16 AWG minimum, 7 strand, concentric-lay, uncoated copper. ;; 1 i. E. Insulation: Polyvinyl chloride. Not less than 15 mils average thickness (13 mils minimum thickness), UL 62, Type TFFN. .1 F. Lay: Twisted pair or triad with 1-1/2 to 2-1/2 inch lay. fl;; G. Shield: Each pair or triad and cable assemble shall have combination aluminum- '!` polyester helically applied tape and 7 strand AWG minimum size, tinned copper drain wire, shield applied to achieve 100 percent cover over insulated conductor. ` Shield tape on pair and/or triad assemblies shall be applied in such a way as to 'I give total shield isolation from all other pair or triad shields. 7'1 H. Cable assembly: Black flame retardant polyvinyl chloride, UL 1277 applied over �! tape wrapped cable core. g , I. Conductor Identification: Single pair: One conductor black,one conductor white. ' Single triad: One conductor black, one conductor white, and one conductor red. J. Factory Tests: Insulated conductors shall conform to the requirements of UL 62 !,', for Type TFFN. Assembly jacket shall conform to the requirements of UL 1277. i ;% Cable shall meet the vertical-tray flame test requirements of UL 1277. 2.4 JOINTS AND SPLICES: V 71 A. Stranded Copper Conductors: UL approved tin-plated, copper compression connectors, Thomas & Betts, Panduit, or Burndy. All connectors shall be of proper sizes to match conductor sizes. All compression connectors shall be applied with properly sized dies and tools. Split-bolt connectors are not ' acceptable. L ,i City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST - Conductors J,�l' 1: Project No. 7295 16120-2 June 11, 2019 'l I i j, E B. Do not splice instrument cables. Instrument cables shall only be terminated at - devices or on terminal blocks. Conductors may be terminated without 1 compression connector on terminal blocks with appropriate mechanical type terminals. Conductors terminated at terminal blocks with screw terminals shall , be terminated with insulated, tin-plated copper locking fork terminals. I j'� C. Solid Copper Conductors: UL approved electrical spring connectors of "Scotchlock", Ideal, T&B, or approved equivalent. All connectors shall be of proper sizes to match conductor sizes. Split bolt connectors are not acceptable. C2.5 COLOR CODING:• . .7 A. Use standardized color-coding of conductors throughout. All color coding shall be continuous for the entire length of the conductors, and shall be permanent and readily distinguished after installation. In cases where they specified colors of insulated wire and cable are unavailable, such conductors shall be color- . 7• 7 coded, as specified above, by means of Brady, or plastic tape at all pull boxes, ;� support boxes, outlet boxes, panelboards, and other terminal and splicing points. • . Heat shrink sleeves for tight fit. . rB. For No. 6 AWG and smaller conductors, color coding shall be provided by using conductors with continuous color imbedded in the insulation. +� C. Neutral conductors shall be white or natural gray. Grounding conductors shall be green or green with one or more yellow stripes. ,:7 D. Conductors shall be black, red and white for lines 1, 2 and neutral respectively in the 240/120 volt system. • ;• E E. Phase conductors shall be brown, orange, and yellow for phases A, B, and C respectively in the 480 volt system. " F. Phase conductors shall be black, red, and blue for phases A, B, and C 7respectively in the 208 volt system. G. Phase conductors shall be black, orange, and blue for phases A, B, and C respectively in the 120/240 volt, 3-phase, 4-wire system. Identify the "high leg" with orange. • PART 3 EXECUTION 7 3.1 CONTINUITY: , A. All conductors shall be continuous between points of termination. • B. Splices between points of termination are not acceptable unless specifically 9rapproved. C. Splices in boxes permissible in 120-volt lighting and receptacle circuits only. , ..73.2 WIRE PULLING: . 7 City of Pearland Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST - . Conductors i , Project No. 7295 16120-3 June 1 1, 2019 L 1..: f l 71fEi i,1i .1 il i A. Provide suitable installation equipment for pulling conductors into raceways or I conduits. Use ropes ofpolyethylene, n lon or other suitable material topull in I Y ; �, conductors. Attach pulling lines to conductors by means of woven basket grips il'„1 or by pulling eyes attached directly to conductors. Grips and pulling eyes shall be Kellems or equivalent. All conductors to be installed in a single conduit shall fl ,i be pulled in together. Pull no conductors into conduits until all work of a nature 4.1 which may cause injury to conductors is completed. Use cable pulling � j compound where necessary. �t;l' ;ril 3 B. Cable Lubricants: All cable lubricants shall be UL listed, and shall be certified by fl:,i their manufacturer to be non-injurious to the insulation on which they are used. i 3.3 WIRE INSTALLATION (600 VOLTS AND UNDER): A. Feeders: Run all feeders their entire length in continuous pieces without joints z ll or splices, insofar as practicable. Make joints in branch circuits only where i l circuits divide as shown on drawings. Such joints shall consist of one through l circuit to which shall be spliced the tap circuit. I ;I ,I i� B. Sizes: No wire shall be smaller than No. 12 except for control circuits. li ''I i 1-1 C. Joints and Splices: Only receptacle and lighting circuits will be allowed to be 1 spliced. Make joints and splices in solid copper conductors only where necessary and only at outlet boxes and pull boxes. All joints shall be mechanically and electrically secure. ; .3. D. Wire and cable shall not be pulled tight against bushings nor pressed heavily , 31 against enclosures. 1 :I 3 .1 E. After wire and cable have been installed and connected, conduit ends shall, be ,.,, sealed with a non-hardening sealing compound (Duxseal or equal), forced into I ' conduits to a minimum depth equal to the conduit diameter. This shall apply for '-313 all conduits, including spares, entering any structures or electrical enclosures III. from underground, or from wet/corrosive areas. Seal conduit at both ends of7 Id the conduit. :Li F. Ground the drain wire of shielded instrumentation cables at one (1) end only. Grounding location shall be at the load (e.g., control panel), not at the source 1 I (e.g., field mounted-instrument). '';I 3 , 3.4 CABLE IDENTIFICATION: II Fijii A. Identity Tags: Non-ferrous; stamped to clearly identify each circuit. Securely ;I fasten tags to all cables, feeders and power circuits in pull boxes, lighting, power and distribution panelboards, motor control centers, control panels, etc. j` il: 3.5 CONNECTIONS AND TERMINATIONS: �I'I, ii ., A. Cut conductor off square, trim insulation back the correct distance and prepare ,, ' the conductor strands for termination as specified. Apply the proper lug or splice _1_ ,1 connector, making certain that the conductor strands are inserted full length of II the barrel. -- 1 I . END OF SECTION I I City of Pearland i ;I li Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST - Conductors t1;, Project No. 7295 16120-4 June 11, 2019 3 ,3 .'1 ! . ,,,,EI, I; ' „ ,,„ . '' 7 SECTION 16195 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION • . PART 1 GENERAL ; 1 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES: A. This Section specifies furnishing and installing identification signs on all electrical P devices. II , PART 2 PRODUCTS I1, ,;7' 2.1 NAMEPLATES: 9 A. Identify electrical equipment by attaching engraved nameplates constructed from j •� laminated phenolic plastic, at least 1/16" thick, 2-ply, with black surfaces and 7 white core. Engraving shall be condensed gothic, appropriately spaced. I; ; Nomenclature on the label shall include the name of the item or equipment 1' served utilizing the equipment names shown on the drawings. I! ; B. Nameplate lettering size shall be as follows: I; 1. 1/4" Minimum Height Letters: Level transmitter. 7 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EQUIPMENT: i - A. Install nameplates on electrical equipment. I _ 1; , 3.2 ATTACHMENT: ; 1, i A. Nameplates attached to the exterior of the enclosure shall be attached with self- tapping screws. Devices attached to the back side of panel fronts and on the 7 interior of panels shall be attached with adhesive. Adhesive shall be waterproof „? and heat resisting up to 250 degrees Fahrenheit. l Ylr 1, , END OF SECTION 1. ,r, . 1, i, r, . . _ ,, ,, I, I , ,7 , ,;_ „ ,l , . , , 11, ��� City of Pearland -1 Bailey WTP 1.0 MG GST Electrical Identification ,E r i Project No. 7295 16195-1 June 11, 2019 I,l.;; C r C APPENDICIES Geotechnical Report PAX Mixer Proposal ,C r r 4RABA K I STN E R r GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING STUDY FOR i BAILEY ROAD GROUND STORAGE TANK REPLACEMENT PEARLAND, TEXAS r r r 5Cirl RYEARS KISTNER Building Better Tomorrows Project No. AHA18-065-00 3602 Westchase April 22, 2019 Houston,TX 77042 www.rkci.com P 713.996.8990 F 713.996.8993 Mr. Skipper Jones,Assistant Director of Capital Projects Toll Free 866.996.8990 City of Pearland TBPEFirm—F-3257 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland,Texas 77581 RE: Geotechnical Engineering Study—Final Report Bailey Road Ground Storage Tank Addition Pearland,Texas Dear Mr.Jones: RABA KISTNER Consultants, Inc. (RKCI) is pleased to submit the final report of our Geotechnical Engineering Study for the above-referenced project. This report presents our recommendations for ground storage tank design and construction, based on the revised tank diameter and tank bearing pressures provided by Preload,the project's tank designer and installer, received via electronic transmittal on Wednesday, April 10, 2019. This report also addresses comments made by Preload to our initial geotechnical report for the new prestressed concrete tank dated September 19, 2018. This study was performed in accordance with RKCI Revised Proposal No. PHA18-096-00, dated July 26, 2017. Written authorization to proceed with this study was provided via the Notice to Proceed for Professional Services dated August 28, 2018. We appreciate the opportunity to be of professional service to you on this project. Should you have any questions about the information presented in this report, please call. We look forward to assisting the City of Pearland (CLIENT) during the construction phase of the project by conducting the construction materials engineering and testing services (quality assurance program). _ .••����� irS�P1E **OF T h Very truly yours, i*: •��� •• *�I • RABA KISTNER CONSULTANTS, INC. !*`• /\ • •' jJohn Douglas Brown 177 17:':),.>. ..iz; Saul Cruz John D. Brown, P.E. 4-22-2019 Graduate Engineer Manager, Geotechnical Services SC/KML/JDB Attachments Copies Submitted: Above (1) O:Wctive Projects\Houston\2018\HHA18-065-00 Bailey Water Plant Improvements\Reporting\AHA18-065-00 Final.docx GEO100 01/20/2009 San Antonio • Austin • Brownsville • Dallas • Freeport • Houston • McAllen • New Braunfels • Nebraska • Utah • Mexico GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING STUDY For BAILEY ROAD GROUND STORAGE TANK ADDITION PEARLAND,TEXAS Prepared for CITY OF PEARLAND Pearland,Texas Prepared by RABA KISTNER CONSULTANTS, INC. Houston, Texas PROJECT NO.AHA18-065-00 April 22, 2019 7 RABAKISTNER 7 Project No.AHA18-065-00 April 22, 2019 INTRODUCTION 1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 1 LIMITATIONS 1 BORING AND LABORATORY TESTS 2 CONSOLIDATION TEST 3 GENERAL SITE CONDITIONS 3 SITE DESCRIPTION 3 GEOLOGY 3 SEISMIC COEFFICIENTS 4 STRATIGRAPHY 4 GROUNDWATER 5 FOUNDATION ANALYSIS 5 EXPANSIVE SOIL-RELATED MOVEMENTS 5 FOUNDATION RECOMMENDATIONS 7 SITE GRADING 7 GST FOUNDATION 7 FOUNDATION IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS 9 STRUCTURAL FILL 9 FOUNDATION CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS 10 SITE DRAINAGE 10 SITE PREPARATION 10 SHALLOW FOUNDATION EXCAVATIONS 10 CONSTRUCTION RELATED SERVICES 11 CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS TESTING AND OBSERVATION SERVICES 11 BUDGETING FOR CONSTRUCTION TESTING 11 ATTACHMENTS Boring Location Map Logs of Borings Key to Terms and Symbols Results of Soil Sample Analyses Important Information About Your Geotechnical Engineering Report RABAKISTNER Project No.AHA18-065-00 1 April 22, 2019 a INTRODUCTION RABA KISTNER Consultants, Inc. (RKCI) has completed the authorized subsurface exploration and foundation recommendations for the proposed ground storage tank(GST) located north of the intersection of Bailey Road and Wells Drive in Pearland,Texas.This report briefly describes the procedures utilized during this study and presents our findings along with our recommendations for foundation design and construction recommendations for the proposed ground storage tank. a PROJECT DESCRIPTION Based on information provided by Preload, the project's tank designer and installer, via email transmittals received by our office on Wednesday,April 10, 2019,the project consists of the construction of a new 1 MG GST located north of the intersection of Bailey Road and Wells Drive in Pearland,Texas.The new GST will be situated immediately west of the existing GST,which will be demolished.The new prestressed concrete tank will be approximately 86-ft in diameter and have a side water depth of about 23.5-ft. The new GST will be supported on a thickened perimeter footing. The 1 MG GST with the dimensions noted above will impose contact pressures of 1.52 ksf beneath the 4-in. thick membrane floor and 3.0 ksf beneath the perimeter footing (3.25-ft wide by 1-ft deep). For a 5.25-ft wide perimeter footing, gross contact pressure reduces to 2.0 ksf. LIMITATIONS This engineering report has been prepared in accordance with accepted Geotechnical Engineering practices in the Houston area by Geotechnical firms conducting similar work under similar circumstances and is meant for the use of the City of Pearland (CLIENT)and its representatives for design purposes. This •• report may not contain sufficient information for purposes of other parties or other uses and is not intended for use in determining construction means and methods. The recommendations submitted in this report are based on the data obtained from four borings drilled at this site,our understanding of the project information provided to us by the CLIENT,and the assumption that site grading will result in only minor changes in the topography existing at the time of our study. If the project information described in this report is incorrect, is altered, or if new information is available, we should be retained to review and modify our recommendations. -- This report may not reflect the actual variations of the subsurface conditions across the site. The nature and extent of variations across the site may not become evident until construction commences. The construction process itself may also alter subsurface conditions. If variations appear evident at the time a of construction, it may be necessary to reevaluate our recommendations after performing on-site observations and tests to establish the engineering impact of the variations. The scope of our Geotechnical Engineering Study does not include an environmental assessment of the air, soil, rock, or water conditions either on or adjacent to the site. No environmental opinions are presented in this report. RKCI's scope of work does not include the investigation, detection, or design related to the prevention of any biological pollutants. The term "biological pollutants" includes, but is not limited to, mold,fungi, spores, bacteria, and viruses, and the byproduct of any such biological organisms. a RABAKISTNER Project No.AHA18-065-00 2 April 22, 2019 It is assumed that existing grade elevations will not change at the time of construction. If final site grades are significantly different by more than plus or minus 1 ft, our office should be informed about these changes. If needed and/or if desired, we will reexamine our analyses and make supplemental recommendations. BORING AND LABORATORY TESTS Subsurface conditions at the site were evaluated by 4 borings (designated as B-1 through B-4) drilled at the locations shown on the Boring Location Map, Figure 1. The boring locations are approximate and were located in the field by an RKCI representative based on a site plan provided by the CLIENT, and by measuring distances from existing references. Latitude-longitude at the boring locations was estimated using Google Earth.The approximate coordinates are shown on the boring logs. The borings were drilled to depths ranging from 30-ft to 60-ft below the ground surface elevation existing at the time of our study using a buggy-mounted drilling rig. The borings were drilled utilizing a straight flight auger and were backfilled with the auger cuttings generated during the drilling activities. During drilling operations, the following samples were collected: Type of Sample Number Collected Undisturbed Shelby Tube(ST) 38 Grab Sample 4 The ST samples were obtained in general accordance with accepted standard practices. Grab samples were collected from the auger cuttings. Representative portions of the samples were sealed in containers to reduce moisture loss, labeled, packaged, and transported to our laboratory for subsequent testing and classification. In the laboratory, each sample was evaluated and visually classified by a member of our Geotechnical Engineering staff in general accordance with the Unified Soil Classification System (USCS). The geotechnical engineering properties of the strata were evaluated by the laboratory tests tabulated in the following table: Type of Test Number Conducted Natural Moisture Content 42 Atterberg Limits 9 Percent Passing a No. 200 Sieve 10 Unconfined Compression (UC) 5 One-Dimensional Consolidation 2 With the exception of the consolidation laboratory test result, the laboratory tests are presented in graphical or numerical form on the boring logs illustrated on Figures 2 through 5.A key to the classification of terms and symbols used on the logs is presented on Figure 6. The results of the laboratory and field testing are also tabulated on Figure 7 for ease of reference. RABAKISTNER Project No.AHA18-065-00 3 April 22, 2019 Samples will be retained in our laboratory for 30 days after submittal of this report. Other arrangements may be provided at the request of the CLIENT. CONSOLIDATION TEST One-dimensional, continuous rate of strain laboratory consolidation test has been performed on cohesive samples recovered from depths of 8-ft to 10-ft and 48-ft to 50-ft in Boring B-1. The laboratory test results and estimated settlement parameters are presented in the table below. Consolidation Test Parameters Sample Initial Final Dry Boring LL PI 6� P� Initial No. Depth Moisture Moisture Density C� C� (ft) (%) (%) (pc) (%) (%) (tsf) (tsf) eo B-1 8-10 23.5 21.0 101.3 65 47 0.56 5.6 0.24 0.09 0.664 B-1 48-50 22.3 19.5 104.7 57 36 1.83 8.5 0.20 0.04 0.610 GENERAL SITE CONDITIONS SITE DESCRIPTION The project site is located north of the intersection of Bailey Road and Wells Drive in Pearland, Texas. In general, the area proposed for the new ground storage tank, the site is relatively flat and covered with grass.The plant contains numerous structures such as storage tanks, piping, compressor equipment, and an operation office. GEOLOGY The Bureau of Economic Geology, Geologic Atlas of Texas, Houston Sheet (Revised 1982) shows the subject site to be located on the Beaumont Formation. The Beaumont Formation is the youngest coast- paralleling Pleistocene unit in the Texas Gulf Coast. Most of the Beaumont Formation was deposited as an overlapping group of fluvial or deltaic plains by ancestors of modern streams now draining into the Gulf of Mexico. The Beaumont formation is comprised of clay, silt, and sand; includes mainly stream channel, point-bar, natural levee, backswamp,and to a lesser extent coastal marsh and mud-flat deposits; concretions of calcium carbonate, iron oxide, and iron-manganese oxides in zone of weathering; surface almost featureless,characterized by relict river channels shown by meander patterns and pimple mounds on meanderbelt ridges, separated by areas of low, relatively smooth, featureless backswamp deposits without pimple mounds; formation thickness is+/- 100 ft. The Beaumont Formation in the general area of the subject site is dominantly clay and mud of low permeability, high water-holding capacity, high compressibility, high to very high shrink-swell potential, poor drainage, level to depressed relief, low shear strength, and high plasticity; geologic units include interdistributary muds, abandoned channel-fill muds, and overbank fluvial muds. RABAKISTNER Project No.AHA18-065-00 4 April 22, 2019 • SEISMIC COEFFICIENTS .. On the basis of the soil borings conducted for this investigation, the upper 100 feet of soil may be characterized as stiff soil and a Class D Site Class Definition (Chapter 20 of ASCE 7) has been assigned to this site. On the basis of the United States Geological Survey (USGS) websitel which utilizes the American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) 2010 ASCE 7 (with March 2013 errata) and U.S. Seismic Design Maps to develop .� seismic design parameters,the following seismic considerations are associated with this site. • S5=0.070g • Si=0.038g • Sms=0.113g • Smi=0.090g • Sos=0.075g • SDI=0.060g Based on the parameters listed above as well as Tables 1613.3.5(1) and 1613.3.5(2) of the 2012/2015 IBC, the Seismic Design Category for both short period and 1 second response accelerations is A. As part of the assumptions required to complete the calculations, a Risk Category of"I or II or Ill"was selected. STRATIGRAPHY The subsurface conditions encountered at the boring locations are shown on the boring logs, Figures 2 through 5.The boring logs should be consulted for boring specific(detailed)stratigraphic information. These boring logs represent our interpretation of the subsurface conditions based on the field logs, visual examination of field samples by our personnel, and laboratory test results of selected field samples. Each stratum has been designated by grouping soils that possess similar physical and engineering characteristics. The lines designating the interfaces between strata on the boring logs represent approximate boundaries.Transitions between strata may be gradual. On the basis of the borings, the subsurface stratigraphy at this site can be described by a single generalized stratum with similar physical and engineering characteristics. This stratum consists of brown to dark gray to gray to reddish-brown to yellowish-brown, sandy lean clay soils, lean clay soils with sand, fat clay soils, and silty clay soils with sand. This layer was noted in the borings from the ground surface elevation existing at the time of our drilling operations down to at least the termination depths of the borings. Measured moisture contents range from about 8 to 29 percent.This stratum is classified as marginally plastic to highly plastic, but mostly plastic to highly plastic with measured plasticity indices ranging from 5 to 48 percent. Percent passing a No.200 sieve tests demonstrate percent fines ranging from 59 to 100 percent. Undrained shear strength values ranging from about 0.5 to 2.0 tons per square foot(tsf)were measured based on the unconfined compression strength tests. Dry unit weight values ranging from about 96 to 111 pounds per cubic foot(pcf)were measured for this layer. These soils are classified as CL soils, CH soils, and CL-ML soils in general accordance with the USCS. -r 1 http://geohazards.usgs.gov/designmaps/us/application.php RABAKISTNER Project No.AHA18-065-00 5 April 22, 2019 GROUNDWATER Water level measurements were obtained in the open boreholes during drilling. When free water was encountered in the borings during the initial dry auger phase of drilling, drilling activities were suspended and water level depths in the open boreholes were recorded after a fifteen minute time period. Groundwater level depths measured in the project borings are listed in the following table: Boring No. Depth Groundwater Water Level Depth Encountered(ft) after 15 Minutes(ft) B-1 17.0 13.9 B-2 15.0 10.7 B-3 15.0 13.2 B-4 15.5 11.0 The static groundwater level, based on the water level readings shown on the boring logs and listed in the table above, appears to be approximately 11 to 13 feet below ground surface. However, for settlement computations, a conservative water level depth of 10 feet was used in our analysis. Fluctuations in groundwater levels are possible due to variations in rainfall and surface water run-off. The construction process itself may also cause variations in the groundwater levels. Based on the findings in our borings and on our experience in this region, we believe that groundwater seepage encountered during site earthwork activities and foundation construction may be controlled using temporary earthen berm and conventional sump-and-pump dewatering methods. FOUNDATION ANALYSIS EXPANSIVE SOIL-RELATED MOVEMENTS The anticipated ground movements due to swelling of the underlying soils at the site were estimated for slab-on-grade construction using the empirical procedure, Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Tex-124-E, Method for Determining the Potential Vertical Rise(PVR). A PVR value of about 2 3/inches was estimated for the soils encountered. A surcharge load of 0.5 psi (Empty GST with 4-in. thick concrete floor), an active zone of 8 ft, and dry moisture conditions were assumed in estimating the above PVR value. The TxDOT method of estimating expansive soil-related movements is based on empirical correlations utilizing the measured plasticity indices and assuming typical seasonal fluctuations in moisture content. If desired, other methods of estimating expansive soil-related movements are available, such as estimations based on swell tests and/or soil-suction analyses. However, the performance of these tests and the detailed analysis of expansive soil-related movements were beyond the scope of the current study. It should also be noted that actual movements can exceed the estimated PVR values due to isolated changes in moisture content (such as due to leaks, landscape watering....) or if water seeps into the soils to greater depths than the assumed active zone depth due to deep trenching or excavations. RABAKISTNER Project No.AHA18-065-00 6 April 22, 2019 To mitigate water infiltration beneath the tank, bedding and backfill for water lines should consist of relatively impermeable material (outside the tank pad) such as cement stabilized sand or select cohesive .� fill with a plasticity index between 7 and 20 and a liquid limit less than 40 percent. OVEREXCAVATION AND SELECT FILL REPLACEMENT To reduce expansive, soil-related movements in at-grade construction, a portion of the upper highly expansive subgrade clays within the building areas can be removed by overexcavating and backfilling with a suitable select fill material. PVR values have been estimated for overexcavation and select fill replacement to various depths below the ground surface elevation existing at the time of our study and are summarized in the table on the following page. Recommendations for the selection and placement of select backfill materials are addressed in a subsequent section of this report. OPI Depth of Overexcavation and Select Fill Estimated PVR Replacement(ft)* (in.) 0 2% 4.5 1'/: 6.0 < 1 *below the ground surface elevation existing at the time of our study. Drainage Considerations Considerations of surface and subsurface drainage may be crucial to construction and adequate foundation performance of the soil-supported structure. Filling an excavation in relatively impervious plastic clays with relatively pervious select fill material creates a "bathtub" beneath the structure, which can result in ponding or trapped water within the fill unless good surface and subsurface drainage is provided. Water entering the fill surface during construction or entering the fill exposed beyond the structure's lines after construction may create problems with fill moisture control during compaction and increased access for moisture to the underlying expansive clays both during and after construction. Several surface and subsurface drainage design features and construction precautions can be used to limit problems associated with fill moisture. These features and precautions may include, but are not limited to, the following: • installing berms or swales on the uphill side of the construction area to divert surface runoff away from the excavation/fill area during construction; • sloping of the top of the subgrade with a minimum downward slope of 1Y2 percent out to the base of a dewatering trench located beyond the structure's perimeter; • sloping the surface of the fill during construction to promote runoff of rain water to drainage features until the final lift is placed; • sloping of a final,well-maintained, impervious clay or pavement surface(downward away from the structure)over the select fill material and any perimeter drain extending beyond the structure's footprint,with a minimum gradient of 6 inches in 5 ft, and; RABAKISTNER MIS Project No.AHA18-065-00 7 April 22, 2019 INS • constructing final surface drainage patterns to prevent ponding and limit surface water infiltration at and around the structure's perimeter. Details relative to the extent and implementation of these considerations must be evaluated on a project- "' specific basis by all members of the project design team. Many variables that influence fill drainage considerations may depend on factors that are not fully developed in the early stages of design. For this reason, drainage of the fill should be given consideration at the earliest possible stages of the project. French drains are not recommended unless specifically reviewed by RKCI. FOUNDATION RECOMMENDATIONS SITE GRADING Site grading plans can result in changes in almost all aspects of foundation recommendations. We have prepared the foundation recommendations based on the ground surface elevations and the stratigraphic conditions encountered in the borings at the time of our study. If site grading plans differ from the grades existing at the time of our study by more than plus or minus 1 ft, we must be retained to review the site grading plans prior to bidding the project for construction. This will enable us to provide input for any changes in our original recommendations, which may be required as a result of site grading operations or other considerations. GST FOUNDATION We understand that the project consists of the construction of a new 1 MG GST.The proposed tank will be a prestressed concrete tank supported on a reinforced concrete slab with a thickened edge. The new tank will have an 86-ft interior diameter(ID)and side water depth (SWD)will be 23.5 feet. The tank shell will be supported on one of two perimeter footing sizes: i) approximately 3.25 feet wide and 1 feet deep and ii) approximately 5.25 feet wide and 1 feet deep. Further, we understand that the 1 MG GST with the dimensions and water height noted above will impose contact pressures of 1.52 ksf beneath the 4-in. thick membrane floor and 2.0 ksf and 3.0 ksf for respective perimeter footing widths of 5.25 feet and 3.25 feet. Prestressed concrete tanks are constructed using thin cylindrical shells of either concrete or shotcrete. Shotcrete and precast concrete core walls incorporate a thin steel diaphragm that serves both as a liquid barrier and vertical reinforcement. Cast-in-place concrete core walls incorporate either vertical prestressing or a steel diaphragm. We understand that current project plans call for the new prestressed concrete water storage tank to be supported on a shallow foundation system such as a grade-supported 4 in.thick concrete slab with a perimeter wall footing. The subsurface conditions at the site are generally suitable for a shallow foundation system, provided the structure can tolerate the settlements discussed later in the GST Foundation Settlement section of this report. We recommend that RKCI be on-site during construction of the tank foundation to document the quality of fill material directly underneath the GST structure. RABAKISTNER Project No.AHA18-065-00 8 April 22, 2019 STABILITY The foundation system for the GST should satisfy two basic and independent design criteria. First, the bearing pressure transmitted to the foundation soils should not exceed the net allowable soil bearing capacity, which includes an appropriate safety factor. Second, settlements during the operating life of the tank should not be of a magnitude that will cause structural damage to the tank or its piping connections. Prestressed concrete tanks should be designed in general accordance with American Concrete Institute(ACI) 372R-03 Design and Construction of Circular Wire-and Strand-Wrapped Prestressed Concrete Structures. " The allowable bearing capacity for normal operating conditions (static loading) should be determined by dividing the ultimate capacity by a factor of three. We computed the ultimate bearing capacity for the proposed tank under a full water height of 23.5 feet. Assuming applied pressures of about 1.52 ksf beneath the tank floor and 3.0 ksf/2.0 ksf beneath the perimeter footing, which will be imposed by the tank during hydrotesting and operation, and a subgrade (untreated) ultimate bearing capacity of 6,636 psf, we computed minimum factors of safety(FS)against shear failure of 3.6(tank floor),2.2(3.25-ft wide perimeter footing), and 3.3 (5.25-ft wide perimeter footing). The FS values for the 3.25-ft wide perimeter footing do not meet the minimum FS criterion of 3. GST SETTLEMENT ESTIMATES We performed the generalized settlement analysis for the proposed GST using Settle3D, a commercially —, available computer software program by RocScience for the calculation of stress distribution and total and differential settlements. The program first computes the net stress changes beneath loaded areas using available theories of stress distribution and overlap from adjacent structures. The program then uses soil compressibility parameters to evaluate the change in thickness of individual layers caused by the loaded areas and then computes the overall movement of the foundation at user defined points of interest. The program calculates immediate (elastic) and consolidation (primary and secondary) settlement by using either linear, non-linear, or Janbu-type compressibility parameters. Soil compressibility parameters were developed from the laboratory consolidation test results and using published correlations based on index testing of the foundation soils. -� We considered a perimeter footing diameter of 89.25-ft and the soil conditions observed in Borings B-1 through B-4 for our analyses. We assumed the tank would be filled to 23.5 ft during hydrotesting and maximum applied loads of about 1.52 ksf (beneath the tank floor) and 3.0 ksf (beneath the 3.25-ft wide perimeter footing) and 2.0 ksf(beneath the 5.25-ft wide perimeter footing). The results are presented in the following table. Estimated Tank Settlements Perimeter Location Immediate Consolidation Total Footing Width Settlement Settlement Settlement (ft) (in.) (in.) (in.) 5'-3" Tank Center 0.66 4.71 5.38 .� Tank Edge 0.35 2.84 3.19 Tank Center 0.67 4.73 5.40 3'-3" Tank Edge 0.42 3.46 3.18 -� Maximum tolerable settlement limits were provided by Preload and are listed below. RABAKISTNER Project No.AHA18-065-00 9 April 22, 2019 a 1. Maximum outer edge settlement, de<= 2.5" (tolerable outer edge settlement may vary depending on pipe connection limitations, but should not exceed 6"); 2. Maximum differential settlement, dd <=1.5" between the outer edge and tank center; 3. Total settlement(at tank center), do<=4.0"; and, 4. PVR<=1". Based on the settlement estimates presented on the table above and the tolerable settlement limits required by Preload, ground improvement is needed to reduce total and differential settlements and PVR. Guidelines for structural fill requirements are presented in the report section entitled "Foundation Construction Considerations". FOUNDATION IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS Total settlement could be reduced to less than 6 inches by removal and replacement of the surficial 6-ft deep in situ clays with base material compacted in thin lifts at 97 percent modified Proctor(ASTM D1557). Removal and replacement with granular fill would also improve bearing capacity for the 3.25-ft wide perimeter footing and increase the FS value to greater than 3. Installation of a 5-ft thick fill pad comprised of compacted base material will reduce estimated settlement values as follows: Estimated Tank Settlement with 6-ft Thick Fill Pad Perimeter Location Immediate Consolidation Total Footing Width Settlement Settlement Settlement �• (ft) (in.) (in.) (in.) Tank Center 0.61 3.11 3.72 -3 Tank Edge 0.33 1.97 2.30 3'-3" Tank Center 0.62 3.13 3.75 Tank Edge 0.38 2.28 2.66 The center of the tank fill pad should be crowned about 1 to 2 inches to mitigate differential settlement. Base material physical requirements and placement and compaction guidelines are detailed in following section. STRUCTURAL FILL Materials used as structural fill underneath the tank structure should preferably should be crushed stone or crushed concrete aggregate. We recommend that materials specified for use as select fill meet the TxDOT 2014 Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of Highways,Streets and Bridges, Item 247, Flexible Base,Type A, C or D,Grades 1, 2 or 5. Structural fill should have a minimum thickness of 6 feet and be placed in lifts not exceeding 12 inches loose measure and compacted to a minimum relative density of 97 percent modified Proctor (ASTM D1557) at moisture content within two percentage points of the •— optimum moisture content. RABAK1STNER r Project No.AHA18-065-00 10 April 22, 2019 The tank perimeter footing should be covered with select fill having a minimum thickness of 2 feet and a minimum horizontal width of 10 feet. This cohesive select fill cap will minimize water infiltration into the underlying granular structural fill. Select fill material requirements and placement and compaction criteria are presented in the following section. FOUNDATION CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS SITE DRAINAGE Drainage is an important key to the successful performance of any foundation. Good surface drainage should be established prior to and maintained after construction to help prevent water from ponding within or adjacent to the structure foundations and to facilitate rapid drainage away from the structure foundation. Failure to provide positive drainage away from the structure can result in localized differential vertical movements in soil supported foundations. Other drainage and subsurface drainage issues are discussed in the Expansive Soil-Related Movements subsection of the Foundation Analysis section of this report. SITE PREPARATION Structure areas and all areas to support select fill should be stripped of all vegetation, topsoil, and other deleterious materials. After stripping and grubbing,the exposed subgrade should be thoroughly proofrolled in order to locate and densify any weak,compressible zones. A minimum of 5 passes of a fully-loaded dump truck or a similar heavily-loaded piece of construction equipment should be used for planning purposes. Proofrolling operations should be observed by the Geotechnical Engineer or his representative to document subgrade condition and preparation. Weak or soft areas identified during proofrolling should be removed and replaced with suitable, compacted on-site clays, free of organics, oversized materials, and degradable or deleterious materials. Upon completion of the proofrolling operations and just prior to fill placement or slab construction, the exposed subgrade should be moisture conditioned by scarifying to a minimum depth of 6 in. and recompacting to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D698. The moisture content of the subgrade should be maintained within the range of optimum moisture content to 3 percentage points above optimum moisture content until permanently covered. SHALLOW FOUNDATION EXCAVATIONS Shallow foundation excavations should be observed by the Geotechnical Engineer or his representative prior to placement of reinforcing steel and concrete. This is necessary to document that the bearing soils at the bottom of the excavations are similar to those encountered in the borings and that excessive soft/loose materials and water are not present in the excavations. If soft/loose pockets of soil are encountered in the foundation excavations,they should be removed and replaced with a compacted non- expansive fill material or lean concrete up to the design foundation bearing elevations. -F RABAKISTNER Project No.AHA18-065-00 11 April 22, 2019 Disturbance from foot traffic and from the accumulation of excess water can result in losses in bearing capacity and increased settlement. If inclement weather is anticipated at the time construction, consideration should be given to protecting the bottoms of beam trenches by placing a thin mud mat (layer of flowable fill or lean concrete) at the bottom of trenches immediately following excavation. This will reduce disturbance from foot traffic and will impede the infiltration of surface water. All necessary precautions should be implemented to protect open excavations from the accumulation of surface water runoff and rain. CONSTRUCTION RELATED SERVICES CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS TESTING AND OBSERVATION SERVICES As presented in the attachment to this report, Important Information About Your Geotechnical Engineering Report, subsurface conditions can vary across a project site. The conditions described in this report are based on interpolations derived from a limited number of data points. Variations will be encountered during construction, and only the geotechnical design engineer will be able to determine if these conditions are different than those assumed for design. Construction problems resulting from variations or anomalies in subsurface conditions are among the most prevalent on construction projects and often lead to delays, changes, cost overruns, and disputes. These variations and anomalies can best be addressed if the geotechnical engineer of record, RKCI, is retained to perform construction observation and testing services during the construction of the project. This is because: • RKCI has an intimate understanding of the geotechnical engineering report's findings and recommendations. RKCI understands how the report should be interpreted and can provide such interpretations on site, on the CLIENT's behalf. • RKCI knows what subsurface conditions are anticipated at the site. • RKCI is familiar with the goals of the CLIENT and project design professionals, having worked with them in the development of the geotechnical workscope. This enables RKCI to suggest remedial measures (when needed) which help meet the CLIENT's and the design teams' requirements. • RKCI has a vested interest in client satisfaction, and thus assigns qualified personnel whose principal concern is client satisfaction. This concern is exhibited by the manner in which contractors' work is tested, evaluated and reported, and in selection of alternative approaches when such may become necessary. • RKCI cannot be held accountable for problems which result due to misinterpretation of our findings or recommendations when we are not on hand to provide the interpretation which is required. BUDGETING FOR CONSTRUCTION TESTING Appropriate budgets need to be developed for the required construction testing and observation activities. At the appropriate time before construction,we advise that RKCI and the project designers meet and jointly develop the testing budgets, as well as review the testing specifications as it pertains to this project. RABAKISTNER Project No.AHA18-065-00 12 April 22, 2019 Once the construction testing budget and scope of work are finalized, we encourage a preconstruction meeting with the selected contractor to review the scope of work to make sure it is consistent with the construction means and methods proposed by the contractor. RKCI looks forward to the opportunity to provide continued support on this project, and would welcome the opportunity to meet with the Project Team to develop both a scope and budget for these services. * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * The following figures are attached and complete this report: Figure 1 Boring Location Map Figure 2 through 5 Logs of Borings Figure 6 Key to Terms and Symbols Figure 7 Results of Soil Sample Analyses T T RABAKISTNER ATTACHMENTS RABAKISTNER i r / e 1 , _ t B-2 s a t B-1 ' _t B-3 a B-4 co ,14.i-, N V. . O t I/ NAtt 1 J. +11 a 1 i t — t1 { � . t I t f`�. r. ei r I�. _ r r: 1 t3 _ fr :>y .-; A 4gliff ck01' 9 IRIIIR „14ifiret_..... ,./ . „^' REVISIONS PROJECT No.: `- ' KISTNER No. DATE DESCRIPTION 1� FONSULTANTS BORING LOCATION MAP AHA1 8-065-00 Engineenng•Testing•Environmental BAILEY WATER PLANT Faatities•Infrastructure ISSUE DATE: 09-18-18 Am 3602 Westchase IMPROVEMENTS DRAWN BY: DV Houston,Texas 77042 BAILEY ROAD AND WELLS DRIVE CHECKED BY: SC (713)996-8990TEL PEARLAND, TEXAS REVIEWED BY: JDB (713)996-8993 FAX FIGURE: "" www.rkci.com 1 TBPE Firm F-3257 n,nan L.. D..L.. V:..a..... n........K....1.. I... i LOG OF BORING NO. B-1 Ilk R A B A Bailey Water Plant Improvements K ISTNER Bailey Road and Wells Drive TBPE Firm Registration No.F-3257 DRILLING Pearland, Texas METHOD: Straight Flight Auger&Mud Rotary LOCATION: N 29.53293;W 95.28057 SHEAR STRENGTH,TONS/FT2 LL of J -B---O----�_—�_--o- f DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL a �� 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 _X 00 0 _ im c vv, 9 j W PLASTIC WATER LIQUID g° N 3 LIMIT CONTENT LIMIT a SURFACE ELEVATION: Existing grade,ft en X J9 2q 30 49 59 6p 79 89 SANDY LEAN CLAY(CL),brown w/roots • FAT CLAY(CH),hard to stiff,dark gray w/ sand seams IX----®-fa----3( - 42 92 -w/roots from 2 ft to 4 ft 5 • 0 - -yellowish brown and gray,w/calacareous - and ferrous nodules from 6 ft to 13 ft 102 ® • - H cc _ a. u., 101 X-- - --X - 47 H ".• 10— J w O z - a w I H a 2 LEAN CLAY w/SAND(CL),very stiff to stiff, 0 reddish brown and gray w/sand pockets •O 0 - cc LL } 15 — w IN CC H Q a w v, L A -brown from 18 ft to 23 ft v It • - UI w m 20 — H ow z o J D 0 FAT CLAY(CH),very stiff,reddish brown ,;; MO 102 >-4-—-0-—— ——T X - 48 100 0 O J 25— — ,,, N UI I 1- Li H 0 -reddish brown and gray from 28 ft to 33 ft z -w/sand seams and calcareous nodules SO - 30 from 28 ft to 38 ft _ I -yellowish brown and gray from 33 ft to 38 ft 111 • 0 0 - 35 — I - - / SILTY CLAY w/SAND(CL-ML),soft to stiff, brown w/sand pockets s 0 >E-« - 5 84 DEPTH DRILLED: 60.0 ft DEPTH TO WATER: 13.9 ft PROJ.No.: AHA18-065-00 .. DATE DRILLED: 9/1/2018 DATE MEASURED: 9/1/18 FIGURE: 2a LOG OF BORING NO. B-1 IV RK I SAGT AN E R ,. Bailey Water Plant Improvements Bailey Road and Wells Drive TBPE Firm Registration No.F-3257 Pearland,Texas DRILLING LOCATION: N 29.53293;W 95.28057 METHOD: Straight Flight Auger&Mud Rotary SHEAR STRENGTH,TONS/FT2 -e---0---0-- A --o- W 8' 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 0 W 8 • g DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL a. Z5 PLASTIC WATER LIQUID g? ae iy• N N p "' LIMIT CONTENT LIMIT a. c SURFACE ELEVATION:Existing grade,ft m _ 3 1) 2Q 3) 40 a 5. 6. 7) 8. SILTY CLAY w/SAND(CL-ML),soft to stiff, brown w/sand pockets(continued) - = 09 ♦/ _ _ - coon a Li, CLAY(CH),very stiff,yellowish brown °C w/sand seams 104 Diiik X - 36 95 w —50 / — 6, / w 2 F 2, cc 1 - / 107 = • • = -J —55 ~ 0. a a - _ ec w 7 r VI a - - w • • w m —60 — ~ Boring terminated at a depth of 60 ft z - ofi J 5' _ NOTES: 0 Free-water was encountered at a depth of 17 ft and rose to a depth of 13.9 ft after - - I 15 minutes J —65 — — N w I -� Ui 0 - z —70 — — T —75 — — T - .I" DEPTH DRILLED: 60.0 ft DEPTH TO WATER: 13.9 ft PROJ.No.: AHA18-065-00 DATE DRILLED: 9/1/2018 DATE MEASURED: 9/1/18 FIGURE: 2b T LOG OF BORING NO. B-2 IIV R A B A . Bailey Water Plant Improvements KISTNER Bailey Road and Wells Drive TBPE Firm Registration No.F-3257 DRILLING Pearland,Texas METHOD: Straight Flight Auger&Mud Rotary LOCATION: N 29.53303;W 95.28051 s 1- SHEAR STRENGTH,TONS/FT2 W z yn ---0 --0---0-- --P- 2 f DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL o= o;s 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 a;o a 8 v ,71 � R 3 z'2 PLASTIC WATER LIQUID '^z in ," 0 D 3 LIMIT CONTENT LIMIT g SURFACE ELEVATION: Existing grade,ft co1Q 2Q 3Q 4Q 51) 6Q 7Q 8Q SANDY LEAN CLAY(CL),brown w/roots • FAT CLAY(CH),hard to stiff,dark gray w/ sand seams IV------0----'—X - 46 91 5 O 9 • - - -yellowish brown and gray from 6 ft to 13 ft • • - 1- 0 - a -w/calcareous and ferrous nodules from 8 ft z to 13 ft 102 ®O 0§• - 1- 0 10— — LU O m a w 2 t / LEANreddishm CLAY w/SAND(CL),stiff to firm, O 0 brown and gray )0-•--K - 17 78 '1 15 a — w LU LU a l 2 v. -w/sand pockets from 18 ft to 23 ft v) O 6 • LU m 20 — 1- 0 z s 0 J 0 = N FAT CLAY(CH),very stiff, reddish brown w/ V) sand seams G - 0 O J 25 — LU V1 /// = / I— fin = I- 0 0 A-reddish brown and gray w/calcareous z nodules from 28 ft to 30 ft •C> 9 IIIS 30 -- Boring terminated at a depth of 30 ft NOTES: _ Free-water was encountered at a depth of 15 ft and rose to a depth of 10.7 ft after - 15 minutes _„, 35— I DEPTH DRILLED: 30.0 ft DEPTH TO WATER: 10.7 ft PROJ.No.: AHA18-065-00 DATE DRILLED: 9/1/2018 DATE MEASURED: 9/1/18 FIGURE: 3 mil LOG OF BORING NO. B-3 Ilb RK I SAGTAN E R .,, Bailey Water Plant Improvements Bailey Road and Wells Drive TBPE Firm Registration No.F-3257 Pearland,Texas DRILLING LOCATION: N 29.53290;W 95.28069 METHOD: Straight Flight Auger&Mud Rotary SHEAR STRENGTH,TONS/FT2 -0---0---0-- A --El- W W it - 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 0 W 8 2 DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL 3 Z5 PLASTIC WATER LIQUID z ae ,� II 0 N N O D 3 LIMIT CONTENT LIMIT a m X X-- SURFACE ELEVATION:Existing grade,ft _ lc) 29 3) 4, 5) 6' 7 8s SANDY LEAN CLAY(CL),brown w/roots 20 59 - / - •X-----X F FAT CLAY(CH),hard to stiff,dark gray w/_ sand seams • 9 0 — -w/roots from 2 ft to 4 ft— 5 96 — 9 • -yellowish brown and gray w/calcareous - 6 0 • •. and ferrous nodules from 6 ft to 13 ft 0 w I- C9• I- U —10 w� O w a LU _ r 27 t O LEAN CLAY w/SAND(CL),stiff,reddish cc 0 / brown and gray —15 / LU Q.1 / Q w w - - N 0 - w"r - N / CO •/ 0 00 20 / — 0 I- all. J 2 0 _ N FAT CLAY(CH),very stiff,reddish brown and X-♦ ———_ —-X 46 100 0" / gray —25 — J/ w N w I I- •. w I— O -w/sand seams from 28 ft to 30 ft z —30 Boring terminated at a depth of 30 ft NOTES: Free-water was encountered at a depth of 15 ft and rose to a depth of 13.2 ft after - 15 minutes —35 — 1_ - 7 `I" DEPTH DRILLED: 30.0 ft DEPTH TO WATER: 13.2 ft PROJ.No.: AHA18-065-00 DATE DRILLED: 9/1/2018 DATE MEASURED: 9/1/18 FIGURE: 4 e LOG OF BORING NO. B-4 L, R A B A Bailey Water Plant Improvements KISTNER Bailey Road and Wells Drive TBPE Firm Registration No.F-3257 DRILLING Pearland, Texas METHOD: Straight Flight Auger&Mud Rotary LOCATION: N 29.53284;W 95.28049 SHEAR STRENGTH,TONS/FT2 o J t )- e --0---0-- — = m a a c= 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 x o 2 f DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL N F= W N ,a 3 z W PLASTIC WATER LIQUID ~^° O '3 LIMIT CONTENT LIMIT - • SURFACE ELEVATION:Existing grade,ft JQ 2Q 30 4Q SQ 6Q 7Q 8Q SANDY LEAN CLAY(CL),brown w/roots • FAT CLAY(CH),very stiff to stiff,dark gray w/sand seams 103 XF--- — X 48 93 5 ® • - -yellowish brown and gray w/calcareous and ferrous nodules from 6 ft to 13 ft • • - it 0 a w •K$ I- 10— _ W O I- a w 2 F LEAN CLAY(CL),very stiff to stiff,reddish 0 brown and gray w/sand pockets OX—♦0———-X - 27 89 LL >- 15 — w s cn 00 • w 20— — I- z I 0 2 FAT CLAY(CH),very stiff,reddish brown O 25— _w z O -reddish brown and gray w/calcareous nodules from 28 ft to 30 ft I OD 30 4 1 ---- Boring terminated at a depth of 30 ft NOTES: _ Free-water was encountered at a depth of 15.5 ft and rose to a depth of 11 ft after - 15 minutes 35— — DEPTH DRILLED: 30.0 ft DEPTH TO WATER: 11 ft PROJ.No.: AHA18-065-00 DATE DRILLED: 9/1/2018 DATE MEASURED: 9/1/18 FIGURE: 5 KEY TO TERMS AND SYMBOLS MATERIAL TYPES SOIL TERMS ROCK TERMS OTHER i.,i _ PI i.,i• P I /N/• �� ���� I' I ASPHALT �N�• CALCAREOUS PEAT p CHALK I LIMESTONE %// A MI //\ A ///, - � + A A • ////' ,/,/� BASE CALICHE SAND ////' CLAYSTONE 279/ MARL , A A • -_ //�� a 7)1 CLAY SANDY _` CLAY-SHALE J�J/ METAMORPHIC Q o CONCRETE/CEMENT V .� CLAYEY SILT. ,;. CONGLOMERATE SANDSTONE PAICKS/ 1 PAVERS • )o uC / • pQ 0 GRAVEL SILTY / // DOLOMITE SHALE r 1 WASTE 1 v , �. x x x lily I Mx x o C GRAVELLY M/\ FILL x x x IGNEOUS I I I I I I SILTSTONE NO INFORMATION 1 WELL CONSTRUCTION AND PLUGGING MATERIALS 1 <>oji< : 7 BLANK PIPE BENTONITE BENTONITE& : CUTTINGS SAND CUTTINGS = O I 1I 7 SCREEN CEMENT GROUT Qa CONCRETE/CEMENT DQ c GRAVEL \ VOLCLAY 0 1 SAMPLE TYPES STRENGTH TEST TYPES ti l 9 POCKET PENETROMETER '1/ • 'A' tiN AIR IA I MUD SHELBY TUBE ROTARY IAA ROTARY O TORVANE itGRAB NO III 0 UNCONFINED COMPRESSION T SAMPLE RECOVERY illSPLIT BARREL A TRIAXIAL COMPRESSION UNCONSOLIDATED-UNDRAINED COREI. I NX CORE SPLIT SPOON TRIAXIAL COMPRESSION , � El TRIAXIAL GEOPROBE PITCHER TEXAS CONE NOTE: VALUES SYMBOLIZED ON BORING LOGS REPRESENT SHEAR SAMPLER PENETROMETER STRENGTHS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED -DAMAGED -INTACT ROTOSONIC ROTOSONIC I DISTURBED PROJECT NO. AHA18-065-00 11 REVISED 04/2012 R A B A K I S T N E R FIGURE 6a KEY TO TERMS AND SYMBOLS (CONT'D) - TERMINOLOGY Terms used in this report to describe soils with regard to their consistency or conditions are in general accordance with the discussion presented in Article 45 of SOILS MECHANICS IN ENGINEERING PRACTICE, Terzaghi and Peck, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1967, using the most reliable information available from the field and laboratory investigations. Terms used for describing soils according to their texture or grain size distribution are in accordance with the UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM,as described "" in American Society for Testing and Materials D2487-06 and D2488-00, Volume 04.08, Soil and Rock; Dimension Stone; Geosynthetics;2005. The depths shown on the boring logs are not exact,and have been estimated to the nearest half-foot. Depth measurements may be presented in a manner that implies greater precision in depth measurement, i.e 6.71 meters. The reader should understand and interpret this information only within the stated half-foot tolerance on depth measurements. RELATIVE DENSITY COHESIVE STRENGTH PLASTICITY Penetration Resistance Relative Resistance Cohesion Plasticity Degree of Blows per ft Density Blows per ft Consistency TSF Index Plasticity 0 - 4 Very Loose 0 - 2 Very Soft 0 - 0.125 0 - 5 None 4 - 10 Loose 2 - 4 Soft 0.125 - 0.25 5 - 10 Low 10 - 30 Medium Dense 4 - 8 Firm 0.25 - 0.5 10 - 20 Moderate 30 - 50 Dense 8 - 15 Stiff 0.5 - 1.0 20 - 40 Plastic "' > 50 Very Dense 15 - 30 Very Stiff 1.0 - 2.0 > 40 Highly Plastic > 30 Hard > 2.0 w ABBREVIATIONS B = Benzene Qam,Qas,Qal = Quaternary Alluvium Kef = Eagle Ford Shale ,e. T = Toluene Qat = Low Terrace Deposits Kbu = Buda Limestone E = Ethylbenzene Qbc = Beaumont Formation Kdr = Del Rio Clay X = Total Xylenes Qt = Fluviatile Terrace Deposits Kft = Fort Terrett Member now BTEX = Total BTEX Qao = Seymour Formation Kgt = Georgetown Formation TPH = Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons Qle = Leona Formation Kep = Person Formation ND = Not Detected Q-Tu = Uvalde Gravel Kek = Kainer Formation NA = Not Analyzed Ewi = Wilcox Formation Kes = Escondido Formation NR = Not Recorded/No Recovery Emi = Midway Group Kew = Walnut Formation OVA = Organic Vapor Analyzer Mc = Catahoula Formation Kgr = Glen Rose Formation ppm = Parts Per Million El = Laredo Formation Kgru = Upper Glen Rose Formation Kknm = Navarro Group and Marlbrook Kgrl = Lower Glen Rose Formation Marl Kh = Hensel)Sand Kpg = Pecan Gap Chalk Kau = Austin Chalk PROJECT NO. AHA18-065-00 REVISED 04/2012 R A B A K I S T N E R FIGURE 6b KEY TO TERMS AND SYMBOLS (CONT'D) TERMINOLOGY SOIL STRUCTURE Slickensided Having planes of weakness that appear slick and glossy. .� Fissured Containing shrinkage or relief cracks,often filled with fine sand or silt;usually more or less vertical. Pocket Inclusion of material of different texture that is smaller than the diameter of the sample. Parting Inclusion less than 1/8 inch thick extending through the sample. Seam Inclusion 1/8 inch to 3 inches thick extending through the sample. em Layer Inclusion greater than 3 inches thick extending through the sample. Laminated Soil sample composed of alternating partings or seams of different soil type. Interlayered Soil sample composed of alternating layers of different soil type. Intermixed Soil sample composed of pockets of different soil type and layered or laminated structure is not evident. Calcareous Having appreciable quantities of carbonate. Carbonate Having more than 50%carbonate content. SAMPLING METHODS RELATIVELY UNDISTURBED SAMPLING Cohesive soil samples are to be collected using three-inch thin-walled tubes in general accordance with the Standard Practice for Thin-Walled Tube Sampling of Soils(ASTM D1587)and granular soil samples are to be collected using two-inch split-barrel samplers in general accordance with the Standard Method for Penetration Test and Split-Barrel Sampling of Soils(ASTM D1586). Cohesive soil samples may be extruded on-site when appropriate handling and storage techniques maintain sample integrity and moisture content. STANDARD PENETRATION TEST(SPT) A 2-in.-OD,1-3/8-in.-ID split spoon sampler is driven 1.5 ft into undisturbed soil with a 140-pound hammer free falling 30 in. After the sampler is seated 6 in.into undisturbed soil,the number of blows required to drive the sampler the last 12 in.is the Standard Penetration Resistance or"N"value,which is recorded as blows per foot as described below. SPLIT-BARREL SAMPLER DRIVING RECORD Blows Per Foot Description 25 25 blows drove sampler 12 inches,after initial 6 inches of seating. '* 50/7" 50 blows drove sampler 7 inches,after initial 6 inches of seating. Ref/3" 50 blows drove sampler 3 inches during initial 6-inch seating interval. NOTE:To avoid damage to sampling tools,driving is limited to 50 blows during or after seating interval. �+ T PROJECT NO. AHA18-065-00 REVISED 04/2012 R A B A K I S T N E R FIGURE 6c RESULTS OF SOIL SAMPLE ANALYSES PROJECT NAME: Bailey Water Plant Improvements Bailey Road and Wells Drive Pearland, Texas FILE NAME: AHA18-065-00.GPJ 9/19/2018 Sample Water Dry Unit Shear Boring Depth Blows Content Liquid Plastic Plasticity USCS Weight %-200 Strength Strength �. No. (ft) per ft (%) Limit Limit Index (pcf) Sieve (tsf) Test B-1 0.0 to 2.0 8 2.0 to 4.0 19 65 23 42 CH 92 2.00 TV r 4.0 to 6.0 21 1.75 TV 6.0 to 8.0 25 102 0.86 UC J., 8.0 to 10.0 24 65 18 47 101 1.25 TV 13.0 to 15.0 22 1.25 TV 18.0 to 20.0 23 0.80 TV re 23.0 to 25.0 24 67 19 48 CH 102 100 1.16 UC 28.0 to 30.0 27 1.75 TV 33.0 to 35.0 20 111 1.41 UU om' 38.0 to 40.0 22 23 18 5 CL-ML 84 0.10 TV 43.0 to 45.0 20 0.60 TV 48.0 to 50.0 23 57 21 36 CH 104 95 1.25 PP IND 53.0 to 55.0 22 107 1.73 UU 58.0 to 60.0 22 1.50 TV B-2 0.0 to 2.0 10 •r 2.0 to 4.0 19 67 21 46 CH 91 2.25 TV 4.0 to 6.0 27 0.40 TV 6.0 to 8.0 29 0.50 TV imp 8.0 to 10.0 23 102 0.53 UC 13.0 to 15.0 21 31 14 17 CL 78 0.75 PP or 18.0 to 20.0 24 0.30 TV 23.0 to 25.0 28 1.50 TV 28.0 to 30.0 28 1.50 TV "' B-3 0.0 to 2.0 9 33 13 20 CL 59 2.0 to 4.0 20 2.50 TV 4.0 to 6.0 28 96 0.63 UC 6.0 to 8.0 19 0.70 TV 8.0 to 10.0 26 1.00 TV 13.0 to 15.0 20 0.80 TV 51. 18.0 to 20.0 27 1.00 TV 23.0 to 25.0 28 70 24 46 CH 100 1.75 TV r. 28.0 to 30.0 26 1.75 TV B-4 0.0 to 2.0 9 2.0 to 4.0 21 65 17 48 CH 103 93 1.95 UC p. 4.0 to 6.0 26 0.80 TV 6.0 to 8.0 25 1.00 TV 8.0 to 10.0 22 1.25 TV 13.0 to 15.0 22 42 15 27 CL 89 0.63 TV PP=Pocket Penetrometer TV=Torvane UC=Unconfined Compression FV=Field Vane UU=Unconsolidated Undrained Triaxial CU=Consolidated Undrained Triaxial PROJECT NO. AHA18-065-00 �' RABAKISTNER FIGURE 7a all RESULTS OF SOIL SAMPLE ANALYSES i. PROJECT NAME: Bailey Water Plant Improvements Bailey Road and Wells Drive Pearland, Texas r FILE NAME: AHA18-065-00.GPJ 9/19/2018 Dry Unit Shear Boring Sample Blows Water Liquid Plastic Plasticity USCS Weight %-200 Strength Stres9tthiii No. Depth per ft Content Limit Limit Index (pof) Sieve (tsf) (ft) (%) B-4 18.0 to 20.0 27 0.40 TV 23.0 to 25.0 27 1.75 TV4111 28.0 to 30.0 29 1.75 TV 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 el I 1 PP=Pocket Penetrometer TV=Torvane UC=Unconfined Compression FV= Field Vane UU=Unconsolidated Undrained Triaxial I CU=Consolidated Undrained Triaxial PROJECT NO. AHA18-065-00 RABAKISTNER FIGURE 7b r Important Information about This illb Geotechoical-Engineering Report --. rSubsurface problems are a principal cause of construction delays, cost overruns, claims, and disputes. While you cannot eliminate all such risks, you can manage them. The following information is provided to help. rGeotechnical Services Are Performed for assessment of their imp act.Geotechnical engineers cannot Specific Purposes, Persons, and Projects accept responsibility or liability for problems that occur because Geotechnical engineers structure their services to meet the specific needs of their clients.A geotechnical engineering their reports do not consider developments of which they were not informed. study conducted for a civil engineer may not fulfill the needs of a constructor—a construction contractor—or even another Subsurface Conditions Can Change r civil engineer.Because each geotechnical-engineering study A geotechnical-engineering report is based on conditions that is unique,each geotechnical-engineering report is unique, existed at the time the geotechnical engineer performed the prepared solely for the client.No one except you should rely on study.Do not rely on a geotechnical-engineering report whose this geotechnical-engineering report without first conferring adequacy may have been affected by.the passage of time; r with the geotechnical engineer who prepared it.And no one man-made events,such as construction on or adjacent to the —not even you—should apply this report for any purpose or site;or natural events,such as floods,droughts,earthquakes, project except the one originally contemplated. or groundwater fluctuations.Contact the geotechnical engineer r before applying this report to determine if it is still reliable.A Read the Full Report minor amount of additional testing or analysis could prevent Serious problems have occurred because those relying on major problems. a geotechnical-engineering report did not read it all.Do r not rely on an executive summary.Do not read selected Most Geotechnical Findings Are Professional elements only. Opinions Site exploration identifies subsurface conditions only at those r Geotechnical Engineers Base Each Report on points where subsurface tests are conducted or samples are a Unique Set of Project-Specific Factors taken.Geotechnical engineers review field and laboratory Geotechnical engineers consider many unique,project-specific data and then apply their professional judgment to render factors when establishing the scope of a study.Typical factors an opinion about subsurface conditions throughout the f include:the client's goals,objectives,and risk-management site.Actual subsurface conditions may differ—sometimes preferences;the general nature of the structure involved,its significantly—from those indicated in your report.Retaining size,and configuration;the location of the structure on the the geotechnical engineer who developed your report to site;and other planned or existing site improvements,such as provide geotechnical-construction observation is the most r access roads,parking lots,and underground utilities.Unless effective method of managing the risks associated with the geotechnical engineer who conducted the study specifically unanticipated conditions. indicates otherwise,do not rely on a geotechnical-engineering report that was: • not prepared for you; Report's Recommendations Are Not Final A Do not overrely on the confirmation-dependent • not prepared for your project; recommendations included in your report.Confirmation- • not prepared for the specific site explored;or dependent recommendations are not final,because r • completed before important project changes were made. geotechnical engineers develop them principally from judgment and opinion.Geotechnical engineers can finalize Typical changes that can erode the reliability of an existing their recommendations only by observing actual subsurface geotechnical-engineering report include those that affect: conditions revealed during construction. The geotechnical II . the function of the proposed structure,as when it's changed engineer who developed your report cannot assume from a parking garage to an office building,or from a light- responsibility or liability for the report's confirmation-dependent industrial plant to a refrigerated warehouse; recommendations if that engineer does not perform the F • the elevation,configuration,location,orientation,or weight geotechnical-construction observation required to confirm the of the proposed structure; recommendations'applicability. • the composition of the design team;or • project ownership. A Geotechnical-Engineering Report Is Subject r to Misinterpretation As a general rule,always inform your geotechnical engineer Other design-team members'misinterpretation of of project changes—even minor ones—and request an geotechnical-engineering reports has resulted in costly as i others recognize their own responsibilities and risks.Read problems.Confront that risk by having your geotechnical engineer confer with appropriate members of the design team these provisions closely.Ask questions.Your geotechnical after submitting the report.Also retain your geotechnical engineer should respond fully and frankly. engineer to review pertinent elements of the design team's plans and specifications.Constructors can also misinterpret Environmental Concerns Are Not Covered 14 a geotechnical-engineering report.Confront that risk by The equipment,techniques,and personnel used to perform having your geotechnical engineer participate in prebid and an environmental study differ significantly from those used to preconstruction conferences,and by providing geotechnical perform ageotechnical study.For that reason,a geotechnical- construction observation. engineering report does not usually relate any environmental findings,conclusions,or recommendations;e.g.,about Do Not Redraw the Engineer's Logs the likelihood of encountering underground storage tanks Geotechnical engineers prepare final boring and testing logs or regulated contaminants. Unanticipated environmental fo based upon their interpretation of field logs and laboratory problems have led to numerous project failures.If you have not data.To prevent errors or omissions,the logs included in a yet obtained your own environmental information, geotechnical-engineering report should never be redrawn ask your geotechnical consultant for risk-management for inclusion in architectural or other design drawings.Only guidance.Do not rely on an environmental report prepared for photographic or electronic reproduction is acceptable,but someone else. recognize that separating logs from the report can elevate risk. Obtain Professional Assistance To Deal Give Constructors a Complete Report and with Mold Guidance Diverse strategies can be applied during building design, 1 Some owners and design professionals mistakenly believe they construction,operation,and maintenance to prevent can make constructors liable for unanticipated subsurface significant amounts of mold from growing on indoor surfaces. conditions by limiting what they provide for bid preparation. To be effective,all such strategies should be devised for To help prevent costly problems,give constructors the the express purpose of mold prevention,integrated into a complete geotechnical-engineering report,but preface it with comprehensive plan,and executed with diligent oversight by a a clearly written letter of transmittal.In that letter,advise professional mold-prevention consultant.Because just a small constructors that the report was not prepared for purposes amount of water or moisture can lead to the development of 1 of bid development and that the report's accuracy is limited; severe mold infestations,many mold-prevention strategies encourage them to confer with the geotechnical engineer focus on keeping building surfaces dry.While groundwater, who prepared the report(a modest fee may be required)and/ water infiltration,and similar issues may have been addressed or to conduct additional study to obtain the specific types of as part of the geotechnical-engineering study whose findings 7 information they need or prefer.A prebid conference can also are conveyed in this report,the geotechnical engineer in be valuable.Be sure constructors have sufficient time to perform charge of this project is not a mold prevention consultant; additional study.Only then might you be in a position to none of the services performed in connection with the give constructors the best information available to you, geotechnical engineer's study were designed or conducted for 1 while requiring them to at least share some of the financial the purpose of mold prevention.Proper implementation of the responsibilities stemming from unanticipated conditions. recommendations conveyed in this report will not of itself be sufficient to prevent mold from growing in or on the structure Read Responsibility Provisions Closely involved. Some clients,design professionals,and constructors fail to recognize that geotechnical engineering is far less exact than Rely,on Your GBC-Member Geotechnical Engineer other engineering disciplines.This lack of understanding for Additional Assistance 7 has created unrealistic expectations that have led to Membership in the Geotechnical Business Council of the disappointments,claims,and disputes.To help reduce the risk Geoprofessional Business Association exposes geotechnical of such outcomes,geotechnical engineers commonly include engineers to a wide array of risk-confrontation techniques a variety of explanatory provisions in their reports.Sometimes that can be of genuine benefit for everyone involved with T labeled"limitations;'many of these provisions indicate where a construction project.Confer with you GBC-Member geotechnical engineers'responsibilities begin and end,to help geotechnical engineer for more information. 7 5 GOCHN r BUSINESS COUICALNCILelm T of the Geoprofessional Business Association 8811 Colesville Road/Suite G106,Silver Spring,MD 20910 Telephone:301/565-2733 Facsimile:301/589-2017 T e-mail: info@geoprofessional.org www.geoprofessional.org Copyright 2015 by Geoprofessional Business Association(GBA).Duplication,reproduction,or copying of this document,or its contents,in whole or in part, by any means whatsoever,is strictly prohibited,except with GBA's specific written permission.Excerpting,quoting,or otherwise extracting wording from this document is permitted only with the express written permission of GBA,and only for purposes of scholarly research or book review.Only members of GBA may use this document as a complement to or as an element of a geotechnical-engineering report.Any other firm,individual,or other entity that so uses this document without being a GBA member could be commiting negligent or intentional(fraudulent)misrepresentation. ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL • INFRASTRUCTURE • PROJECT CONTROL Austin, TX San Antonio, TX Lake Worth, FL Brownsville, TX Houston, TX Lincoln, NE Dallas, TX McAllen, TX Salt Lake City, UT Freeport, TX New Braunfels, TX Mexico RABA KISTNER PAX Water Technologies A UGSI SOLUTIONS COMPANY BUDGETARY PROPOSAL PAX PWM500 MIXER FOR CITY OF PEARLAND, TX 1MG PROPOSED CLEARWELL 't PAX 500 SERIES MIXER a PAX Water Technologies, Inc. File No.: P19-4060 Prepared on: April 26, 2019 AUTHORIZED SALES REPRESENTATIVE: Environmental Improvements Inc. (E12) Jeff Houston PO Box 79266 Houston, TX 77279 Tel: (713)461-1111 Email: jeff@ei2hou.com Phone: (866) 729-6493 Email: sales@paxwater.com Web: paxwater.com • PAX Water Technologies A UGS1 SOLUTIONS COMPANY TABLE OF CONTENTS Cover Letter Section 1: Scope of Supply Section 2: Product Specifications Section 3: Case Study Section 4: Brochure IMPORTANT NOTICE: All the information in this Proposal or supplied in connection with this Proposal (including drawings, designs and specifications)(collectively, the"Information") is confidential and has been prepared for Buyer's use solely in considering the purchase of the goods and services described. Transmission of all or any part of this Proposal to others or use by Buyer for other purposes is unauthorized without Seller's advance written consent. Phone: (866) 729-6493 Email: sales@paxwater.com Web: paxwater.com PAX Water Technologies SOLUTIONSAUGS/ COMPANY April 26, 2019 dimMichael Wray Enprotec/ Hibbs & Todd, Inc. Re: PAX PWM500 Mixer for City of Pearland, TX PAX Water Technologies, Inc. File No.: P19-4060 Dear Michael, Thank you for your interest in PAX Water Technologies, Inc., a UGSI Solutions company. We are pleased to provide a Proposal for a PAX PWM500 mixer for the 1MG Proposal Clearwell. Our Proposal is based on the following design criteria: Design Criteria: Reservoir Volume, MG 1 Maximum Turnover, MGD 4.4 Reservoir Diameter, ft 86 Reservoir Height, ft 23.5 Required Minimum LWL, ft 8 The PAX PWM500 mixer is a submersible active mixing system for potable water storage tanks and reservoirs. When operated correctly, the PAX PWM500 mixer can rapidly eliminate thermal stratification, decrease ice formation, rapidly blend and distribute doses of residual disinfectant, and maintain uniform chemical and temperature conditions. Under some conditions, the mixing action can also reduce the rate of residual disinfectant loss and lower volatile disinfection byproduct levels inside the tank when used as part of an in-tank aeration system. Installation of the PAX PWM500 mixer is very simple. The utility or contractor can perform the "wet-side" mixer installation while the tank is full by lowering the mixer into the tank access hatch using a stainless steel chain. Equipment start-up may be provided by PAX or the local PAX representative. PAX will provide installation a start-up checklist form. A detailed scope of work and budgetary price for the complete system is listed in Section 1 of this Proposal. Section 2, 3, and 4 include our product specifications, case study, and brochure. The PAX line of water mixers offers many advantages, including: • Eliminates thermal stratification, short-circuiting and "dead zones" • Eliminates chemical stratification and residual loss • Lowers surface water temperature and combats biofilm growth • Reduces variability in water taste and odor • Reduces nitrification risk in chloraminated water systems • Lowers rate of disinfection by-product (DBP) formation • Delivered and installed quickly, with minimal construction and installation cost • Proven track record supported by years of successful operational experience Phone: (866) 729-6493 Email: sales@paxwater.com Web: paxwater.com PAX Water Technologies A UGSI SOLUTIONS COMPANY We look forward to working with you on this project. If we can be of any further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our sales representative. Jeff Houston at Environmental Improvements Inc. (E12), or me at (281) 636-6129. Thank you. Sincerely, John Koch Regional Sales Manager cc: David Haines, PAX Water Technologies, Inc. Kristine Tolentino, PAX Water Technologies, Inc. Jeff Houston, Environmental Improvements Inc. Phone: (866) 729-6493 Email: sales@paxwater.com Web: paxwater.com PAX Water Technologies A UGS 1 SOLUTIONS COMPANY On SECTION 1 SCOPE OF SUPPLY PAX PWM500 MIXER A. Scope of Work by PAX B. Scope of Work by Others C. Clarifications Phone: (866) 729-6493 Email: sales@paxwater.com Web: paxwater.com PAX Water Technologies A UGS I SOLUTIONS COMPANY A. SCOPE OF WORK BY PAX The following equipment and services comprise our scope of work: No Item Description 1. PWM500 Mixer Wet Assembly, including: 1 • Stainless steel 316 impeller design • Passivated to minimize corrosion ■ The ability to function continuously regardless of tank cycles • 230V three phase 1 horsepower water-cooled motor power provided by the PM Control Center 2. Control Center Dry Assembly with SCADA Compatibility, including: 1 NEMA 4 Enclosure: • Lockable and weather resistant • Overall weight of control center 55 lbs. • Green and Red LED Indicator lights to display motor status • White LED Indicator light to display power • Cooling fan Motor ControllerNFD: • Allen Bradley • 115/230VAC single phase, rated to 1.0 HP • Operating temperature range-4 °F to 131 °F (-20 °C to 54 °C) • HOA Switch • Manual speed control • Thermal shut-off protection built-in • Current overload protection built-in • 300mA trip level GFCI • Sine filter • Branch-circuit protection SCADA outputs included: • Digital Output signal indicating motor running • Digital Output signal indicating fault • Digital Input/Output signal for remote motor on/off • RS-485 or Dry Contact connections • 4-20mA signal 3. Cable 70 ft., including: 1 • Flat-jacketed 4 conductor 4. Tripod Assembly, PWM500, including: 1 • Stainless steel 316 legs • Chlorine/chloramine resistant rubber foot pad to avoid scratching tank floor • Stainless steel knobs for tool-less installation Phone: (866) 729-6493 Email: sales@paxwater.com Web: paxwater.com =: PAX Water Technologies A UGSI SOLUTIONS COMPANY 5. Long Bail Handle & Chain 1 • Stainless steel 316 handle to deploy mixer in full tanks 6. Tank Penetration Accessories 1 • Stainless steel strain relief for 4 wire flat-jacketed cable 7. Submittal and Operation & Maintenance Manual as Follows Included • Submittals: Qty. One (1) Sent Electronically • O&M Manual: Qty. One (1) Hard Copy Please notify us if an alternate quantity is required so that we can modify our Proposal accordingly. 8. Manufacturer's Field Services (1 Day(s) at the Jobsite), including: Included • System Start-Up • Operator Training 9. FOB Factory, Richmond, CA with Full Freight Allowed to Jobsite, Included Pearland, TX BUDGETARY PRICE [ITEMS 1-9] $42,170 Phone: (866) 729-6493 Email: sales@paxwater.com Web: paxwater.com 6: PAX Water Technologies A UGS I SOLUTIONS COMPANY B. SCOPE OF WORK BY OTHERS 1. Equipment unloading and installation. 2. All civil works and concrete pad for equipment. 3. Any underground or structural work. 4. Anchor bolts and seismic restraints. 5. Heat tracing and insulation of all interconnecting equipment. 6. Room ventilation, air conditioning or lighting. 7. Any video recording. 8. Electrical power to control panel. 9. Any electrical conduit runs. 10. Any tank recoating services, labor, or parts. 11. Any tank hatch penetrations. 12. All electrical conduit, wiring, electrical material, etc. between control panel, SCADA, etc. 13. All taxes, fees, lien waivers, bonds and licenses. 14. Any permitting or regulatory approvals. 15. Any items not explicitly listed under Scope of Work by PAX above. C. CLARIFICATIONS 1. If transaction is tax-exempt, please submit Tax Exemption Certificate to PAX. 2. PAX requires a minimum of two (2) weeks notification prior to performing onsite installation inspection, system start-up and training. PAX will work with you to attempt to accommodate your scheduling needs. Contact the Service Department at(866) 729-6493 to schedule the onsite visit. 3. Once the on-site service has been scheduled, PAX requires a minimum of one(1)week notification in the event of a delay. Notice of delay received less than one (1) week prior to a scheduled site visit may result in a change fee. Phone: (866) 729-6493 Email: sales@paxwater.com Web: paxwater.com PAX Water Technologies A UGSI SOLUTIONS COMPANY SECTION 2 PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS PAX PWM500 MIXER Phone: (866) 729-6493 Email: sales@paxwater.com Web: paxwater.com I • PAX Water Technologies A UGSI SOLUTIONS COMPANY Product Specification PWM50O MIXER Powerful Active Mixer for Water Storage Tanks The PAX Water Mixer (PWM500) is a powerful active mixer that improves water quality in water storage tanks. The mixer's patented Lily impeller creates a powerful vortex flow pattern to thoroughly circulate the entire tank volume while using very little energy. PAX Water Mixers are easy to install and maintain— no heavy cranes, lifting equipment or tank alterations are required and the mixer can be easily lowered through the tank hatch or installed by a diver. • Eliminates thermal stratification jl Improves disinfectant residual levels • Lowers DBPs and nitrifying bacteria • Protects tank from ice damage and corrosion • Reduces variability in water taste and odor r4 The PAX Water Mixer creates a powerful vortex flow pattern to thoroughly mix the entire tank volume. Part#1101-7377-01-A For more information, contact us at 1-866-729-6493 or visit www.paxwater.com U PAXWater Technologiesit A UGSI SOLUTIONS COMPANY Product Specificatiorfj PWM500 MIXER MIXER SPECIFICATIONS Power Supply Requirement 120/240 VAC,50/60 Hz, NON_GFCI Protected 20-amp circuit Customer Supplied Power Switch Type 3R safety disconnect switch Motor Type 230 VAC,1 HP,water-filled,water-lubricated RPM 1600 Nominal Power Draw 1.035 kVA(1035 watts) Impeller Specifications 316 stainless steel 8"(21 cm)tall x 5"(11 cm)diameter Footprint Diameter 3'10"(117 cm) Height 4' 1"(124 cm) Weight:Mixer Assembly 59 lbs.(27 kg) Control Center Dimensions 55 lbs.(25 kg)(20"x 21"x 8"/50 cm x 53 cm x 20 cm) Material:Control Center Powder-coated carbon steel,Type 4 enclosure Material:Stand 316 stainless steel Material:Motor Seals Chlorine/chloramine-resistant NBR rubber Material:Feet Chlorine/chloramine-resistant EPDM rubber NSF 61&UL-listed submersible pump cable 14 AWG(2.1 mm2)XLPE Wiring (.78 in x.28 in/20 mm x 7 mm) TOP VIEW SIDE VIEW CONTROL CENTER � NSF • \ -717 y t .„i Certified t 1 NSF/ANSI61 Part#1101-7377-01-A For more information, contact us at 1-866-729-6493 or visit www.paxwater.com ito PAX Water Technolo A U GSl SOLUTIONS COMPANY a SECTION 3 CASE STUDY PAX PWM500 MIXER Phone: (866) 729-6493 Email: sales@paxwater.com Web: paxwater.com Water Technologies A UGSI SOLUTIONS COMPANY www.paxwater.com Active Mixing Improves Residual Levels and Stabilizes Water Quality in 5-MG rUnderground Tank The City of Covina, CA faces water quality challenges P that are typical for many urban and suburban water _ systems across the Southern United States. Nestled in T. the heart of greater Los Angeles,Covina receives water from several sources, and distributes finished water .� through multiple pressure zones. With large variations ' .4„- 'N • in seasonal demand, operators must balance V • s'a maintaining supply and reducing water age with ' requirements for emergency preparedness. _ While overall water quality throughout the service area was very good, operators struggled with one ''�.� » ` section of their distribution system that was fed from . +« a 5 MG underground tank — the largest tank in their — — system. Even though this tank was below grade and • well-insulated, operators could tell that the water 1 Alessi inside was thermally stratified and poorly mixed. *` , � i ;i When opening the tank hatch on a warm day, operators were hit with a blast of hot, humid air that indicated that the surface water inside the tank was quite warm. r Spot measurements showed that surface water temperatures were 10 to 20 °F warmer than the bottom water layer during summer months. Disinfectant residual levels entering the tank were typically around 1.0 ppm, but water leaving the tank had only 0.5 ppm of disinfectant residual or less. By the time this low residual water reached the far end of the system, residual levels were unacceptably low. Operators developed a practice of manually boosting residual levels at the 5 MG tank. A recirculating pump system at r the tank site allowed them to feed disinfectant into a stream of water in order to disperse the disinfectant. But it was uncertain whether this achieved adequate mixing. "The procedure was cumbersome and time-consuming," recalls Operations Supervisor Dean Dospital. "I don't like having my operators handling all of those chemicals." rA visit by Brian Doane of D&H Water Systems in 2009 was the first introduction the Covina team had to active mixing and its potential to improve residual retention in water storage tanks. D&H Water Systems specializes in water quality equipment, including chemical feed systems and active mixing technology. Doane presented the PAX Water Mixer to Covina and proposed a trial to demonstrate its performance. Using submersible temperature probes, Doane showed that the 5 MG tank was thermally stratified: warm water was trapped in the top of the tank — leading to high water e"" age, high surface water temperatures and accelerated disinfectant residual consumption. The Covina team hired a diver to install the PAX Water Mixer in the center of the 5 MG tank. After turning the unit on, operators at Covina saw their thermal stratification problem disappear. Completely mixed conditions were established after only a few hours and residual levels inside the tank improved dramatically. Whereas operators had Ii • Water Technologies Project Profile A UGSI SOLUTIONS COMPANY www.paxwater.com been routinely dosing between 10-15 lbs. of hypochlorite solution into the tank before the mixer was installed, operators were able to completely eliminate disinfectant boosting after the mixer was installed and running. "From the time we installed the mixer, I noticed we were retaining residual—that was a big selling point," recalls Dospital. Subsequent temperature monitoring for the next six months showed that the tank remained completely mixed under all weather conditions(Figure 1).After the early success with the PAX Water Mixer,the Covina team proceeded with a full cleaning of the tank. This would ensure that, with constant movement provided by the mixer, sediment accumulation inside the tank would be reduced. 76 —Float -* —Middle 74 —Bottom (calib) 72 _ L 0 70 v 3 •+ w i d 68 a E a I— 66 64 62 60 1-Jul-10 21-Jul-10 10-Aug-10 30-Aug-10 19-Sep-10 9-Oct-10 29-Oct-10 18-Nov-10 8-Dec-10 Figure 1. Temperature data from the 5 MG underground tank at Covina, CA after the PAX Water Mixer was installed. Uniform temperatures throughout the seasons indicate well-mixed conditions Since the installation of the PAX Water Mixer in 2010, water quality conditions in the 5 MG tank have remained under control. "It has become a trouble-free tank," reports Dospital. "It's really what I always wanted." In 2013, Covina green-lighted additional mixers for four other tanks in their system.These tanks don't have quite as severe a residual problem as the 5 MG tank, but during periods of low water use (in the winter) turnover in these tanks is low. "In two of our tanks we installed the mixer ourselves," reports Dospital. "It makes me feel a lot better knowing that the water in my tanks is always moving." "From the time we installed the mixer, I noticed we were retaining residual—that was a big selling point." Dean Dospital, Operations Supervisor, City of Covina {' I, oiff PAX Water Technologies A UGS/ SOLUTIONS COMPANY SECTION 4 BROCHURE PAX PWM500 MIXER Phone: (866) 729-6493 Email: sales@paxwater.com Web: paxwater.com f . PAX Water Technologies A UGSI SOLUTIONS COMPANY WATER QUALI Y TARTS ' IXING — __.. . J . , e f 4 ,t--I''.i II i 1 _._____ a 1 I Lli N 1 _ ..A �\ 4 t . , fI ( ...)i , . ____ i I. Iy i '.---,•---_-_, ti .1^ iiik I -MI6 i ter tejto .1. No 1 lANK MIXING SYSTEMS rJ ater Quality Management 1 Tank Mixing Systems 1 Your first step toward improved water quality 4. PAX Water Technologies is the leading manufacturer of technologies used to improve water quality in storage tanks and distribution systems. '11 The PAX Mixer design is based on rigorous scientific analysis of fluid mechanical principles to achieve rapid disinfectant blend time. The IR mixers are designed for energy efficiency and engineered for ease of ` installation. 4.1 With an installed base of several thousand mixers around the world and average fleet age of seven years, the PAX family of mixers are the most frequently specified, lowest maintenance mixing systems in the in world. Benefits of Powerful Active Mixing: • Eliminate thermal and chemical stratification -iiii • Reduce disinfection byproducts(DBPs) • Reduce water age 1 • Asset protection: Reduce ice formation and headspace corrosion , Features: mi • NSF61 certified • Small footprint for easy installation • Solar power option available • Integrates with Monoclor® RCS and PAX TM'THM Removal Systems s I! Since the PAX Mixer has been installed, we've seen better residual at the top and bottom layers and have had great water quality;futhermore, nitrification levels dropped • • significantly. Randall Wilhelm, O&M Distribution Supervisor South Coast Water District, California SI um i i .. a C. i I we 4-1 Any Tank, Any Size /el The PAX Mixer works, plain and simple. 011 I'm never going to worry about ice again. ipw 9 Frank Kearney Sr.,Superintendent Old Town Water District, Maine - i 44 SIMPLEkr- HATCH SELF-INSTALLATION 111 'It, i ET, IMPELLER& EDUCTOR MIXERS iii ifirr . II la, 4 •- P71Xr�`�ter • -a�fill l► 4a ^_ ' \ i �I 9yf� k smkklimamn i y i4 A y t � l JO i WET OR DRY INSTALLATION OPTIONS W -y L -a W. li....) '' '- • yt Cr. ....,.. ,,,. ,)- 4 1 ..). , 1 i .. . . Li , r t No Hassle Installation & Integration { ; �. Integrating mixing equipment into your water distribution _ _` --= system is easy. Our team of engineers and water quality experts --�_ works closely with municipal operators and engineers to ensure that installation is smooth and water quality goals are achieved. PAX Water Technologies applies rigorous modeling and testing to predict and validate disinfectant blend time performance 1 Regardless of tank size or disinfectant, PAX Water Technologies has the right mixer for your process goal. i - Improve Disinfectant Residual Control all , +P-04.11ar Mixers capable of rapid blend times are essential to accurately _ „ ,,� '\ ' % controlling residual when dosing disinfectant. _ y/ ° / j - ki,..., ..„...---.-. "trr'r' Reduce Tank Corrosion ; 'sr�,�,,� •._ Active mixing can lower head space temperatures inside tanks, _- • , id- ! _ :'F P. '� decreasing corrosion in tank interiors. v. ,,a , <1:.� *A 4 , : 4 ' '1 Reduce Biofilm & THM Precursors Active mixing combined with powerful aeration and ventilation can drive down THM levels in tanks. f Reduce or Eliminate Ice Formation ,_ rp Powerful active mixing can reduce or eliminate ice formation in ' tanks to protect valuable tank assets. f qta ' es. PAX Water Technologies A UGSI SOLUTIONS COMPANY PAX Water Technologies, Inc. NSF 860 Harbour Way S, Suite C ( Richmond, CA 94804 1 Phone: (866)729-6493 - Certified to Email:sales@ugsicorp.com ( www.paxwater.com NSHANS161 Rev. A 0 2017 PAX Water Technolo.ies Inc. All ri.hts reserved. •